Amendment No.1 to Form F-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2012

Registration No. 333-179581

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

To

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Vipshop Holdings Limited

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

Cayman Islands   5961   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

No. 20 Huahai Street

Liwan District, Guangzhou 510370

The People’s Republic of China

+86 (20) 2233-0000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc.

400 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor

New York, New York 10017

(212) 750-6474

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Z. Julie Gao, Esq.

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

c/o 42/F, Edinburgh Tower, The Landmark

15 Queen’s Road Central

Hong Kong

+852 3740-4700

 

Leiming Chen, Esq.

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

c/o ICBC Tower, 35/F

3 Garden Road, Central

Hong Kong

+852 2514-7600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: as soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.    ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

  Amount to be
Registered(2) (3)
  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per
Share(2)
 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price(2) (3)

 

Amount of

registration fee(4)

Ordinary Shares, par value US$0.0001 per share(1)

  25,705,880   US$5.25   US$134,955,870   US$15,466

 

 

 

(1) American depositary shares issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby will be registered under a separate registration statement on Form F-6. Each American depositary share represents two ordinary shares.
(2) Includes ordinary shares that are issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. Also includes ordinary shares initially offered and sold outside the United States that may be resold from time to time in the United States either as part of their distribution or within 40 days after the later of the effective date of this registration statement and the date the shares are first bona fide offered to the public. These ordinary shares are not being registered for the purpose of sales outside the United States.
(3) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(4) Of which US$14,325 was previously paid.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED MARCH 9, 2012

11,176,470 American Depositary Shares

Representing 22,352,940 Ordinary Shares

 

LOGO

Vipshop Holdings Limited

 

 

This is an initial public offering of American depositary shares, or ADSs, of Vipshop Holdings Limited. We are offering 11,176,470 ADSs and each ADS represents two ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ADSs or ordinary shares. We anticipate the initial public offering price will be between US$8.50 and US$10.50 per ADS.

We have applied to have the ADSs listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “VIPS.”

 

 

Investing in our ADSs involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12.

 

 

Neither the United States Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission or other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per ADS      Total  

Public offering price

   US$                    US$     

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   US$         US$     

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

   US$         US$     

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to 1,676,470 additional ADSs from us at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs to purchasers on or about             , 2012.

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C.   Deutsche Bank Securities

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  Oppenheimer & Co.

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2012


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     12   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data

     43   

Use of Proceeds

     44   

Dividend Policy

     45   

Capitalization

     46   

Dilution

     47   

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

     49   

Our Corporate History and Structure

     51   

Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

     55   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     57   

Industry Overview

     85   

Business

     90   

Regulations

     105   

Management

     116   

Principal Shareholders

     124   

Related Party Transactions

     126   

Description of Share Capital

     128   

Description of American Depositary Shares

     138   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     147   

Taxation

     149   

Underwriting

     156   

Expenses Related to this Offering

     164   

Legal Matters

     165   

Experts

     166   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     167   

Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any related free-writing prospectus that we have filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. Neither we nor underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the ADSs only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the ADSs.

Neither we nor the underwriters have taken any action to permit a public offering of the ADSs outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the ADSs and the distribution of the prospectus outside the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS

In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references to:

 

   

“we,” “us,” “our company” and “our” refers to Vipshop Holdings Limited, its subsidiaries and its consolidated affiliated entity;

 

   

an “active customer” for a given period refers to any registered member on vipshop.com who has purchased products from us at least once during such period;

 

   

a “repeat customer” for a given period refers to any customer who (i) is an active customer during such period, and (ii) had purchased products from us at least twice during the period from our inception on August 22, 2008 to the end of such period. Orders placed by a repeat customer during a given period include all orders placed by the customer during such period even if the customer made the first purchase from us in the same period;

 

   

a “registered member” refers to any consumer who has registered and created an account on our vipshop.com website;

 

   

“daily unique visitors” refers to the number of different IP addresses from which a website is visited during a given day;

 

   

“monthly unique visitors” refers to the number of different IP addresses from which a website is visited during a given month;

 

   

“DCM Entities” refers to, as the context may require, any or all of our shareholding entities affiliated with DCM. See “Principal Shareholders;”

 

   

“Sequoia Entities” refers to, as the context may require, any or all of our shareholding entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital China. See “Principal Shareholders;”

 

   

“Frost & Sullivan” refers to Frost & Sullivan (Beijing) Inc., Shanghai Branch Co., a third-party market research company that we commissioned to provide information on the industry in which we operate;

 

   

“ADSs” refers to our American depositary shares, each of which represents two ordinary shares;

 

   

“China” or the “PRC” refers to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for purposes of this prospectus only, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau;

 

   

“shares” or “ordinary shares” refers to our ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share, and “preferred shares” refers to our series A and series B convertible preferred shares, par value US$0.0001 per share;

 

   

“RMB” or “Renminbi” refers to the legal currency of China; and

 

   

“US$,” “dollars” or “U.S. dollars” refers to the legal currency of the United States.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes (i) no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares, and (ii) the conversion of each Series A preferred share will convert into one ordinary share and each Series B preferred share will convert into 1.0625 ordinary shares of our company, immediately upon the completion of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of US$9.50 per ADS, the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus.

Renminbi amounts shown in this prospectus are accompanied by translations into U.S. dollars solely for the convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise noted, all such translations from Renminbi to U.S. dollars in this prospectus were made at RMB6.2939 to US$1.0000, the noon buying rate for December 30, 2011 set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board. We make no representation that the Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. The PRC government restricts the conversion of Renminbi into foreign currency and foreign currency into Renminbi for certain types of transactions. On March 2, 2012, the noon buying rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board was RMB6.2982 to US$1.0000.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in the ADSs, you should carefully read the entire prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” This prospectus contains information from the Chinese Flash Sales Market Study, an industry report commissioned by us and prepared by Frost & Sullivan, a third-party market research firm. We refer to this report as the Frost & Sullivan Report in this prospectus.

Our Business

We are China’s leading online discount retailer for brands as measured by total revenues in 2010, the number of registered members as of June 30, 2011 and the number of monthly unique visitors in December 2011, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. We offer high-quality branded products to consumers in China through flash sales on our vipshop.com website. Flash sales represent a new online retail format combining the advantages of e-commerce and discount sales through selling a finite quantity of discounted products or services online for a limited period of time. Since our inception in August 2008, we have attracted a large and growing number of consumers and popular brands. We had 12.1 million registered members and over 1.7 million cumulative customers and promoted and sold products for over 1,900 popular domestic and international brands as of December 31, 2011.

Our business model provides a unique online shopping experience for our customers. We offer new sales events daily with a curated selection of popular branded products at deeply discounted prices in limited quantities during limited time periods, creating the element of “thrill and excitement” associated with our unique customer shopping experience. Our strong merchandizing expertise enables us to select the brand composition and product mix of our daily sales events that appeal to our customers, which mostly consist of urban and educated individuals in China who are seeking lifestyle enhancements. We have built a highly engaged and loyal customer base that contributes to our sales growth, while also enabling us to attract new customers primarily through word-of-mouth referrals. A majority of our customers have purchased products from us more than once. Our total number of repeat customers was 14 thousand, 0.2 million and 0.9 million in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, representing 36.8%, 56.2% and 60.6%, respectively of the total number of our active customers during the same periods. Orders placed by our repeat customers accounted for 66.2%, 86.7% and 91.9% of our total orders during the same periods.

We are a preferred online flash sales channel in China for popular domestic and international brands. We believe that well-known and popular brands are attracted to our website and services because of our ability to monetize large volume of their inventory in short periods of time, increase consumer awareness of their brands and products, reach potential customers throughout China, and fulfill their demand for customer data analysis and inventory management. Among the 1,900 brands who have promoted and sold products on our website, substantially all of them have returned to pursue additional sales opportunities with us. To date, we have the exclusive rights to sell selective products from over 360 brands.

We strive to optimize every aspect of our operations as we continue to grow our business. We generally have the right to return unsold items for most of our products to our brand partners. Our logistics operations and inventory management systems are specifically designed to support the frequent sales events on our website and handle a large volume of inventory turnover. We use both leading delivery companies with nationwide coverage and quality regional couriers to ensure reliable and timely delivery. We have developed our IT infrastructure to support the surge of visitor traffic to our website during the peak hours of our daily flash sales. We believe that our efficient operational and management systems combined with our robust IT infrastructure set a solid foundation for our continuing growth.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We began our operations in August 2008 and have grown significantly since then. In 2009, 2010 and 2011, we fulfilled over 70 thousand, over 0.9 million and over 7.2 million customer orders, respectively, and we generated total net revenues of US$2.8 million, US$32.6 million and US$227.1 million, respectively. In 2009, 2010 and 2011, we incurred net losses of US$1.4 million, US$8.4 million and US$107.3 million, respectively. Our net loss in 2011 reflected non-cash share-based compensation expenses in an aggregate amount of US$73.9 million.

PRC laws and regulations currently limit foreign ownership of companies that provide internet-based services, such as our online retail business. To comply with these restrictions, we conduct our online operations principally through our variable interest entity, Guangzhou Vipshop Information Technology Co., Ltd., or Vipshop Information. We face risks associated with our corporate structure, as our control over Vipshop Information is based upon contractual arrangements rather than equity ownership. See “Our Corporate History and Structure” and “Risk Factors – Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure and Restrictions on Our Industry.”

Our Value Proposition to Consumers and Brands

Since our inception in August 2008, we have focused on building the leading online discount retail website in China. We believe that the success of vipshop.com is a direct result of the unique value proposition that we offer to both consumers and brands.

For consumers, we provide a unique online shopping experience characterized by “thrill and excitement.” The “thrill and excitement” experience for consumers arises from their discovery of the high quality items available for sale on our website each day and being able to purchase these high quality items at a significant discount to retail prices. We deliver this unique online shopping experience to consumers across China, providing them with access to carefully selected, high quality products from coveted brands which they might not otherwise have access to or have thought about purchasing.

For brands, we offer a channel to create new consumer demand for their products and services and the ability to monetize their inventory quickly without compromising their brand promise. We provide a new and impactful marketing channel for brands to increase consumer awareness throughout China. We help brands expand their addressable market of potential customers by offering products at a price that entices new customers to try a brand’s products that they may not otherwise have sampled or been able to afford. We also provide our customer behavior and transaction data to brands to help them refine their product development and sales and marketing strategies.

Our Industry

The retail market in China is in the midst of an extended period of robust growth driven by increasing urbanization and higher levels of disposable income. Retail sales in China grew from RMB7.6 trillion in 2006 to RMB15.7 trillion in 2010, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 19.7%, according to China’s National Bureau of Statistics. According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, retail sales in China are expected to reach RMB20.9 trillion (US$3.3 trillion) in 2012. Retail sales are expected to continue to grow as a percentage of China’s GDP as domestic consumption becomes a more important component of China’s economy. According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, retail sales are projected to constitute 44.5% of China’s GDP in 2015, compared to 39.4% in 2010. However, China’s retail market is still at the relatively early stage of development. Chinese consumers, equipped with increasing purchasing power for lifestyle products and services, are highly brand conscious and price sensitive, yet the availability of discount retailers and outlet malls within China’s retail ecosystem is extremely limited. According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, China’s discount retail market size in 2010 and 2011 was US$8.9 billion and US$14.7 billion, respectively, compared with US$61.4 billion and US$65.1 billion in the U.S. China’s discount retail market accounted for 0.4% and 0.5% of the total retail market in 2010 and 2011, respectively, compared with 1.4% and 1.4% for the same periods in the U.S., according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. Frost & Sullivan projects that discount retail sales in China will reach RMB568.1 billion in 2015, representing a CAGR of 58.7% from 2010, as discount retail channels become more developed and diversified.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

The internet is enabling Chinese consumers to more easily research and purchase products and services online. According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, the number of online shoppers in China grew from 80 million in 2008 to 187 million in 2011. The number is projected to grow to 363 million in 2015, representing a CAGR of 18.0% from 2011 to 2015. Driven by the increasing number of online shoppers, as well as higher purchase volumes per shopper, the online retail sales revenue in China is expected to grow from RMB774 billion in 2011 to RMB2,551 billion in 2015, representing a CAGR of 34.8%, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report.

Flash sales represent a new online retail format combining the advantages of e-commerce and discount sales channels. The flash sales market in China is estimated to grow from RMB3.0 billion in 2010 to RMB107.4 billion in 2015, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. Unlike leading flash sales models in the U.S. and Europe, the flash sales market in China has quickly expanded beyond selling primarily luxury brands and services. China’s flash sales market encompasses a broader range of brands and products, appealing to a larger base of consumers. While sales of apparel products comprised of 59.3% of total online flash sales market in China in 2010, they are projected to decrease to represent 43.1% of the total flash sales market in 2015, as other growing product categories such as household goods, cosmetics and other lifestyle products account for a larger portion of the market, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. We believe that the flash sales market will increase as a percentage of total retail sales in China as merchandising expertise, economies of scale and fulfillment and logistics capabilities of flash sales companies continue to improve.

Our Strengths

We are focused on revolutionizing the online shopping experience in China for both consumers and brands. We believe the following strengths have been critical to our success to date:

 

   

China’s leading online discount retailer for brands;

 

   

highly engaged and loyal customer base;

 

   

preferred online flash sales channel for popular brands;

 

   

powerful network effects;

 

   

superior operational expertise; and

 

   

experienced management team with deep industry knowledge.

Our Strategies

Our goal is to be the destination of choice for online sales of branded products and be the lifestyle trend setter in China. We plan to execute the following strategies to achieve our goal:

 

   

enhance customer experience and loyalty through innovation;

 

   

strengthen our brand relationships and expand our product selection;

 

   

further promote our vipshop.com brand to attract more customers;

 

   

expand our operational capabilities and IT infrastructure; and

 

   

pursue strategic alliances and acquisition opportunities.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our Challenges

Our ability to achieve our goal and execute our strategies is subject to risks and uncertainties, including the following:

 

   

if we are unable to offer branded products at attractive prices to meet customer needs and preferences, we may lose customers and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected;

 

   

our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected if we are unable to maintain our customer experience or provide high quality customer service;

 

   

any harm to our vipshop.com brand or failure to maintain our reputation may materially and adversely affect our business and growth prospects;

 

   

if we fail to manage our relationships with, or otherwise fail to procure products at favorable terms from, our existing brand partners, or if we fail to attract new brand partners, our business and growth prospects may suffer;

 

   

if we are unable to manage our growth or execute our strategies effectively, our business and prospects may be materially and adversely affected;

 

   

we use third-party delivery companies to deliver our products, and if they fail to provide reliable delivery services, our business and reputation may be materially and adversely affected;

 

   

if we do not compete effectively against existing or new competitors, we may lose market share and customers;

 

   

we have a history of net losses and may continue to incur net losses in the future; and

 

   

we may suffer losses if we are unable to effectively manage our inventory.

In addition, we expect to face risks and uncertainties related to our corporate structure and doing business in China, including:

 

   

risks associated with our control over our consolidated affiliated entity, which is based on contractual arrangements rather than equity ownership; and

 

   

uncertainties associated with our compliance with applicable PRC regulations.

Please see “Risk Factors” for a more detailed discussion of these and other risks and uncertainties we face.

Our Corporate History and Structure

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and conduct our business through our subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entity in China. We started our operations in August 2008 when our founders established Guangzhou Vipshop Information Technology Co., Ltd., or Vipshop Information, in China. In order to facilitate foreign investment in our company, our founders incorporated Vipshop Holdings Limited, or Vipshop Holdings, an offshore holding company in Cayman Islands, in August 2010. In October 2010, Vipshop Holdings established Vipshop International Holdings Limited, or Vipshop HK, a wholly owned subsidiary, in Hong Kong. Subsequently, Vipshop HK established a wholly owned PRC subsidiary, Vipshop (China) Co., Ltd. (formerly, Guangzhou Vipshop Computer Service Co., Ltd.), or Vipshop China, in January 2011. Vipshop China established Vipshop (Kunshan) E-Commerce Co., Ltd., or Vipshop Kunshan, and Vipshop (Jianyang) E-Commerce Co., Ltd., or Vipshop Jianyang, wholly owned PRC subsidiaries, in August 2011 and February 2012, respectively.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure upon completion of this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares and each Series A preferred share will convert into one ordinary share and each Series B preferred share will convert into 1.0625 ordinary shares of our company, respectively, immediately upon the completion of this offering, assuming the initial public offering price will be US$9.50 per ADS, the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus:

 

LOGO

 

(1) 

Shareholders of Vipshop Information include our co-founders and shareholders Eric Ya Shen, Arthur Xiaobo Hong, Bin Wu, Yu Xu and Xing Peng, holding 41.6%, 26.0%, 11.6%, 10.4% and 10.4% of the total equity interests in Vipshop Information, respectively.

(2) 

An intermediary holding company.

(3) 

A subsidiary primarily engaged in warehousing, logistics, product procurement, research and development, technology development and consulting businesses.

(4) 

A subsidiary primarily engaged in warehousing and logistics businesses in Kunshan and nearby regions.

(5) 

A subsidiary primarily engaged in warehousing and logistics businesses in Chengdu and nearby regions.

Foreign ownership of internet-based businesses is subject to significant restrictions under current PRC laws and regulations. The PRC government regulates internet access, the distribution of online information and the conduct of online commerce through strict business licensing requirements and other government regulations. We are a Cayman Islands company and our PRC subsidiary, Vipshop China, is a wholly foreign owned enterprise. As a wholly foreign owned enterprise, Vipshop China is restricted from holding the licenses that are necessary for our online operation in China. To comply with these restrictions, we conduct our operations partly through Vipshop

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Information, our consolidated affiliated entity in China. Vipshop Information operates our website and holds the licenses necessary to conduct our internet-related operations in China.

Our wholly owned subsidiary, Vipshop China, has entered into a series of contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entity, Vipshop Information, and its shareholders, which enable us to:

 

   

exercise effective control over Vipshop Information;

 

   

receive substantially all of the economic benefits of Vipshop Information through service fees, which are equal to 100% of Vipshop Information’s net income and may be adjusted at Vipshop China’s sole discretion, in consideration for the technical and consulting services provided by Vipshop China; and

 

   

have an exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests in Vipshop Information to the extent permitted under PRC laws, regulations and legal procedures.

These contractual arrangements include:

 

   

an amended and restated exclusive business cooperation agreement under which Vipshop Information agrees to engage Vipshop China as its exclusive provider of technical, consulting and other services in relation to its business operations. The term of this agreement is ten years from the execution date of October 8, 2011, which may be extended for a period to be determined by Vipshop China. Vipshop China may terminate this agreement at any time by giving 30 days prior written notice. Vipshop Information has no right to terminate this agreement unless Vipshop China commits gross negligence or fraud;

 

   

an exclusive purchase framework agreement under which Vipshop Information agrees to purchase products or services exclusively from Vipshop China or its subsidiaries. Vipshop Information and its subsidiaries must not purchase from any third-party products or services which Vipshop China is able to provide. The term of this agreement is five years from September 1, 2011. Vipshop China may terminate this agreement at any time by giving 15 days prior written notice. Vipshop Information has no right to terminate this agreement unless Vipshop China commits gross negligence or fraud;

 

   

an amended and restated equity interest pledge agreement under which the shareholders of Vipshop Information have pledged all of their equity interests in Vipshop Information to Vipshop China to guarantee Vipshop Information’s performance of its obligations under the exclusive business cooperation agreement. The agreement will remain in effect until all of the obligations of Vipshop Information under the exclusive business cooperation agreement have been duly performed or terminated;

 

   

an amended and restated exclusive option agreement under which the shareholders of Vipshop Information have granted Vipshop China an exclusive option to purchase all or part of their respective equity interests in Vipshop Information at a purchase price of RMB10, subject to any adjustments as may be required by the applicable PRC laws and regulations of the time. The term of this agreement is ten years from the execution date of October 8, 2011, which may be extended for a period to be determined by Vipshop China; and

 

   

powers of attorney under which all of the shareholders of Vipshop Information have each irrevocably appointed Vipshop China as their attorney-in-fact to act on their behalf to exercise all of their rights as shareholders of Vipshop Information and to transfer all or part of their equity interests in Vipshop Information pursuant to the equity interest pledge agreement and the exclusive option agreement. Each power of attorney will remain in effect until the shareholder ceases to hold any equity interest in Vipshop Information.

We do not have any equity interest in Vipshop Information. However, as a result of contractual arrangements, we are considered the primary beneficiary of Vipshop Information, and we treat it as our consolidated affiliated entity under the generally accepted accounting principles of the United States, or U.S. GAAP. We have consolidated the financial results of Vipshop Information in our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

We face risks with respect to the contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entity and its shareholders. If our consolidated affiliated entity or its shareholders fail to perform their obligations under the contractual arrangements, our ability to enforce the contractual arrangements that give us effective control over the consolidated affiliated entity may be limited. If we are unable to maintain effective control over our consolidated affiliated entity, we would not be able to continue to consolidate its financial results. For a detailed description of the risks associated with our corporate structure, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure and Restrictions on Our Industry.” For a detailed description of the regulatory environment that necessitates the adoption of our corporate structure, see “Regulation.”

In addition, as a holding company, our ability to pay dividends may depend upon dividends paid to us by Vipshop China, our wholly-owned subsidiary in China, which may be restricted under PRC law. For more information, see ‘‘Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—We principally rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by Vipshop China in China to fund our cash and financing requirements, and any limitation on the ability of Vipshop China to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business” and “Regulations—Regulations on Dividend Distribution.”

Our Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at No. 20 Huahai Street, Liwan District, Guangzhou 510370, the People’s Republic of China. Our telephone number at this address is +86 (20) 2233-0000. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at the office of International Corporation Services Ltd., P.O. Box 472, 2nd Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-1106, Cayman Islands.

Our website is www.vipshop.com. The information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc., located at 400 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, New York 10017.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Offering price

We currently expect that the initial public offering price will be between US$8.50 and US$10.50 per ADS.

 

ADSs outstanding immediately after this offering

11,176,470 ADSs (or 12,852,940 ADSs if the option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full by the underwriters).

 

Ordinary shares outstanding immediately after this offering

97,477,398 ordinary shares (or 100,830,338 ordinary shares if the option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full by the underwriters), including 28,889,799 ordinary shares resulting from the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares immediately upon the completion of this offering, assuming the initial public offering price at US$9.50 per ADS, the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus.

 

The ADSs

Each ADS represents two ordinary shares.

 

  The depositary will hold the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. You will have rights of an ADS holder as provided in the deposit agreement among us, the depositary and owners and beneficial owners of ADSs from time to time. We do not have any present plan to declare or pay any dividends in the near future. If, however, we declare dividends on our ordinary shares, the depositary will pay you the cash dividends and other distributions it receives on our ordinary shares, after deducting its fees and expenses. You may turn in your ADSs to the depositary in exchange for our ordinary shares. The depositary will charge you fees for any exchange. We may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without your consent. If you continue to hold your ADSs, you agree to be bound by the deposit agreement, as amended from time to time.

 

  To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read the “Description of American Depositary Shares” section of this prospectus. You should also read the deposit agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

 

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,676,470 additional ADSs.

 

Use of proceeds

We expect that we will receive net proceeds of approximately US$94.6 million from this offering, or approximately US$109.4 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full, assuming an initial public offering price of US$9.50 per ADS, which is the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
  We plan to use the net proceeds received from this offering to fund our capital expenditures for expanding our fulfillment capabilities and for further enhancing our IT systems. The remaining proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes, including funding working capital and potential investments in and acquisitions of complementary businesses, although we are not currently negotiating any such investment or acquisition. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.

 

Lock-up

We, our directors and executive officers and our existing shareholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of any ADSs, ordinary shares or similar securities for a period of 180 days following the date this prospectus becomes effective. See “Underwriting” for more information.

 

New York Stock Exchange symbol

VIPS

 

Payment and settlement

The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs against payment therefor through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company on             , 2012.

 

Depositary

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before investing in our ADSs.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

You should read the following information concerning us in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our summary consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and our summary consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our summary consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the period from August 22 to December 31, 2008 and our summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Our audited consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our historical results for any period presented are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

 

    For the period
from August 22
to December 31,
2008(1)
    For the year ended December 31,  
      2009     2010     2011  
    US$     US$     %     US$     %     US$     %  
    (in US$, except percentages and number of shares and per share data)  

Summary Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

             

Net revenues

    1,087        2,804,830        100.0        32,582,115        100.0        227,142,876        100.0   

Cost of goods sold(2)

    (886     (2,576,191     (91.8     (29,374,315     (90.2     (183,801,334     (80.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    201        228,639        8.2        3,207,800        9.8        43,341,542        19.1   

Operating expenses(3):

             

Fulfillment expenses(4)

    (84,641     (611,333     (21.8     (5,809,118     (17.8     (45,478,327     (20.0

Marketing expenses

    —          (303,509     (10.8     (2,438,066     (7.5     (15,253,325     (6.7

Technology and content expenses

    (8,480     (103,235     (3.7     (562,120     (1.7     (5,516,361     (2.4

General and administrative expenses

    (226,145     (650,786     (23.2     (2,843,583     (8.7     (84,575,539     (37.3

Other income, net

    3,596        59,470        2.1        78,675        0.2        564,182        0.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    (315,670     (1,609,393     (57.4     (11,574,212     (35.5     (150,259,370     (66.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (315,469     (1,380,754     (49.2     (8,366,412     (25.7     (106,917,828     (47.1

Interest expense

    —          —          —          —          —          (494,509     (0.2

Interest income

    43        47        0.0        564        0.0        122,437        0.1   

Exchange gain

    —          —          —          —          —          18,375        (0.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

    (315,426     (1,380,707     (49.2     (8,365,848     (25.7     (107,271,525     (47.2

Income tax expenses

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (315,426     (1,380,707     (49.2     (8,365,848     (25.7     (107,271,525     (47.2

Deemed dividend on issuance of Series A Preferred Shares

    —          —          —          —          —          (49,214,977     (21.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

    (315,426     (1,380,707     (49.2     (8,365,848     (25.7     (156,486,502     (68.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

             

– Basic

    (0.01     (0.03     —          (0.18     —          (3.38     —     

– Diluted

    (0.01     (0.03     —          (0.18     —          (3.38     —     

Weighted average number of shares used in computing net loss per share:

             

– Basic

    47,775,000        47,775,000          47,775,000          46,255,574     

– Diluted

    47,775,000        47,775,000          47,775,000          46,255,574     

Net loss per ADS(5)

             

– Basic

    (0.01     (0.06     —          (0.35     —          (6.77     —     

– Diluted

    (0.01     (0.06     —          (0.35     —          (6.77     —     

Pro forma net loss per share on an as converted basis:

             

– Basic

              (2.10     —     

– Diluted

              (2.10     —     

Weighted average number of shares used in calculating pro forma net loss per share:

             

– Basic

              74,634,741     

– Diluted

              74,634,741     

 

 

10


Table of Contents

 

(1) We commenced operations in August 2008 but only commenced sales of our products on our vipshop.com website in December 2008. We incurred significant operating expenses and generated limited sales in the period from August 22 to December 31, 2008. As a result, percentages for this period are not meaningful for investors to evaluate our results of operations and are not presented in this table.
(2) Excluding shipping and handling expenses.
(3) Including share-based compensation expenses as set forth below:

 

     For the period
from August 22
to December 31,

2008
     For the year ended
December 31,
 
        2009      2010      2011  
     (in US$)  

Allocation of share-based compensation expenses*:

           

Fulfillment expenses

     —           —           —           297,095   

Marketing expenses

     —           —           —           184,404   

Technology and content expenses

     —           —           —           729,420   

General and administrative expenses

     —           —           —           72,716,983   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —           —           —           73,927,902   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  * The share-based compensation expenses for 2011 included (a) US$63.9 million in share-based compensation expenses in connection with the unvested shares of our co-founders; (b) US$6.2 million in shared-based compensation expenses in connection with a transfer of ordinary shares between our co-founders; and (c) US$3.8 million based compensation expenses in connection with share options granted to executive officers and employees. In addition, unrecognized share-based compensation expenses as of December 31, 2011 were US$19.8 million, which were unrecognized share-based compensation costs in connection with the unvested share options granted to our executive officers and employees. The unrecognized share-based compensation costs were expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.06 years on a straight-line basis schedule. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Share-Based Compensation” for details.

 

(4) Including shipping and handling expenses, which amounted to US$157, US$0.3 million, US$4.3 million, and US$29.4 million in the period from August 22 to December 31, 2008, and the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.
(5) Each ADS represents two ordinary shares.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010     2011  
    

(in US$)

 

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     12,258        287,720        1,111,091        44,954,778   

Total current assets

     125,574        2,584,046        15,567,836        158,278,041   

Total assets

     229,720        2,739,835        17,132,690        167,435,320   

Total liabilities

     399,404        4,289,798        27,244,271        149,146,118   

Total shareholders’ (deficit)/equity

     (169,684     (1,549,963     (10,111,581     18,289,202   

The following table presents summary operating data for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended
December 31,
 
     2009      2010      2011  

New active customers (in thousands)

     38         255         1,330   

Repeat customers (in thousands)

     14         155         903   

Total orders (in thousands)

     71         927         7,269   

Orders placed by repeat customers (in thousands)

     47         804         6,681   

Brand partners

     76         411         1,075   

 

 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our ADSs involves significant risks. You should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below, before making an investment in our ADSs. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In any such case, the market price of our ADSs could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our business and prospects.

We commenced operations in August 2008 and have a limited operating history. We have experienced rapid growth in our business since our inception. As of December 31, 2011, we had attracted 12.1 million registered members and over 1.7 million cumulative customers, and had promoted and sold products for over 1,900 domestic and international brands. Our total net revenues increased from US$2.8 million in 2009 to US$32.6 million in 2010 and to US$227.1 million in 2011. However, our historical growth rate may not be indicative of our future performance. We cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve similar results or grow at the same rate as we did in the past. It is also difficult to evaluate our prospects, as we may not have sufficient experience in addressing the risks to which companies operating in new and rapidly evolving markets such as the online discount retail market, may be exposed. You should consider our prospects in light of the risks and uncertainties fast-growing companies with a limited operating history may encounter.

If we are unable to offer branded products at attractive prices to meet customer needs and preferences, we may lose customers and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Our future growth depends on our ability to continue to attract new customers as well as to increase the spending and repeat purchase rate of existing customers. Constantly changing consumer preferences have historically affected, and will continue to affect, the online retail industry. Consequently, we must stay abreast of emerging lifestyle and consumer preferences and anticipate product trends that will appeal to existing and potential customers. As we implement our strategy to offer a personalized web-interface focusing on deep curation and targeted offerings desired by our customers, we expect to face additional challenges in the selection of products and services. Our ability to offer individually-tailored merchandise is dependent on our IT systems, including our business intelligence system, to collect and provide accurate and reliable information on consumer interests. In addition, most of our customers are urban and educated consumers who choose to purchase branded products on our website due to the deep price discounts that we offer. If our customers cannot find desired products within our product portfolio at attractive prices, they may lose interest in our website and thus may visit our website less frequently or even stop visiting our website altogether, which in turn, may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected if we are unable to maintain our customer experience or provide high quality customer service.

The success of our business largely depends on our ability to provide superior customer experience and high quality customer service, which in turn depends on a variety of factors, such as our ability to continue to provide a reliable and user-friendly website interface for our customers to browse and purchase our products, reliable and timely delivery of our products, and superior after sales services. Our sales may decrease if our website services are severely interrupted or otherwise fail to meet our customer requests. Should we or our third-party delivery companies fail to provide our product delivery and return services in a convenient or reliable manner, or if our

 

12


Table of Contents

customers are not satisfied with our product quality, our reputation and customer loyalty could be negatively affected. In addition, we also depend on our call center and online customer service representatives to provide live assistance to our customers. If our call center or online customer service representatives fail to satisfy the individual needs of customers, our reputation and customer loyalty could be negatively affected and we may lose potential or existing customers and experience a decrease in sales. As a result, if we are unable to continue to maintain our customer experience and provide high quality customer service, we may not be able to retain existing customers or attract new customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any harm to our vipshop.com brand or failure to maintain our reputation may materially and adversely affect our business and growth prospects.

We believe that the recognition and reputation of our vipshop.com brand among our customers and brand partners have significantly contributed to the growth of our business. Maintaining and enhancing the recognition and reputation of our brand are critical to our business and competitiveness. Many factors, some of which are beyond our control, are important to maintaining and enhancing our brand and may negatively impact our brand and reputation if not properly managed. These factors include our ability to:

 

   

provide satisfactory user experience as consumer preferences evolve and as we expand into new product categories;

 

   

increase brand awareness among existing and potential customers through various marketing and promotional activities;

 

   

maintain the popularity, attractiveness and quality of the products we offer;

 

   

maintain the efficiency, reliability and quality of our fulfillment services; and

 

   

preserve our reputation and goodwill in the event of any negative media publicity on internet security or product quality or authenticity issues affecting us or other online retail businesses in China.

A public perception that non-authentic or counterfeit goods are sold on our website, even if factually incorrect, could damage our reputation, reduce our ability to attract new customers or retain our current customers, and diminish the value of our brand. If we are unable to maintain our reputation, enhance our brand recognition or increase positive awareness of our website, products and services, it may be difficult to maintain and grow our customer base, and our business and growth prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

If we fail to manage our relationships with, or otherwise fail to procure products at favorable terms from, our existing brand partners, or if we fail to attract new brand partners, our business and growth prospects may suffer.

We source our products from both domestic and international brand partners. In 2009, 2010 and 2011, we worked with 76, 411 and 1,075 brand partners, respectively. Maintaining strong relationships with these brand partners is important to the growth of our business. In particular, we depend significantly on our ability to source products from brand partners at favorable pricing terms, typically at a substantial discount to the original sales price. However, our agreements do not ensure the long-term availability of merchandise or the continuation of particular pricing practices. Our contracts with our brand suppliers typically do not restrict the brand partners from selling products to other buyers. We cannot assure you that our current brand partners will continue to sell products to us on commercially acceptable terms, or at all. In the event that we are not able to purchase merchandise at favorable pricing terms, our revenues, profit margin and earnings may be materially and adversely affected. Our brand partners primarily include brand owners, and to a lesser extent, brand distributors and resellers. In the event any brand distributor or reseller does not have authority from the relevant brand owner to sell certain products to us, such brand distributor or reseller may cease selling such products to us at any time, which may adversely affect our business and revenues. In addition, if our brand partners cease to provide us with

 

13


Table of Contents

favorable payment terms or return policies, our requirements for working capital may increase, resulting in a negative effect on our cash flows from operating activities, and our operations may be materially and adversely affected. We will also need to establish new brand partner relationships to ensure that we have access to a steady supply of products on favorable commercial terms. Furthermore, our relationships with some brand partners, particularly international brand partners of apparel products in China, may be adversely affected as a result of our sale of branded products that are directly procured from overseas markets. If we are unable to develop and maintain good relationships with brand partners that would allow us to obtain a sufficient amount and variety of quality merchandise on acceptable commercial terms, it may inhibit our ability to offer sufficient products sought by our customers, or to offer these products at prices acceptable to them. Any negative developments in our relationships with brand partners could materially and adversely affect our business and growth prospects. In addition, as part of our growth strategy, we plan to further expand our brand and product offerings. If we fail to attract new brand partners to sell their branded products to us due to any reason, our business and growth prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

If we are unable to manage our growth or execute our strategies effectively, our business and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

We have experienced a period of rapid growth and expansion that has demanded, and will continue to demand, significant financial and managerial resources. We plan to further increase our sales through enhancing our brand recognition, growing our customer base and increasing customer spending on our website.

We also seek to broaden our product offerings, which will require us to introduce new product categories and work with different groups of brand partners to address the needs of different kinds of consumers. We have limited or no experience in some of our newer product offerings, such as online sales of leisure travel packages and other lifestyle products, and our expansion into these new product categories may not achieve broad customer acceptance. These offerings may present new and difficult technology or operational challenges, and we may be subject to claims if customers of these offerings experience service disruptions or failure or other quality issues. In addition, our profitability, if any, in our newer product categories may be lower than in our older categories, which may adversely affect our overall profitability and results of operations. Furthermore, there is no assurance that we will be able to recoup our investments in introducing these new product categories.

We intend to continue investing in our logistics centers and delivery network to support our long-term growth. To further improve our nationwide fulfillment capabilities, we plan to add more logistics centers in strategic locations in China and to establish our own in-house delivery capabilities in selected regions. However, we do not have experience in operating our own logistics centers and delivery network. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to execute our expansion plan as expected. In addition, our expansion also requires us to continue to effectively manage our relationships with brand partners and with third-party delivery companies to ensure efficient and timely delivery of our products. To continue our business growth, we will also need to allocate significant managerial and financial resources in retaining, training, managing and motivating our workforce. We will also need to implement a variety of new and upgraded operational and financial systems, procedures and controls, including improving our accounting and other internal management systems.

All of these endeavors involve risks. We can provide no assurance that we will successfully execute these expansion plans and strategies. We may fail to acquire financial or managerial resources needed for our business growth in a timely and cost-efficient manner, or at all. We cannot assure you that we will be able to manage our growth effectively, and any failure to do so may have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

We use third-party delivery companies to deliver our products, and if they fail to provide reliable delivery services, our business and reputation may be materially and adversely affected.

We primarily deliver products through third-party delivery companies. Currently, we maintain long-term cooperation arrangements with a number of third-party delivery companies to deliver our products to our customers. Interruptions to or failures in these third parties’ delivery services could prevent the timely or proper

 

14


Table of Contents

delivery of our products. These interruptions may be due to events that are beyond our control or the control of these delivery companies, such as inclement weather, natural disasters, transportation interruptions or labor unrest or shortage. If our third-party delivery companies fail to comply with applicable rules and regulations in China, our delivery services may be materially and adversely affected. We may not be able to find alternative delivery companies to provide delivery services in a timely and reliable manner, or at all. As competition intensifies in the future, we expect that we will be required to ensure faster delivery times, which could place increasing pressure on our delivery network. Delivery of our products could also be affected or interrupted by the merger, acquisition, insolvency or government shut-down of the couriers we engage to make deliveries, especially those local couriers with relatively small business scales. In addition, as part of our strategy to enhance our operational capabilities, we have begun to establish our own in-house delivery capabilities in selected regions, and we may face additional challenges in managing our relationship with third-party delivery companies as a result of establishing our in-house delivery operations.

If our products are not delivered in proper condition or on a timely basis, our business and reputation could suffer. Although the delivery companies are generally required to make cash deposits or guarantee payments securing their due performance of duties as part of our engagement with them, such security may not be sufficient to recover the losses that we sustain as a result of their failure to perform.

If we do not compete effectively against existing or new competitors, we may lose market share and customers.

The online discount retail market is rapidly evolving and competitive. Our primary competitors include major B2C e-commerce companies in China that sell a broad range of products and services online, such as Taobao Mall, 360Buy and Dangdang, and other online discount retail companies in China. We compete with others based on a number of factors, including:

 

   

ability to identify products in demand among consumers and source these products on favorable terms from brand suppliers;

 

   

pricing;

 

   

breadth and quality of product offerings;

 

   

website features;

 

   

customer service and fulfillment capabilities; and

 

   

reputation among consumers and brands.

Some of our current and potential competitors may have significantly greater resources, longer operating histories, larger customer bases and greater brand recognition. As the online discount retail market in China is expected to grow rapidly, many new competitors and some existing B2C e-commerce companies may enter into this market. In addition, other online retailers may be acquired by, receive investment from or enter into strategic relationships with, well-established and well-financed companies or investors which would help enhance their competitive positions. Some of our competitors may be able to secure more favorable terms from brand partners, devote greater resources to marketing and promotional campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing or inventory policies and devote substantially more resources to their website and systems development than us. In addition, new and enhanced technologies may increase the competition in the online retail industry. Increased competition may negatively affect our business development, online retail and brand recognition, which may in turn affect our market share and operating margins. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to compete effectively against our competitors, and competitive pressure may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We have a history of net losses and may continue to incur net losses in the future. Before 2011, we had also experienced negative cash flow from operating activities.

We have incurred net losses since our inception in August 2008. Our net losses amounted to US$1.4 million, US$8.4 million and US$107.3 million in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011,

 

15


Table of Contents

respectively. As of December 31, 2011, we had accumulated losses of US$166.6 million. In addition, net cash used in our operating activities amounted to US$1.4 million and US$6.6 million in 2009 and 2010, respectively, before we generated net cash from operating activities of US$1.3 million in 2011. We cannot assure you that we will be able to generate net profits or maintain positive cash flow from operating activities in the future. Our ability to become profitable depends on our ability to grow our business and increase our net revenues and our ability to control our costs and operating expenses. Although we have experienced significant revenue growth since our inception, such growth may not be sustainable and we may continue to incur net losses in future periods or fail to maintain positive cash flow from operating activities. We have incurred in the past and expect to continue to incur in future periods share-based compensation expenses and we expect our costs and other operating expenses to continue to increase as we expand our business, either of which will reduce our net income and may result in future losses. If our costs and operating expenses continue to increase without a commensurate increase in our revenue, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be negatively affected, and we may need additional capital to fund our continued operations.

We may suffer losses if we are unable to effectively manage our inventory.

Due to the nature of the flash sales business, we need to manage a large volume of inventory turnover. We depend on our forecasts of demand and popularity for various kinds of products to make decisions regarding product purchases. Our customers may not order products at levels expected by us. In addition, any unfavorable market or industry conditions or change in consumer trends and preferences may limit our ability to accurately forecast the inventory levels to meet customer demand. We generally have the right to return unsold items for most of our products to our brand partners. In order to secure more favorable commercial terms, we may need to continue to enter into supply arrangements without unconditional return clauses or with more restrictive return policies.

We recorded US$31.7 thousand, US$2.6 million and US$1.7 million in inventory write-downs in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Such write-downs primarily reflected the estimated market value of damaged or obsolete inventory. In addition, in October 2010, when we were in the process of implementing our new IT systems, improving our inventory count procedures and relocating our warehouse, some of our inventory stock items were not properly recorded in the inventory ledger, resulting in discrepancies between the inventory ledger and our actual inventory stock. We recorded write-downs of such discrepancies.

If we fail to manage our inventory effectively in the future, we may be subject to a heightened risk of inventory obsolescence, a decline in inventory values and write-downs, which could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if we are unable to sell products or if we are required to lower sale prices in order to reduce inventory level or to pay higher prices to our brand partners in order to secure the right to return products to our brand partners, our profit margins might be negatively affected. High inventory levels may also require us to commit substantial capital resources, preventing us from using that capital for other important purposes. If we do not accurately predict product demand, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

If we are subject to higher product return rates, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Purchases of apparel, fashion accessories and other items over the internet may be subject to higher return rates than merchandise sold at physical stores. We have established a seven-day product return policy in order to accommodate our customers and to overcome any hesitance that they may have in shopping on our website. Our product return rates increased from 2010 to 2011, and if we are unable to reduce our product return rates, or if our product return rates are higher than expected, our revenues and costs can be negatively impacted. In addition, as we cannot return some products to our brand partners pursuant to our contracts with them, if return rates for such products increase significantly, we may experience an increase in our inventory balance, inventory impairment and fulfillment cost, which may materially and adversely affect our working capital. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We rely on online retail of apparel products for a significant portion of our net revenues.

Historically, online retail sales of apparel products accounted for a significant portion of our total net revenues. We expect that sales of these products will continue to grow and represent a significant portion of our

 

16


Table of Contents

total net revenues in the near future. We have increased our offerings to include other product categories, including fashion items, cosmetics and home goods, as well as leisure travel packages and other lifestyle products, and expect to continue to expand our product offerings to gradually diversify our revenue sources in the future. However, the sales of these new products and services may not increase to a level that would reduce our dependence on our current line of products and services. Any failure in maintaining or increasing the number of our online retail customers or our sales volumes could result in our inability to retain or capture a sufficient share of the new markets that we are targeting. Any event that results in a reduction in our sales of apparel products could materially and adversely affect our ability to maintain or increase our current level of revenue, our profitability and business prospects.

We plan to expand our logistics network. If we are not able to manage such expansion successfully, our growth potential, results of operations and business could be materially and adversely affected.

Our logistics network, currently consisting of regional logistics centers located in Guangdong Province in Southern China, Jiangsu Province in Eastern China, Sichuan Province in Western China and Beijing in Northern China, is essential to our business growth. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to expand our logistics network to accommodate increasing volumes of customer orders, enhance customer services, provide better coverage across China, and support our expansion into new product categories. In particular, we plan to add more logistics centers in the future. We have recently started a pilot program to provide our own delivery service in Shanghai and may expand our in-house delivery service coverage to other areas. However, we do not have experience in operating our own logistics centers and delivery operations. As a result, we cannot assure you that our plans to operate our own logistics centers and delivery operations will be successful. The expansion of our logistics network will put pressure on our managerial, financial, operational and other resources. We cannot assure you that we will be able to locate suitable facilities on commercially acceptable terms in accordance with our expansion plan. Nor can we assure you that we will be able to recruit qualified managerial and operational personnel to support our expansion plan. If we are unable to secure new facilities for the expansion of our logistics operations, or to effectively control expansion-related expenses, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Uncertainties regarding the growth and sustained profitability of the online retail market in China, in particular, the development of the online flash sales business model, could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

All of our net revenue is generated through an online retail business model, and in particular, an online flash sales business model. While online retail businesses have existed in China since the 1990s, only recently have a limited number of these companies become profitable. The flash sales business model originated in Europe in 2001 and then spread to the U.S. The business model was not introduced to China until recently. The long term viability and prospects of the online retail industry, particularly companies utilizing an online flash sales business model, and B2C e-commerce business generally in China, remain untested and subject to significant uncertainty. Our business, financial condition and results of operations will depend on numerous factors affecting the development of the online flash sales business and, more broadly, the online retail and e-commerce businesses in China, which may be beyond our control. These factors include the general economic conditions in China, the growth of internet usage, the confidence in and level of e-commerce and online spending, the emergence of alternative retail channels or business models, the success of marketing and brand building efforts by e-commerce and flash sales companies, and the development of payment, logistics, after-sale and other services associated with e-commerce and flash sales.

 

17


Table of Contents

The proper functioning of our IT systems is essential to our business. Any failure to maintain the satisfactory performance, security and integrity of our website and systems will materially and adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

Our IT systems mainly include technology infrastructure supporting our vipshop.com user-interface website, as well as our customer service, enterprise resource planning, warehouse and logistics management, product information management, business intelligence and administration management systems. The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our IT systems are critical to our success, our ability to attract and retain customers and our ability to maintain a satisfactory customer experience and level of customer service.

Our servers may be vulnerable to computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions, which could lead to system interruptions, website slowdown or unavailability, delays in transaction processing, loss of data or the inability to accept and fulfill customer orders. We can provide no assurance that we will not experience such unexpected interruptions. We can provide no assurance that our current security mechanisms will be sufficient to protect our IT systems from any third-party intrusions, viruses or hacker attacks, information or data theft or other similar activities. Any such future occurrences could damage our reputation and result in a material decrease in our revenue.

Additionally, we expect to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to continue to upgrade and improve our IT systems to support our business growth. However, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in executing these system upgrade and improvement strategies. In particular, our systems may experience interruptions during upgrades, and the new technologies or infrastructures may not be fully integrated with the existing systems on a timely basis, or at all. If our existing or future IT systems do not function properly, it could cause system disruptions and slow response times, affecting data transmission, which in turn, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to successfully adopt new technologies or adapt our website and systems to changing customer requirements or emerging industry standards, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality and features of our website. The online retail industry is characterized by rapid technological evolution, changes in end user requirements and preferences, frequent introductions of new products and services embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards and practices that could render our existing proprietary technologies and systems obsolete. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to identify, develop, acquire or license leading technologies useful in our business, enhance our existing services, develop new services and technologies that address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of our existing and prospective customers, and respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis. The development of website and other proprietary technology entails significant technical and business risks. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to use new technologies effectively or adapt our website, proprietary technologies and transaction-processing systems to meet customer requirements or emerging industry standards. If we are unable to accurately project the need for such system expansion or upgrade or to adapt our systems in a cost-effective and timely manner in response to changing market conditions or customer requirements, whether for technical, legal, financial or other reasons, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Our wide variety of accepted payment methods subjects us to third-party payment processing-related risks.

We accept payments using a variety of methods, including cash on delivery, bank transfers, online payments with credit cards and debit cards issued by major banks in China, and payment through third-party online payment platforms, such as alipay.com and tenpay.com. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs and lower our profit margins. We may also be subject to fraud and other illegal activities in connection with the various

 

18


Table of Contents

payment methods we offer, including online payment and cash on delivery options. We also rely on third parties to provide payment processing services. For example, we use third-party delivery companies for our cash on delivery payment options. If these companies become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us, or if their services quality deteriorates, our business could be disrupted. We are also subject to various rules, regulations and requirements, regulatory or otherwise, governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we fail to comply with these rules or requirements, we may be subject to fines and higher transaction fees and lose our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from our customers, process electronic funds transfers or facilitate other types of online payments, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Our growth and profitability depend on the level of consumer confidence and spending in China.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations are sensitive to changes in overall economic and political conditions that affect consumer spending in China. The retail industry, including the online retail sector in general and the flash sales business in particular, is highly sensitive to general economic changes. Online purchases tend to decline significantly during recessionary periods and substantially all of our net revenue is derived from online retail sales in China. Many factors outside of our control, including inflation and deflation, interest rates, volatility of equity and debt securities markets, taxation rates, employment and other governmental policies can adversely affect consumer confidence and spending. The domestic and international political environments, including military conflicts and political turmoil or social instability, may also adversely affect consumer confidence and reduce spending, which could in turn materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may incur liability for counterfeit or unauthorized products sold or information posted on our website.

We have been and may continue to be subject to allegations that some of the items sold on our website are counterfeited or without authorization from the relevant brand owner. In 2009, 2010 and 2011, we worked with 76, 411 and 1,075 brand partners, respectively. We can provide no assurance that measures we have adopted in the course of sourcing such products to ensure their authenticity or authorization and to minimize potential liability of infringing third parties’ rights will be effective. Any inadvertent sales of counterfeit, non-authentic or unauthorized items, or public perception of such incidents, could harm our reputation, impair our ability to attract and retain customers and cause us to incur additional costs to respond to any incident of this nature. In the event that counterfeit products, unauthorized products or products, images, logos or any other information on our website that otherwise infringes third parties’ rights are sold or posted on our website, we could also face infringement claims. We have occasionally received claim letters alleging our infringement of third-party rights. Although we have not suffered any material adverse impact due to these claims, we cannot assure you that in the future, we will not be required to allocate significant resources and incur material expenses regarding such claims. We could be required to pay substantial damages or to refrain from the sale of relevant products in the event that a claimant prevails in any proceedings against us. Forms of potential liabilities under PRC law if we negligently participated or assisted in infringement activities associated with counterfeit goods include injunctions to cease infringing activities, rectification, compensation and administrative penalties. Moreover, our reputation could be negatively affected due to the negative publicity of any infringement claim against us. Any third-party claims may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to protect confidential information of our customers and our network against security breaches could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.

A significant challenge to e-commerce and communications is the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. Currently, all product orders and, in some cases, payments for products we offer, are made through our website and systems. In such transactions, maintaining security for the transmission of confidential or private information on our website and systems, such as customers’ personal information, payment related information and transaction information, is essential to maintain consumer confidence in our website and systems.

 

19


Table of Contents

We have adopted rigorous security policies and measures, including encryption technology, to protect our proprietary data and customer information. However, advances in technology, the expertise of hackers, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology that we use to protect confidential information. We may not be able to prevent third parties, especially hackers or other individuals or entities engaging in similar activities, from illegally obtaining such confidential or private information we hold as a result of our customers’ visits on our website. Such individuals or entities obtaining our customers’ confidential or private information may further engage in various other illegal activities using such information. In addition, we have limited control or influence over the security policies or measures adopted by third-party providers of online payment services through which some of our customers may elect to make payment for purchases at our website. Furthermore, our third-party delivery companies may also violate their confidentiality obligations and disclose or use information about our customers illegally. Although we do not believe that we will be held responsible for any such illegal activities, any negative publicity on our website’s safety or privacy protection mechanism and policy could have a material adverse effect on our public image and reputation. We cannot assure you that similar events out of our control will not occur in the future, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation.

In addition, the methods used by hackers and others engaged in illegal online activities are increasingly sophisticated and constantly evolving. Significant capital, managerial and other resources may be required to ensure and enhance information security or to address the issues caused by such security failure. Any perception by the public that e-commerce and transactions, or the privacy of user information, are becoming increasingly unsafe or vulnerable to attack could inhibit the growth of online retail and other online services generally, which may also in turn reduce the number of orders we receive and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to prevent others from unauthorized use of our intellectual property, which could harm our business and competitive position.

We regard our trademarks, service marks, domain names, trade secrets, proprietary technologies and other intellectual property as critical to our business. We rely on a combination of intellectual property laws and contractual arrangements, including confidentiality agreements and license agreements with our employees, brand partners and others, to protect our proprietary rights. As of December 31, 2011, we own seven registered trademarks, copyrights to six software programs developed by us relating to various aspects of our operations, and four registered domain names, namely vipshop.com, vipshop.com.cn, vipshop.cn and vipshop.net. See “Business—Intellectual Property.”

It is often difficult to register, maintain and enforce intellectual property rights in China. Statutory laws and regulations are subject to judicial interpretation and enforcement and may not be applied consistently due to the lack of clear guidance on statutory interpretation. Confidentiality agreements and license agreements may be breached by counterparties, and there may not be adequate remedies available to us for any such breach. Accordingly, we may not be able to effectively protect our intellectual property rights or to enforce our contractual rights in China. Policing any unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly and the steps we have taken may be inadequate to prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property. In the event that we resort to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, such litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our managerial and financial resources. We can provide no assurance that we will prevail in such litigation. In addition, our trade secrets may be leaked or otherwise become available to, or be independently discovered by, our competitors. Any failure in protecting or enforcing our intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Future strategic alliances or acquisitions may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may pursue selected strategic alliances and potential strategic acquisitions that are complementary to our business and operations, including opportunities that can help us promote our brand to new customers and

 

20


Table of Contents

brands, expand our product offerings and improve our technology infrastructure. We may also pursue strategic initiatives with brands and platforms in international markets.

Strategic alliances with third parties could subject us to a number of risks, including risks associated with sharing proprietary information, non-performance or default by counterparties, and increased expenses in establishing these new alliances, any of which may materially and adversely affect our business. We may have little ability to control or monitor the actions of our partners. To the extent a strategic partner suffers any negative publicity as a result of its business operations, our reputation may be negatively affected by virtue of our association with such party.

In addition, although we have no current acquisition plans, we may consider entering into strategic acquisition of other companies, businesses, assets or technologies that are complementary to our business and operations as part of our growth strategy. Strategic acquisitions and subsequent integrations of newly acquired businesses would require significant managerial and financial resources and could result in a diversion of resources from our existing business, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our growth and business operations. The costs of identifying and consummating acquisitions may be significant. We may also incur significant expenses in obtaining approvals from shareholders and relevant government authorities in China and elsewhere in the world. Our failure to consummate acquisitions could also require us to pay certain pre-negotiated fees and expenses. Acquired businesses or assets may not generate expected financial results and may incur losses. In addition, acquisitions could also require the use of substantial amounts of cash, issuances of equity or debt securities, incurrence of significant goodwill and related impairment charges, amortization expenses for intangible assets and exposure to potential unknown liabilities of the acquired businesses or assets. The cost and duration of integrating newly acquired businesses could also materially exceed our expectations. Any such negative developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any interruption in the operation of our logistics centers or data centers for an extended period may have an adverse impact on our business.

Our ability to process and fulfill orders accurately and provide high quality customer service depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our four regional logistics centers and our self-owned servers located in data centers operated by major PRC internet datacenter providers. Our regional logistics centers and data centers may be vulnerable to damage caused by fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure, break-ins, earthquake, human error and other events. We have developed a disaster tolerant system which includes real-time data mirroring, daily off-line data back-up and redundancy and load balancing. However, we do not carry business interruption insurance. The occurrence of any of the foregoing risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to product liability claims if people or properties are harmed by the products we sell.

We sell products manufactured by third parties, some of which may be defectively designed or manufactured. As a result, sales of such products could expose us to product liability claims relating to personal injury or property damage and may require product recalls or other actions. Third parties subject to such injury or damage may bring claims or legal proceedings against us as the retailer of the product. We do not currently maintain any third-party liability insurance or product liability insurance in relation to products we sell. As a result, any material product liability claim or litigation could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even unsuccessful claims could result in the expenditure of funds and managerial efforts in defending them and could have a negative impact on our reputation.

We have limited insurance coverage which could expose us to significant costs and business disruption.

Risks associated with our business and operations include, but are not limited to, damage to properties due to fire, explosions and other accidents, business interruption due to power shortages or network failure, product

 

21


Table of Contents

liability claims, transportation damages, losses of key personnel and risks posed by natural disasters including storms, floods and earthquakes, any of which may result in significant costs or business disruption. We have maintained insurance coverage we consider necessary and sufficient for our business, and customary for the industry in which we operate, including all risk property insurance covering our equipment, facilities, inventories and other properties. However, as the insurance industry in China is still in an early stage of development, insurance companies in China currently offer limited business-related insurance products. We do not maintain business interruption insurance or general third-party liability insurance, nor do we maintain key-man life insurance. We cannot assure you that our insurance coverage is sufficient to prevent us from any loss to be sustained or that we will be able to successfully claim our losses under our current insurance policy on a timely basis, or at all. If we incur any loss that is not covered by our insurance policies, or the compensated amount is significantly less than our actual loss, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Our business depends on the continuing efforts of our management. If we lose their services, our business may be severely disrupted.

Our business operations depend on the continuing efforts of our management, particularly the executive officers named in this prospectus. If one or more of our management were unable or unwilling to continue their employment with us, we might not be able to replace them in a timely manner, or at all. We may incur additional expenses to recruit and retain qualified replacements. Our business may be severely disrupted and our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, our management may join a competitor or form a competing company. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to successfully enforce our contractual rights included in the employment agreements we have entered into with our management team, in particular in China, where all these individuals reside. As a result, our business may be negatively affected due to the loss of one or more members of our management.

If we are unable to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

We intend to hire and retain additional qualified employees to support our business operations and planned expansion. Our future success depends, to a significant extent, on our ability to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, particularly management, technical, marketing and other operational personnel with expertise in the online retail industry. Our experienced mid-level managers are instrumental in implementing our business strategies, executing our business plans and supporting our business operations and growth. Since our industry is characterized by high demand and intense competition for talent, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to attract or retain qualified staff or other highly skilled employees that we will need to achieve our strategic objectives. In addition, our ability to train and integrate new employees into our operations may also be limited and may not meet the demand for our business growth on a timely fashion, or at all. If we are unable to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

Failure to renew our current leases or locate desirable alternatives for our facilities could materially and adversely affect our business.

We lease various properties for offices, logistics centers, data centers and customer service centers. We may not be able to successfully extend or renew such leases and may therefore be forced to relocate our affected operations. This could disrupt our operations and result in significant relocation expenses, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we compete with other businesses for premises at certain locations or of desirable sizes. As a result, even though we could extend or renew our leases, rental payments may significantly increase as a result of the high demand for the leased properties. In addition, we may not be able to locate desirable alternative sites for our facilities as our business continues to grow and such failure in relocating our affected operations could affect our business and operations.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our use of leased properties could be challenged by third parties, which may cause interruptions to our business operations.

Some of our lessors do not have proper ownership certificates for the properties we lease, or have other restrictions on their ownership of the properties. In particular, our office in Guangzhou is located on land allocated by local government, and the lessor has not obtained the relevant governmental approvals for leasing these premises. In addition, most of our leasehold interests in leased properties have not been registered with relevant PRC government authorities as required by the PRC law. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any claims or actions being contemplated or initiated by government authorities or any third parties with respect to our leasehold interests in or use of such properties. However, we cannot assure you that our use of such leased properties will not be challenged by the governmental authorities or third parties alleging ownership of such properties. In the event that our use of properties is successfully challenged, we may be forced to relocate the affected operations. We can provide no assurance that will be able to find suitable replacement sites on terms acceptable to us on a timely basis, or at all, or that we will not be subject to material liability resulting from third parties’ challenges on our use of such properties. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls or fail to remediate the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that has been identified, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations or prevent fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected.

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and for the period from August 22 to December 31, 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, we identified one “material weakness” in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the United States, and other control deficiencies. The material weakness identified related to the lack of comprehensive U.S. GAAP accounting policies, financial reporting and internal control procedures. In particular, we did not have a comprehensive accounting policies manual and financial reporting and closing procedure manual for our finance department, and we did not have sufficient personnel to build and maintain formalized accounting policies and financial policies and financial reporting procedures in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We have implemented a number of measures to address the material weakness and other control deficiencies that have been identified. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” However, we cannot assure you that these and other remedial measures will remediate the material weakness or other control deficiencies.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will become a public company in the United States subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, will require that we include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm may need to attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future.

During the course of documenting and testing our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, we may identify other deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting.

 

23


Table of Contents

In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could in turn limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations, and lead to a decline in the trading price of our ADSs. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we list, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions. We may also be required to restate our financial statements from prior periods.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as our ability to obtain financing, may be adversely affected by the downturn in the global or Chinese economy.

The global financial markets have experienced significant disruptions since 2008 and the effect of the crisis has persisted through 2009 and 2010, and to a lesser extent in 2011. China’s economy has also faced challenges. To the extent that there have been improvements in some areas, it is uncertain whether such recovery is sustainable. The online retail industry is particularly sensitive to economic downturns, and the macroeconomic environment in China may affect our business and prospects. A prolonged slowdown in China’s economy may lead to a reduced level of online purchasing activities, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Moreover, a slowdown in the global or China’s economy or the recurrence of any financial disruptions may have a material and adverse impact on financings available to us. The weakness in the economy could erode investors’ confidence, which constitutes the basis of the credit markets. The recent financial turmoil affecting the financial markets and banking system may significantly restrict our ability to obtain financing in the capital markets or from financial institutions on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Although we are uncertain about the extent to which the recent global financial and economic crisis and slowdown of China’s economy may impact our business in the short term and long term, there is a risk that our business, results of operations and prospects will be materially and adversely affected by any ongoing global economic downturn or slowdown in China’s economy.

Our results of operations are subject to quarterly fluctuations due to a number of factors that could adversely affect our business and the trading price of our ADSs.

We experience seasonality in our business, reflecting a combination of seasonal fluctuations in internet usage and traditional retail seasonality patterns. For example, we generally experience less user traffic and purchase orders during national holidays in China, particularly during the Chinese New Year holiday season in the first quarter of each year. Furthermore, sales in the traditional retail industry are significantly higher in the fourth quarter of each calendar year than in the preceding three quarters. Due to the foregoing factors, our financial condition and results of operations for future quarters may continue to fluctuate and our historical quarterly results may not be comparable to future quarters. As a result, the trading price of our ADSs may fluctuate from time to time due to seasonality.

Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure and Restrictions on Our Industry

Substantial uncertainties and restrictions exist with respect to the interpretation and application of PRC laws and regulations relating to online commerce and the distribution of internet content in China. If the PRC government finds that the structure we have adopted for our business operations does not comply with PRC laws and regulations, we could be subject to severe penalties, including the shutting down of our website.

Foreign ownership of internet-based businesses is subject to significant restrictions under current PRC laws and regulations. The PRC government regulates internet access, the distribution of online information and the

 

24


Table of Contents

conduct of online commerce through strict business licensing requirements and other government regulations. These laws and regulations also include limitations on foreign ownership in PRC companies that provide internet content distribution services. Specifically, foreign investors are not allowed to own more than 50% of the equity interests in any entity conducting an internet content distribution business. The Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or the MIIT, issued the Circular on Strengthening the Administration of Foreign Investment in and Operation of Value-added Telecommunications Business, or the MIIT Circular, in July 2006. The MIIT Circular reiterated the regulations on foreign investment in telecommunications businesses, which require foreign investors to set up foreign invested enterprises and obtain business operating licenses for internet content provision to conduct any value-added telecommunications business in China. Under the MIIT Circular, a domestic company that holds an internet content provision, or ICP, license is prohibited from leasing, transferring or selling the license to foreign investors in any form, and from providing any assistance, including providing resources, sites or facilities, to foreign investors that conduct value-added telecommunications business illegally in China.

We are a Cayman Islands company and our PRC subsidiary, Vipshop China, is considered a wholly foreign owned enterprise. To comply with PRC laws and regulations, we conduct our operations in China through a series of contractual arrangements entered into between (a) Vipshop China, (b) Vipshop Information, our consolidated affiliated entity, and (c) shareholders of Vipshop Information. Vipshop Information holds the licenses and permits that are essential to the operation of our business. For a detailed description of these licenses and permits, see “Regulations.” Vipshop Information is a PRC limited liability company owned by our co-founders and directors, all of whom are PRC citizens. As a result of these contractual arrangements, we exert control over Vipshop Information and consolidate its operating results in our financial statements under U.S. GAAP. For a detailed description of these contractual arrangements, see “Our Corporate History and Structure.”

In the opinion of our PRC counsel, Han Kun Law Offices, our current ownership structure, the ownership structure of our PRC subsidiaries and our consolidated affiliated entity, each as described in this prospectus, are in compliance with existing PRC laws, rules and regulations, and the contractual arrangements between Vipshop China, our consolidated affiliated entity and its shareholders, each as described in this prospectus, are not in violation of any existing PRC laws, rules and regulations. There are, however, substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current or future PRC laws and regulations. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that PRC government authorities will not ultimately take a view contrary to or otherwise different from that of our PRC counsel.

In or around September 2011, various media sources reported that the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, had prepared a report proposing pre-approval by a competent central government authority of offshore listings by China-based companies with variable interest entity structures, such as ours, that operate in industry sectors subject to foreign investment restrictions. However, it is unclear whether the CSRC officially issued or submitted such a report to a higher level government authority or what any such report provides, or whether any new PRC laws or regulations relating to variable interest entity structures will be adopted or what they would provide. If our ownership structure, contractual arrangements and businesses of our company, Vipshop China or our consolidated affiliated entity are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, the relevant governmental authorities, including the CSRC, would have broad discretion in dealing with such violation, including levying fines, confiscating our income or the income of Vipshop China or our consolidated affiliated entity, revoking the business licenses or operating licenses of Vipshop China or our consolidated affiliated entity, shutting down our servers or blocking our website, discontinuing or placing restrictions or onerous conditions on our operations, requiring us to undergo a costly and disruptive restructuring, restricting or prohibiting our use of proceeds from this offering to finance our business and operations in China, and taking other regulatory or enforcement actions that could be harmful to our business. Any of these actions could cause significant disruption to our business operations and severely damage our reputation, which would in turn materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

We rely on contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entity and its shareholders for the operation of our business, which may not be as effective as direct ownership. If our consolidated affiliated entity and its shareholders fail to perform their obligations under these contractual arrangements, we may have to resort to arbitration or litigation to enforce our rights, which may be time-consuming, unpredictable, expensive and damaging to our operations and reputation.

Because of PRC restrictions on foreign ownership of internet-based businesses in China, we depend on contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entity, Vipshop Information, in which we have no ownership interest, to partly conduct our operations. These contractual arrangements, governed by PRC law, are intended to provide us with effective control over our consolidated affiliated entity and allow us to obtain economic benefits from it. Although we have been advised by our PRC counsel, Han Kun Law Offices, that these contractual arrangements are valid, binding and enforceable under current PRC laws, these contractual arrangements may not be as effective in providing control as direct ownership. For example, our consolidated affiliated entity and its shareholders could breach their contractual arrangements with us by, among other things, failing to operate our online retail business in an acceptable manner or taking other actions that are detrimental to our interests. If we hold controlling equity interest in our consolidated affiliated entity, we would be able to exercise our shareholder rights to effect changes to its board of directors, which in turn could implement changes at the management and operational level of the consolidated affiliated entity. However, under the current contractual arrangements, if our consolidated affiliated entity or its shareholders fail to perform their obligations under these contractual arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs to enforce such arrangements, and rely on legal remedies, including arbitration and litigation, under PRC law, which may not be sufficient or effective. In particular, the contractual arrangements provide that any dispute arising from these arrangements will be submitted to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission South China Sub-Commission for arbitration, the ruling of which will be final and binding. The legal framework and system in China, particularly those relating to arbitration proceedings, is not as developed as other jurisdictions such as the United States. As a result, significant uncertainties relating to the enforcement of legal rights through arbitration, litigation and other legal proceedings remain in China, which could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements and exert effective control over our consolidated affiliated entity. If we are unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, or if we suffer significant delay or other obstacles in the process of enforcing these contractual arrangements, our business and operations could be severely disrupted, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and damage our reputation. See “—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could adversely affect us.”

The shareholders of our consolidated affiliated entity have potential conflicts of interest with us, which may adversely affect our business.

Each shareholder of our consolidated affiliated entity is a shareholder and director of our company. Equity interest held by each of these shareholders in our company is less than its interest in our consolidated affiliated entity as a result of our introduction of DCM Entities and Sequoia Capital Entities as shareholders of our company. In addition, such shareholders’ equity interest in our company will be further diluted as a result of this offering as well as any future offering of equity securities. As a result, conflicts of interest may arise as a result of such dual shareholding and governance structure.

Each of these shareholders is also a director of our company, and has a duty of care and loyalty to our company and to our shareholders as a whole under Cayman Islands law. Under the contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entity and its shareholders, (a) we may replace any such individual as a shareholder of our consolidated affiliated entity at our discretion, and (b) each of these individuals has executed a power of attorney to appoint Vipshop China or its designated third party to vote on their behalf and exercise shareholder rights of our consolidated affiliated entity. However, we cannot assure you that these individuals will act in the best interests of our company should any conflicts of interest arise, or that any conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor. These individuals may breach or cause our consolidated affiliated entity to breach the existing contractual arrangements. If we cannot resolve any conflicts of interest or disputes between us and any

 

26


Table of Contents

of these individuals, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which may be expensive, time-consuming and disruptive to our operations. There is also substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

We may lose the ability to use and enjoy assets held by our consolidated affiliated entity that are important to the operation of our business if such entity goes bankrupt or becomes subject to a dissolution or liquidation proceeding.

As part of our contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entity, such entity holds certain assets that are important to the operation of our business. If our consolidated affiliated entity goes bankrupt and all or part of its assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors, we may be unable to continue some or all of our business activities, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If our consolidated affiliated entity undergoes a voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceeding, the unrelated third-party creditors may claim rights to some or all of these assets, thereby hindering our ability to operate our business, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entity may result in adverse tax consequences to us.

We may be subject to adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities were to determine that the contracts between Vipshop China and our consolidated affiliated entity were not entered into on an arm’s length basis and therefore constitute favorable transfer pricing arrangements. If this occurs, the PRC tax authorities could request that our consolidated affiliated entity adjust its taxable income, if any, upward for PRC tax purposes. Such a pricing adjustment could adversely affect us by increasing our consolidated affiliated entity’s tax expenses without reducing our tax expenses, which could subject our consolidated affiliated entity to late payment fees and other penalties for underpayment of taxes. The PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law requires every enterprise in China to submit its annual enterprise income tax return together with a report on transactions with its related parties to the relevant tax authorities. The tax authorities may impose reasonable adjustments on taxation if they have identified any related party transactions that are inconsistent with arm’s length principles. As a result, our contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entity may result in adverse tax consequences to us.

If our consolidated affiliated entity fails to obtain and maintain the requisite assets, licenses and approvals required under PRC law, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Foreign investment and the internet industry in China are highly regulated by the PRC government and numerous regulatory authorities of the central PRC government are empowered to issue and implement regulations governing various aspects of the internet industry. See “Regulations.” Our PRC subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entity are required to obtain and maintain certain assets relevant to its business as well as applicable licenses or approvals from different regulatory authorities in order to provide its current services. These assets and licenses are essential to the operation of our business and are generally subject to annual review by the relevant governmental authorities. Furthermore, our PRC subsidiaries and our consolidated affiliated entity may be required to obtain additional licenses. If we fail to obtain or maintain any of the required, assets, licenses or approvals, our continued business operations in the internet industry may subject it to various penalties, such as confiscation of illegal net revenue, fines and the discontinuation or restriction of our operations. Any such disruption in the business operations of our consolidated affiliated entity will materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For instance, we have recently started a pilot program to provide our own delivery service in Shanghai. We do not currently charge additional fees for such service. Under PRC law, we are required to obtain a road transportation permit and an express delivery service permit from relevant governmental authorities to provide delivery service. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not applied for the relevant permits pending the decision on whether to continue operating our own delivery service. As a result, we may be subject to penalties, such as fines and ban on providing such service in the future.

 

27


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Doing Business in China

Changes in China’s economic, political or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

Substantially all of our assets and operations are located in China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in China generally and by continued economic growth in China as a whole.

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets, and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the government. In addition, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy, and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth over the past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may have a negative effect on us. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations. In addition, in the past the Chinese government has implemented certain measures, including interest rate increases, to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activity in China, which may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could adversely affect us.

We conduct our business primarily through Vipshop China, our PRC subsidiary, and Vipshop Information, our consolidated affiliated entity in China. Our operations in China are governed by PRC laws and regulations. Vipshop China is a foreign invested enterprise and is subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in China and, in particular, laws applicable to foreign invested enterprises. The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike the common law system, prior court decisions under the civil law system may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value.

In 1979, the PRC government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws and regulations governing economic matters in general. The overall effect of legislation over the past three decades has significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in China. However, China has not developed a fully integrated legal system, and recently enacted laws and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China. In particular, the interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties. Since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, it may be difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy. These uncertainties may affect our judgment on the relevance of legal requirements and our ability to enforce our contractual or tort rights. In addition, the regulatory uncertainties may be exploited through unmerited or frivolous legal actions or threats in attempts to extract payments or benefits from us.

Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all and may have retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of any of these policies and rules until some time after the violation. In addition, any

 

28


Table of Contents

administrative and court proceedings in China may be protracted, resulting in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

We may be adversely affected by the complexity, uncertainties and changes in PRC regulation of internet-related businesses and companies.

The PRC government extensively regulates the internet industry, including foreign ownership of, and the licensing and permit requirements pertaining to, companies in the internet industry. These internet-related laws and regulations are relatively new and evolving, and their interpretation and enforcement involve significant uncertainty. As a result, in certain circumstances it may be difficult to determine what actions or omissions may be deemed to be in violations of applicable laws and regulations. Issues, risks and uncertainties relating to PRC regulation of the internet-related business include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

We only have contractual control over our website. We do not directly own our website through our subsidiaries due to the restriction of foreign investment in businesses providing value-added telecommunication services in China, including internet content provision services. This may significantly disrupt our business, subject us to sanctions, compromise enforceability of related contractual arrangements, or have other harmful effects on us.

 

   

There are uncertainties relating to the regulation of the internet-related business in China, including evolving licensing practices. This means that some of our permits, licenses or operations may be subject to challenge, or we may fail to obtain permits or licenses that may be deemed necessary for our operations or we may not be able to obtain or renew certain permits or licenses. If we fail to maintain any of these required licenses or approvals, we may be subject to various penalties, including fines and discontinuation of or restriction on our operations. Any such disruption in our business operations may have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

   

New laws and regulations may be promulgated that will regulate internet activities, including online retail businesses. If these new laws and regulations are promulgated, additional licenses may be required for our operations. If our operations do not comply with these new regulations after they become effective, or if we fail to obtain any licenses required under these new laws and regulations, we could be subject to penalties.

The interpretation and application of existing PRC laws, regulations and policies and possible new laws, regulations or policies relating to the internet industry have created substantial uncertainties regarding the legality of existing and future foreign investments in, and the businesses and activities of, internet businesses in China, including our business. We cannot assure you that we have obtained all the permits or licenses required for conducting our business in China or will be able to maintain our existing licenses or obtain any new licenses required under any new laws or regulations. There are also risks that we may be found to violate the existing or future laws and regulations given the uncertainty and complexity of China’s regulation of internet-related business.

Regulation and censorship of information disseminated over the internet in China may adversely affect our business, and we may be liable for content that is displayed on our website.

China has enacted laws and regulations governing internet access and the distribution of products, services, news, information, audio-video programs and other content through the internet. The PRC government has prohibited the distribution of information through the internet that it deems to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations. If any of our internet content were deemed by the PRC government to violate any content restrictions, we would not be able to continue to display such content and could become subject to penalties, including confiscation of income, fines, suspension of business and revocation of required licenses, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may also be subject to potential liability for any unlawful actions of our customers or users of our website or for content we

 

29


Table of Contents

distribute that is deemed inappropriate. It may be difficult to determine the type of content that may result in liability to us, and if we are found to be liable, we may be prevented from operating our website in China.

Fluctuations in exchange rates may have a material adverse effect on your investment.

The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions in China and elsewhere in the world. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar. Under this policy, the Renminbi was permitted to fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against a basket of certain foreign currencies. Since then, Renminbi started to appreciate against U.S. dollar and reached one of its historical high point in July 2008. Thereafter, the Renminbi was traded within a narrow band against the U.S. dollar, remaining within 1% of its July 2008 high point. In June 2010, the PRC government announced that its plan to increase the flexibility of Renminbi exchange rate. Since that time, the Renminbi has gradually appreciated against the U.S. dollar. There remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt a more flexible currency policy, which could result in greater fluctuation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar.

All of our net revenues and most of our expenses are denominated in Renminbi. Any significant revaluation of Renminbi may materially and adversely affect our revenues, earnings and financial position, and the value of, and any dividends payable on, our ADSs in U.S. dollars. For example, an appreciation of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would reduce the amount of Renminbi we would receive if we need to convert U.S. dollars into Renminbi. Conversely, a significant depreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar may significantly reduce the U.S. dollar equivalent of our earnings, which in turn could adversely affect the price of our ADSs.

Limited hedging transactions are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. We did not enter into any hedging transactions to hedge our exposure to the risks relating to fluctuations in exchange rates. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedges may be limited, and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exposure at all. In addition, our currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert Renminbi into foreign currency.

Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our revenue effectively and affect the value of your investment.

The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. We receive substantially all of our revenue in Renminbi. Under our current corporate structure, our Cayman Islands holding company primarily relies on dividend payments from our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. Specifically, under the existing exchange restrictions, without prior approval of SAFE, cash generated from the operations of Vipshop China in China may be used to pay dividends to our company. However, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, we need to obtain SAFE’s approval to use cash generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entity to pay off their respective debt in a currency other than Renminbi owed to entities outside China, or to make other capital expenditure payments outside China in a currency other than Renminbi. The PRC government may at its discretion restrict access to foreign currencies for current account transactions in the future. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of our ADSs.

 

30


Table of Contents

We principally rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by Vipshop China in China to fund our cash and financing requirements, and any limitation on the ability of Vipshop China to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

We are a Cayman Islands holding company and we rely principally on dividends and other distributions on equity from Vipshop China in China for our cash requirements, including for the service of any debt we may incur. Our subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends is based upon their distributable earnings which are mainly derived from the payments for products and services from our consolidated affiliated entity. Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to Vipshop HK only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In addition, each of our subsidiaries in China and our consolidated affiliated entity is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. Each of such entity in China is also required to further set aside a portion of its after-tax profits to fund the employee welfare fund, although the amount to be set aside, if any, is determined at the discretion of its board of directors. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. As of December 31, 2011, we had, on a consolidated basis, accumulated losses of US$166.6 million, representing losses incurred in Vipshop China in China and our consolidated affiliated entity. As a result, such entities in China are not able to distribute dividends to us until their accumulated losses have been made up. Furthermore, if Vipshop China in China incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to distribute dividends or other payments to Vipshop HK could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our businesses, pay dividends or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

PRC regulation of loans to and direct investments in PRC entities by offshore holding companies may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to Vipshop China in China.

Any funds we transfer to Vipshop China, either as a shareholder loan or as an increase in registered capital, are subject to approval by or registration with relevant governmental authorities in China. According to the relevant PRC regulations on foreign invested enterprises in China, capital contributions to Vipshop China are subject to the approval of the PRC Ministry of Commerce or its local branches and registration with other governmental authorities in China. In addition, (a) any foreign loan procured by Vipshop China is required to be registered with SAFE or its local branches, and (b) Vipshop China may not procure loans which exceed the difference between its registered capital and its total investment amount as approved by the PRC Ministry of Commerce or its local branches. Any medium or long term loan to be provided by us to our consolidated affiliated entity must be approved by the National Development and Reform Commission and the SAFE or its local branches. We may not obtain these government approvals or complete such registrations on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future capital contributions or foreign loans by us to our PRC subsidiaries. If we fail to receive such approvals or complete such registration, our ability to use the proceeds of this offering and to capitalize our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

On August 29, 2008, SAFE promulgated the Circular on the Relevant Operating Issues Concerning the Improvement of the Administration of the Payment and Settlement of Foreign Currency Capital of Foreign Invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 142. SAFE Circular 142 regulates the conversion by a foreign invested enterprise of foreign currency into Renminbi by restricting the usage of converted Renminbi. SAFE Circular 142 provides that any Renminbi capital converted from registered capital in foreign currency of a foreign invested enterprise may only be used for purposes within the business scope approved by PRC governmental authority and such Renminbi capital may not be used for equity investments within the PRC unless otherwise permitted by the PRC law. In addition, SAFE strengthened its oversight of the flow and use of the Renminbi capital converted from registered capital in foreign currency of a foreign invested enterprise. The use of such Renminbi capital may not be changed without SAFE approval, and such Renminbi capital may not in any case be used to repay

 

31


Table of Contents

Renminbi loans if the proceeds of such loans have not been utilized. Any violation of SAFE Circular 142 could result in severe monetary or other penalties. As a result, we are required to apply Renminbi funds converted from the net proceeds we expect to receive from this offering within the business scope of Vipshop China. SAFE Circular 142 may significantly limit our ability to transfer the net proceeds from this offering or any other offering of additional equity securities to Vipshop China or invest in or acquire any other companies in the PRC. Furthermore, SAFE promulgated Circular 59 on November 19, 2010, requiring the governmental authority to closely examine the authenticity of settlement of net proceeds from offshore offerings. In particular, it is specifically required that any net proceed settled from offshore offerings shall be applied in the manner described in the offering documents. Circular 142 and Circular 59 may significantly limit our ability to convert, transfer and use the net proceeds from this offering and any offering of additional equity securities in China, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission may be required in connection with this offering under a regulation adopted in August 2006, and, if required, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such approval.

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies promulgated the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Companies by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, which became effective on September 8, 2006 and was amended on June 22, 2009. This regulation, among other things, requires offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, formed for overseas listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC, prior to listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange. The implementation and application of this regulation remains unclear. Our PRC counsel, Han Kun Law Offices, has advised us that, based on their understanding of the current PRC laws, rules and regulations:

 

   

the CSRC currently has not issued any definitive rule or interpretation concerning whether offerings like ours as described in this prospectus are subject to this regulation; and

 

   

given that (a) we established our PRC subsidiaries by means of direct investment other than by merger or acquisition of PRC domestic companies, and (b) there is no provision in the M&A Rules that explicitly classifies contractual arrangements as a type of transaction subject to this regulation, we are not required to submit an application to the CSRC for its approval of the listing and trading of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.

Because there has been no official interpretation or clarification of this regulation since its adoption, there is uncertainty as to how this regulation will be interpreted or implemented. If it is determined that the CSRC approval is required for this offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies for failure to seek the CSRC approval for this offering. These sanctions may include fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC (although to our knowledge, no definitive rules or interpretations have been issued to determine or quantify such fines or penalties), delays or restrictions on the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC, restrictions on or prohibition of the payments or remittance of dividends by our PRC subsidiaries, or other actions that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ADSs. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable to us, to halt this offering before the settlement and delivery of the ADSs that we are offering. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to the settlement and delivery of the ADSs we are offering, you would be doing so at the risk that the settlement and delivery may not occur.

Recently enacted regulations in China may make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions.

The M&A Rules established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex. Such regulation requires, among other things,

 

32


Table of Contents

that the Ministry of Commerce be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor acquires control of a PRC domestic enterprise or a foreign company with substantial PRC operations, if certain thresholds under the Provisions on Thresholds for Prior Notification of Concentrations of Undertakings, issued by the State Council on August 3, 2008, were triggered. In addition, PRC national security review rules which became effective on September 1, 2011 require acquisitions by foreign investors of PRC companies engaged in military related or certain other industries that are crucial to national security be subject to security review before consummation of any such acquisition. We may pursue potential strategic acquisitions that are complementary to our business and operations. Complying with the requirements of these regulations to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval from the Ministry of Commerce, may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share.

PRC regulations relating to the establishment of offshore holding companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiaries, limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits to us, or may otherwise adversely affect us.

SAFE has promulgated several regulations, including the Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Residents’ Financing and Roundtrip Investment Through Offshore Special Purpose Vehicles, or Circular 75, effective on November 1, 2005 and its implementation rules. These regulations require PRC residents and PRC corporate entities to register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. These regulations are applicable to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may be applicable to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future. Under these foreign exchange regulations, PRC residents who make, or have prior to the implementation of these foreign exchange regulations made, direct or indirect investments in offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, will be required to register such investments with SAFE or its local branches. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct or indirect shareholder of an SPV, is required to update its filed registration with the local branch of SAFE with respect to that SPV, to reflect any material change. Moreover, any subsidiary of such SPV in China is required to urge the PRC resident shareholders to update their registration with the local branch of SAFE. If any PRC shareholder fails to make the required registration or to update the previously filed registration, the subsidiary of such SPV in China may be prohibited from distributing its profits or the proceeds from any capital reduction, share transfer or liquidation to the SPV, and the SPV may also be prohibited from making additional capital contribution into its subsidiary in China.

All of our shareholders subject to SAFE regulations have completed all necessary registrations with the local SAFE branch as required by Circular 75. We cannot assure you, however, that all of these individuals may continue to make required filings or updates on a timely manner, or at all. We can provide no assurance that we will in the future continue to be informed of identities of all PRC residents holding direct or indirect interest in our company. Any failure or inability by such individuals to comply with SAFE regulations may subject us to fines or legal sanctions, such as restrictions on our cross-border investment activities or our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends to, or obtain foreign-exchange-denominated loans from, our company or prevent us from making distributions or paying dividends. As a result, our business operations and our ability to make distributions to you could be materially and adversely affected.

Furthermore, as these foreign exchange regulations are still relatively new and their interpretation and implementation has been constantly evolving, it is unclear how these regulations, and any future regulation concerning offshore or cross-border transactions, will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant government authorities. For example, we may be subject to a more stringent review and approval process with respect to our foreign exchange activities, such as remittance of dividends and foreign-currency-denominated borrowings, which may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if we decide to acquire a PRC domestic company, we cannot assure you that we or the owners of such company, as the case may be, will be able to obtain the necessary approvals or complete the necessary filings and registrations

 

33


Table of Contents

required by the foreign exchange regulations. This may restrict our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and could adversely affect our business and prospects.

Failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding the registration requirements for employee stock incentive plans may subject the PRC plan participants or us to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.

In December 2006, the People’s Bank of China promulgated the Administrative Measures of Foreign Exchange Matters for Individuals, which set forth the respective requirements for foreign exchange transactions by individuals (both PRC or non-PRC citizens) under either the current account or the capital account. In January 2007, SAFE issued implementing rules for the Administrative Measures of Foreign Exchange Matters for Individuals, which, among other things, specified approval requirements for certain capital account transactions such as a PRC citizen’s participation in the employee stock ownership plans or stock option plans of an overseas publicly-listed company. In February 2012, SAFE promulgated the Notices on Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plans of Overseas Publicly-Listed Companies, or the Stock Option Rules, which replaced the Application Procedures of Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Employee Stock Ownership Plans or Stock Option Plans of Overseas Publicly-Listed Companies issued by SAFE in March 2007. Under these rules, PRC residents who participate in stock incentive plan in an overseas publicly-listed company are required to register with SAFE or its local branches and complete certain other procedures. Participants of a stock incentive plan who are PRC residents must retain a qualified PRC agent, which could be a PRC subsidiary of such overseas publicly-listed company or another qualified institution selected by such PRC subsidiary, to conduct the SAFE registration and other procedures with respect to the stock incentive plan on behalf of its participants. Such participants must also retain an overseas entrusted institution to handle matters in connection with their exercise of stock options, the purchase and sale of corresponding stocks or interests and fund transfers. In addition, the PRC agent is required to amend the SAFE registration with respect to the stock incentive plan if there is any material change to the stock incentive plan, the PRC agent or the overseas entrusted institution or other material changes.

We and our PRC resident employees who participate in the employee stock incentive plans, which we adopted in March 2011 and March 2012, respectively, will be subject to these regulations when our company becomes a publicly-listed company in the United States. If we or our PRC option grantees fail to comply with these regulations, we or our PRC option grantees may be subject to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions. See “Regulations—Regulations on Stock Incentive Plans.”

We face uncertainty with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.

Pursuant to the Notice on Strengthening Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 698, issued by the State Administration of Taxation, or the SAT, on December 10, 2009 with retroactive effect from January 1, 2008, where a non-resident enterprise transfers the equity interests of a PRC resident enterprise indirectly by disposition of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, or an Indirect Transfer, and such overseas holding company is located in a tax jurisdiction that: (a) has an effective tax rate less than 12.5% or (b) does not tax foreign income of its residents, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, shall report to the competent tax authority of the PRC resident enterprise this Indirect Transfer. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of up to 10%. SAT Circular 698 also provides that, where a non-PRC resident enterprise transfers its equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise to its related parties at a price lower than the fair market value, the relevant tax authority has the power to make a reasonable adjustment to the taxable income of the transaction. In addition, the PRC resident enterprise may be required to provide necessary assistance to support the enforcement of Circular 698.

 

34


Table of Contents

There is uncertainty as to the application of SAT Circular 698. For example, while the term “Indirect Transfer” is not clearly defined, it is understood that the relevant PRC tax authorities have jurisdiction regarding requests for information over a wide range of foreign entities having no direct contact with China. Moreover, the relevant authority has not yet promulgated any formal provisions or formally declared or stated how to calculate the effective tax rates in foreign tax jurisdictions, and the process and format of the reporting of an Indirect Transfer to the competent tax authority of the relevant PRC resident enterprise remain unclear. In addition, there are not any formal declarations with regard to how to determine whether a foreign investor has adopted an abusive arrangement in order to reduce, avoid or defer PRC tax. SAT Circular 698 may be determined by the tax authorities to be applicable to our private equity financing transactions where non-resident shareholders were involved, if any of such transactions were determined by the tax authorities to lack reasonable commercial purpose. As a result, we and our non-resident investors may become at risk of being taxed under SAT Circular 698 and may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Circular 698 or to establish that we should not be taxed under SAT Circular 698, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations or such non-resident shareholders’ investments in us.

Our global income may be subject to PRC taxes under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the New EIT Law, and its implementation rules, which became effective in January 2008, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with a “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a resident enterprise and will be subject to the enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on its global income. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management bodies” as “establishments that carry out substantial and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel, accounting, properties, etc., of an enterprise.” On April 22, 2009, the State Administration of Taxation, or the SAT, issued a circular, or SAT Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. See “Regulations—PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and Individual Income Tax Law.” Although the SAT Circular 82 only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the determining criteria set forth in the SAT Circular 82 may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” text should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises or individuals. Although we do not believe that our legal entities organized outside of the PRC constitute PRC resident enterprises, it is possible that the PRC tax authorities could reach a different conclusion. In such case, we may be considered a resident enterprise and may therefore be subject to the enterprise income tax at 25% on our global income. If we are considered a resident enterprise and earn income other than dividends from our PRC subsidiaries, a 25% enterprise income tax on our global income could significantly increase our tax burden and materially and adversely affect our cash flow and profitability. In addition to the uncertainty regarding how the new resident enterprise classification may apply, it is also possible that the rules may change in the future, possibly with retroactive effect.

Dividends payable to our foreign investors and gains on the sale of our ADSs or ordinary shares by our foreign investors may become subject to taxes under PRC tax laws.

Under the New EIT Law and its implementation regulations issued by the State Council, a 10% PRC withholding tax is applicable to dividends payable to investors that are non-resident enterprises, which do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC or which have such establishment or place of business but the dividends are not effectively connected with such establishment or place of business, to the extent such dividends are derived from sources within the PRC. Similarly, any gain realized on the transfer of ADSs or ordinary shares by such investors is also subject to PRC tax at a rate of 10%, subject to any reduction or exemption set forth in relevant tax treaties, if such gain is regarded as income derived from sources within the PRC. If we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends paid on our ordinary shares or ADSs, and any gain realized from the transfer of our ordinary shares or ADSs, would be treated as income derived from sources

 

35


Table of Contents

within the PRC and would as a result be subject to PRC taxation. See “Regulations—PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and Individual Income Tax Law.” Furthermore, if we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends payable to investors that are non-PRC individual investors and any gain realized on the transfer of ADSs or ordinary shares by investors may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 20%, subject to any reduction or exemption set forth in applicable tax treaties. It is unclear whether, if we are considered a PRC resident enterprise, holders of our ADSs or ordinary shares would be able to claim the benefit of income tax treaties or agreements entered into between China and other countries or areas (although we do not expect to withhold at treaty rates if any withholding is required). If dividends payable to our non-PRC investors, or gains from the transfer of our ordinary shares or ADSs by such investors are subject to PRC tax, the value of your investment in our ordinary shares or ADSs may be adversely affected.

The enforcement of the Labor Contract Law and other labor-related regulations in the PRC may adversely affect our business and our results of operations.

On June 29, 2007, the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress of China enacted the Labor Contract Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008. The Labor Contract Law introduces specific provisions related to fixed-term employment contracts, part-time employment, probation, consultation with labor union and employee assemblies, employment without a written contract, dismissal of employees, severance, and collective bargaining, which together represent enhanced enforcement of labor laws and regulations. According to the Labor Contract Law, an employer is obliged to sign an unlimited-term labor contract with any employee who has worked for the employer for ten consecutive years. Further, if an employee requests or agrees to renew a fixed-term labor contract that has already been entered into twice consecutively, the resulting contract must have an unlimited term, with certain exceptions. The employer must pay severance to an employee where a labor contract is terminated or expires, with certain exceptions. In addition, the government has continued to introduce various new labor-related regulations after the effectiveness of the Labor Contract Law. Among other things, it is required that that annual leave ranging from five to 15 days be made available to employees and that the employee be compensated for any untaken annual leave days in the amount of three times of the employee’s daily salary, subject to certain exceptions. As a result of these new regulations designed to enhance labor protection and increasing labor costs in China, our labor costs are expected to increase. In addition, as the interpretation and implementation of these new regulations are still evolving, we cannot assure you that our employment practice will at all times be deemed in compliance with the new regulations. If we are subject to severe penalties or incur significant liabilities in connection with labor disputes or investigations, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefit plans as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.

Companies operating in China are required to participate in various government sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations. We have not made adequate employee benefit payments as required under applicable PRC labor laws. Accruals for the underpaid amounts as recorded were nil, US$89 thousand, US$0.5 million and US$1.6 million as of December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Our failure in making contributions to various employee benefit plans and in complying with applicable PRC labor-related laws may subject us to late payment penalties. If we are subject to such penalties in relation to the underpaid employee benefits, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

An occurrence of a widespread health epidemic or other outbreaks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business could be adversely affected by the effects of Influenza A virus subtype H1N1, or the H1N1 virus, Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or SARS, avian influenza or other epidemics or outbreaks on the economic and business climate. A prolonged outbreak of any of these illnesses or other adverse public health

 

36


Table of Contents

developments in China or elsewhere in the world could have a material adverse effect on our business operations. Such outbreaks could significantly impact the online retail industry and cause a temporary closure of the facilities we use for our operations. Such impact or closures would severely disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our operations could be disrupted if any of our employees or employees of our partners were suspected of having the H1N1 virus, SARS or avian influenza, since this could require us or our partners to quarantine some or all of such employees or disinfect the facilities used for our operations and may deter our customers or potential customers from purchasing or accepting our products. In addition, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent that an outbreak harms the global or Chinese economy in general, such as wars, acts of terrorism, snowstorms, earthquakes, fire, floods, environmental accidents, power shortage or communication interruptions.

Risks Relating to this Offering

There has been no public market for our shares or ADSs prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell our ADSs at or above the price you paid, or at all.

Prior to this initial public offering, there has been no public market for our shares or ADSs. We expect to apply for our ADSs to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Our ordinary shares will not be listed on any exchange or quoted for trading on any over-the-counter trading system. If an active trading market for our ADSs does not develop after this offering, the market price and liquidity of our ADSs will be materially and adversely affected.

Negotiations with the underwriters will determine the initial public offering price for our ADSs which may bear no relationship to their market price after the initial public offering. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our ADSs will develop or that the market price of our ADSs will not decline below the initial public offering price.

The market price for our ADSs may be volatile.

The market price for our ADSs is likely to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors including the following:

 

   

regulatory developments affecting us, our brand partners or our industry;

 

   

changes in the economic performance or market valuations of other internet, e-commerce or online retail companies in China;

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations and changes of our expected results;

 

   

changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of new services, acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or capital investments;

 

   

additions to or departures of our senior management personnel;

 

   

detrimental negative publicity about us, our competitors or our industry;

 

   

fluctuations of exchange rates between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar;

 

   

release or expiry of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding shares or ADSs; and

 

   

sales or perceived potential sales of additional equity securities or ADSs.

In addition, the securities market has from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are not related to the operating performance of any particular companies. These market fluctuations may also have a material adverse effect on the market price of our ADSs.

 

37


Table of Contents

Because our initial public offering price is substantially higher than our net tangible book value per share, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will pay more for your ADSs than the amount paid by our existing shareholders for their ordinary shares on a per ADS basis. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately US$7.18 per ADS, representing the difference between an assumed initial public offering price of US$9.50 per ADS, being the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range, and our net tangible book value per ADS as of December 31, 2011, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of our various series of preferred shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the net proceeds to us from this offering. In addition, you may experience further dilution to the extent that our ordinary shares are issued upon the exercise of share options.

Because we do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future after this offering, you must rely on price appreciation of our ADSs for return on your investment.

We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings after this offering to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, you should not rely on an investment in our ADSs as a source for any future dividend income.

Our board of directors has complete discretion as to whether to distribute dividends. Even if our board of directors decides to declare and pay dividends, the timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will depend on, among other things, our future results of operations and cash flow, our capital requirements and surplus, the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our subsidiaries, our financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Accordingly, the return on your investment in our ADSs will likely depend entirely upon any future price appreciation of our ADSs. There is no assurance that our ADSs will appreciate in value after this offering or even maintain the price at which you purchased the ADSs. You may not realize a return on your investment in our ADSs and you may even lose your entire investment in our ADSs.

Substantial future sales or perceived potential sales of our ADSs, ordinary shares or other equity securities in the public market could cause the price of our ADSs to decline.

Sales of our ADSs, ordinary shares or other equity securities in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our ADSs to decline. Upon completion of this offering, we will have 97,477,398 ordinary shares outstanding, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares and the conversion of our preferred shares into 28,889,799 ordinary shares of our company. All ADSs representing our ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The remaining ordinary shares outstanding after this offering will be available for sale, upon the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period beginning from the date of this prospectus, subject to volume and other restrictions as applicable under Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. Any or all of these shares may be released prior to the expiration of the lock-up period at the discretion of the representatives. To the extent shares are released before the expiration of the lock-up period and sold into the market, the market price of our ADSs could decline.

Upon completion of this offering, certain holders of our ordinary shares will have the right to cause us to register under the Securities Act the sale of their shares, subject to the 180-day lock-up period in connection with this offering. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in ADSs representing these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. Sales of these registered shares in the form of ADSs in the public market could cause the price of our ADSs to decline.

 

38


Table of Contents

You may not have the same voting rights as the holders of our ordinary shares and may not receive voting materials in time to be able to exercise your right to vote.

Except as described in this prospectus and in the deposit agreement, holders of our ADSs will not be able to exercise voting rights attached to ordinary shares represented by our ADSs on an individual basis. Holders of our ADSs will appoint the depositary or its nominee as their representative to exercise the voting rights attached to ordinary shares represented by the ADSs. Upon receipt of your voting instructions, the depositary will vote the underlying ordinary shares in accordance with these instructions. See “Description of Share Capital—Memorandum and Articles of Association—Voting Rights” and “Description of American Depositary Shares—Voting Rights.”

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to instruct the depositary to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs, and it is possible that you, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will as a result not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. Although you may directly exercise your right to vote by withdrawing the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs, you may not be able to do so, on a timely basis or at all, to allow you to vote with respect to any specific matter.

Your right to participate in any future rights offerings may be limited, which may cause dilution to your holdings, and you may not receive cash dividends if it is impractical to make them available to you.

We may from time to time distribute rights to our shareholders, including rights to acquire our securities. However, we cannot make rights available to you in the United States unless we register both the rights and the securities to which the rights relate under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements is available. Under the deposit agreement, the depositary will not make rights available to you unless both the rights and the underlying securities to be distributed to ADS holders are either registered under the Securities Act or exempt from registration under the Securities Act. We are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to any such rights or securities or to endeavor to cause a registration statement, if filed, to be declared effective. There might not be an exemption from registration under the Securities Act available to us for our rights offering. Accordingly, you may be unable to participate in our rights offerings and may experience dilution in your holdings.

The depositary of our ADSs has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on our ordinary shares or other deposited securities after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your ADSs represent. However, the depositary may, at its discretion, decide that it is inequitable or impractical to make a distribution available to any holders of ADSs. For example, the depositary may determine that it is not practicable to distribute certain property through the mail, or that the value of certain distributions may be less than the cost of mailing them. In these cases, the depositary may decide not to distribute such property to you.

You may be subject to limitations on transfer of your ADSs.

Your ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its transfer books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. In addition, the depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary deems it advisable to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason.

 

39


Table of Contents

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal courts may be limited because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law, we conduct substantially all of our operations in China and substantially all of our directors and officers reside outside the United States.

We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and conduct substantially all of our operations in China through our PRC subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entity. Substantially all of our directors and officers reside outside the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the Cayman Islands or in China in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and China may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. There is no statutory recognition in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the Cayman Islands will generally recognize and enforce a non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Cayman Islands and China, see “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”

Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and by the Companies Law (2011 Revision) and common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take legal action against us and our directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, which provides persuasive, but not binding, authority in a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States and provides significantly less protection to investors. In addition, shareholders in Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in U.S. federal courts.

As a result, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions against us, our management, our directors or our major shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States.

Our management has discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and such use may not produce income or increase our ADS price.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to expand our fulfillment capabilities, further enhance our IT systems, as well as for general corporate purposes. However, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds received by us from this offering. For more information, see “Use of Proceeds.” You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether proceeds are being used appropriately. You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our efforts to maintain profitability or increase our ADS price. The net proceeds from this offering may be placed in investments that do not produce income or that lose value.

Our memorandum and articles of association will contain anti-takeover provisions that could adversely affect the rights of holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

Our third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association are expected to become effective immediately upon the closing of this offering. Our third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will contain certain provisions that could limit the ability of third parties to acquire control of our company, including a provision that grants authority to our board directors to establish from time to time one or

 

40


Table of Contents

more series of preferred shares without action by our shareholders and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the terms and rights of that series. The provisions could have the effect of depriving our shareholders of the opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over the prevailing market price by discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain control of our company in a tender offer or similar transactions.

Our existing shareholders have substantial influence over our company and their interests may not be aligned with the interests of our other shareholders.

Currently, our co-founders and shareholders, Mr. Eric Ya Shen and Mr. Arthur Xiaobo Hong, beneficially own 23.6% and 18.2% of our outstanding equity interest, respectively. Upon the completion of this offering, they will own an aggregate of 32.0% of our outstanding shares, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs.

As a result, Mr. Eric Ya Shen and Mr. Arthur Xiaobo Hong have substantial influence over our business and corporate matters, including without limitation, decisions regarding mergers and consolidations, asset disposals and director elections. They may exercise their shareholder rights in a way that they believe is in their best interest, which may conflict with the interest of our other shareholders. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by our other shareholders, including those who purchase ADSs in this offering. Our concentrated ownership structure may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our other shareholders of the opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and may reduce the price of our ADSs. For more information regarding our principal shareholders, see “Principal Shareholders.”

We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company for United States federal income tax purposes, which could subject United States investors in the ADSs or ordinary shares to significant adverse United States income tax consequences.

Depending upon the value of our ADSs and ordinary shares and the nature of our assets and income over time, we could be classified as a “passive foreign investment company”, or “PFIC,” for United States federal income tax purposes. Although the law in this regard is unclear, we treat Vipshop Information as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, not only because we control its management decisions but also because we are entitled to substantially all of the economic benefits associated with this entity, and, as a result, we combine this entity’s operating results in our consolidated financial statements. If it were determined, however, that we are not the owner of Vipshop Information for United States federal income tax purposes, we would likely be treated as a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year.

Assuming that we are the owner of Vipshop Information for United States federal income tax purposes, and based upon our current income and assets (taking into account the proceeds from this offering) and projections as to the value of our ADSs and ordinary shares following the offering, we do not presently expect to be a PFIC for the current taxable year or the foreseeable future. While we do not expect to become a PFIC, if, among other matters, our market capitalization is less than anticipated or subsequently declines, we may be a PFIC for the current or future taxable years. The determination of whether we will be or become a PFIC will also depend, in part, on the composition of our income and assets, which will be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets and the cash raised in this offering. Because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules and PFIC status is a factual determination made annually after the close of each taxable year, including ascertaining the fair market value of our assets on a quarterly basis and the character of each item of income we earn, we can provide no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year.

If we were to be classified as a PFIC in any taxable year, a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Taxation—Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations”) would be subject to special rules generally intended to

 

41


Table of Contents

reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of United States federal income tax that a U.S. Holder could derive from investing in a non-United States corporation that does not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis. Further, if we are classified as a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares. For more information see the section titled “Taxation—Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations.”

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company in the United States. As a public company, we expect to incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur when we were a private company. We will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting obligations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and the New York Stock Exchange, requires significantly heightened corporate governance practices of public companies, including Section 404 relating to internal control over financial reporting. We expect these and other rules and regulations applicable to public companies to increase our accounting, legal and financial compliance costs and to make certain corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate with reasonable certainty the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

 

42


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current expectations and views of future events. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Industry Overview,” “Business” and “Taxation.” All statements other than statements of historical facts are forward-looking statements. Known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those listed under “Risk Factors,” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

You can identify some of these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “is/are likely to,” “potential,” “continue” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to:

 

   

our goals and strategies;

 

   

our future business development, results of operations and financial condition;

 

   

the expected growth of the online discount retail market in China;

 

   

our ability to attract customers and brand partners and further enhance our brand recognition;

 

   

our expectations regarding demand for and market acceptance of flash sales products and services;

 

   

competition in our industry;

 

   

fluctuations in general economic and business conditions in China; and

 

   

assumptions underlying or related to any of the foregoing.

These forward-looking statements involve various risks and uncertainties. Although we believe that our expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, our expectations may later be found to be incorrect. Our actual results could be materially different from our expectations. Moreover, we operate in a continuously evolving environment. Additional risks and uncertainties that we have not considered or currently deem to be immaterial may adversely affect us. We cannot assess the impact of all risks on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. You should thoroughly read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

This prospectus also contains certain data and information, which we obtained from various government and private publications, including the Frost & Sullivan Report. Although we believe that the publications and reports are reliable, we have not independently verified the data. Statistical data in these publications includes projections that are based on a number of assumptions. If any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data is later found to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this prospectus. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to in this prospectus completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

 

43


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately US$94.6 million, or approximately US$109.4 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and US$4.1 million in estimated offering expenses payable by us. These estimates are based upon an assumed initial public offering price of US$9.50 per ADS (the midpoint of the range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus). A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$9.50 per ADS would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by US$10.4 million, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

The primary purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our shares for the benefit of all shareholders, retain talented employees by providing them with equity incentives, and obtain additional capital. We plan to use net proceeds of this offering as follows:

 

   

approximately US$80.0 million to fund capital expenditures for expanding our fulfillment capabilities;

 

   

approximately US$5.0 million to fund capital expenditures for further enhancing our IT systems; and

 

   

the balance for general corporate purposes, including funding working capital and potential investments in and acquisitions of complementary businesses, although we are not currently negotiating any such transactions.

The foregoing represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering. Our management, however, will have significant flexibility and discretion to apply the net proceeds of this offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus. To the extent that a certain portion or all of the net proceeds we receive from this offering are not immediately applied for the above purposes, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short-term interest-bearing debt instruments or bank deposits.

In using the proceeds of this offering, as an offshore holding company, we are permitted under the PRC laws and regulations to provide funding to our PRC subsidiaries only through loans or capital contributions and to our PRC consolidated affiliated entity only through loans, subject to satisfaction of applicable government registration and approval requirements. Capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries must be approved by the PRC Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart and then registered with the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, or SAIC, or its local counterpart. The PRC Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart is generally required to process the relevant approvals or deny our applications within 90 working days and SAIC or its local counterpart is required to process the relevant registrations or deny our applications within 15 working days. Loans extended by us to Vipshop China cannot exceed statutory limits and must be registered with SAFE or its local branch. The SAFE or its local branch is required to process the relevant registrations or deny our applications within 20 working days. The actual time taken, however, may be longer due to administrative delays. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all. If we fail to satisfy these requirements on a timely basis, our ability to remit the funds received from this offering to capitalize our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—PRC regulation of loans to and direct investments in PRC entities by offshore holding companies may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to Vipshop China in China.”

 

44


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not have any present plan to pay any cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business.

Our board of directors has discretion as to whether to distribute dividends, subject to the approval of our shareholders and applicable laws. Even if our board of directors decides to declare dividends, their form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual and statutory restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant.

Holders of our ADSs will be entitled to receive dividends, if any, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, to the same extent as the holders of our ordinary shares. Cash dividends will be paid to the depositary of our ADSs in U.S. dollars, which will distribute them to the holders of ADSs according to the terms of the deposit agreement. Other distributions, if any, will be paid by the depositary to the holders of ADSs in any means it deems legal, fair and practical. See “Description of American Depositary Shares.”

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We principally rely on dividends from our subsidiaries in China and Hong Kong for our cash needs. To pay dividends to us, our subsidiaries in China and Hong Kong need to comply with the applicable regulations. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—We principally rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by Vipshop China in China to fund our cash and financing requirements, and any limitation on the ability of Vipshop China to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.”

 

45


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2011:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares into an aggregate of 28,889,799 ordinary shares immediately upon completion of this offering, assuming the initial public offering price will be US$9.50 per ADS, the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range shown on the front cover of this prospectus; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (1) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares into an aggregate of 28,889,799 ordinary shares immediately upon completion of this offering and (2) the issuance and sale of 22,352,940 ordinary shares in the form of ADSs by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus of US$9.50 per ADS, the midpoint of the estimated range of our initial public offering price, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

    As of December 31, 2011  
    Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
as  Adjusted(3)
 
    (US$)  

Bank borrowings(1)

    12,710,720        12,710,720        12,710,720   

Loans due to shareholders(2)

    2,948,446        2,948,446        2,948,446   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    15,659,166        15,659,166        15,659,166   

Equity:

     

Ordinary shares US$0.0001 par value, 471,620,833 shares authorized; 46,234,659 shares issued and outstanding,

75,124,458 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis and 97,477,398 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis

    4,624        7,513        9,748   

Series A preferred shares (US$0.0001 par value; 20,212,500 shares authorized, issued and outstanding)

    20,113,898        —          —     

Series B preferred shares (US$0.0001 par value; 8,166,667 shares authorized, issued and outstanding)

    41,147,021        —          —     

Additional paid-in capital(4)

    124,341,953        185,599,983        280,199,134   

Accumulated losses

    (166,553,261     (166,553,261     (166,553,261

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (765,033     (765,033     (765,033
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity(4)

    18,289,202        18,289,202        112,890,588   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization(4)

    33,948,368        33,948,368        128,549,754   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Bank borrowings were secured by restricted deposits of US$14.2 million.
(2) Loans due to shareholders were unsecured, interest free and repayable upon demand.
(3) The pro forma information and the pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization following the completion of this offering are subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(4) Total capitalization is the sum of bank borrowings, loans due to shareholders and total shareholders equity. Assuming the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, and after deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, a US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$9.50 would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by US$10.4 million.

 

46


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2011 was approximately US$0.40 per ordinary share and US$0.79 per ADS. Net tangible book value per ordinary share represents the amount of total tangible assets, minus the amount of total liabilities, divided by the total number of ordinary shares outstanding. Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per ordinary share immediately upon the completion of this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share.

Without taking into account any other changes in such net tangible book value after December 31, 2011, other than to give effect to (a) the automatic conversion of all of our series A and series B preferred shares into 28,889,799 ordinary shares, which will occur immediately upon the completion of this offering, and (b) the estimated net proceeds we will receive from the issuance and sale of 11,176,470 ADSs in this offering, in each case of (a) and (b), based on the assumed initial public offering price of US$9.50 per ADS, being the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2011 would have been US$1.16 per outstanding ordinary share, or US$2.32 per ADS. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of US$0.76 or 193% per ordinary share, or US$1.53 or 193% per ADS, to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of US$3.59 or 309% per ordinary share, or US$7.18 or 309% per ADS, to new investors of ADSs in this offering.

The following table illustrates such dilution, assuming either no exercise or full exercise at the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares:

 

     No
Exercise
     Full Exercise  

Assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share

   US$ 4.75       US$ 4.75   

Net tangible book value per ordinary share as of December 31, 2011

   US$ 0.40       US$ 0.40   

Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share as of December 31, 2011, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares

   US$ 0.24       US$ 0.24   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share as of December 31, 2011, to give effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares and this offering

   US$ 1.16       US$ 1.27   

Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per ordinary share to new investors in the offering

   US$ 3.59       US$ 3.48   

Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per ADS to new investors in the offering

   US$ 7.18       US$ 6.97   

A US$1.00 change in the assumed initial public offering price of US$9.50 per ADS would, in the case of an increase, increase and, in the case of a decrease, decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as described above by US$10.4 million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS by US$0.11 per ordinary share and by US$0.21 per ADS, and the dilution per ordinary share and per ADS to new investors in this offering by US$0.39 per ordinary share and US$0.79 per ADS, assuming no change to the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. The pro forma information and the pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our ADSs and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

Assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2011 would have been US$1.27 per outstanding ordinary share, or US$2.53 per ADS. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of US$0.87 or 218% per ordinary share, or US$1.74 or 218% per ADS, to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of US$3.48 or 274% per ordinary share, or US$6.97 or 274% per ADS, to new investors of ADSs in this offering.

 

47


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2011, the differences between the existing shareholders, including holders of our preferred shares as of December 31, 2011 and the new investors with respect to the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per ordinary share paid at the assumed initial public offering price of US$9.50 per ADS before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

     Ordinary Shares
Purchased
    Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Ordinary
Share
     Average
Price
Per
ADSS
 
      Number      Percent     Amount      Percent       

Existing shareholders

     75,124,458         77.1     61,436,673         36.7     0.82         1.64   

New investors

     22,352,940         22.9     106,176,465         63.3     4.75         9.50   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total

     97,477,398         100.0     167,613,138         100.0     N/A         N/A   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$9.50 per ADS would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all shareholders and the average price per ADS paid by all shareholders by US$11.2 million, US$11.2 million and US$1.0, respectively, assuming the sale of ADSs at US$9.50, the midpoint of the initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The discussion and tables above also assume no exercise of any stock options outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. As of the date of this prospectus, there were 7,191,418 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of US$1.31 per ordinary share, and there were 9,158,582 ordinary shares available for future issuance upon the exercise of future grants under our stock incentive plans. To the extent that any of these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.

 

48


Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We were incorporated in the Cayman Islands in order to enjoy certain benefits, such as political and economic stability, a favorable tax system, the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages include a less developed body of Cayman Islands securities laws that provide significantly less protection to investors as compared to the laws of the United States, and the potential lack of standing by Cayman Islands companies to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

Our organizational documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and shareholders, be arbitrated.

Substantially all of our operations are conducted in China, and substantially all of our assets are located in China. A majority of our officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

We have appointed Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc., as our agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us under the securities laws of the United States.

Han Kun Law Offices, our counsel as to PRC law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of China would:

 

   

recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States; or

 

   

entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

Han Kun Law Offices has further advised us that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other form of reciprocity with the United States that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States.

Han Kun Law Offices has also advised us that in the event that shareholders originate an action against a company in China for disputes related to contracts or other property interests, the PRC court may accept a course of action if (a) the subject of the action is located within the PRC, (b) the company (as defendant) has seizable properties within the PRC, (c) the company has a representative organization within the PRC, or (d) the parties choose to submit to jurisdiction of PRC court in the contract. The action may be initiated by the shareholder through filing a complaint with the PRC court. The PRC court will determine whether to accept the complaint in accordance with the PRC Civil Procedures Law. The shareholder may participate in the action by itself or entrust any other person or PRC legal counsel to participate on behalf of such shareholder. Foreign citizens and companies will have the same right as PRC citizens and companies in an action unless such foreign country restricts rights of PRC citizens and companies.

 

49


Table of Contents

Thorp Alberga, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, has advised us that there is no statutory recognition in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the Cayman Islands will in the circumstances described below, recognize and enforce a non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits. While there is no binding authority on this point, this is likely to include, in certain circumstances, a non-penal judgment of a United States court imposing a monetary award based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws.

Thorp Alberga has further advised us that a judgment obtained in the United States will be recognized and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands at common law, without any re-examination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, provided such judgment (a) is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction; (b) imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given; (c) is final; (d) is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty; and (e) was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands. The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may stay proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere. Neither the United States or the PRC has a treaty with the Cayman Islands providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States or the PRC respectively in civil and commercial matters.

Thorp Alberga has also advised us that any shareholder of a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands may bring an action on behalf of the company within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands to enforce a right vested in the company. The process of bringing an action by a shareholder is begun by issuing a writ. This action must be performed by local Cayman Islands legal counsel on behalf of the shareholder, who will act on the shareholders’ behalf during the entire litigation process. The residency or citizenship of a shareholder does not impact a shareholder’s ability to bring an action in the Cayman Islands.

 

50


Table of Contents

OUR CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and conduct our business through our subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entity in China. We started our operations in August 2008 when our founders established Vipshop Information in China. In order to facilitate foreign investment in our company, our founders incorporated Vipshop Holdings Limited, an offshore holding company in Cayman Islands, in August 2010. In October 2010, Vipshop Holdings established Vipshop HK, a wholly owned subsidiary, in Hong Kong. Subsequently, Vipshop HK established a wholly owned PRC subsidiary, Vipshop China, in January 2011. Vipshop China established two wholly owned PRC subsidiaries, Vipshop Kunshan and Vipshop Jianyang, in August 2011 and February 2012, respectively.

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure upon completion of this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares and each Series A preferred share will convert into one ordinary share and each Series B preferred share will convert into 1.0625 ordinary shares of our company, respectively, immediately upon the completion of this offering, assuming the initial public offering price will be US$9.50 per ADS, the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range shown on the front cover of this prospectus:

 

LOGO

 

(1) 

Shareholders of Vipshop Information include our co-founders and shareholders Eric Ya Shen, Arthur Xiaobo Hong, Bin Wu, Yu Xu and Xing Peng, holding 41.6%, 26.0%, 11.6%, 10.4% and 10.4% of the total equity interests in Vipshop Information, respectively.

(2) 

An intermediary holding company.

(3) 

A subsidiary primarily engaged in warehousing, logistics, product procurement, research and development, technology development and consulting businesses.

(4) 

A subsidiary primarily engaged in warehousing and logistics businesses in Kunshan and nearby regions.

(5) 

A subsidiary primarily engaged in warehousing and logistics businesses in Chengdu and nearby regions.

 

51


Table of Contents

Foreign ownership of internet-based businesses is subject to significant restrictions under current PRC laws and regulations. The PRC government regulates internet access, the distribution of online information and the conduct of online commerce through strict business licensing requirements and other government regulations. We are a Cayman Islands company and our PRC subsidiary, Vipshop China, is a wholly foreign owned enterprise. As a wholly foreign owned enterprise, Vipshop China is restricted from holding the licenses that are necessary for our online operation in China. To comply with these restrictions, we conduct our operations partly through Vipshop Information, our consolidated affiliated entity in China. Vipshop Information operates our website and holds the licenses necessary to conduct our internet-related operations in China.

Our wholly owned subsidiary Vipshop China has entered into a series of contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entity, Vipshop Information, and its shareholders, which enable us to:

 

   

exercise effective control over Vipshop Information;

 

   

receive substantially all of the economic benefits of Vipshop Information through service fees, which are equal to 100% of Vipshop Information’s net income and may be adjusted at Vipshop China’s sole discretion, in consideration for the technical and consulting services provided by Vipshop China; and

 

   

have an exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests in Vipshop Information to the extent permitted under PRC laws, regulations and legal procedures.

We do not have any equity interest in Vipshop Information. However, as a result of contractual arrangements, we are considered the primary beneficiary of Vipshop Information, and we treat it as our consolidated affiliated entity under U.S. GAAP. We have consolidated the financial results of Vipshop Information in our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

We face risks with respect to the contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entity and its shareholders. If our consolidated affiliated entity or its shareholders fail to perform their obligations under the contractual arrangements, our ability to enforce the contractual arrangements that give us effective control over the consolidated affiliated entity may be limited. If we are unable to maintain effective control over our consolidated affiliated entity, we would not be able to continue to consolidate its financial results. For a detailed description of the regulatory environment that necessitates the adoption of our corporate structure, see “Regulations.” For a detailed description of the risks associated with our corporate structure, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure and Restrictions on Our Industry.”

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the agreements among our wholly owned PRC subsidiary Vipshop China, our consolidated affiliated entity Vipshop Information and the shareholders of Vipshop Information. For more complete information you should read these agreements in their entirety. Directions on how to obtain copies of these agreements are provided in this prospectus under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Contractual Arrangements with Our Consolidated Affiliated Entity

Agreements that Provide Us Effective Control over Our Consolidated Affiliated Entity

Equity Interest Pledge Agreement. Under the amended and restated pledge agreement among Vipshop China, Vipshop Information and its shareholders, the shareholders of Vipshop Information pledged all of their equity interests in Vipshop Information to Vipshop China to guarantee Vipshop Information’s performance of its obligations under the exclusive business cooperation agreement. If any event of default as provided for therein occurs, including the failure by Vipshop Information to perform its contractual obligations under the exclusive business cooperation agreement, Vipshop China, as pledgee, will be entitled to certain rights, including the right to dispose the pledged equity interests. Without Vipshop China’s prior written consent, shareholders of Vipshop Information shall not transfer or otherwise dispose of, or create or allow the creation of any encumbrance on the pledged equity interests. The equity interest pledge agreement will remain in full force and effect until all of the

 

52


Table of Contents

obligations of Vipshop Information under the exclusive business cooperation agreement have been duly performed or terminated. We have completed registering the pledge of the equity interests in Vipshop Information with the local branch of the State Administration for Industry and Commerce.

Exclusive Option Agreement. Under the amended and restated exclusive option agreement among Vipshop China, Vipshop Information and the shareholders of Vipshop Information, Vipshop Information’s shareholders grant Vipshop China an exclusive option to purchase all or part of their respective equity interests in Vipshop Information at a purchase price of RMB10, subject to any adjustments as may be required by the applicable PRC laws and regulations at the time. Vipshop China may exercise the option by issuing a written notice to Vipshop Information. Without Vipshop China’s written consent, Vipshop Information and its shareholders may not transfer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, or create any encumbrance on, any assets, business or equity or beneficiary interests of Vipshop Information. This agreement will remain in full force and effect for a term of ten years from the execution date of October 8, 2011 and may be extended for a period to be determined by Vipshop China.

Powers of Attorney. Under the powers of attorney, the shareholders of Vipshop Information each irrevocably appointed Vipshop China as their attorney-in-fact to act on their behalf and exercise all of their rights as shareholders of Vipshop Information, including the right to attend shareholder meetings, to exercise voting rights, to appoint directors and senior management of Vipshop Information, and to transfer all or part of their equity interests in Vipshop Information pursuant to the equity interest pledge agreements and exclusive option agreements. Vipshop China has the right to appoint any individual or entity to exercise the power of attorney on its behalf. Each power of attorney will remain in full force and effect until the shareholder ceases to hold any equity interests in Vipshop Information.

Agreements that Transfer Economic Benefits to Us

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement. Under the amended and restated exclusive business cooperation agreement between Vipshop China and Vipshop Information, Vipshop Information agrees to engage Vipshop China as its exclusive provider of technical, consulting and other services in relation to its business operations. In consideration of such services, Vipshop Information will pay to Vipshop China service fees which amount to all of Vipshop Information’s net income. The service fees may be adjusted at Vipshop China’s sole discretion based on the services rendered and the operational needs of Vipshop Information. Vipshop China shall exclusively own any intellectual property arising from the performance of this agreement. The term of this agreement is ten years from the execution date of October 8, 2011 and may be extended for a period to be determined by Vipshop China. Vipshop China may terminate this agreement at any time by giving 30 days prior written notice. Vipshop Information has no right to terminate this agreement unless Vipshop China commits gross negligence or fraud.

Exclusive Purchase Framework Agreement. Under the exclusive purchase framework agreement between Vipshop China and Vipshop Information, Vipshop Information agrees to purchase products or services exclusively from Vipshop China or its subsidiaries. Vipshop Information and its subsidiaries must not purchase from any third-party products or services which Vipshop China is able to provide. Vipshop Information must pay Vipshop China for its products an amount, which includes a service fee, based on the unit price and the quantity of the products ordered by Vipshop Information, within five days after receipt of invoices issued by Vipshop China. The term of this agreement is five years from September 1, 2011. Vipshop China may terminate this agreement at any time by giving 15 days prior written notice. Vipshop Information has no right to terminate this agreement unless Vipshop China commits gross negligence or fraud.

In the opinion of Han Kun Law Offices, our PRC legal counsel:

 

   

the ownership structures of our consolidated affiliated entity and Vipshop China comply with all existing PRC laws and regulations;

 

53


Table of Contents
   

the contractual arrangements among Vipshop China and Vipshop Information and its shareholders that are governed by PRC law are valid, binding and enforceable, and will not result in any violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect; and

 

   

each of Vipshop China and our consolidated affiliated entity has all necessary corporate power and authority to conduct its business as described in its business scope under its business license. The business licenses of Vipshop China and our consolidated affiliated entity are in full force and effect. Each of Vipshop China and our consolidated affiliated entity is capable of suing and being sued and may be the subject of any legal proceedings in PRC courts. To the best of Han Kun Law Offices’ knowledge after due inquires, none of Vipshop China, our consolidated affiliated entity or their respective assets is entitled to any immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty, from any action, suit or other legal proceedings; or from enforcement, execution or attachment.

We have been advised by our PRC legal counsel, however, that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations and rules. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may in the future take a view that is contrary to the above opinion of our PRC legal counsel. We have been further advised by our PRC legal counsel that if the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating our online commerce and the distribution of internet content in China do not comply with relevant PRC government restrictions on foreign investment in value-added telecommunication, we could be subject to severe penalties, including being prohibited from continuing operations. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure and Restrictions on Our Industry—Substantial uncertainties and restrictions exist with respect to the interpretation and application of PRC laws and regulations relating to online commerce and the distribution of internet content in China. If the PRC government finds that the structure we have adopted for our business operations does not comply with PRC laws and regulations, we could be subject to severe penalties, including the shutting down of our website.” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could adversely affect us.”

 

54


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

You should read the following information concerning us in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our selected consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and our selected consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our selected consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the period from August 22 to December 31, 2008 and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Our audited consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our historical results for any period presented are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

 

    For the period
from August 22
to December 31,
2008(1)
    For the year ended December 31,  
    2009     2010     2011  
    US$     US$     %     US$     %     US$     %  
    (in US$, except percentages and number of shares and per share data)  

Selected Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

             

Net revenues

    1,087        2,804,830        100.0        32,582,115        100.0        227,142,876        100.0   

Cost of goods sold(2)

    (886     (2,576,191     (91.8     (29,374,315     (90.2     (183,801,334     (80.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    201        228,639        8.2        3,207,800        9.8        43,341,542        19.1   

Operating expenses(3):

             

Fulfillment expenses(4)

    (84,641     (611,333     (21.8     (5,809,118     (17.8     (45,478,327     (20.0

Marketing expenses

    —          (303,509     (10.8     (2,438,066     (7.5     (15,253,325     (6.7

Technology and content expenses

    (8,480     (103,235     (3.7     (562,120     (1.7     (5,516,361    
(2.4

General and administrative expenses

    (226,145     (650,786     (23.2     (2,843,583     (8.7     (84,575,539    
(37.3

Other income, net

    3,596        59,470        2.1        78,675        0.2       
564,182
  
   
0.2
  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    (315,670     (1,609,393     (57.4     (11,574,212     (35.5  

 

 

 

 

 

(150,259,370

 

 

   
(66.2

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (315,469     (1,380,754     (49.2     (8,366,412     (25.7    
(106,917,828

   
(47.1

Interest expense

    —          —          —          —          —          (494,509     (0.2

Interest income

    43        47        0.0        564        0.0     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

122,437

 

 

 

 

  

   
0.1
  

Exchange gain

    —          —          —          —          —          18,375        (0.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

    (315,426     (1,380,707     (49.2     (8,365,848     (25.7  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(107,271,525

 

 

 

 

 

   
(47.2

Income tax expenses

    —          —          —          —          —         
—  
  
   
—  
  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (315,426     (1,380,707     (49.2     (8,365,848     (25.7  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(107,271,525

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(47.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deemed dividend on issuance of Series A Preferred Shares

    —          —          —          —          —          (49,214,977     (21.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

    (315,426     (1,380,707     (49.2     (8,365,848     (25.7     (156,486,502     (68.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

             

—Basic

    (0.01     (0.03     —          (0.18     —         
(3.38

   
—  
  

—Diluted

    (0.01     (0.03     —          (0.18     —          (3.38     —     

Weighted average number of shares used in computing net loss per share:

             

—Basic

    47,775,000        47,775,000          47,775,000          46,255,574     

—Diluted

    47,775,000        47,775,000          47,775,000          46,255,574     

Net loss per ADS(5)

             

—Basic

    (0.01     (0.06     —          (0.35     —          (6.77     —     

—Diluted

    (0.01     (0.06     —          (0.35     —          (6.77     —     

Pro forma net loss per share on an as converted basis:

             

—Basic

              (2.10     —     

—Diluted

              (2.10     —     

Weighted average number of shares used in calculating pro forma net loss per share:

             

—Basic

              74,634,741     

—Diluted

              74,634,741     

 

55


Table of Contents

 

(1) We commenced operations in August 2008 but only commenced sales of our products on our vipshop.com website in December 2008. We incurred significant operating expenses and generated limited sales in the period from August 22 to December 31, 2008. As a result, percentages for this period are not meaningful for investors to evaluate our results of operations and are not presented in this table.
(2) Excluding shipping and handling expenses.
(3) Including share-based compensation expenses as set forth below:

 

     For the period
from August 22
to December 31,

2008
     For the year ended December 31,  
          2009              2010          2011  
     (in US$)  

Allocation of share-based compensation expenses*:

           

Fulfillment expenses

     —           —           —           297,095   

Marketing expenses

     —           —           —           184,404   

Technology and content expenses

     —           —           —           729,420   

General and administrative expenses

     —           —           —           72,716,983   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —           —           —           73,927,902   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  * The share-based compensation expenses for 2011 included (a) US$63.9 million in share-based compensation expenses in connection with the unvested shares of our co-founders; (b) US$6.2 million in shared-based compensation expenses in connection with a transfer of ordinary shares between our co-founders; and (c) US$3.8 million in share-based compensation expenses in connection with share options granted to executive officers and employees. In addition, unrecognized share-based compensation expenses as of December 31, 2011 were US$19.8 million, which were in unrecognized share-based compensation costs in connection with the unvested share options granted to our executive officers and employees. The unrecognized share-based compensation costs were expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.06 years on a straight-line basis schedule. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Share-Based Compensation” for details.

 

(4) Including shipping and handling expenses, which amounted to US$157, US$0.3 million, US$4.3 million, US$29.4 million in the period from August 22 to December 31, 2008, and the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

(5) Each ADS represents two ordinary shares.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010     2011  
    

(in US$)

 

Selected Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     12,258        287,720        1,111,091        44,954,778   

Total current assets

     125,574        2,584,046        15,567,836        158,278,041   

Total assets

     229,720        2,739,835        17,132,690        167,435,320   

Total liabilities

     399,404        4,289,798        27,244,271        149,146,118   

Total shareholders’ (deficit)/equity

     (169,684     (1,549,963     (10,111,581     18,289,202   

The following table presents selected operating data for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended
December 31,
 
     2009      2010      2011  

New active customers (in thousands)

     38         255         1,330   

Repeat customers (in thousands)

     14         155         903   

Total orders (in thousands)

     71         927         7,269   

Orders placed by repeat customers (in thousands)

     47         804         6,681   

Brand partners

     76         411         1,075   

 

56


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the section entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are China’s leading online discount retailer for brands as measured by total revenues in 2010, the number of registered members as of June 30, 2011 and the number of monthly unique visitors in December 2011, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. We offer high-quality branded products to consumers in China through flash sales on our vipshop.com website.

Since our inception in August 2008, we have attracted a large and growing number of customers and popular brands. As of December 31, 2011, we had 12.1 million registered members and over 1.7 million cumulative customers, and have promoted and sold products for over 1,900 popular domestic and international brands. We have built a highly engaged and loyal customer base that contributes to our growth and also enables us to attract new customers primarily through word-of-mouth referrals. A majority of our customers have placed orders to purchase products from us more than once. Orders placed by our repeat customers accounted for 66.2%, 86.7% and 91.9% of our total orders in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

We began our operations in August 2008 and have grown significantly since then. In the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, we fulfilled over 70 thousand, over 0.9 million and over 7.2 million customer orders, respectively, and we generated total net revenues of US$2.8 million, US$32.6 million and US$227.1 million, respectively. In 2009, 2010 and 2011, we incurred net losses of US$1.4 million, US$8.4 million and US$107.3 million, respectively. Our net loss in 2011 reflected non-cash share-based compensation expenses in an aggregate amount of US$73.9 million.

Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

Our business and operating results are affected by general factors affecting the online retail market in China, including China’s overall economic growth, the increase in per capita disposable income, the growth in consumer spending and retail industry and the expansion of internet penetration. Unfavorable changes in any of these general factors could affect the demand for products we sell and could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our results of operations are also affected by the regulations and industry policies related to the online retail market. Although we have generally benefited from the Chinese government’s policies to encourage economic growth, we are also affected by the complexity, uncertainties and changes in the PRC regulation of the internet industry. Due to PRC legal restrictions on foreign equity ownership of and investment in the online retail sector in China, we rely on contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entity, Vipshop Information, and its shareholders to conduct most of our business in China. We face risks associated with our control over our variable interest entity, as our control is based upon contractual arrangements rather than equity ownership. For a description of these contractual arrangements, see “Our Corporate History and Structure.” For a detailed description of the regulatory environment that necessitates the adoption of our corporate structure, see

 

57


Table of Contents

“Regulations.” For a detailed description of the risks associated with our corporate structure, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure and Restrictions on Our Industry.”

While our business is influenced by general factors affecting our industry, our operating results are more directly affected by certain company specific factors, including:

Our Ability to Attract and Retain Customers

Attracting and retaining customers has been our key focus since our inception. We measure our effectiveness in attracting and retaining customers through several key performance indicators, including our active customers, total orders and orders placed by repeat customers. The following table sets forth these indicators for the periods presented:

 

     For the year ended
December 31,
 
     2009      2010      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Active customers

     38         276         1,491   

Repeat customers

     14         155         903   

Total orders

     71         927         7,269   

Orders placed by repeat customers

     47         804         6,681   

Our growth has been driven by increases in all three key performance indicators set forth above. The increase in our active customers has been primarily attributable to the growth of the number of our registered members from 0.3 million in 2009 to 1.2 million in 2010, and to 12.1 million in 2011. The increase in our total orders has primarily resulted from the increase in orders placed by repeat customers. In 2009, 2010 and 2011, 66.2%, 86.7% and 91.9%, respectively, of our total orders were placed by repeat customers. Our total number of repeat customers was 14 thousand, 0.2 million and 0.9 million in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, representing 36.8%, 56.2% and 60.6%, respectively, of the total number of our active customers during the same periods. As our business is still at a high growth phase and in light of our ability to develop a highly engaged and loyal customer base, we expect continuing growth in all three key performance indicators set forth above in the foreseeable future.

Our Ability to Establish and Maintain Relationships with Brand Partners

It is crucial for us to establish and maintain mutually beneficial relationships with our brand partners. We rely on our relationships with brand partners to offer products and services that appeal to our existing and potential customers. In particular, our ability to source popular and high quality products and services, as well as our ability to offer them at attractive prices, depends on our ability to develop mutually beneficial relationships with our brand partners. Our results of operations and financial condition are also significantly affected by the pricing, return and deposit terms we negotiate with and obtain from our brand partners.

 

   

Availability, popularity and quality. We rely on our brand partners to make available sufficient quantities of high quality products for offering on our vipshop.com website. In the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, we offered 38 thousand, 0.5 million and 1.2 million SKUs for sale and organized 241, 1,354 and 11,549 sales events on our website, respectively. For the three months ended December 31, 2011, we organized an average of 2,353 sales events on our website per month. By December 31, 2011, we had promoted and sold products for over 1,900 brands. As we continue to focus on building long-term relationships with our brand partners, we plan to implement framework agreements with our brand partners with supplemental supply orders and to engage more brand partners on an exclusive basis.

 

58


Table of Contents
   

Pricing. Our ability to offer our products at deeply discounted prices depends heavily on our ability to negotiate favorable pricing terms with our brand partners. Our revenues and profit margins would be materially and adversely affected if we fail to secure adequate supplies of quality products at favorable pricing terms from our brand partners.

 

   

Return and deposit. We seek to minimize our working capital requirements and the liquidity risk of our operations. Our agreements with brand partners typically contain contractual rights to return unsold items to our brand partners on an unconditional basis. In addition, we seek to enter into long-term relationships with our brand partners and to pay lower deposits on the inventory we purchase from brand partners. Our ability to obtain favorable return and deposit terms depends on our ability to maintain favorable relationships with our brand partners.

To date, our customers and brand partners have been increasing in parallel as a result of the powerful network effects achieved through our online discount retail model. As we gain more customers and achieve greater sales volumes, we have emerged as a channel capable of selling significant volumes of discounted branded products in a very short period of time. In turn, our sales capability allows us to attract more brands and products, which further helps us attract more customers.

Our Ability to Invest in Growth while Improving Operating Efficiency

We are a fast-growing company and we have proactively invested, and intend to continue making necessary investments to support our growth. We are adding more logistics centers and establishing our own in-house delivery capabilities. We intend to improve our IT systems, upgrade our web-interface and enhance mobile functionality. We also plan to continue marketing and promoting our vipshop.com brand. As a result, the availability of financing and resources for our expansion plans, as well as our ability to control expenses associated with our business growth is key to our operating results. Our total operating expenses represented 57.4%, 35.5% and 66.2% of our total net revenues in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Our total operating expenses for 2011 included share-based compensation expenses of US$73.9 million. Excluding share-based compensation expenses, our total operating expenses represented 33.6% of our total net revenues in 2011. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase in absolute terms in the foreseeable future in light of our anticipated expansion and investment plans. As our business further grows, we believe we will be able to take advantage of economies of scale and the strength of our online business model to further improve our operating efficiency over time.

Key Components of Results of Operations

Net Revenues

We derive revenues from the sale of products offered on our website. Generally, we offer our customers an unconditional right of returning products purchased for a period of seven days upon receipt of products, and the associated revenues are recognized when the return period expires. Our net revenues are recorded net of value added tax and related surcharges.

The following table sets forth the key factors that directly affect our net revenues for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended
December 31,
 
       2009          2010          2011    

Active customers (in thousands)

     38         276         1,491   

Average net revenues per active customer (US$)

     74         118         152   

Total orders (in thousands)

     71         927         7,269   

Average orders per active customer

     1.9         3.3         4.9   

 

59


Table of Contents

Cost of Goods Sold

Our cost of goods sold consists of cost of merchandise sold and inventory write-downs. We procure inventory from our brand partners and our inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated marketable value. Cost of inventory is determined using the identified cost of the specific item sold.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of (a) fulfillment expenses, (b) marketing expenses, (c) technology and content expenses, (d) general and administrative expenses and (e) other income. The following table sets forth the components of our operating expenses both in absolute amount and as a percentage of total net revenues for the periods indicated:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2009     2010     2011  
    US$     %     US$     %     US$     %  
    (in US$, except percentages)  

Fulfillment expenses

    611,333        21.8        5,809,118        17.8        45,478,327        20.0   

Marketing expenses

    303,509        10.8        2,438,066        7.5        15,253,325        6.7   

Technology and content expenses

    103,235        3.7        562,120        1.7        5,516,361        2.4   

General and administrative expenses

    650,786        23.2        2,843,583        8.7        84,575,539        37.3   

Other income, net

    (59,470     (2.1     (78,675     (0.2     (564,182     (0.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    1,609,393        57.4        11,574,212        35.5        150,259,370        66.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fulfillment expenses. Fulfillment expenses primarily consist of shipping and handling expenses, packaging expenses and logistics center rental expenses, as well as compensation and benefits of our logistics staff. Our shipping and handling expenses amounted to US$0.3 million, US$4.3 million and US$29.4 million in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Historically, we primarily relied on our regional logistics center in Guangdong Province in Southern China for our fulfillment services. In September, November and December 2011, we started operating our new logistics centers in Jiangsu Province in Eastern China, Sichuan Province in Western China and Beijing in Northern China, respectively, to enhance our fulfillment capacity. We expect to continue to invest in our logistics and delivery network to support our long-term growth. We expect that our fulfillment expenses will continue to increase in absolute amount as a result of our continued business growth, and will continue to constitute one of the largest components of our operating expenses.

Marketing expenses. Marketing expenses primarily represent advertising expenses incurred in connection with our brand promotional activities, as well as compensation and benefits of our marketing staff. Historically, we have benefited from viral marketing resulting from word-of-mouth referrals from our customers who often expressed their excitement on social media platforms regarding their purchases on our website. As we enhance our brand awareness by engaging in additional brand promotional activities, we expect our marketing expenses to increase in the foreseeable future.

Technology and content expenses. Technology and content expenses primarily consist of the compensation and benefits of our IT staff, telecommunications expenses, and expenses incurred in creating content for our sales events on our websites, including model fees and professional photography expenses. As we continue to expand our IT capabilities to support our anticipated growth, we expect our technology and content expenses to continue to increase in the foreseeable future.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses primarily consist of compensation and benefits of our headquarters and administrative staff, rental expenses, costs for professional

 

60


Table of Contents

services and other administrative and overhead expenses. As our business further grows and we become a public company after the completion of this offering, we expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in the foreseeable future.

Other income. Our other income primarily consists of financial subsidies received from local government authorities from time to time.

Seasonality

Our results of operations are subject to seasonal fluctuations. For example, our revenues are relatively lower during the holidays in China, particularly during the Chinese New Year period which occurs in the first quarter of the year, when customers tend to do less shopping, both online and offline. Furthermore, sales in the retail industry are typically significantly higher in the fourth quarter of the year than in the preceding three quarters. This seasonality of our business, however, was not apparent historically as each quarter had greater revenues than the prior quarter due to the rapid growth in sales that we experienced in recent years.

Taxation

Cayman Islands

We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Under the current law of the Cayman Islands, we are not subject to income or capital gains tax in the Cayman Islands. In addition, our payment of dividends to our shareholders, if any, is not subject to withholding tax in the Cayman Islands.

Hong Kong

Our subsidiary incorporated in Hong Kong is subject to the uniform tax rate of 16.5%. Under the Hong Kong tax laws, it is exempted from the Hong Kong income tax on its foreign-derived income and there are no withholding taxes in Hong Kong on the remittance of dividends. No provision for Hong Kong tax has been made in our consolidated financial statements, as our Hong Kong subsidiary had not generated any assessable income for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011.

PRC

Our PRC subsidiaries and the consolidated affiliated entity are companies incorporated under PRC law and, as such, are subject to PRC enterprise income tax on their taxable income in accordance with the relevant PRC income tax laws. Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, both of which became effective on January 1, 2008, a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate is generally applicable to both foreign-invested enterprises and domestic enterprises, unless they qualify for certain exceptions. Our PRC subsidiaries and the consolidated affiliated entity are all subject to the tax rate of 25% for the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We evaluate the level of authority for each uncertain tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and measure the unrecognized benefits associated with the tax positions. As of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, we did not have any unrecognized tax benefits.

 

61


Table of Contents

We do not anticipate any significant increase to our liability for unrecognized tax benefit within the next 12 months. We will classify interest and penalties related to income tax matters, if any, in income tax expense.

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, dividends from our PRC subsidiaries paid out of profits generated after January 1, 2008, are subject to a withholding tax of 10%, unless there is a tax treaty with China that provides for a different withholding arrangement. Distributions of profits generated before January 1, 2008 are exempt from PRC withholding tax.

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with “de facto management bodies” within the PRC is considered a resident enterprise and will be subject to the enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on its global income. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management bodies” as establishments that carry out substantial and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel, accounting, properties, etc. of an enterprise. The SAT issued the Notice Regarding the Determination of Chinese-Controlled Offshore Incorporated Enterprises as PRC Tax Resident Enterprises on the Basis of De Facto Management Bodies, or Circular 82, on April 22, 2009. Circular 82 provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a Chinese-controlled offshore-incorporated enterprise is located in China. Although Circular 82 only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises, not those controlled by PRC individuals, the determining criteria set forth in Circular 82 may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises or individuals. Although we do not believe that our legal entities organized outside of the PRC constitute PRC resident enterprises, it is possible that the PRC tax authorities could reach a different conclusion. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—Our global income may be subject to PRC taxes under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.” However, even if one or more of our legal entities organized outside of the PRC were characterized as PRC resident enterprises, we do not expect any material change in our net current tax payable balance and the net deferred tax balance as none of these entities had any profit during the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The amount of tax loss carried forward of our PRC subsidiary and consolidated affiliated entity was US$1.5 million, US$4.3 million and US$25.8 million as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. We have provided a valuation allowance for the full amount of the deferred tax assets relating to the future benefit of net operating loss carried forward of our PRC subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entity, as our management is not able to conclude that the future realization of such net operating loss carry forwards is more likely than not.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, we identified one “material weakness” in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the United States, and other control deficiencies. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weakness identified related to the lack of comprehensive U.S. GAAP accounting policies, financial reporting and internal control procedures. In particular, we did not have a comprehensive accounting

 

62


Table of Contents

policies manual and financial reporting and closing procedure manual for our finance department, and we did not have sufficient personnel to build and maintain formalized accounting policies and financial policies and financial reporting procedures in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

We have implemented a number of measures to address the material weakness and other control deficiencies that have been identified, including establishment of a separate procedure and standard department and an internal audit department; and successful implementation of a new “Oracle EBS” enterprise resource planning, or ERP system and a new “Manhattan” warehouse management system. We are also in the process of developing an accounting manual including formal procedures and policies for U.S. GAAP closing and reporting. We have engaged a reputable consulting firm to help us review and improve all procedures and policies for the purposes of compliance with applicable U.S. securities regulations and accounting principles and rules. We have also recently hired our chief financial officer with finance, accounting and SEC reporting experience and plan to hire additional personnel with U.S. GAAP experience.

However, we cannot assure you that we will remediate our material weakness and other control deficiencies in a timely manner. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls or fail to remediate the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that has been identified, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations or prevent fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected.”

 

63


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated, both in absolute amounts and as percentages of our net revenues. This information should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations in any period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  
     US$     %     US$     %     US$     %  
     (in US$, except percentages)  

Net revenues

     2,804,830        100.0        32,582,115        100.0        227,142,876        100.0   

Cost of goods sold(1)

     (2,576,191     (91.8     (29,374,315     (90.2     (183,801,334)        (80.9)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     228,639        8.2        3,207,800        9.8        43,341,542        19.1   

Operating expenses(2):

            

Fulfillment expenses(2)(3)

     (611,333     (21.8     (5,809,118     (17.8     (45,478,327     (20.0

Marketing expenses(2)

     (303,509     (10.8     (2,438,066     (7.5     (15,253,325     (6.7

Technology and content expenses(2)

     (103,235     (3.7     (562,120     (1.7     (5,516,361     (2.4

General and administrative expenses(2)

     (650,786     (23.2     (2,843,583     (8.7     (84,575,539     (37.3

Other income, net

     59,470        2.1        78,675        0.2        564,182        0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (1,609,393     (57.4     (11,574,212     (35.5     (150,259,370     (66.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (1,380,754     (49.2     (8,366,412     (25.7     (106,917,828     (47.1

Interest expense

     —          —          —          —          (494,509     (0.2

Interest income

     47        0.0        564        0.0        122,437        0.1   

Exchange gain

     —          —          —          —          18,375        (0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (1,380,707     (49.2     (8,365,848     (25.7     (107,271,525     (47.2

Income tax expenses

     —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (1,380,707     (49.2     (8,365,848     (25.7     (107,271,525     (47.2

Deemed dividend on issuance of Series A Preferred Shares

     —          —          —          —          (49,214,977     (21.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

     (1,380,707     (49.2     (8,365,848     (25.7     (156,486,502     (68.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Excluding shipping and handling expenses.
(2) Including share-based compensation expenses as set forth below:

 

     For the year ended
December 31,
 
     2009      2010      2011  
     (in US$)  

Allocation of share-based compensation expenses*

        

Fulfillment expenses

     —           —           (297,095

Marketing expenses

     —           —           (184,404

Technology and content expenses

     —           —           (729,420

General and administrative expenses

     —           —           (72,716,983
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —           —           (73,927,902
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  * The share-based compensation expenses for 2011 included (a) US$63.9 million in share-based compensation expenses in connection with the unvested shares of our co-founders; (b) US$6.2 million in shared-based compensation expenses in connection with a transfer of ordinary shares between our co-founders; and (c) US$3.8 million in share-based compensation expenses in connection with share options granted to executive officers and employees. In addition, unrecognized share-based compensation expenses as of December 31, 2011 were US$19.8 million, which were unrecognized share-based compensation costs in connection with the unvested share options granted to our executive officers and employees. The unrecognized share-based compensation costs were expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.06 years on a straight-line basis schedule. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Share-Based Compensation” for details.

 

(3) Including shipping and handling expenses, which amounted to US$0.3 million, US$4.3 million and US$29.4 million in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

64


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Net revenues

Our total net revenues increased from US$32.6 million in 2010 to US$227.1 million in 2011, primarily attributable to the increase in the number of active customers and total orders. The number of our active customers increased significantly from 0.3 million in 2010 to 1.5 million in 2011. The number of our total orders increased from over 0.9 million in 2010 to over 7.2 million in 2011, mainly due to the increase in both the number of active customers and the number of average orders per active customer during the period. The increases in the number of active customers and average orders per active customer were primarily due to our further optimized product selection, the increase in our number of sales events, and the increase in the number of SKUs available on our website. We added three logistic centers and set up several regional subsites within our website during 2011, which allowed us to offer additional sales events and SKUs. Our average net revenues per active customer increased from US$118 in 2010 to US$152 in 2011, mainly attributable to the increase in average orders per active customer from 3.3 in 2010 to 4.9 in 2011. 91.9% of the total orders we fulfilled in 2011 were placed by repeat customers, as compared to 86.7% in 2010.

Cost of goods sold

Our cost of goods sold increased from US$29.4 million in 2010 to US$183.8 million in 2011, primarily attributable to the significant increase in products procured from our brand partners in line with our significantly higher sales volume.

We recorded US$2.6 million and US$1.7 million in inventory write-downs in 2010 and 2011, respectively. Such write-downs primarily reflected the estimated market value of damaged or obsolete inventory.

Gross profit and gross margin

As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased from US$3.2 million in 2010 to US$43.3 million in 2011. Our gross margin increased from 9.8% in 2010 to 19.1% in 2011, primarily due to the growth in revenues and increased economies of scale in sourcing merchandise from our suppliers which in turn increased our bargaining power. We recorded a lower amount of inventory write-downs in 2011, which also contributed to our gross margin increase during the period.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses increased from US$11.6 million in 2010 to US$150.3 million in 2011 primarily due to our significant business expansion and the US$73.9 million share-based compensation expenses recorded in 2011.

 

   

Fulfillment expenses. Our fulfillment expenses increased from US$5.8 million in 2010 to US$45.5 million in 2011. Shipping and handling expenses, the largest component of our fulfillment expenses during these periods, increased from US$4.3 million in 2010 to US$29.4 million in 2011. These increases were primarily attributable to the significant increase in our sales volume and the number of orders fulfilled, higher staff compensation and benefits and increase in rental expenses in connection with our expanded warehouse facilities. In 2011, we fulfilled over 7.2 million customer orders, as compared to over 0.9 million customer orders in 2010. Our fulfillment expenses as a percentage of our total net revenues increased from 17.8% in 2010 to 20.0% in 2011, primarily due to a more geographically diverse customer base, improved packaging quality, and increased rentals and other expenses incurred associated with the additional logistics centers. Until September 2011, we relied on one logistic center in Guangdong Province in Southern China to support our increasingly national customer base. As we expanded our sales nationwide in 2011, we added logistic centers in Jiangsu Province in Eastern China, Sichuan Province in Western China and Beijing in Northern China. By

 

65


Table of Contents
 

utilizing these regional logistic centers, we relied more on high-quality regional delivery companies, which generally had lower average delivery charges than national delivery companies. This shift to regional delivery companies reduced our shipping and handling expense per order and partially offset the increase in fulfillment expenses caused by the factors discussed above.

 

   

Marketing expenses. Our marketing expenses increased from US$2.4 million in 2010 to US$15.3 million in 2011, primarily attributable to our increased marketing and brand promotion activities. However, our marketing expenses as a percentage of our total net revenues decreased from 7.5% in 2010 to 6.7% in 2011 as our net revenues increased at a faster pace during the same period.

 

   

Technology and content expenses. Our technology and content expenses increased from US$0.6 million in 2010 to US$5.5 million in 2011, and as a percentage of our total net revenues, increased from 1.7% to 2.4% during the same periods. The increase in our technology and content expenses was primarily attributable to higher IT staff compensation and expenses incurred in creating and maintaining content for our significantly increased number of sales events, including professional photography expenses for the curation of products in sales events.

 

   

General and administrative expenses. Our general and administrative expenses increased from US$2.8 million in 2010 to US$84.6 million in 2011, and as a percentage of our total net revenues, increased from 8.7% to 37.3% during the same periods. The significant increase in our general and administrative expenses was primarily due to an increase in share-based compensation expenses of US$72.7 million and increases in administrative staff compensation and benefits mainly attributable to an increase in headcount and higher rental expenses. For details of our share-based compensation expenses, see “—Critical Accounting Policies—Share-Based Compensation.”

 

   

Other income. Our other income amounted to US$0.6 million in 2011, as compared to US$78.7 thousand in 2010. Our other income in 2011 was primarily due to income derived from providing ancillary services to our suppliers and a one-time project-based government grant.

Interest expense

Our interest expense increased from nil in 2010 to US$0.5 million in 2011 primarily due to an increase in our bank borrowing.

Interest income

Our interest income increased from US$564 in 2010 to US$0.1 million in 2011 primarily due to the increased amount of cash held in our bank deposits and the interest earned on short-term investment products .

Exchange gain

Our exchange gain increased from nil in 2010 to US$18.4 thousand in 2011, primarily attributable to the appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar on the cash balance denominated in Renminbi.

Net loss

As a result of the foregoing, we recorded a net loss of US$107.3 million in 2011 as compared to a net loss of US$8.4 million in 2010.

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Net revenues

Our total net revenues increased from US$2.8 million in 2009 to US$32.6 million in 2010, primarily driven by the increases in the number of our active customers and total orders during the same periods. The number of

 

66


Table of Contents

our active customers increased significantly from 38 thousand in 2009 to 0.3 million in 2010, and the number of our total orders increased from over 70 thousand in 2009 to over 0.9 million in 2010, as we substantially expanded our offerings of branded products and fulfillment capabilities during the same periods. Our average net revenues per active customer increased from US$74 in 2009 to US$118 in 2010, mainly attributable to the increase in average orders per active customer from 1.9 in 2009 to 3.3 in 2010. 66.2% and 86.7% of the total orders we fulfilled in 2009 and 2010, respectively, were placed by repeat customers, reflecting our highly engaged and loyal customer base.

Cost of goods sold

Our cost of goods sold increased from US$2.6 million in 2009 to US$29.4 million in 2010, primarily reflecting a significant increase in sales in 2010.

We recorded US$31.7 thousand and US$2.6 million in inventory write-downs in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Such write-downs primarily reflected the estimated market value of damaged or obsolete inventory. In addition, in October 2010, when we were in the process of implementing our new IT systems, improving our inventory count procedures and relocating our warehouse, some of our inventory stock items were not properly recorded in the inventory ledger, resulting in discrepancies between the inventory ledger and our actual inventory stock. As a result, in 2010, we also recorded write-downs of such discrepancies. To effectively manage our inventory and minimize inventory write-downs in the future, we have improved quality control procedures in connection with our product purchase and successfully implemented a new Oracle ERP system and a new “Manhattan” warehouse management system in 2011.

Gross profit and gross margin

As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased from US$0.2 million in 2009 to US$3.2 million in 2010. Our gross margin increased from 8.2% in 2009 to 9.8% in 2010. The increase in our gross margin primarily reflected our stronger bargaining power to negotiate for more favorable pricing terms with our brand partners as a result of our significantly increased business scale and sales volume in 2010, which was partially offset by the increase in inventory write-downs in 2010.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses increased from US$1.6 million in 2009 to US$11.6 million in 2010 due to increases in all line items of our operating expenses.

 

   

Fulfillment expenses. Our fulfillment expenses increased from US$0.6 million in 2009 to US$5.8 million in 2010. Shipping and handling expenses, the largest component of our fulfillment expenses during these periods, increased from US$0.3 million in 2009 to US$4.3 million in 2010. These increases primarily reflected the significant increases in our sales and number of orders fulfilled in 2010. In addition, in 2010, we increased the use of logistics services provided by delivery companies with nationwide coverage, such as EMS and Zhaijisong, resulting in higher delivery service charges paid by us. As we continue to enhance our brand recognition and geographic reach of our sales, our customers located in areas other than in Guangdong Province increased significantly, which also resulted in our higher fulfillment expenses in 2010. Our fulfillment expenses as a percentage of our total net revenues decreased from 21.8% in 2009 to 17.8% in 2010 primarily due to our increased economies of scale.

 

   

Marketing expenses. Our marketing expenses increased from US$0.3 million in 2009 to US$2.4 million in 2010, as we continued to expand our operational scale and enhance the market recognition of our vipshop.com brand.

 

   

Technology and content expenses. Our technology and content expenses increased from US$0.1 million in 2009 to US$0.6 million in 2010. The increase primarily reflected (a) an increase in the

 

67


Table of Contents
 

compensation and benefits expenses of our IT operations to support our continuing growth, and (b) an increase in expenses incurred in creating and maintaining content for our sales events, including model fees and professional photography expenses, reflecting the significant increase in SKUs and sales events in 2010 as compared in 2009.

 

   

General and administrative expenses. Our general and administrative expenses increased from US$0.7 million in 2009 to US$2.8 million in 2010. The increase in the absolute amount of general and administrative expenses was primarily due to the increases in administrative staff compensation and benefits and rental expenses. The increase in our staff compensation and benefits was due to our continued recruitment of additional managerial and support staff to support our business growth. We also rented additional office space and incurred additional office expenses as a result of our significantly larger scale of operation in 2010.

 

   

Other income. Our other income, which primarily consists of financial subsidies received from local government authorities, increased from US$59.5 thousand in 2009 to US$78.7 thousand in 2010.

Interest income

Our interest income in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 was US$47 and US$564, respectively. Our interest income in both periods was related to our demand deposits placed with financial institutions with high credit ratings and quality.

Net loss

As a result of the foregoing, we recorded a net loss of US$8.4 million in 2010 as compared to a net loss of US$1.4 million in 2009.

 

68


Table of Contents

Selected Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table presents our unaudited consolidated results of operations for the three-month periods ended on the dates indicated. You should read the following table in conjunction with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. This unaudited consolidated financial information includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair representation of our financial position and operating results for the quarters presented.

 

    For the three months ended  
    March 31,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    September 30,
2010
    December 31,
2010
    March 31,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2011
 
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
    (in US$)  

Net revenues

    2,207,278        4,855,006        8,074,572        17,445,259        28,872,040        40,557,739        52,507,268        105,205,829   

Cost of goods sold

    (1,787,656     (4,080,746     (6,669,852     (16,836,061     (23,949,749     (33,129,354     (42,511,012     (84,211,219
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    419,622        774,260        1,404,720        609,198        4,922,291        7,428,385        9,996,256        20,994,610   

Operating expenses(1)

               

Fulfillment expenses(2)

    (344,525     (715,887     (1,109,350     (3,639,356     (6,026,465     (8,427,225     (11,432,449     (19,592,188

Marketing expenses

    (329,343     (455,996     (462,719     (1,190,008     (1,655,106     (2,317,286     (4,559,574     (6,721,359

Technology and content expenses

    (44,624     (67,058     (91,052     (359,386     (493,883     (850,118     (1,190,921     (2,981,439

General and administrative expenses

    (369,040     (577,744     (879,084     (1,017,715     (3,514,259     (15,198,844     (10,352,062     (55,510,374

Other income, net

    1,761        6        1,209        75,699        56,724        63,873        116,386        327,199   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    (1,085,771     (1,816,679     (2,540,996     (6,130,766     (11,632,989     (26,729,600     (27,418,620     (84,478,161
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (666,149     (1,042,419     (1,136,276     (5,521,568     (6,710,698     (19,301,215     (17,422,364     (63,483,551

Interest expense

    —          —          —          —          —          (17.188     (189,745     (287,576

Interest income

    104        93        50        317        687        4,313        13,665        103,772   

Exchange (loss) gain

    —          —          —          —          —          (181,211     57,158        142,428   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (666,045     (1,042,326     (1,136,226     (5,521,251     (6,710,011     (19,495,301     (17,541,286     (63,524,927

Income tax expenses

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (666,045     (1,042,326     (1,136,226     (5,521,251     (6,710,011     (19,495,301     (17,541,286     (63,524,927
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deemed dividend on issuance of Series A Preferred Shares

    —          —          —          —          (49,214,977     —          —          —     

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

    (666,045     (1,042,326     (1,136,226     (5,521,251     (55,924,988     (19,495,301     (17,541,286     (63,524,927)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Including share-based compensation expenses, which amounted to nil, nil, nil, nil, US$2.5 million, US$12.4 million, US$6.7 million and US$52.3 million in the three month periods ended March 31, 2010, June 30, 2010, September 30, 2010, December 31, 2010, March 31, 2011, June 30, 2011, September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011, respectively.
(2) Including shipping and handling expenses, which amounted to US$0.3 million, US$0.5 million, US$0.8 million, US$2.7 million, US$3.9 million, US$5.2 million, US$7.3 million and US$13.0 million in the three month periods ended March 31, 2010, June 30, 2010, September 30, 2010, December 31, 2010, March 31, 2011, June 30, 2011, September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

 

69


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our historical unaudited consolidated selected quarterly results of operations for the periods indicated, as a percentage of total net revenues.

 

    For the three months ended  
    March 31,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    September 30,
2010
    December 31,
2010
    March 31,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2011
 

Net revenues

    100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100

Cost of goods sold

    (81.0 )%      (84.1 )%      (82.6 )%      (96.5 )%      (83.0 )%      (81.7 )%      (81.0 )%      (80.0 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    19.0     15.9     17.4     3.5     17.0     18.3     19.0     20.0

Operating expenses

               

Fulfillment expenses

    (15.6 )%      (14.7 )%      (13.7 )%      (20.9 )%      (20.9 )%      (20.8 )%      (21.8 )%      (18.6 )% 

Marketing expenses

    (14.9 )%      (9.4 )%      (5.7 )%      (6.8 )%      (5.7 )%      (5.7 )%      (8.7 )%      (6.4 )% 

General and administrative expenses

    (16.7 )%      (11.9 )%      (10.9 )%      (5.8 )%      (12.2 )%      (37.5 )%      (19.7 )%      (52.8 )% 

Technology and content expenses

    (2.0 )%      (1.4 )%      (1.2 )%      (2.0 )%      (1.7 )%      (2.1 )%      (2.2 )%      (2.8 )% 

Other-operating income, net

    0.0     0.0     0.0     0.4     0.2     0.2     0.2     0.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    (49.2 )%      (37.4 )%      (31.5 )%      (35.1 )%      (40.3 )%      (65.9 )%      (52.2 )%      (80.3 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (30.2 )%      (21.5 )%      (14.1 )%      (31.6 )%      (23.2 )%      (47.6 )%      (33.2 )%      (60.3 )% 

Interest expense

    —          —          —          —          —          (0.0 )%      (0.3 )%      (0.3 )% 

Interest income

    0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.1

Exchange loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (0.5 )%      0.1     0.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (30.2 )%      (21.5 )%      (14.1 )%      (31.6 )%      (23.2 )%      (48.1 )%      (33.4 )%      (60.4 )% 

Income tax expenses

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (30.2 )%      (21.5 )%      (14.1 )%      (31.6 )%      (23.2 )%      (48.1 )%      (33.4 )%      (60.4 )% 

Deemed dividend on issuance of Series A Preferred Shares

    —          —          —          —          (170.5 )%      —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss attribute to ordinary shareholders

    (30.2 )%      (21.5 )%      (14.1 )%      (31.6 )%      (193.7 )%      (48.1 )%      (33.4 )%      (60.4 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have experienced continuing growth in our quarterly total net revenues for the eight quarters in the period from January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2011. During these quarters, we experienced continued increases in both the number of active customers and customer orders in each quarter. Our results of operations are subject to seasonal fluctuations. For example, our revenues are relatively lower during the holidays in China, particularly during the Chinese New Year period which occurs in the first quarter of the year, when customers tend to do less shopping, both online and offline. Furthermore, sales in the retail industry are typically significantly higher in the fourth quarter of the year due to higher average prices for winter clothing. This seasonality of our business, however, was not apparent historically due to the rapid growth in sales that we experienced in recent years.

Our net revenues increased from US$8.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2010 to US$17.4 million in the three months ended December 31, 2010, representing a more significant quarter on quarter growth compared with other quarters in the corresponding year, primarily due to the expansion of our warehouses from approximately four thousand square meters to 20 thousand square meters during the three months ended December 31, 2010, enabling a substantial increase in the number of SKUs available on our website during the same period. Similarly, we experienced a significant revenue increase in the three months ended December 31, 2011, during which our net revenues increased to US$105.2 million from US$52.5 million in the preceding three months. This increase was primarily attributable to the additional regional subsites we added which enabled us to significantly increase the number of sales events and SKUs offered on our website. In the three months ended

 

70


Table of Contents

December 31, 2010, our gross profit as a percentage of total net revenues decreased compared with other quarters in the corresponding year, primarily due to inventory write-downs of US$2.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2010.

Our fulfillment expenses as a percentage of total net revenues in the three quarters for the period from January 1, 2011 to September 30, 2011 were generally higher than in the corresponding quarters for the period from January 1, 2010 to September 30, 2010. However, our fulfillment expenses as a percentage of total net revenues in the quarter ended December 31, 2011 was lower than that in the corresponding quarter in 2010 or in any of first three quarters in 2011. Historically, we primarily relied on our regional logistics center in Guangdong Province in Southern China to support our fulfillment services throughout China. In September, November and December 2011, we started operating our three new logistics centers in Jiangsu Province in Eastern China, Sichuan Province in Western China and Beijing in Northern China, respectively, to enhance our fulfillment capacity and support our nationwide expansion. By utilizing these regional logistic centers, we relied more on regional delivery companies, which generally had lower average delivery charges than the charges by national delivery companies.

We offer our customers an unconditional right of return for seven days upon their receipt of products from us. From our inception until December 31, 2011, we deferred revenues at each fiscal quarter until the return period expired. As a result of this revenue recognition policy, our deferred revenues adjustments amounted to US$0.5 million, US$89.5 thousand, US$1.3 million, US$3.5 million, US$5.3 million, US$6.7 million, US$11.4 million and US$16.7 million for each of the eight quarters in the period from January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2011, respectively. For additional details of our revenue recognition policy, see “—Critical Accounting Policies—Revenue recognition.”

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through the issuance of preferred shares in private placements, unsecured and interest-free working capital loans provided by our shareholders and other related parties and bank loans and in 2011, from cash generated from operating activities. As of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, we had US$0.3 million, US$1.1 million and US$45.0 million, respectively, in cash and cash equivalents. Our cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of cash on hand, short term bank demand deposits and highly liquid investments with maturities of less than three months. We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and our anticipated cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated working capital requirements and capital expenditures for the 12 months following this offering. We may, however, need additional capital in the future to fund our continued operations.

We had short term loans from one major PRC bank with an aggregate outstanding amount of US$12.7 million as of December 31, 2011. The interest rate of the loans was 1.1 to 1.2 times the benchmark interest rate quoted by the People’s Bank of China. The average interest rate was 7.1% for the period ended December 31, 2011. As requested by the bank, we provided restricted deposits of US$14.2 million as fixed guarantee deposits for the loans as of December 31, 2011.

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to further expand our operations. We may, however, require additional cash due to changing business conditions or other future developments, including any investments, expansions or acquisitions that we may decide to pursue. For additional information, see “Use of Proceeds” and “—Capital Expenditures.”

As of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and 2011, our inventory balances amounted to US$1.5 million, US$7.4 million and US$69.7 million, respectively. During the same periods, our accounts payable amounted to US$1.1 million, US$8.3 million and US$88.0 million, respectively. These increases reflected a significant growth in our sales volumes and scale of operations and the related increase in products procured from our brand partners. Our inventory turnover days were 114 days in 2009, 56 days in 2010, and 77 days in 2011. Inventory turnover days for a given period equal average inventory balances at the beginning and the end of the period divided by total cost of goods sold during the period and then multiplied by the number of days during the period. Our accounts payable turnover days were 75 days in 2009, 58 days in 2010 and 96 days in 2011. Accounts payable turnover

 

71


Table of Contents

days for a given period is equal to average accounts payable balances at the beginning and the end of the period divided by total cost of goods sold during the period and multiplied by the number of days during the period. The decrease in inventory turnover days and accounts payable turnover days from 2009 to 2010 reflected our ability to sell products more quickly despite increase in our sales volume at the early stage of our business. The increase of inventory turnover days and accounts payable turnover days from 2010 to 2011 was mainly because of the additional inventory required to support our accelerated sales growth while we continued to maintain favorable payment terms with our brand partners. We generally have the right to return unsold items for most of our products to our brand partners. For most of our brand partners, we typically do not pay any deposit on the products we purchase. For some brand partners, we pay a deposit ranging from 10% to 15% of the total price for each purchase order. We generally have the right to return unsold items within 15 working days after the end of a sales event, after which we pay the balance of the total price for the purchase order upon receipt of invoices from our brand partners.

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  
     (in US$)  

Net cash used (from) in operating activities

     (1,366,206     (6,573,521     1,306,775   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (93,039     (1,522,333     (23,813,556

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,734,203        9,137,221        66,785,746   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     12,258        287,720        1,111,091   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     287,720        1,111,091        44,954,778   

Operating activities

Net cash from operating activities amounted to US$1.3 million in 2011, which was primarily attributable to a net loss of US$107.3 million, adjusted for certain non-cash expenses consisting primarily of share-based compensation expenses of US$73.9 million and changes in operating assets and liabilities. The adjustment for changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily reflected a significant increase in inventories of US$64.0 million, an increase in advances to suppliers of US$7.7 million and an increase in other receivables of $8.8 million as a result of our increased sales volume and scale of operations. These increases were partially offset by a significant increase in accounts payable of US$79.7 million, primarily attributable to the increased procurement of inventories in connection with our expanded business and our ability to maintain favorable payment terms with our brand partners, an increase in advances from customers of US$13.1 million, primarily attributable to increased sales volume, and an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of US$23.0 million, primarily reflecting an increase in accrued shipping and handling expenses, accrued advertising expenses, accrued payroll and social benefit provisions. The significant increases in inventories and accounts payable resulted from our significant sales growth and the related increase in products procured from our brand partners in 2011.

Net cash used in operating activities amounted to US$6.6 million in 2010, which was primarily attributable to a net loss of US$8.4 million, adjusted for an inventory write-down and changes in operating assets and liabilities. The inventory write-downs of US$2.6 million primarily reflected the estimated market value of damaged or obsolete inventory. In addition, in the process of our implementation of new IT systems, the relocation of our warehouse and the implementation of improved inventory count procedures, some of our inventory stock items were not properly recorded in the inventory ledger, resulting in a subsequent write-down of the discrepancies in 2010. The adjustment for changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily reflected an increase in inventory of US$8.5 million and an increase in advances to suppliers of US$4.7 million, both reflecting our significant increase in sales in 2010. These increases were partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of US$7.2 million, reflecting our increase in the procurement of inventories to support our business growth; an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of US$3.2 million, reflecting an increase in accrued shipping and handling expenses, other tax payable and accrued advertising expense; and an increase in advances from customers of US$2.1 million, reflecting our increased sales volume in 2010.

 

72


Table of Contents

Net cash used in operating activities amounted to US$1.4 million in 2009, which was primarily attributable to a net loss of US$1.4 million, adjusted for certain changes in operating assets and liabilities. These changes primarily included an increase in inventories of US$1.5 million, which was partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of US$1.1 million, both reflecting our increase in sales and an associated increase in purchases from our brand partners as our business grew.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities amounted to US$93.0 thousand, US$1.5 million and US$23.8 million in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Our net cash used in investing activities in each period was attributable to capital expenditure relating to our leasehold improvements, as well as purchases of office and other operating equipment, motor vehicles and IT software. In addition, net cash used in investing activities in 2011 was also attributable to an increase in restricted deposits of US$14.2 million, representing fixed guarantee deposits of US$14.2 million required by our short term loans, which totaled US$12.7 million as of December 31, 2011.

Financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities amounted to US$66.8 million in 2011, primarily attributable to the proceeds from the issuance of series A and series B preferred shares in an aggregate amount of US$51.7 million, shareholders loans of US$1.5 million, the US$1.5 million proceeds from the issuance of ordinary shares and net proceeds from bank borrowings of US$12.7 million.

The following table sets forth a summary of our outstanding banking indebtedness as of December 31, 2011:

 

Lender

   Date of
loan

initiation
     Due date      Principal
(in RMB)
     Principal
(in US$)
     Interest
rate
 

China Merchants Bank

     5/31/2011         5/31/2012         30,000,000         4,766,520         6.6

China Merchants Bank

     6/22/2011         6/22/2012         20,000,000         3,177,680         6.6

China Merchants Bank*

     8/10/2011         2/10/2012         5,000,000         794,420         7.3

China Merchants Bank*

     8/17/2011         2/17/2012         10,000,000         1,588,840         7.3

China Merchants Bank*

     8/24/2011         2/24/2012         10,000,000         1,588,840         7.3

China Merchants Bank*

     8/31/2011         2/29/2012         5,000,000         794,420         7.3

 

* Each of these bank borrowings has been repaid in full as of the date of this prospectus.

As requested by the bank, we provided restricted deposits of US$14.2 million as fixed guarantee deposits for the loans as of December 31, 2011. We used the loans to fund the working capital needs of our subsidiaries in China.

Net cash provided by financing activities amounted to US$1.7 million and US$9.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, primarily reflecting unsecured and interest free working capital loans provided by our related parties.

Capital Expenditures

Our capital expenditures amounted to US$92.2 thousand, US$1.5 million and US$9.6 million in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. In the past, our capital expenditures were principally used for leasehold improvements, as well as purchases of office and other operating equipment, and IT software. Our contractual commitments for capital expenditures as of December 31, 2011 were US$31.8 thousand, relating to commitments to purchase system software. Our future capital expenditures, which are expected to increase significantly in 2012, will primarily be used to expand our fulfillment capabilities and enhance our website and IT systems. We plan to fund these capital expenditures through our existing cash balances, as well as the proceeds of this offering. For additional details, see “Use of Proceeds.”

Contractual Obligations

We lease office space and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through December 2015. These lease agreements provide for periodic rental increases based on

 

73


Table of Contents

both contractually agreed upon incremental rates and on the general inflation rate as agreed upon by us and our lessors. In the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, we incurred rental expenses of US$0.2 million, US$0.5 million and US$3.2 million, respectively. Our purchase obligations as of December 31, 2010 amounted to US$1.2 million, representing our contracted purchase of products from our brand partners. Our purchase obligations as of December 31, 2011 amounted to US$29.9 million, representing our contracted purchase of products from our brand partners.

The following table sets forth our minimum lease payments under all non-cancelable leases and purchase obligations as of December 31, 2011:

 

            Payment due by period  
     Total      Less than 1
year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 
     (in US$)  

Operating lease obligations

     31,700,983         5,623,636         10,706,271         6,002,609         9,368,467   

Purchase obligations

     29,938,604         29,938,604         —           —           —     

Holding Company Structure

Vipshop Holdings Limited is a holding company with no material operations of its own. We conduct our operations primarily through our wholly owned subsidiary and our consolidated affiliated entity in China. As a result, our ability to pay dividends depends upon dividends paid by our wholly owned subsidiaries. If our wholly owned subsidiaries or any newly formed subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us. In addition, our wholly owned subsidiaries are permitted to pay dividends to us only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Under PRC law, each of our wholly owned PRC subsidiaries and our consolidated affiliated entity is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. Although the statutory reserves can be used, among other ways, to increase the registered capital and eliminate future losses in excess of retained earnings of the respective companies, the reserve funds are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation. As of December 31, 2011, we did not set aside any funds for statutory reserves as all of our entities had posted cumulative losses.

Off-balance Sheet Commitments and Arrangements

We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholders’ equity, or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

Inflation

Inflation in China has not historically materially impacted our results of operations. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the consumer price index in China increased by 5.9% in 2008, fell by 0.7% in 2009, increased by 3.3% in 2010 and increased by 5.4% in 2011. Although we have not been materially affected by inflation since our inception, we can provide no assurance that we will not be affected in the future by higher rates of inflation in China.

 

74


Table of Contents

Market Risks

Interest rate risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk primarily relates to the interest income generated by excess cash, which is mostly held in interest bearing demand deposits. Interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. We have not been exposed to material risks due to changes in interest rates. We have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest risk exposure.

Foreign exchange risk

All of our revenues and most of our expenses are denominated in Renminbi. Our exposure to foreign exchange risk primarily relates to the U.S. dollar proceeds of this offering, most or substantially all of which we expect to convert into Renminbi over time for the uses discussed elsewhere under “Use of Proceeds.” As the impact of foreign currency risk on our operations was not material in the past, we have not used any forward contracts, currency borrowings or derivative instruments to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk.

The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies is affected by, among other things, changes in China’s political and economic conditions and China’s foreign exchange policies. In July 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar, and the Renminbi appreciated significantly against the U.S. dollar over the following several years. However, the People’s Bank of China regularly intervenes in the foreign exchange market to limit fluctuations in Renminbi exchange rates and achieve policy goals. Since reaching a high against the U.S. dollar in July 2008, the Renminbi traded within a narrow range against the U.S. dollar. As a consequence, the Renminbi has fluctuated significantly since July 2008 against other freely traded currencies such as Euro, in tandem with the U.S. dollar, and like the U.S. dollar it has depreciated against most other freely traded currencies since March 2009. In June 2010, the PRC government announced that it would increase the Renminbi exchange rate flexibility, and since that time, the Renminbi has gradually appreciated against the U.S. dollar. It is difficult to predict how long the current situation may last and when and how this relationship between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar may change again.

To the extent that we need to convert the U.S. dollars we receive from this offering into Renminbi to fund our operations, acquisitions, or for other uses within the PRC, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we receive from the conversion. To the extent that we seek to convert Renminbi into U.S. dollars, depreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the U.S. dollar amount we receive from the conversion. On the other hand, a decline in the value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar could reduce the U.S. dollar equivalent of our financial results, the value of your investment in the company and the dividends that we may pay in the future, if any, all of which may have a material adverse effect on the prices of our ADS.

The Renminbi has appreciated significantly against the U.S. dollar during the reporting periods presented, from a rate of RMB6.8259 to US$1.00 as of December 31, 2009 to a rate of RMB6.2939 to US$1.00 as of December 30, 2011. As all of our revenues and most of our expenses are denominated in Renminbi, the changes in the exchange rates of Renminbi against U.S. dollars have not historically materially impacted our results of operations. However, since our reporting currency in the financial statements is U.S. dollars, the translation effect on our revenues and expenses in our income statements has been increasing due to the accelerated appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar during the reporting periods, and has been further magnified by the significant increases in our net revenues and total operating expenses during the corresponding periods. For example, during 2010, the Renminbi appreciated against the U.S. dollar from a rate of RMB6.8259 to US$1.00 as of January 1, 2010 to a rate of RMB6.6000 to US$1.00 as of December 30, 2010, resulting in a currency translation increase in our net revenues of US$1.1 million and a currency translation increase in our total operating expenses of US$0.4 million. During 2011, the Renminbi appreciated against the U.S. dollar from a rate

 

75


Table of Contents

of RMB6.6000 to US$1.00 as of January 1, 2011 to a rate of RMB6.2939 to US$1.00 as of December 30, 2011, resulting in a currency translation increase in our net revenues of US$10.8 million and a currency translation increase in our total operating expenses of US$3.6 million.

We are not currently subject to any significant direct foreign exchange risk and accordingly, we have not hedged exposures denominated in foreign currencies, nor do we have any other derivative financial instruments outstanding. Based on the amount of our cash and cash equivalents on hand as of December 31, 2011, a 1.0% change in the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar would result in an increase or decrease of US$0.4 million to our cash and cash equivalents.

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately US$94.6 million from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on an assumed initial public offering price of US$9.50 per ADS, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus. Assuming that we convert the full amount of the net proceeds from this offering into Renminbi, a 1% appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar, from a rate of RMB6.2939 to US$1.00 to a rate of RMB6.3568 to US$1.00, will result in a decrease of RMB5.95 million (US$0.95 million) of the net proceeds from this offering.

Critical Accounting Policies

We prepare our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect our reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. We continually evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on the most recently available information, our own historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from our expectations as a result of changes in our estimates.

An accounting policy is considered critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time such estimate is made and if different accounting estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur, could materially impact the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following accounting policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in their application and require us to make significant accounting estimates. The following descriptions of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and other disclosures included in this prospectus.

Revenue recognition

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, products are delivered, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We utilize delivery service providers to deliver goods to our customers directly from our own warehouses. We estimate and defer revenue and the related product costs that are in-transit to the customer, which generally takes about three days.

We offer our customers an unconditional right of return for a period of seven days upon receipt of products. We defer revenue until the return period expires if we do not have sufficient historical sales information to reasonably estimate the amount of expected returns. We recognize revenue with provisions of estimated return when goods have been delivered to customers if we have sufficient historical sales information to reasonably estimate the amount of expected returns. In the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, we deferred revenue until the return period expired.

Revenue was recorded on a gross basis, net of surcharges and value added tax of 17% of gross sales. Surcharges are sales related taxes representing the city maintenance and construction tax and education surtax.

 

76


Table of Contents

We have evaluated whether it is appropriate to record the gross amount of product sales and related costs or net amount earned as revenue. We recorded revenue on a gross basis because we have the following indicators for gross reporting: we are the primary obligor of the sales arrangements; we are subject to inventory risks of physical loss; we have latitude in establishing prices and discretion in selecting suppliers; and we assume credit risks on receivables from customers. We retain some general inventory risks despite our arrangements to return goods to some vendors within limited time periods. On an overall basis, most of these above indicators support gross reporting.

Discount coupons and membership reward program

We voluntarily provide discount coupons through certain cooperative websites or through public distributions during our marketing activities. These coupons are not related to prior purchases, and can only be utilized in conjunction with subsequent purchases on our platforms. These discount coupons are recorded as reduction of revenues at the time of use.

We have established a membership reward program wherein our customers earn one point for each Renminbi spent on our platforms. Existing members may also receive extra reward points when customers referred by them make their first purchase. Membership reward points can be either exchanged into coupons to be used in connection with subsequent purchases, or exchanged into free gifts. These reward points generally expire on December 31 of the following year after the points have been earned, while the coupons expire three months after redemption. We accrue liabilities for the estimated value of the points earned and expected to be redeemed, which are calculated by applying an expected usage rate on all reward points outstanding, if we have sufficient historical data to reasonably estimate the usage rate. We accrue liabilities for the estimated value of points earned for all outstanding reward points related to prior purchases at the end of each reporting period, if we do not have sufficient historical data to reasonably estimate the usage rate of these reward points. During the periods presented, we accrued liabilities for all reward points related to prior purchases outstanding at the end of each period. These liabilities reflect our management’s best estimate of the cost of future redemptions. In the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, we recorded deferred revenue related to reward points earned from prior purchases of US$4 thousand, US$98 thousand and US$2.6 million, respectively.

We do not charge any membership fees to our registered members. New members who register on our platforms or existing members who introduce new members to us are granted free membership reward points, which can be used to redeem coupons for future purchases. These reward points are not related to prior purchases and are recorded as reduction of revenues at the time of use.

Advertising revenues

We offer enhanced advertising services for certain vendors on our website. These advertising revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the service periods, net of business tax of approximately 5% of service revenues.

Cost of goods sold

Our cost of goods sold primarily consists of the cost of merchandise sold and inventory write-downs. Our cost of goods sold does not include shipping and handling expenses, payroll, bonus and benefits of our logistic staff or logistic center rental expenses. Our cost of goods sold may not therefore be comparable to other companies which include such expenses in their cost of goods sold.

Inventories

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost of inventory is determined using the identified cost of the specific item sold. We take ownership, risks and rewards of the products purchased from brand partners but have the right to return unsold products to certain brand partners. Adjustments are recorded to write-down the cost of inventory to the estimated market value due to slow-moving merchandise and damaged goods, which is dependent upon factors such as historical and forecasted consumer demand, and promotional environment. Write-downs are recorded in cost of goods sold.

 

77


Table of Contents

Share-Based Compensation

Share-based payments made to employees, including employee stock options, ordinary shares transferred to employees with no consideration, and restricted shares issued to employees for which our company has a repurchase option, are recognized as compensation expenses over the requisite service periods. We measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for share-based compensation at the grant date fair value of the awards. We have elected to recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award with graded vesting provided that the amount of compensation cost recognized at any date must at least equal the portion of the grant-date value of the award that is vested at that date. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period of change and will also impact the amount of share-based compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.

2011 stock incentive plan

In March 2011, we adopted the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2011 Plan, which authorizes us to issue up to an aggregate of 7,350,000 ordinary shares of our company to our employees, directors, officers and consultants.

2012 share incentive plan

In March 2012, we adopted our 2012 Share Incentive Plan, under which we are authorized to issue up to an aggregate of 9,000,000 ordinary shares of our company to our employees, directors, officers and consultants. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not granted any award under this plan as of the date of this prospectus.

Founders’ unvested shares

Mr. Eric Ya Shen, our chairman and chief executive officer and Mr. Arthur Xiaobo Hong, the vice chairman of our board of directors, who we collectively refer to as our founders, entered into a share restricted agreement with the series A preferred shares investors and us on February 21, 2011. The founders’ unvested ordinary shares under the share restriction agreement were measured at the grant date fair value and recognized as compensation expense over the vesting periods. Of the shares held by the founders, 40% vested immediately, with the remaining shares to be vested in 36 equal and continuous monthly installments for each month starting from February 21, 2011, provided that the founders remain full-time employees of our company at the end of such month. Our company has the option to repurchase the ordinary shares held by our founders in the event a founder ceases to be a full-time employee of our company for any reason. We have an irrevocable and exclusive option to repurchase all the unvested shares held by our founders at par value, and all of the shares (including vested shares) held by the founders at fair market value. On April 11, 2011, our existing shareholders, our company and the series B preferred shares investors entered into an amended and restated share restriction agreement which superseded and replaced in its entirety the original agreement dated February 21, 2011. The amended and restated agreement included the Series B preferred shareholders as additional parties to the agreement, but did not change any of the significant terms of the original share restriction agreement. On December 8, 2011, our company, the ordinary shareholders, and holders of series A and series B preferred shares entered into an agreement to terminate the amended and restated share restriction agreement, which in substance accelerated the vesting of the founders’ unvested ordinary shares to December 8, 2011. Therefore, for the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded share-based compensation expense of US$63.9 million in connection with the unvested shares of the founders.

Ordinary shares transferred to the vice chairman of our board of directors

On June 15, 2011, Elegant Motion Holdings Limited, a company wholly-owned by the Mr. Eric Ya Shen, transferred 1,521,007 ordinary shares to High Vivacity Holdings Limited, a company wholly-owned by Mr. Arthur Xiaobo Hong, an employee and vice chairman of our board of directors. The transfer of shares was intended to compensate Mr. Hong for his services as an employee of the Company. Mr. Shen determined the

 

78


Table of Contents

number of ordinary shares and executed the share transfer on June 10, 2011. We considered June 10, 2011 as the grant date of the share award. Accordingly, the transaction was recognized as share-based compensation for the past services of Mr. Hong on the grant date. We recognized share-based compensation of US$6.2 million on June 15, 2011, based on the fair value of our ordinary shares of US$4.08 per share on that date, multiplied by 1,521,007 ordinary shares transferred.

The table below sets forth information concerning options, restricted shares and ordinary shares granted to our executives and other employees by the end of 2011:

 

Grant Date

  Number of
ordinary shares
underlying options
grants / number of
ordinary shares granted
    Option exercise
price per share
    Fair value of
options at
date of grant
    Fair value of
ordinary shares
    Type of valuation(1)     Intrinsic
Value(2)

February 21, 2011

    18,632,250 (3)      —          —          3.43        Retrospective     

March 18, 2011

   
 
 
 
 
1,470,000
183,750
735,000
735,000
367,500
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
2.95
2.96
2.96
2.94
2.96
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
3.40
3.40
3.40
3.40
3.40
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Retrospective
Retrospective
Retrospective
Retrospective
Retrospective
  
  
  
  
  
 

March 28, 2011

    945,000        0.50        2.99        3.44        Retrospective     

June 15, 2011

    1,521,007        —          —          4.08        Retrospective     

July 10, 2011

    50,000        0.50        3.86        4.31        Contemporaneous     

August 30, 2011

    819,638        2.52        3.32        4.78        Contemporaneous     

November 30, 2011

    551,250        2.52        4.61        6.36        Contemporaneous     

November 30, 2011

    1,310,000        2.50        4.43        6.36        Contemporaneous     

 

(1) We did not have to prepare any financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP until we decided to pursue an initial public offering in the U.S. in the third quarter of 2011. In the process of preparing U.S. GAAP financial statements for our initial public offering, we significantly formalized and refined our projections. We believe that these refined projections are more reliable than those previously used. Consequently, our valuations in determining the fair value of our ordinary shares before the availability of the revised financial projections, including as of February 21, 2011, March 18, 2011, March 28, 2011 and June 15, 2011, have all been prepared on a retrospective basis, while the valuations in determining the fair value of our ordinary shares as of July 10, 2011, August 30, 2011 and November 30, 2011 have been prepared on a contemporaneous basis.
(2) Intrinsic value is determined based on the difference between the estimated initial public offering price of US$     per ADS (or US$     per ordinary share), being the midpoint of the initial offering price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus, and the exercise price of options.
(3) The 18,632,250 shares were unvested restricted shares held by our founders as of February 21, 2011.

For the February 21, 2011 grants of restricted ordinary shares to our founders, we have calculated the ordinary share value to be US$3.43 per share. The fair value of the shares was determined with the assistance of a third-party valuation firm. To estimate the fair value of the ordinary shares, we first determined our enterprise value by means of a discounted cash flow analysis using the retrospective approach. The cash flow derived by management considered the nature of our business, our future business plan, specific business and financial risks, the stage of development of our operations, and economic and competitive elements affecting our business, industry and market. We also used other general assumptions, including the following: no major changes in the existing political, legal, fiscal and economic conditions in China; no major changes in the current taxation laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate; our ability to retain competent management, key personnel and technical staff to support our ongoing operations; and no significant deviations in industry trends and market conditions from our current economic forecasts. The cash flow is discounted using the weighted average cost of capital of 21.50%, which was benchmarked with discount rates of comparable listed companies. In addition, a lack of marketability discount of 14% was applied to arrive at the estimated enterprise value. The lack of marketability discount takes into consideration the plans for and status of our proposed initial public offering.

For the March 18, 2011, March 28, 2011, July 10, 2011 and August 30, 2011 stock options grants, we have assessed the fair value of our options using the binomial option pricing model, which requires the input of highly

 

79


Table of Contents

subjective assumptions, including the options’ expected exercise multiples, expected volatility, expected dividend yields and risk-free interest rates, and the fair value of the underlying ordinary shares on those dates.

We have attributed the ordinary shares underlying the options a fair value of US$3.40 and US$3.44 as of March 18, 2011 and March 28, 2011, respectively, determined based on a retrospective valuation using the discounted cash flow method prepared with the assistance of the appraiser. For the ordinary shares underlying the options, we have attributed a fair value of US$4.78 and US$6.36 as of August 30, 2011 and November 30, 2011 respectively, determined based on a contemporaneous valuation using the discounted cash flow method, also prepared with the assistance of the appraiser. The methodology for the valuation of ordinary shares on March 18, 2011, March 28, 2011, August 30, 2011 and November 30, 2011 was similar to that used for the valuation of ordinary shares on February 21, 2011 as described above. The cash flow is discounted using the weighted average cost of capital of 21.5%, 21.5%, 20.0% and 19.5% on March 18, 2011, March 28, 2011, August 30, 2011, and November 30, 2011, respectively, which was benchmarked with discount rates of comparable listed companies. In addition, a lack of marketability discount of 13%, 12%, 8%, and 6% was applied respectively to arrive at the estimated enterprise value.

We have attributed to the ordinary shares underlying the options a fair value of US$4.31 as of July 10, 2011, determined based on the linear relationship between the fair value of the ordinary shares as of June 15, 2011 and the fair value of the ordinary shares as of August 30, 2011. We did not use the discounted cash flow method to determine the fair value of the ordinary shares as of July 10, 2011 because of:

 

   

the substantially smaller number of options granted on July 10, 2011 as compared with those granted on March 18, 2011, March 28, 2011 and August 30, 2011; and

 

   

our continuing business development according to our business plan between June 15, 2011 and August 30, 2011.

In applying the binomial option pricing model on March 18, 2011, we also made the following assumptions: an expected dividend yield of 0%; a risk-free interest rate of 3.725%; an expected volatility of 56.68%; an option life of 10 years; and an expected exercise multiple of 2.8 times.

In applying the binomial option pricing model on March 28, 2011, we also made the following assumptions: an expected dividend yield of 0%; a risk-free interest rate of 3.778%; an expected volatility of 56.53%; an option life of 10 years; and an expected exercise multiple of 2.2 times.

In applying the binomial option pricing model on July 10, 2011, we also made the following assumptions: an expected dividend yield of 0%; a risk-free interest rate of 4.127%; and expected volatility of 55.26%; an option life of 10 years; and an expected exercise multiple of 2.2 times.

In applying the binomial option pricing model on August 30, 2011, we also made the following assumptions: an expected dividend yield of 0%; a risk-free interest rate of 3.116%; and expected volatility of 54.99%; an option life of 10 years; and an expected exercise multiple of 2.8 times.

In applying the binomial option pricing model on November 30, 2011, we also made the following assumptions: an expected dividend yield of 0%, a risk-free interest rate of 2.853%, an expected volatility of 54.00%, an option life of 10 years, and an expected exercise multiple of 2.2 times for 1,310,000 options granted to employees and 2.8 times for 551,250 options granted to executive officers.

For the purpose of determining the estimated fair value of our share options, we believe that the expected volatility, the expected exercise multiples and the estimated share price of our ordinary shares are the most sensitive assumptions, since we were a privately-held company at the date we granted our options. Changes in these assumptions could significantly impact the estimated fair values of the options calculated by the binomial

 

80


Table of Contents

option pricing model, and change the share-based compensation expense materially in the future from that recorded in current period. Expected volatility was estimated based upon the average stock price volatility of comparable listed companies over a period comparable to the expected term of the options. We believe the average share price volatility of the selected comparable companies is a reasonable benchmark in estimating the expected volatility of our ordinary shares. The expected exercise multiple is the average ratio of the stock price to the exercise price of when employees would decide to voluntarily exercise their vested options. As we do not have sufficient information on past employee exercise history, we estimated the exercise multiples based on research conducted by Huddart and Lang (1995).

For the June 15, 2011 grants of ordinary shares, we have calculated the fair value of each ordinary share to be US$4.08, determined based on a retrospective valuation using the discounted cash flow method prepared with the assistance of the appraiser. The methodology for the valuation of ordinary shares on June 15, 2011 was similar to the valuation of ordinary shares on February 21, 2011, as described above. The cash flow was discounted using the weighted average cost of capital of 21.00%, which was benchmarked with discount rates of comparable listed companies. In addition, a lack of marketability discount of 10% was applied to arrive at the estimated enterprise value.

We believe the difference between the fair value of ordinary shares of US$3.43 as of February 21, 2011 and US$3.40 as of March 18, 2011 was primarily attributable to the net effect of the following factors:

 

   

the reduction in the lack of marketability discount from 14% to 13%, which is consistent with the closer proximity to expected time of the proposed initial public offering;

 

   

the estimated probability for a successful initial public offering increasing from 65% as of February 21, 2011, to 70% as of March 18, 2011. In determining the respective probability of an initial public offering, we considered our current financial position, and evaluated the possibility of liquidation events in the future. We also assessed the latest status of our business development and corporate governance conditions in determining the probability of an initial public offering as of the respective valuation dates; and

 

   

offsetting the above two factors which increased the enterprise value of the company, the issuance of 3,491,250 stock options on March 18, 2011 has diluted the allocation of enterprise value to ordinary shares of our company, which led to a net reduction of fair value of ordinary shares from February 21, 2011 to March 18, 2011.

We believe the difference between the fair value of ordinary shares of US$3.40 as of March 18, 2011 and US$3.44 as of March 28, 2011 was primarily attributable to the reduction in the lack of marketability discount from 13% to 12%, which is consistent with the closer proximity to the expected time of the proposed initial public offering.

We believe that the difference between the fair value of our ordinary shares of US$3.44 as of March 28, 2011 and US$4.08 as of June 15, 2011 was primarily attributable to the following factors:

 

   

the issuance of our series B preferred shares in April 2011, which generated proceeds of US$41.2 million, helped to support our significant business growth;

 

   

the reduction in the lack of marketability discount from 12% to 10%;

 

   

the weighted cost of capital applied in the income approach being reduced from 21.50% to 21.00% due to the continued development of our business according to our business plan, and the additional capital raised from the issuance of the series B preferred shares; and

 

   

the estimated probability for a successful initial public offering increasing from 70% to 80%. In determining the respective probability of an initial public offering, we considered our current financial position and evaluated the possibility of liquidation events in the future. We have also assessed the latest status of our business development and corporate governance conditions in determining the probability of an initial public offering as of the respective valuation dates.

 

81


Table of Contents

We believe the difference between the fair value of ordinary shares of US$4.08 as of June 15, 2011 and US$4.78 as of August 30, 2011 was primarily attributable to the net effect of the following factors:

 

   

the reduction in the lack of marketability discount from 10% to 8%;

 

   

the weighted average cost of capital applied in the income approach being reduced from 21.0% to 20.0% due to the continued development of our business according to our business plan; and

 

   

the estimated probability for a successful initial public offering increasing from 80% to 85%. In determining the respective probability of an initial public offering, we considered our current financial position and evaluated the possibility of liquidation events in the future.

We believe that the difference between our ordinary shares’ fair value of US$4.78 as of August 30, 2011 and US$6.36 as of November 30, 2011 was primarily attributable to the following factors:

 

   

the reduction in the lack of marketability discount from 8% to 6%;

 

   

the weighted average cost of capital applied in the income approach being reduced from 20.0% to 19.5% due to the continued development of our business according to our business plan; we added three logistic centers and four regional subsites on our website during the period as planned, which enabled us to significantly increase the sales events and SKUs offered; net revenues increased during this period at a faster pace than in any other prior quarters in 2011; and

 

   

the improvement of working capital management mainly by accelerating the collection of accounts receivables and extending the payments to vendors, which in term decreased our net working capital requirements and increased projected net cash flow.

The mid-point of the estimated offering price range included in the front cover of the prospectus is US$4.75 per ordinary share, which is lower than the fair value per share as of August 30, 2011 and November 30, 2011. The estimated offering price range was determined based on the discussions between us and the underwriters for the offering, taking into consideration multiple factors, including but not limited to the current volatility and uncertainty of the U.S. and global capital markets. We have not experienced material adverse changes in our business and financial condition since November 2011, and the estimated offering price range is not an indication of any adverse trend in our business or financial condition.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Gains or losses on dispositions of property and equipment are included in operating income (loss). Major additions, renewals and betterments are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation and amortization are provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method from the time the assets are placed in service. Estimated useful lives are as follows, taking into account the assets’ estimated residual value:

 

Classification                         

  

Estimated useful life

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

   2 to 3 years

Leasehold improvements

   Over the lease term

Motor vehicles

   5 years

Direct and incremental costs related to the construction of assets, including costs under the construction contracts, duties and tariffs, equipment installation and shipping costs, are capitalized. Our management estimates that the residual value of our furniture, fixtures and equipment and motor vehicles to be 5%.

Impairment of long-lived assets

We evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. When such events occur, we assess the recoverability

 

82


Table of Contents

of these long-lived assets by comparing the carrying amount of the assets to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the future undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets, we recognize an impairment equal to the difference between the carrying amount and fair value of these assets. We recorded impairments in the amount of nil, nil and $437,725 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Income taxes

Current income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant taxing authorities.

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We account for income taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements at each year-end and tax loss carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applicable for the differences that are expected to affect taxable income. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement on fair value measurement. The guidance is the result of joint efforts by the FASB and IASB to develop a single, converged fair value framework. The guidance is largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles in U.S. GAAP. The guidance expands the existing disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and makes other amendments, mainly including:

 

   

Highest-and-best-use and valuation-premise concepts for nonfinancial assets – the guidance indicates that the highest-and-best-use and valuation-premise concepts only apply to measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets.

 

   

Application to financial assets and financial liabilities with offsetting positions in market risks or counterparty credit risk – the guidance permits an exception to fair value measurement principles for financial assets and financial liabilities (and derivatives) with offsetting positions in market risks or counterparty credit risk when several criteria are met. When the criteria are met, an entity can measure the fair value of the net risk position.

 

   

Premiums or discounts in fair value measure – the guidance states that “premiums or discounts that reflect size as a characteristic of the reporting entity’s holding (specifically, a blockage factor that adjusts the quoted price of an asset or a liability because the market’s normal daily trading volume is not sufficient to absorb the quantity held by the entity) rather than as a characteristic of the asset or liability (for example, a control premium when measuring the fair value of a controlling interest) are not permitted in a fair value measurement.”

 

   

Fair value of an instrument classified in a reporting entity’s shareholders’ equity – the guidance prescribes a model for measuring the fair value of an instrument classified in shareholders’ equity; this model is consistent with the guidance on measuring the fair value of liabilities.

 

   

Disclosures about fair value measurements – the guidance expands disclosure requirements, particularly for Level 3 inputs. Required disclosures include:

 

   

For fair value measurements categorized in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy: (a) a quantitative disclosure of the unobservable inputs and assumptions used in the measurement, (b) a description of the valuation process in place (e.g., how the entity decides its valuation policies and procedures,

 

83


Table of Contents
 

as well as changes in its analyses of fair value measurements, from period to period), and (c) a narrative description of the sensitivity of the fair value to changes in unobservable inputs and interrelationships between those inputs.

 

   

The level in the fair value hierarchy of items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of financial position but whose fair value must be disclosed.

The guidance is to be applied prospectively and effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, for public entities. Early application by public entities is not permitted. We are in the process of evaluating the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.

In June 2011, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement, Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-05, to allow an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. The guidance eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. Regardless of whether an entity chooses to present comprehensive income in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements, the entity is required to present on the face of the financial statements reclassification adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income in the statement(s) where the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income are presented. These amendments do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The guidance should be applied retrospectively. For public entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. We are in the process of evaluating the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.

In December 2011, the FASB issued a further authoritative pronouncement, ASU2011-12, Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassification of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in ASU2011-05. Under the amendments in ASU 2011-05, entities are required to present reclassification adjustments and the effect of those reclassification adjustments on the face of the financial statements where net income is presented, by component of net income, and on the face of the financial statements where other comprehensive income is presented, by component of other comprehensive income. In addition, the amendments in ASU 2011-05 require that reclassification adjustments be presented in interim financial periods. The amendments supersede changes to those paragraphs in Update 2011-05 that pertain to how, when, and where reclassification adjustments are presented. Due to the time required to properly make such a reassessment and to evaluate alternative presentation formats, the Board decided that it is necessary to reinstate the requirements for the presentation of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income that were in place before the issuance of Update 2011-05. The amendments in this Update are effective for public entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. We are in the process of evaluating the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.

In December 2011, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement on disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. Under this pronouncement, entities are required to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. This scope would include derivatives, sale and repurchase agreements and reverse sale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending arrangements. An entity is required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. We are in the process of evaluating the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.

 

84


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

The retail industry globally is undergoing significant changes. The most notable trends driving these changes are the migration of offline retail sales to online channels and the rise of online discount channels as a key driver of sales volume. While the impact of these trends has been more evident in developed economies, the long-term potential to fundamentally transform traditional retail is expected to be greater in markets where the traditional retail sector remains underdeveloped. Consumers and brands in such markets tend to be more willing to adopt new online retail business models.

Rapidly Growing Domestic Retail Market

The retail market in China is in the midst of an extended period of robust growth driven by increasing urbanization and higher levels of disposable income.

Retail sales in China grew from RMB7.6 trillion in 2006 to RMB15.7 trillion in 2010, representing a CAGR of 19.7%, according to China’s National Bureau of Statistics. According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, retail sales in China are expected to reach RMB20.9 trillion (US$3.3 trillion) in 2012. Coupled with the fast growth of China’s retail sales, China’s domestic consumption pattern is undergoing significant development. Although China’s historical economic growth has been largely driven by the investment in fixed assets and exports, the spending patterns of China’s increasingly affluent population are expanding beyond basic daily necessities to encompass more lifestyle products and services. In 2010, private consumption made up 34% of China’s GDP, compared to 71% in the U.S., according to the Economist Intelligence Unit. Retail sales are expected to continue to grow as a percentage of China’s GDP as private consumption becomes a more important component of China’s economy. According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, retail sales are projected to constitute 44.5% of China’s GDP in 2015, compared to 39.4% in 2010.

Underdeveloped Traditional Retail Infrastructure

The relatively early stage of development of China’s retail market is characterized by several notable factors and trends:

Highly fragmented: The retail market in China is highly fragmented. For example, the combined market share of the top 20 retailers in China was 7% in 2010, compared with 24% in the U.S., according to the Frost & Sullivan Report.

Insufficient coverage: Retail coverage in China lags behind consumers’ increasing purchasing power for lifestyle products and services. According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, retail space in China was approximately 2 square feet per capita in 2009, compared with approximately 24 square feet per capita in the U.S. The breadth of product offerings and brand selection is often restricted by limited retail space, particularly in China’s smaller cities.

Underdeveloped discount channels: Chinese consumers are highly brand conscious and price sensitive, yet the availability of discount retailers and outlet malls within China’s retail ecosystem is extremely limited. In contrast, more developed markets such as the U.S. have well-established, large scale discount retailers and outlet malls that sell a wide variety of products and brands at deeply discounted prices. According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, China’s discount retail market size in 2010 and 2011 was US$8.9 billion and US$14.7 billion, respectively, compared with US$61.4 billion and US$65.1 billion in the U.S. China’s discount retail market accounted for 0.4% and 0.5% of the total retail market in 2010 and 2011, respectively, compared with 1.4% and 1.4% for the same periods in the U.S., according to the Frost & Sullivan Report.

Rise of E-commerce Channels

Improvements in access to, and the functionality of, the internet are enabling Chinese consumers to more easily research and purchase products and services online. The migration of traditional retail to e-commerce is also facilitated by improving fulfillment and logistics networks, as well as the increased availability of online payment options. According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, the number of online shoppers in China grew from

 

85


Table of Contents

80 million in 2008 to 187 million in 2011. The number is projected to grow to 363 million in 2015, representing a CAGR of 18.0% from 2011 to 2015, according to the same source. Although China’s population of online shoppers has rapidly increased over the past few years, its growth potential remains strong due to China’s lower penetration rate of online shopping as compared to developed countries. Some 36.0% of China’s total internet users shopped online in 2010, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report, compared to 66.9% in the U.S., according to Forrester Research.

Driven by the increasing number of online shoppers, as well as higher purchase volumes per shopper, the online retail sales revenue in China is expected to grow from RMB774 billion in 2011 to RMB2,551 billion in 2015, representing a CAGR of 34.8%, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. Online retail sales as a percentage of total retail sales in China is expected to increase from 2.9% in 2010 to 7.9% in 2015 according to the Frost & Sullivan Report, whereas such percentage in the United States is expected to increase from 8.3% in 2010 to 11.1% in 2015, accordingly to Forrester Research.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, apparel is the most popular e-commerce segment in China. The size of the apparel product segment of the Chinese B2C e-commerce market is forecast to grow from RMB12.3 billion in 2010 to RMB278.3 billion in 2015, representing a CAGR of 86.7%, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. Apparel inventory accounts for approximately 50% of total apparel market value, according to a report by the Boston Consulting Group published in November 2011.

 

86


Table of Contents

Mobile commerce (m-commerce), which refers to e-commerce conducted by users on mobile devices, such as smart phones and tablet PCs, is a fast growing segment of e-commerce market. China’s active m-commerce user population reached 73.8 million in 2010, representing a growth of 101.1% from 2009, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. The number of active m-commerce users in China is expected to further increase to 143.2 million in 2011. The total transaction value of m-commerce amounted to RMB2.0 billion in 2010, a growth of 283.0% from 2009, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. The total transaction value is expected to further increase to RMB10.3 billion in 2011.

Flourishing Discount Retail Market

The size of the discount retail market in China reached RMB56.5 billion in 2010, and is projected to grow to RMB568.1 billion in 2015, representing a CAGR of 58.7%, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. Frost & Sullivan expects that discount retail sales in China will continue to increase as discount retail channels become more developed and diversified.

The discount apparel retail market is a significant segment of the discount retail market in China, representing 47.8% of total discount retail sales in China in 2010, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. However, as other product categories experience rapid growth, the discount apparel retail market is expected to decrease to 42.4% of total discount retail sales in China in 2015, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report.

In the U.S., discount apparel retail has gained market share in recent years, increasing from 11.9% of the total apparel retail market in 2006 to 13.8% in 2010, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. China is expected to experience a similar trend as its retail market continues to develop. China’s discount apparel retail market accounted for 3.3% of the total apparel retail market in 2010 and is expected to account for 14.9% of the total apparel retail market in 2015, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report.

 

LOGO

Despite the strong consumer demand for high quality, authentic merchandise at deeply discounted prices, retailers have found challenges in effectively liquidating excess or aged inventory. Retailers typically allocate a separate area in their stores to offer promotional products. This approach cannibalizes sales of regularly priced goods in the same stores, erodes the image of the brands they carry, and decreases available shelf space for regularly priced products. As e-commerce has become an increasingly vibrant channel, some retailers have attempted to open online stores to liquidate excess or under-performing inventory. However, these retailers often discover unanticipated difficulties associated with running their online operations, including transaction processing and logistics and fulfillment challenges.

 

87


Table of Contents

Emergence of the Flash Sales Market

A flash sale is the online sale of a finite quantity of deeply discounted products or services for a limited period of time. Flash sales represent a new online retail format that utilizes the advantages of e-commerce while also addressing the consumer preference in China for acquiring goods and services at meaningful discounts without sacrificing quality or brand image. The model originated in Europe in 2001 and then spread to the U.S., with an early focus on selling women’s apparel and accessories made by luxury brands. More recently, leading international flash sales companies have diversified their product offerings, moving into new categories, such as jewelry and travel, and catering to a broader base of consumers, including men and children.

The market size of the flash sales industry in China is estimated to grow from RMB3.0 billion in 2010 to RMB107.4 billion in 2015, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, 51.8% of consumers in China who were surveyed stated that the most important reason they shop online is to procure goods at more attractive prices. Flash sales also address the challenges faced by traditional retailers by providing an off-premises channel to quickly and efficiently liquidate excess or aged inventory. In addition, unlike leading flash sales models in the U.S. and Europe, the flash sales market in China has quickly expanded beyond selling primarily luxury brands and services. China’s flash sales market encompasses a broader range of brands and products, appealing to a larger base of consumers. While sales of apparel products comprised 59.3% of the total online flash sales market in China in 2010, they are projected to decrease to 43.1% of the total online flash sales market in 2015, as other growing product categories such as household goods, home decoration, beauty and cosmetics and other lifestyle products account for a larger portion of the market, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report.

The growth in China’s flash sales market is supported not only by the growth of e-commerce and retail sales, but also by Chinese consumers’ growing demand for branded goods. In a 2011 Harris Interactive poll, 72% of Chinese respondents indicated that brand names are important to them and 67% indicated that they “needed their fashion to be branded”, as opposed to 26% and 16% in the U.S., respectively. Consistent with the spontaneity of flash sales purchases, 40% of Chinese consumers made their most recent clothing purchase because “it caught their eye”, compared to 19% in the U.S., according to the same Harris Interactive poll. As evidence of the effectiveness of viral marketing through word-of-mouth for flash sales, 89% of Chinese consumers would be likely to tell their friends about a great deal they received, according to Harris Interactive.

 

LOGO

We believe that significant competitive factors in the flash sales market include:

Strong merchandising capabilities: Consistently attracting consumers through the selection of carefully curated merchandise offered on flash sales websites engenders customer loyalty and enhances the viral marketing

 

88


Table of Contents

generated by users of the site. The ability to best capture consumer tastes and preferences is therefore an important element for succeeding in China’s flash sales market.

Economies of scale: Brands prefer to deal with a limited number of flash sales partners to sell as much of their inventory as possible. Similarly, consumers tend to use and stick with websites offering a broad range of products so as to meet their shopping needs without the need to visit a large number of websites. Large scale flash sales companies will be better positioned to meet the preferences of brands and consumers, while also benefiting from economies of scale that spread fixed costs.

Fulfillment and logistics expertise: A flash sales website’s ability to reliably and efficiently fulfill customer orders is a critical differentiating factor for customers choosing among different flash sales websites. Accordingly, it is crucial for a flash sales company to possess strong fulfillment capabilities that provide a positive customer experience, delivering products in a reliable and efficient manner and offering convenient return services.

 

89


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

We are China’s leading online discount retailer for brands as measured by total revenues in 2010, the number of registered members as of June 30, 2011 and the number of monthly unique visitors in December 2011, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. We offer high-quality branded products to consumers in China through flash sales on our vipshop.com website. Flash sales represent a new online retail format combining the advantages of e-commerce and discount sales through selling a finite quantity of deeply discounted products or services for a limited period of time. Since our inception in August 2008, we have attracted a large and growing number of consumers and popular brands. We had 12.1 million registered members and over 1.7 million cumulative customers and promoted and sold products for over 1,900 popular domestic and international brands as of December 31, 2011.

Our business model provides a unique online shopping experience for our customers. We offer new sales events daily with a curated selection of popular branded products at deeply discounted prices in limited quantities during limited time periods, creating the element of “thrill and excitement” associated with our unique customer shopping experience. Our strong merchandizing expertise enables us to select the brand composition and product mix of our daily sales events that appeal to our customers, which mostly consist of urban and educated individuals in China who are seeking lifestyle enhancements. We have built a highly engaged and loyal customer base that contributes to our sales growth, while also enabling us to attract new customers primarily through word-of-mouth referrals. A majority of our customers have purchased products from us more than once. Our total number of repeat customers was 14 thousand, 0.2 million and 0.9 million in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, representing 36.8%, 56.2% and 60.6%, respectively, of the total number of our active customers during the same periods. Orders placed by our repeat customers accounted for 66.2%, 86.7% and 91.9% of our total orders during the same periods.

We are a preferred online flash sales channel in China for popular domestic and international brands. We believe that well-known and popular brands are attracted to our website and services because of our ability to monetize large volume of their inventory in short periods of time, increase consumer awareness of their brands and products, reach potential customers throughout China, and fulfill their demand for customer data analysis and inventory management. Among the 1,900 brands who have promoted and sold products on our website, substantially all of them have returned to pursue additional sales opportunities with us. To date, we have the exclusive rights to sell selective products from over 360 brands.

We strive to optimize every aspect of our operations as we continue to grow our business. We generally have the right to return unsold items for most of our products to our brand partners. Our logistics operations and inventory management systems are specifically designed to support the frequent sales events on our flash sales website and handle a large volume of inventory turnover. We use both leading delivery companies with nationwide coverage and quality regional couriers to ensure reliable and timely delivery. We have developed our IT infrastructure to support the surge of visitor traffic to our website during the peak hours of our daily flash sales. We believe that our efficient operational and management systems combined with our robust IT infrastructure set a solid foundation for our continuing growth.

We began our operations in August 2008 and have grown significantly since then. In 2009, 2010 and 2011, we fulfilled over 70 thousand, over 0.9 million and over 7.2 million customer orders, respectively, and we generated total net revenues of US$2.8 million, US$32.6 million and US$227.1 million, respectively. In 2009, 2010 and 2011, we incurred net losses of US$1.4 million, US$8.4 million and US$107.3 million, respectively. Our net loss for 2011 reflected non-cash share-based compensation expenses in an aggregate amount of US$73.9 million.

PRC laws and regulations currently limit foreign ownership of companies that provide internet-based services, such as our online retail business. To comply with these restrictions, we conduct our online operations

 

90


Table of Contents

principally through our variable interest entity, Vipshop Information. We face risks associated with our corporate structure, as our control over Vipshop Information is based upon contractual arrangements rather than equity ownership. See “Our Corporate History and Structure” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure and Restrictions on Our Industry.”

OUR VALUE PROPOSITION TO CONSUMERS AND BRANDS

Since our inception on August 22, 2008, we have focused on building the leading online discount retail website in China. We believe that the success of vipshop.com is a direct result of the unique value proposition that we offer to both consumers and brands.

For consumers, we provide a unique online shopping experience characterized by “thrill and excitement.” The “thrill and excitement” experience for consumers arises from their discovery of the high quality items available for sale on our website each day and being able to purchase these high quality items at a significant discount to retail prices. We deliver this unique online shopping experience to consumers across China, providing them with access to carefully selected, high quality products from coveted brands which they might not otherwise have access to or have thought about purchasing.

For brands, we offer a channel to create new consumer demand for their products and services and the ability to monetize their inventory quickly without compromising their brand promise. We provide a new and impactful marketing channel for brands to increase consumer awareness throughout China. We help brands expand their addressable market of potential customers by offering products at a price that entices new customers to try a brand’s products that they may not otherwise have sampled or been able to afford. We also provide our customer behavior and transaction data to brands to help them refine their product development and sales and marketing strategies.

OUR STRENGTHS

We are focused on revolutionizing the online shopping experience in China for both consumers and brands. We believe the following strengths have been critical to our success to date:

China’s Leading Online Discount Retailer for Brands

We are China’s leading online discount retailer for brands as measured by total revenues in 2010, the number of registered members as of June 30, 2011 and the number of monthly unique visitors in December 2011, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. We have experienced rapid growth since our inception in August 2008, serving mostly urban and educated consumers with growing discretionary income from cities across China. Our website, vipshop.com, attracted 1.1 million average daily unique visitors in December 2011 according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. We had 12.1 million registered members and over 1.7 million cumulative customers, and had promoted and sold products for over 1,900 popular domestic and international brands as of December 31, 2011. We have achieved our market leading position through our early mover advantage in gaining customers and brands, and providing them with a superior customer experience. This has allowed us to attract a critical mass of highly engaged and repeat customers and a large base of popular brands, which in turn drives powerful network effects, contributing to our fast growth.

Highly Engaged and Loyal Customer Base

We attract a highly engaged and loyal customer base. We engage our customers by providing a curated selection of popular branded products at substantial discounts, coupled with exceptional customer service. Our daily flash sales are particularly engaging to our customers. During the peak hours of our daily sales from 10 a.m. to 12 p.m. Beijing time, our website often attracts a surge of visitor traffic. As a result, we are able to continuously attract new customers and increase the spending and repeat purchase rate of existing customers. In

 

91


Table of Contents

2011, we acquired 1.3 million new customers, compared to 0.3 million in 2010 and 38 thousand in 2009. Our average orders per active customer increased from 1.9 orders in 2009 to 3.3 orders in 2010 to 4.9 orders for 2011. Our total number of repeat customers was 14 thousand, 0.2 million and 0.9 million in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, representing 36.8%, 56.2% and 60.6%, respectively, of the total number of our active customers during the same periods. Orders placed by our repeat customers accounted for 66.2%, 86.7% and 91.9% of our total orders during the same periods.

Preferred Online Flash Sales Channel for Popular Brands

We are a preferred online flash sales channel in China for popular domestic and international brands. As of December 31, 2011, we have promoted and sold products in China for over 1,900 popular domestic and international brands on our website, including Aimer, A-life, Bossini, Disney, FOX, Harry Potter, Kappa, KUHLE, Lily, Limi, Mentholatum, Metersbonwe, MEXICAN, Ochirly and Pepsi. We carefully select prospective brand partners, choosing to work with only those that are well-known and offer high quality or popular products that our customers desire. We have an established track record of generating significant sales volume for brands in short periods of time, maximizing promotional impact of the brands due to the “thrill and excitement” impact of our flash sales model. Our large and highly engaged customer base also contributes to the success of creating a new sales channel for brands without tarnishing their brand promise.

Among our 1,900 brand partners, substantially all of them have returned to pursue additional sales opportunities with us, reflecting the strong value we provide to brands. To date, we have the exclusive rights to sell selective products from over 360 brands. As we augment the number of our brand partners, we have increasingly refined the selection criteria of brands and products. In addition, we are becoming a new preferred online channel for well-known international brands seeking to sell and promote their products in China.

Powerful Network Effects

We have successfully increased our customers and brand partners in parallel through powerful network effects. Average daily unique visitors to our website grew to 1.1 million in December 2011, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. As our total registered members and customers have rapidly grown, we have benefited from viral marketing that is the result of word-of-mouth referrals from our customers who often broadcast on social media platforms their excitement regarding their purchases on our website. As we gain more customers and achieve greater sales volumes, we have emerged as a channel capable of selling significant volumes of discounted branded products in very short periods of time. In turn, our sales capability allows us to attract more brands and products, which further enables us to attract more customers. In addition, since brands often prefer to work with leading online retailers to benefit from positive brand association, as well as generally better operational efficiencies, we have succeeded in becoming a preferred online channel for many brands. In December 2011, on average, we processed 45 thousand orders, returned 0.1 million product items to suppliers and received and sorted 25 thousand SKUs per day. Our leading position among both consumers and brands creates high barriers to entry for potential competitors.

Superior Operational Expertise

We strive to optimize every aspect of our operations to benefit our customers and brand partners.

Optimized Product Selection. We believe that we have developed strong merchandizing expertise as evidenced by our track record of consistently selecting branded products that appeal to our customer base. To maximize daily sales, we optimize the brand composition and product mix of our daily sales based on our superior knowledge of a product’s availability and the needs of our customers.

 

92


Table of Contents

Low Working Capital Requirements. We generally have the right to return unsold items for most of our products to our brand partners. We only pay a small deposit on inventory before it is sold. As a result, we do not require significant working capital to run our day-to-day operations.

Proven Fulfillment and Delivery Capabilities. We have established a nationwide logistics and delivery network to help ensure a positive customer experience and to increase customer loyalty. Our logistics operations and inventory management systems are specifically designed to support the frequent sales events on our flash sales website and handle a large volume of inventory turnover. We use both leading delivery companies with nationwide coverage and leading regional couriers to ensure reliable and timely delivery.

Robust IT Infrastructure. We have implemented a robust IT infrastructure with automated inventory tracking, rapid customer fulfillment, comprehensive billing and superior customer service and support capabilities. Our IT systems seamlessly scale to handle the surge of visitor traffic our website generates during the peak hours of our daily sales. Moreover, our customer relationship management and business intelligence systems enable us to effectively gather, analyze and make use of customer behavior and transaction data. We utilize this information to refine our marketing initiatives for upcoming flash sales. We also provide selected data to our brand partners, enabling them to optimize their product development and sales and marketing strategies.

Experienced Management Team with Deep Industry Knowledge

Our management team has diverse yet complementary backgrounds with deep industry expertise in e-commerce, retail, logistics and technology. Our management’s extensive experience in the retail industry and well-established relationships with brands give us the knowledge and understanding of both consumers’ and brands’ needs and preferences. We believe that our management team’s collective experience and strong execution capabilities will enable us to realize significant growth opportunities.

OUR STRATEGIES

Our mission is to be the online shopping destination of choice for branded products and to become a lifestyle trendsetter for consumers in China. We plan to pursue the following strategies to grow our customer base, expand our ecosystem of brand partners, improve our platform, and ultimately achieve our mission:

Enhance Customer Experience and Loyalty through Innovation

We continually strive to enhance our customer experience on our website by implementing new features and functionalities. We intend to continue to refine our web interface to offer a personalized shopping experience by presenting products and brands catered to individual preferences. We will also rely on proprietary data regarding our customer base to enhance our product and brand curation to reinforce our positioning as a trendsetter of desirable lifestyle products. We expect to introduce tiered membership levels and loyalty programs to reward our VIP customers with additional benefits, such as expedited delivery for their purchases. We also intend to implement a mobile internet strategy to support customer engagement from anywhere and at anytime. We believe that implementing these initiatives will drive increased purchasing activity by both existing and new customers, and foster greater user engagement and customer loyalty.

Strengthen Our Brand Relationships and Expand Our Product Selection

We intend to work closely with our existing brand partners and potential new brand partners to improve their ability to reach consumers and sell products through our website. We expect to offer more brands and products in the existing verticals by increasing exclusive relationships with brand partners and offering more branded products customized for vipshop.com. We also plan to expand into complementary verticals, such as leisure travel packages and other lifestyle products. For example, we started to offer hotel reservation products on our website in September 2011. We believe these adjacent verticals are relevant and desirable to our target base

 

93


Table of Contents

of urban, educated consumers throughout China with growing disposable incomes. We will also seek to provide brands with a high impact channel to market and sell new, in-season merchandise in addition to our current channel through which they can sell surplus inventory. As we demonstrate the power and effectiveness of our website and enhance our value proposition to brands, we believe an increasingly wide range of popular domestic and international brands will seek to partner with us to enter or expand their footprint in China.

Further Promote Our Vipshop.com Brand to Attract More Customers

We believe that the powerful network effects arising from our growing base of customers and brand partners will continue to enhance our brand awareness and drive the growth of our business. We will continue to encourage the viral and cost-effective marketing we receive from word-of-mouth referrals and social media references. For example, in addition to rewarding customers for their direct new customer referrals, we also plan to extend partnerships with major social media and microblogging websites in China, such as Weibo.com and Renren.com, and reward customers for sharing their positive vipshop.com experiences on those websites. Finally, we intend to enhance our brand awareness by engaging in additional cost-effective brand promotion activities, including sponsoring high profile events.

Expand Our Operational Capabilities and IT Infrastructure

We will continue to invest in our logistics and delivery network to support our long-term growth. We are adding more logistics centers in strategic locations in China to improve our nationwide fulfillment capabilities. We plan to add more regional subsites within our website to cater to different local demands following the expansion of our logistics network, and expand into broader geographical areas in China. We also plan to enhance our business intelligence system and integrate it with our management information system, allowing real-time monitoring of inventory levels across our logistics network. In addition, we plan to establish our own in-house delivery capabilities in selected regions.

For our customers, we intend to improve our customer relationship management and business intelligence system capabilities to enhance the timeliness and relevancy of our product offerings. We plan to implement a personalized web-interface for our registered members that offers them products and services more closely tailored to their personal preferences and purchasing habits. In addition, we plan to enhance our mobile functionality and introduce applications for different mobile devices to allow our customers to access and shop on our website more conveniently and more frequently.

For our brand partners, we plan to expand our IT capabilities to help them optimize their new product development, sales and marketing strategies, and inventory management. We intend to provide our brand partners with enhanced features and tools for making better use of customer behavior and transaction analysis and intelligence.

Pursue Strategic Alliances and Acquisition Opportunities

In addition to growing our business through internal initiatives, we may pursue selected strategic alliances and potential strategic acquisitions that are complementary to our business and operations, including opportunities that can help us promote our brand to new customers and brands, expand our product offerings and improve our technology infrastructure. We may also pursue strategic initiatives with brands and platforms in international markets.

OUR FLASH SALES MODEL

Flash sales embody characteristics of value, quality and convenience that are well suited to brand-conscious consumers in China seeking quality goods at substantial discounts. Through our flash sales model, we sell limited quantities of deeply discounted branded products online for limited periods of time. We optimize the brand

 

94


Table of Contents

composition and product mix of our daily sales events based on our strong merchandizing expertise. As of December 31, 2011, we have offered diversified product offerings from over 1,900 popular domestic and international brands, including apparel for women, men and children, fashion goods, cosmetics, home goods and other lifestyle products. We carefully select well-known and popular mid-level to premium brands and products that appeal to a broad base of consumers with different purchasing powers throughout China. To foster customer confidence of purchasing quality products from our website, we provide limited product quality insurance for our products.

We offer new sales events daily starting at 10 a.m. Beijing time, and our website experiences a surge of visitor traffic in the ensuing two hours as consumers are eager to purchase popular deals of the day before they are sold out. In 2011, during the peak hours of our daily sales, average hourly visitor traffic to our website was over three times higher than the hourly average number of unique visitors to our website per day during the month. To provide our customers with a greater opportunity to purchase featured discounted products, each customer is limited to purchasing two pieces of the same item and each shopping cart can only hold 20 items at one time, except for food products. Unpaid items in the shopping cart will be automatically returned to the available products pool in 20 minutes. Consequently, customers must make quick purchase decisions within a limited period of time, adding to the thrill of the experience.

Our flash sales model is also characterized by the high frequency and a large volume of inventory turnover. During 2011, we hosted 11,549 flash sales events, each lasting three to five days in general. For the three months ended December 31, 2011, we organized an average of 2,353 sales events on our website per month.

OUR WEBSITE

Our vipshop.com website is the leading flash sales website in China as measured by total revenues in 2010, the number of registered members as of June 30, 2011 and the number of monthly unique visitors in December 2011, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. We offer a curated selection of products and services for consumers of different age groups and income levels throughout China to allow them to conveniently purchase branded products online without the hassle of shopping for bargain sales at crowded stores.

Our website design offers many user-friendly features that enhance customer experience and convenience:

 

   

Browsing. All visitors to our website can browse and view our sales events, but a customer must register as a member, which is free, in order to participate in the sales events. Our website features a variety of different brands and products for each daily sales. For each featured brand, consumers can view a short flash animation to receive background information on a particular brand with which they are not already familiar. In addition, we provide customers with curated descriptions and proprietary photographs of each product shown from multiple angles. Our website also provides advance previews of upcoming sales of highly sought-after products. We sort our product offerings into different categories, such as “women,” “men,” “children,” “lifestyle” and “luxury goods” so that our customers can easily find the products they are interested in.

 

   

Daily Sales Events. New sales events start daily at 10 a.m. Beijing time and typically last for three to five days. Each sale item is available in limited quantities and remains on sale only while supplies last. We thoroughly plan in advance our daily sales to offer a balanced and complementary mix of brands and products.

 

   

Ordering. To order products on our website, our customers simply click on a button to add an item to their virtual shopping cart. To execute orders, customers click on the “check-out” button and are prompted to supply shipping details and payment details in the case of first-time customers buying from our website. Repeat customers can access their preferred checkout options after logging on to their Vipshop member accounts. Our members can track the status of their purchases and available credits online through their Vipshop member accounts. Customers can always access our customer

 

95


Table of Contents
 

service representatives online or by phone for assistance while they are shopping online or after the order is placed.

In October 2009, we launched our mobile internet website, m.vipshop.com, based on wireless application protocol, or WAP, which is designed to optimize the viewing experience and load time on mobile device web browsers. As a new sales event starts at 10 a.m. Beijing time everyday, mobile access enables our customers to access and shop on our website anytime from anywhere they are connected to the internet. We have introduced mobile applications for the iPad™, iPhone™, Android™ and Symbian™ devices in 2011 to provide consumers with greater accessibility to our website. We believe that consumers’ increasing reliance on mobile internet through smartphones and other mobile devices presents opportunities for us to further enhance customer experience and increase customer stickiness.

OUR BRAND PARTNERS

Since our inception in August 2008, we have attracted a broad and diverse group of brands enabling our website to become the online shopping destination of choice for urban, fashion-oriented and value conscious consumers. Our brand partners include primarily brand owners, and to a lesser extent, brand distributors and resellers. In 2009, 2010 and 2011, we worked with 76, 411 and 1,075 brand partners, respectively. None of the brands accounted for more than 5% of our total revenues in 2009, 2010 or 2011. To date, substantially all of our brand partners have sought to pursue new sales opportunities with us. We believe that our ability to assist brands in effectively selling their inventory and in fulfilling their demand for marketing, customer data analysis and inventory management will attract new brands and build stronger ties with our existing brand partners.

BRAND SELECTION AND PROCUREMENT

Brand Selection

We have implemented a strict and methodical brand selection process. Our merchandizing team, which consisted of 188 members as of December 31, 2011, is responsible for identifying potential qualified brands based on our selection guidelines. We carefully select prospective brand partners, choosing to work only with those that are well-known and offer high quality or premium products that are popular among consumers in China, and that are willing to provide competitive prices and favorable payment credit and product return terms. We generally select brands that have an established network of stores in major department stores or shopping malls in China. We seek input from our customers in the brand selection process. Through our homepage, consumers can send us suggestions regarding the brands they would like to be able to purchase from us. Once a potential brand is identified, we conduct due diligence reviews on its qualifications, including whether it holds the proper business operation licenses and safety, sanitary and quality certifications, and trademark registration certificates and license agreements in relation to the branded products. This review process helps to ensure that we maintain a portfolio of brands with high quality standards and good reputation that can meet our customers’ expectations.

We generally enter into supply agreements with brands based on our standard form. We regularly communicate with our brand partners to discuss the dates and specific product offerings for particular sales events, striving to achieve favorable results for all constituents. Due to the short-term nature of each flash sales event, for some brands, we enter into separate agreements for each flash sales event on our website. For other brands with whom we have established long-term relationships, we often enter into supply agreements with them on an annual basis, with the agreements providing a general framework for an agreed-upon number of flash sales events during the contract year. As we continue to focus on building long-term relationships with our brand partners, we plan to implement framework agreements with our brand partners with supplemental supply orders for each flash sales event.

 

96


Table of Contents

In each supply agreement, a brand partner grants us authorization to market and sell products of a particular brand on our website and provides us with the official description and logo of the brand. In addition, we require our brand partners that contract with us to observe our anti-bribery and anti-corruption policy.

Product Selection

Our key management team members have extensive experience in the retail industry with insightful knowledge and understanding of consumers’ needs and preferences. Before each flash sales event, we consider and analyze historical data, fashion trends, seasonality and customer feedback to project how many items of a particular product we should offer for the event. To maximize daily sales, we carefully plan our product mix to achieve a balanced and complementary product offering across different product categories.

We effectively gather, analyze and use customer behavior and transaction data through our customer relationship management and business intelligence systems. In addition to utilizing our customer data to strategize our upcoming flash sales event to enhance the timeliness and relevancy of our product offerings, we also provide relevant portions of these data to our brand partners to help them optimize their product development and sales and marketing strategies and further promote additional sales opportunities with us.

Inventory Management

For brands where we have established long-term relationships, we typically do not pay any deposit on the products we purchase. For other brands, however, we generally pay a deposit ranging from 10% to 15% of the total price for each purchase order.

We generally have the right to return unsold items for most of our products to our brand partners, typically within 15 working days after the end of the relevant sales event. For some products, such as luxury goods and some sporting goods, which we do not have the right to return the unsold products to the brand partner, we have been able to utilize our strong marketing expertise regarding customer preferences to drive quick inventory turnover.

We have implemented an inventory management system to manage the information related to our procurement plan, quality control upon receipt, stock maintenance, stock deliveries, sales invoicing and sales recording. We use an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system to monitor and actively track sales data. This system helps us make timely adjustments to our procurement plan and minimize excess inventory.

Quality Control

In addition to our brand selection process, we have adopted stringent quality assurance and control procedures for products delivered through our logistics network. We carefully inspect all products delivered to our logistics centers, rejecting or returning products that do not meet our quality standards or the purchase order specifications. We also inspect all products before shipment from our logistics centers to our customers. We believe that our strict brand selection process and quality control procedures enable us to ensure the high quality level of products sold on our website and increase customer satisfaction.

 

97


Table of Contents

OUR PRODUCT OFFERINGS

Product Categories

We offer a curated selection of apparel, fashion goods, cosmetics, home goods and lifestyle products from popular domestic and international brands. The following table illustrates our current product categories:

 

Product Category

  

Product Description

Womenswear    Women’s apparel, featuring a variety of apparel and styles for different age groups, including casual wear, jeans, dresses, outerwear, swimsuits, lingerie, pajamas and maternity clothes.
Menswear    Men’s apparel, featuring a variety of apparel and styles for different age groups, including casual and smart-casual T-shirts, stylish polo shirts, jackets, pants and underwear.
Footwear    Shoes for women and men designed in a variety of styles, for both casual and formal occasions.
Accessories    Fashion accessories in various styles and materials for women and men, including belts, fashionable jewelry, watches and glasses complementing our apparel offerings.
Handbags    Purses, satchels, duffel bags and wallets in many colors, styles and materials.
Children    Apparel, gear and accessories, furnishings and decor, toys and games for boys, girls, infants and toddlers of all age groups.
Sportswear and sporting goods    Sports apparel, sports gear and footwear for tennis, badminton, soccer and swimming.
Cosmetics    High quality, affordable skin care and cosmetic products, including cleansers, lotions, face and body creams, face masks, sunscreen, foundations, lipsticks, eye shadows and nail polish.
Home goods and other
lifestyle products
   Home goods with an extensive selection of home furnishings, including bedding and bath products, home decor, dining and tabletop items, and small household appliances.
Luxury goods    Internationally-known premium designer apparel, footwear and accessories.

Gifts and miscellaneous

   Snacks, health supplements and occasion-based gifts, such as chocolates, moon-cakes and tea.

We pay close attention to every aspect of our services to enhance our customers’ shopping experience. For each purchase, we arrange items neatly and thoughtfully within each delivery box. Unlike many in-store sales items which have been tried on numerous times, are on display for a lengthy period of time or may have minor defects, each item purchased from our website is new, contains its original tag and packaging and must pass our strict quality control inspection prior to shipping.

Pricing

We price products on our website at significant discounts, typically ranging from 50% to 70% off the original retail price, which is one of the key elements in the “thrill and excitement” shopping experience that we create. Our attractive pricing is made possible by cost savings achieved through volume discounts that we receive, in particular for off-season or slower-moving inventory, and the absence of physical retail space and related overhead costs. We typically negotiate with our brand partners for prices that are competitive with those offered to other discount sales channels.

 

98


Table of Contents

PAYMENT, FULFILLMENT AND RETURN

Payment

We provide our customers with the flexibility to choose from a number of payment options. Our payment options include cash on delivery, bank transfers, online payments with credit cards and debit cards issued by major banks in China, and payment through third-party online payment platforms, such as alipay.com and tenpay.com. Under the cash on delivery option, our third-party delivery service providers deliver products to customers’ designated addresses and collect payment on site. As of December 31, 2011, we had built an extensive distribution network to deliver products and provide our cash-on-delivery payment option to customers in over 330 cities across China. This payment method not only provides our customers with a secure and convenient payment option, but also reduces our operating expenses as we can combine payment and delivery services by using the same third-party delivery service providers, without incurring additional fees. In addition, as most of our third-party delivery service providers are large and reputable companies in China and generally make cash deposits or guarantee payments to us in order to secure the performance of their duties, our payment collection risk is very limited.

Fulfillment

We have established a logistics and delivery network with nationwide coverage. We have adopted a flexible logistics model supported by our robust and advanced warehouse management system. We use a mix of top delivery companies with nationwide coverage and top regional couriers to ensure reliable and timely delivery.

Logistics Network and Warehouse Management System

Our logistics network consists of regional logistics centers strategically located in Guangdong Province in Southern China, Kunshan in Jiangsu Province in Eastern China (which is within close proximity of Shanghai), Chengdu in Sichuan Province in Western China and Beijing in Northern China.

Our warehouse management system enables us to closely monitor each step of the fulfillment process from the time a purchase order is confirmed with the brand partners and the product stocked in our logistics centers, up to when the product is packaged and picked up by delivery service providers for shipment to a customer. Shipments from brand partners first arrive at one of our regional logistics centers, depending on demand from each warehouse. At each logistics center, inventory is bar-coded and tracked through our management information system, allowing real-time monitoring of inventory levels across our logistics network and item tracking at each logistics center. As we offer a curated selection of brands and products for each daily sales, our logistics centers and inventory management systems are specifically designed to support the frequent sales events on our flash sales website and a large volume of inventory turnover. In 2009, 2010 and 2011, we processed over 70 thousand, 0.9 million and 7.2 million customer orders, respectively.

Delivery Services

We deliver orders placed on our website to all areas in China through leading reputable third-party delivery companies with nationwide coverage, including EMS, Shunfeng and Zhaijisong, and quality regional delivery companies. For luxury goods orders, we deliver the products by FedEx with an “anti-tampering lock” device to further enhance customer trust. For delivery to smaller cities, we use a combination of national and regional delivery companies to achieve greater operational efficiency and ensure timely delivery to our customers. We bundle packages for customers in smaller cities within a particular region and ship in bulk by national delivery companies to regional delivery companies who in turn deliver locally to our customers. In selected regions such as Beijing, Guangzhou and Shanghai, we have begun to establish our own in-house delivery capabilities. Our use of reputable national and regional delivery companies in conjunction with our own delivery network which is being built up in selected regions allows us to maintain operational flexibility and accommodate order demand, thereby ensuring high service quality.

 

99


Table of Contents

We leverage our large-scale operations and reputation to obtain favorable contractual terms from third-party delivery companies. To reduce the risk of reliance on any single delivery company, we typically contract with two or more regional delivery companies in each major city. We regularly monitor and review the delivery companies’ performance and their compliance with our contractual terms. In addition, we typically require the delivery companies to pay deposits or provide payment guarantees before providing services to us. We typically negotiate and enter into logistics agreements on an annual basis.

Return Policy

Due to the limited quantities of each featured flash sales product, we do not offer a product exchange service but customers may return products purchased from our website. We offer a seven-day product return policy where our customers can return products purchased on our website within seven days of receipt of the products as long as the products are unused, unwashed, unworn, undamaged and in their original packaging and in original condition. For return of luxury goods, the anti-tampering lock on the product must remain intact.

Once a customer submits a return application request online, our customer service representatives will review and process the request or contact the customer by e-mail or by phone if there are any questions relating to the request. Upon our receipt of the returned product, we credit the customer’s Vipshop member account or credit card with the purchase price. We also provide a shipping allowance of up to RMB10 for shipments within Guangzhou and up to RMB15 for shipments from other parts of China. We believe our hassle-free return policies help to increase customer spending and enhance customer loyalty.

CUSTOMER SERVICE

We believe that our emphasis on customer service enhances our ability to maintain a large and loyal customer base and create a positive customer experience, encouraging repeat visits and purchases. We have a dedicated customer service team responsible for handling general customer inquiries and requests, assisting customers with their ordering process, investigating the status of orders, shipments and payments, resolving customer complaints, and providing other after-sales services. Our customers can contact customer service representatives through our customer service e-mail, real-time online chat, or our customer service hotline 15 hours a day, seven days a week. As of December 31, 2011, our customer service center, located in our headquarters in Guangzhou, had 201 well-trained employees.

We maintain service quality by carefully selecting personnel, providing our customer service representatives with extensive training, and regularly monitoring and evaluating the performance of each representative. Each new customer service representative is required to complete a mandatory training program in Guangzhou, conducted by experienced managers and covering product knowledge, complaint handling, service attitude and communication skills. To facilitate timely resolution of customer complaints, we also train and empower our customer service representatives to resolve complaints and remedy situations within a specified authorized amount determined based on their seniority without having to get approval from their supervisors. To maintain control over the quality of customer services, we do not outsource any of our e-mail, online live chat or call center customer service operations.

MARKETING

We believe that the most efficient form of marketing for our business is to continually improve and enhance the element of “thrill and excitement” associated with the customer shopping experience. This promotes word-of-mouth referrals and repeat customer visits to our website. Historically, we have not incurred substantial marketing expense, and have been able to build a large base of loyal customers with relatively low customer acquisition cost primarily through providing our customers with an enjoyable, satisfying and rewarding shopping experience and using cost-effective marketing means.

As part of our viral marketing strategy, we provide various incentives to our existing customers to increase their spending and loyalty. Our customers can earn reward points upon registration and for each purchase they

 

100


Table of Contents

make, and may exchange the reward points for coupons, gifts and lucky draw opportunities on our website. Our customers may also earn reward points by introducing new members and customers to our website. In addition, we encourage our customers to share their successful flash sales shopping experiences through social media and microblogging websites in China. We offer an “easy-to-share” function which enables our customers to easily share their shopping experiences with us on social networking internet platforms and microblogging websites.

We also conduct marketing efforts online through search engines and portals in China. We also enhance our brand awareness by engaging in cost-effective brand promotion activities such as sponsoring high profile events.

TECHNOLOGY

Our IT systems are designed to enhance efficiency and scalability, and play an important role in the success of our business. We rely on a combination of internally developed proprietary technologies and commercially available licensed technologies to improve our website and management systems in order to optimize every aspect of our operations for the benefit of our customers and brand partners.

We have adopted a service-oriented architecture supported by data processing technologies which consists of front-end and back-end modules. Our network infrastructure is built upon self-owned servers located in data centers operated by major PRC internet data center providers. We are implementing enhanced cloud architecture and infrastructure for our core data processing system to augment our existing virtual private network as we continue to expand our operations in new geographic locations, enabling us to achieve significant internal efficiency through a virtual and centralized network platform.

Our front-end modules, which refer to modules supporting our vipshop.com user-interface website, mainly include product display, registered member account management, category browsing, online shopping cart, order processing functions and payment functions. Our front-end modules are supported by our proprietary content distribution network, dynamic and distributed cluster and a core database, providing our customers with quicker access to the product display they are interested in, and facilitating faster processing of their purchases. We have developed our IT systems to handle a surge of visitor traffic to our website during the peak hours of our daily sales from 10 a.m. to 12 p.m. Beijing time, providing our customers with a smooth online shopping experience.

Our back-end modules, which refer to modules supporting our business operations, mainly include customer service, ERP system, warehouse and logistics management, product information management, business intelligence and administration management systems. Our customer service system mainly consists of our customer relationship management system, our audio and online customer service system and our customer data analysis and membership management system. We believe that we are one of the few PRC e-commerce companies to implement an ERP system, which we have customized to integrate our management of brand partners, accounting and product distribution information. Our warehouse and logistics management system primarily consists of our warehouse management system and our track data storage and automated warehouse and logistics operations, which allows us to efficiently manage our inventories, track the products, and deliver the products to our customers on a timely basis. We have designed our product information management system to perform a variety of functions such as products filing, products photographing, products-information compiling, sample products management, online sales scheduling and other functions relating to on-line sales of goods. This system greatly enhances the efficiency of our operations.

Our customer relationship management and business intelligence systems enable us to effectively gather, analyze and make use of internally-generated customer behavior and transaction data. We regularly use this information in planning our marketing initiatives for upcoming flash sales. In addition, we also provide selected data to our brand partners to help them optimize their product development and sales and marketing strategies. Our business intelligence system is an intelligence system built with the proprietary cloud computing infrastructure, providing decision-making intelligence such as dashboards operation, operational analysis, market analysis, sales forecasts and products such as anti-fraud filters, precision marketing, personalized

 

101


Table of Contents

recommendations and other application-oriented intelligent products that facilitate data-driven decision-making and increase our product sales.

We have developed most of the key business modules through our internal IT department. We also license software from reputable third-party providers, such as Manhattan Information System and Oracle, and work closely with these third-party providers to customize the software for our operations. We have implemented a number of measures to protect against failure and data loss. We have developed a disaster tolerant system for our key business modules which includes real-time data mirroring, daily off-line data back-up and redundancy and load balancing.

We believe that our module-based systems are highly scalable, which enable us to quickly expand system capacity and add new features and functionality to our systems in response to our business needs and evolving customers demands without affecting the operation of existing modules. We have also adopted rigorous security policies and measures, including encryption technology, to protect our proprietary data and customer information.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

We regard our trademarks, service marks, domain names, trade secrets, proprietary technologies and similar intellectual property as critical to our success, and we rely on trademark, copyright and trade secret protection laws in the PRC and other jurisdictions, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions with our employees, partners, service providers, suppliers and others to protect our proprietary rights. As of December 31, 2011, we owned seven registered trademarks, copyrights to six software programs developed by us relating to various aspects of our operations, and four registered domain names, namely vipshop.com, vipshop.com.cn, vipshop.cn and vipshop.net.

COMPETITION

The online flash sales market, as one of the fast-growing categories of the e-commerce market in China, is rapidly competitive and rapidly evolving. Our primary competitors include: B2C e-commerce companies that sell similar products and services online, such as Taobao Mall, 360Buy and Dangdang, and other online flash sales companies.

We believe we compete primarily on the basis of:

 

   

ability to identify products in demand among consumers and source these products on favorable terms from brands;

 

   

pricing;

 

   

breadth and quality of product offerings;

 

   

website features;

 

   

customer service and fulfillment capabilities; and

 

   

reputation among consumers and brands.

We believe that our early mover advantage and leading market position help us to compete efficiently against our competitors. However, some of our current and potential competitors may have longer operating histories, larger customer bases, better brand recognition, stronger platform management and fulfillment capabilities and greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—If we do not compete effectively against existing or new competitors, we may lose market share and customers.”

 

102


Table of Contents

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2011, we had 2,934 full time employees, compared with 167 and 831 employees as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. We also employ independent contractors and part-time personnel from time to time. The following table sets forth the number of our full time employees categorized by areas of operations as of December 31, 2011:

 

Operations

   Number of Employees  

Products

     188   

Business development, sales and marketing

     320   

Customer services

     201   

Technology support

     146   

Logistics and delivery

     1,854   

Administration and management

     225   
  

 

 

 

Total

     2,934   
  

 

 

 

Our success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. We have developed a corporate culture that encourages teamwork, effectiveness, self-development and commitment to providing our customers with superior services. We regularly provide our employees with training tailored to each job function to enhance performance and service quality.

As required by regulations in China, we participate in various employee social security plans that are organized by municipal and provincial governments, including pension, unemployment insurance, childbirth insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance and housing insurance. We are required under PRC law to make contributions to employee benefit plans at specified percentages of the salaries, bonuses and certain allowances of our employees, up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time. In addition, we also provide our employees fringe benefits such as free lunches and periodic appreciation payments to employees’ family members. To date, we have not experienced any significant labor disputes.

FACILITIES

We are headquartered in Guangzhou and have leased an aggregate of 6,579 square meters of office, data center, customer service center and warehouse space in Guangzhou. As of December 31, 2011, we also have branches in Beijing, Shanghai and Shenzhen. We lease our premises under operating lease agreements from unrelated third parties. A summary of our leased properties as of December 31, 2011 is shown below:

 

Location

   Space     

Usage of Property

   Lease Term  
     (in square meters)           (years)  

Guangzhou

     6,579       Office space, data center, customer service center and warehouse      1-5   

Foshan

     35,126      

Logistics center

     1-2   

Kunshan

     34,484      

Logistics center and office space

     3   

Beijing

     24,220      

Logistics center and office space

     1-2   

Chengdu

     23,980      

Logistics center

     2   

Shanghai

     1,068       Office space      3-4   

Shenzhen

     99       Office space      1   

Our servers are hosted at leased internet data centers owned by leading PRC telecommunications carriers. We typically enter into leasing and hosting service agreements that are renewable from year to year. We believe that our existing facilities are sufficient for our near term needs.

 

103


Table of Contents

INSURANCE

We maintain various insurance policies to safeguard against risks and unexpected events. We have contracted with China United Property Insurance Company Limited to provide limited product quality insurance for our products. We have purchased all risk property insurance covering our equipment, facilities, inventories and other properties. In addition, we provide group accident insurance and supplementary medical insurance for certain of our employees.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we have become and may in the future become a party to various legal or administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business, including actions with respect to intellectual property infringement, violation of third-party license or other rights, breach of contract, labor and employment claims. We are currently not a party to, and we are not aware of any threat of, any legal or administrative proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

104


Table of Contents

REGULATIONS

Substantially all of our operations are conducted in China, and substantially all of our assets are located in China. Our business in China is subject to a number of PRC laws and regulations. This section summarizes all of the laws and regulations that materially affect our business and operations and the key provisions of such laws and regulations.

The PRC government extensively regulates the telecommunications industry, including the internet sector. The State Council, the MIIT, the Ministry of Commerce, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, or the SAIC, the General Administration of Press and Publication and other relevant government authorities have promulgated an extensive regulatory scheme governing telecommunications, on-line sales and e-commerce. However, China’s telecommunications industry and internet-related industry are at an early stage of development. As a result, new laws and regulations may be adopted from time to time that will require us to obtain additional licenses and permits in addition to those that we currently have, and will require us to address new issues that arise from time to time. In addition, substantial uncertainties exist regarding the interpretation and implementation of current and any future Chinese laws and regulations applicable to the telecommunications, on-line sales and e-commerce services. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could adversely affect us.”

Regulations on Value-Added Telecommunication Services

Licenses for Value-Added Telecommunication Services

The Catalog for the Guidance of Foreign Investment Industries, or the Catalog, as promulgated and amended from time to time by the Ministry of Commerce and the National Development and Reform Commission, is the principal guide to foreign investors’ investment activities in the PRC. The version promulgated in 2007 and the most updated version of the Catalog, which became effective on January 30, 2012, divide the industries into three categories: encouraged, restricted and prohibited. Industries not listed in the Catalog are generally open to foreign investment unless specifically restricted by other PRC laws and regulations. For encouraged industries, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise is generally permitted, while for restricted industries, such as value-added telecommunications service industry, there are some limitations to the ownership and/or corporate structure of the foreign invested companies that operate in such industries. Industries in the prohibited category are not open to foreign investors.

On September 25, 2000, the Telecommunications Regulations of the People’s Republic of China, or the Telecom Regulations, were issued by the PRC State Council as the primary governing law on telecommunication services. The Telecom Regulations set out the general framework for the provision of telecommunication services by PRC companies. Under the Telecom Regulations, it is a requirement that telecommunications service providers procure operating licenses prior to their commencement of operations. The Telecom Regulations draw a distinction between “basic telecommunications services” and “value-added telecommunications services.” A “Catalog of Telecommunications Business” was issued as an attachment to the Telecom Regulations to categorize telecommunications services as basic or value-added. In February 2003, the Catalog was updated and the information services such as content service, entertainment and online games services are classified as value-added telecommunications services.

On March 1, 2009, the MIIT issued the Administrative Measures for Telecommunications Business Operating Permit, or the Telecom Permit Measures, which took effect on April 10, 2009. The Telecom Permit Measures confirm that there are two types of telecom operating licenses for operators in China, namely, licenses for basic telecommunications services and licenses for value-added telecommunications services. The operation scope of the license will detail the permitted activities of the enterprise to which it was granted. An approved telecommunication services operator shall conduct its business in accordance with the specifications recorded on its value-added telecommunications services operating license, or VATS License.

On September 25, 2000, the State Council promulgated the Administrative Measures on Internet Information Services, or the Internet Measures. Under the Internet Measures, commercial internet information

 

105


Table of Contents

services operators shall obtain a value-added telecommunications license for internet information services, or ICP License, from the relevant government authorities before engaging in any commercial internet information services operations within the PRC. The ICP License has a term of five years and shall be renewed within 90 days before expiration. Our consolidated affiliated entity, Vipshop Information, has obtained an ICP License issued by Guangdong Province Administration of Telecommunication since September 24, 2008, which will expire on September 24, 2013.

Foreign Investment in Value-Added Telecommunication Services

Pursuant to the Provisions on Administration of Foreign Invested Telecommunications Enterprises, or the FITE Provisions, promulgated by the State Council on December 11, 2001 and amended on September 10, 2008, the ultimate foreign equity ownership in a value-added telecommunications services provider may not exceed 50%. Moreover, for a foreign investor to acquire any equity interest in a value-added telecommunication business in China, it must satisfy a number of stringent performance and operational experience requirements, including demonstrating good track records and experience in operating value-added telecommunication business overseas. Foreign investors that meet these requirements must obtain approvals from the MIIT and the Ministry of Commerce or their authorized local counterparts, which retain considerable discretion in granting approvals. Pursuant to publicly available information, the PRC government has issued telecommunications business operating licenses to only a limited number of foreign invested companies, all of which are Sino-foreign joint ventures engaging in the value-added telecommunication business.

The Circular on Strengthening the Administration of Foreign Investment in and Operation of Value-added Telecommunications Business, or the MIIT Circular, issued by the MIIT in July 2006, reiterated the regulations on foreign investment in telecommunications businesses, which require foreign investors to set up foreign-invested enterprises and obtain a business operating license for internet content provision to conduct any value-added telecommunications business in China. Under the MIIT Circular, a domestic company that holds an ICP License is prohibited from leasing, transferring or selling the license to foreign investors in any form, and from providing any assistance, including providing resources, sites or facilities, to foreign investors that conduct value-added telecommunications business illegally in China. Furthermore, the relevant trademarks and domain names that are used in the value-added telecommunications business must be owned by the local internet content provision license holder or its shareholder. The MIIT Circular further requires each internet content provision license holder to have the necessary facilities for its approved business operations and to maintain such facilities in the regions covered by its license. In addition, all value-added telecommunications service providers are required to maintain network and information security in accordance with the standards set forth under relevant PRC regulations.

To comply with the PRC regulations noted above, we operate our website and value-added telecommunications services through our consolidated affiliated entity, which is currently owned by Mr. Eric Ya Shen, Mr. Arthur Xiaobo Hong, Mr. Bin Wu, Mr. Yu Xu and Mr. Xing Peng. Our consolidated affiliated entity holds an ICP license and all other licenses necessary to conduct online sales in China. It also has been registered and holds all significant domain names and has been registered as the owner or is applying to be the owner of all trademarks used in our value-added telecommunications businesses. To conduct our business in China, our wholly owned subsidiary, Vipshop China, has entered into a series of contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entity, Vipshop Information, and its shareholders. For a detailed discussion of our contractual arrangements, please refer to “Our Corporate History and Structure.”

Regulations on Internet Privacy

In recent years, PRC government authorities have enacted legislation on internet use to protect personal information from any unauthorized disclosure. The PRC law does not prohibit ICP operators from collecting and analyzing personal information from their users. However, the Internet Measures prohibit an ICP operator from humiliating or defaming a third party or infringing the lawful rights and interests of a third party. Pursuant to the

 

106


Table of Contents

BBS Measures, ICP operators that provide electronic messaging services must keep users’ personal information confidential and must not disclose such personal information to any third party without the users’ consent or unless it is required by law. The regulations further authorize the relevant telecommunications authorities to order ICP operators to rectify unauthorized disclosure. ICP operators are subject to legal liability if the unauthorized disclosure results in damages or losses to users. The PRC government, however, has the power and authority to order ICP operators to turn over personal information if an internet user posts any prohibited content or engages in illegal activities on the internet.

Regulations Relating to Foreign Invested Enterprises Engaging in Distribution Business

We are subject to regulations relating to foreign invested enterprises engaging in the distribution business. In April 2004, the Ministry of Commerce issued the Administrative Measures on Foreign Investment in Commercial Fields, or the Commercial Fields Measures. Pursuant to the Commercial Fields Measures, foreign investors are permitted to engage in the distribution services by setting up commercial enterprises in accordance with the procedures and guidelines provided in the Commercial Fields Measures. To further simplify the approval procedures for foreign investment in the distribution sector, the Ministry of Commerce issued the Notice on Delegating Examination and Approval Authorities for Foreign Invested Commercial Enterprises in September 2008, delegating the power to the provincial branches of the Ministry of Commerce except for certain specified items. In July 2009, the competent authorities in Guangdong further delegated the power of examination and approval of foreign invested commercial enterprises in Guangdong for certain items to municipal branches of the Ministry of Commerce in Guangdong Province. Each of our PRC Subsidiaries has been approved to engage in wholesale business.

Regulations Relating to Distribution of Books and Audio-Video Products

We are also subject to regulations relating to the distribution of books and audio-video products. Under the Administrative Measures for the Publication Market which were promulgated by the General Administration of Press and Publication and became effective in September 2003, as amended in June 2004 and March 2011, respectively, any entity or individual engaging in the distribution of publications, including books, newspapers, magazines and audio-video products, must obtain an approval from the competent press and publication administrative authority and receive the Publication Operation Permit. Our consolidated affiliated entity has obtained a Publication Operation Permit for the retail sale of the publications.

Furthermore, according to the Notice on Promoting the Healthy Development of Online Distribution of Publications recently issued by the General Administration of Press and Publication on December 7, 2010, any entities engaging in online publications distribution in China shall apply for the Publications Operation Permit with an “online distribution” notation. However, the Provisions on the Administration of Publication Market jointly promulgated by the General Administration of Press and Publication and the Ministry of Commerce in 2011, provides that an entity that maintains a valid Publication Operation Permit for the retail sale of publications is only required to file notice with a competent press and publication administrative authority within 15 days from starting online publications distribution business. Currently, the competent press and publication administrative authority in Guangzhou only requires online publication distributors, who have the Publication Operation Permit for the retail sale of publications, to complete the notice filing procedure and does not mandate the “online distribution” notation on the Publication Operation Permit in practice. Our consolidated affiliated entity has completed the notice filing with the competent authority in Guangzhou.

Regulations on E-commerce

China’s e-commerce industry is at an early stage of development and there are few PRC laws or regulations specifically regulating the e-commerce industry. In May 31, 2010, the SAIC adopted the Interim Measures for the Administration of Online Commodities Trading and Relevant Services, or the Online Commodities Measures, which took effective on July 1, 2010. Under the Online Commodities Measures, enterprises or other operators

 

107


Table of Contents

which engage in online commodities trading and other services and have been registered with the SAIC or its local branches must make available to the public the information stated in their business licenses or the link to their business licenses online on their websites. The online distributors must adopt measures to ensure safe online transactions, protect online shoppers’ rights and prevent the sale of counterfeit goods. The information on trading of commodities released by online distributors shall be authentic, accurate, complete and sufficient.

Regulations on Sales of Food

Sales of food in China must comply with laws and regulations regarding food hygiene and safety. Under the Food Safety Law of the PRC, which took effect from June 1, 2009, the sale of food or beverages must be licensed in advance. Furthermore, under the Measures on the Administration of Food Circulation Permits, or the Food Circulation Measures, issued by the SAIC on July 30, 2009, an enterprise needs to obtain a food distribution permit from a local branch of SAIC to engage in the food circulation business. The food distribution permit has a term of three years. The current food distribution permit held by our consolidated affiliated entity was issued on July 26, 2011 and will expire on July 25, 2014.

Regulations on Software Products

On October 27, 2000, the MIIT issued the Administrative Measures on Software Products, or the Software Measures, to strengthen the regulation of software products and to encourage the development of the PRC software industry. On March 1, 2009, the MIIT amended Software Measures, which became effective on April 10, 2009. The Software Measures provide a registration and filing system with respect to software products made in or imported into China. These software products may be registered with the competent local authorities in charge of software industry administration. Registered software products may enjoy preferential treatment status granted by relevant software industry regulations. Software products can be registered for five years, and the registration is renewable upon expiration.

In order to further implement the Computer Software Protection Regulations promulgated by the State Council on December 20, 2001, the State Copyright Bureau issued the Computer Software Copyright Registration Procedures on February 20, 2002, which apply to software copyright registration, license contract registration and transfer contract registration. As of December 31, 2011, we had registered six software products in China.

Regulations on Trademarks

Trademarks are protected by the PRC Trademark Law which was adopted in 1982 and subsequently amended in 1993 and 2001 as well as the Implementation Regulation of the PRC Trademark Law adopted by the State Council in 2002. The Trademark Office under the SAIC handles trademark registrations and grants a term of ten years to registered trademarks which may be renewed for consecutive ten-year periods upon request by the trademark owner. Trademark license agreements must be filed with the Trademark Office for record. The PRC Trademark Law has adopted a “first-to-file” principle with respect to trademark registration. Where a trademark for which a registration has been made is identical or similar to another trademark which has already been registered or been subject to a preliminary examination and approval for use on the same kind of or similar commodities or services, the application for registration of such trademark may be rejected. Any person applying for the registration of a trademark may not prejudice the existing right first obtained by others, nor may any person register in advance a trademark that has already been used by another party and has already gained a “sufficient degree of reputation” through such party’s use. We have registered seven trademarks in China as of December 31, 2011.

Under PRC law, any of the following acts will be deemed as an infringement to the exclusive right to use a registered trademark: (1) use of a trademark that is the same as or similar to a registered Trademark for identical or similar goods without the permission of the trademark registrant; (2) sale of any goods that have infringed the

 

108


Table of Contents

exclusive right to use any registered trademark; (3) counterfeit or unauthorized production of the label of another’s registered Trademark, or sale of any such label that is counterfeited or produced without authorization; (4) change of any trademark of a registrant without the registrant’s consent, and selling goods bearing such replaced Trademark on the market; or (5) other acts that have caused any other damage to another’s exclusive right to use a registered trademark.

According to the PRC Trademark Law, in the event of any of the foregoing acts, the infringing party will be ordered to stop the infringement immediately and may be imposed a fine; the counterfeit goods will be confiscated. The infringing party may also be held liable for the right holder’s damages, which will be equal to gains obtained by the infringing party or the losses suffered by the right holder as a result of the infringement, including reasonable expenses incurred by the right holder for stopping the infringement. If both gains and losses are difficult to determine, the court may render a judgment awarding damages no more than RMB500,000. Notwithstanding the above, if a distributor does not know that the goods it sells infringe another’s registered trademark, it will not be liable for infringement provided that the seller shall prove that the goods are lawfully obtained and identify its supplier. We source our products from both domestic and international suppliers. Although we have adopted measures in the course of sourcing such products to ensure their authenticity and to minimize potential liability of infringing third parties’ rights, we can provide no assurance that such measures are effective. In the event that counterfeit products or products that otherwise infringe third parties’ rights are sold on our website, we could face infringement claims and might not be able to prove we should be exempted from liabilities. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Business and Industry—We may incur liability for counterfeit products sold at our website.”

Regulations on Foreign Currency Exchange

The principal regulations governing foreign currency exchange in China are the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, or the Foreign Exchange Regulations, as amended on August 5, 2008. Under the Foreign Exchange Regulations, Renminbi is freely convertible for current account items, including the distribution of dividends, interest payments, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, but not for capital account items, such as direct investments, loans, repatriation of investments and investments in securities outside of China, unless the prior approval of SAFE is obtained and prior registration with the SAFE is made. Though there are restrictions on the convertibility of Renminbi for capital account transactions, which principally include investments and loans, we generally follow the regulations and apply to obtain the approval of SAFE and other relevant PRC governmental authorities. However, we may not be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all. If we fail to receive such registrations or approvals, our ability to provide loans or capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries and our PRC affiliated entity may be negatively affected, which could adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

On August 29, 2008, SAFE promulgated the Notice on Perfecting Practices concerning Foreign Exchange Settlement regarding the Capital Contribution by Foreign Invested Enterprises, or Circular 142, regulating the conversion by a foreign invested company of foreign currency into Renminbi by restricting how the converted Renminbi may be used. Circular 142 requires that the registered capital of a foreign invested enterprise settled in Renminbi converted from foreign currencies may only be used for purposes within the business scope approved by the applicable governmental authority and may not be used for equity investments within the PRC. In addition, SAFE strengthened its oversight of the flow and use of the registered capital of a foreign invested enterprise settled in Renminbi converted from foreign currencies. The use of such Renminbi capital may not be changed without SAFE’s approval, and may not in any case be used to repay Renminbi loans if the proceeds of such loans have not been used. Violations of Circular 142 will result in severe penalties, such as heavy fines. Furthermore, SAFE promulgated a circular on November 19, 2010, or SAFE Circular 59, which tightens the regulation over settlement of net proceeds from overseas offerings like this offering and requires that the settlement of net proceeds must be consistent with the description in the prospectus for the offering. Circular 142 and SAFE Circular 59 may limit our ability to transfer the net proceeds from this offering to Vipshop China and convert the net proceeds into Renminbi, which may adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business in the PRC.

 

109


Table of Contents

Regulations on Dividend Distribution

Under our current corporate structure, our Cayman Islands holding company primarily relies on dividend payments from Vipshop China, which is a wholly foreign owned enterprise incorporated in the PRC, to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. The principal regulations governing distribution of dividends of foreign invested enterprises include the Foreign Invested Enterprise Law, as amended on October 31, 2000, and the Implementation Rules of the Foreign Invested Enterprise Law, as amended on April 12, 2001.

Under these laws and regulations, wholly foreign owned enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated after-tax profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, wholly foreign owned enterprises in China are required to allocate at least 10% of their respective accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds until these reserves have reached 50% of the registered capital of the enterprises. Wholly foreign owned companies may, at their discretion, allocate a portion of their after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to staff welfare and bonus funds. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends.

Regulations on Offshore Financing

On October 21, 2005, the SAFE issued Circular 75, which became effective as of November 1, 2005. Under Circular 75, prior registration with the local SAFE branch is required for PRC residents to establish or to control an offshore company for the purposes of financing that offshore company with assets or equity interests in an onshore enterprise located in the PRC. An amendment to registration or filing with the local SAFE branch by such PRC resident is also required for the injection of equity interests or assets of an onshore enterprise in the offshore company or overseas funds raised by such offshore company, or any other material change involving a change in the capital of the offshore company.

Moreover, Circular 75 applies retroactively. As a result, PRC residents who have established or acquired control of offshore companies that have made onshore investments in the PRC in the past are required to complete the relevant registration procedures with the local SAFE branch by March 31, 2006. Under the relevant rules, failure to comply with the registration procedures set forth in Circular 75 may result in restrictions being imposed on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant onshore company, including the increase of its registered capital, the payment of dividends and other distributions to its offshore parent or affiliate and the capital inflow from the offshore entity, and may also subject relevant PRC residents to penalties under PRC foreign exchange administration regulations. Moreover, failure to comply with the various foreign exchange registration requirements described above could result in liabilities for such PRC subsidiary under PRC laws for evasion of applicable foreign exchange restrictions and individuals managing such PRC subsidiary who are held directly liable for any violation may be subject to criminal sanctions.

In May 2007, SAFE issued a series of guidance to its local branches with respect to the operational process for SAFE registration, including without limitation the Notice of SAFE on Printing and Distributing the Implementing Rules for the Administration of Foreign Exchange in Fund-Raising and Round-trip Investment Activities of Domestic Residents Conducted via Offshore Special Purpose Companies, or Circular No. 19, which came into effect as of July 1, 2011. The guidance standardized more specific and stringent supervision on the registration required by the Circular 75. For example, the guidance imposes obligations on onshore subsidiaries of an offshore entity to make true and accurate statements to the local SAFE authorities in case there is any shareholder or beneficial owner of the offshore entity who is a PRC citizen or resident. Untrue statements by the onshore subsidiaries will lead to potential liability for the subsidiaries, and in some instances, for their legal representatives and other liable individuals.

All of our shareholders subject to SAFE regulations have completed all necessary registrations and amendments with the local SAFE branch as required by Circular 75. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure and Restrictions on Our Industry—PRC regulations relating to the establishment of

 

110


Table of Contents

offshore holding companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiaries, limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits to us, or may otherwise adversely affect us.”

Regulations on Stock Incentive Plans

In December 2006, the People’s Bank of China, or the PBOC promulgated the Administrative Measures of Foreign Exchange Matters for Individuals. In January 2007, SAFE issued implementing rules for the Administrative Measures of Foreign Exchange Matters for Individuals, which, among other things, specified approval requirements for certain capital account transactions such as a PRC citizen’s participation in employee share ownership plans or share option plans of an overseas publicly-listed company.

Pursuant to the Notices on Issues concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plans of Overseas Publicly-Listed Companies, or the Stock Option Rules, which was promulgated by SAFE in February 2012 and replaced the Application Procedures of Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Employee Stock Ownership Plans or Stock Option Plans of Overseas Publicly-Listed Companies issued by SAFE in March 2007, PRC residents who are granted shares or stock options by companies listed on overseas stock exchanges based on the stock incentive plans are required to register with SAFE or its local branches. Pursuant to the Stock Option Rules, PRC residents participating in the stock incentive plans of overseas listed companies shall retain a qualified PRC agent, which could be a PRC subsidiary of such overseas publicly-listed company or another qualified institution selected by such PRC subsidiary, to conduct the SAFE registration and other procedures with respect to the stock incentive plans on behalf of these participants. Such participants must also retain an overseas entrusted institution to handle matters in connection with their exercise of stock options, purchase and sale of corresponding stocks or interests, and fund transfer. In addition, the PRC agents are required to amend the SAFE registration with respect to the stock incentive plan if there is any material change to the stock incentive plan, the PRC agents or the overseas entrusted institution or other material changes. The PRC agents shall, on behalf of the PRC residents who have the right to exercise the employee share options, apply to SAFE or its local branches for an annual quota for the payment of foreign currencies in connection with the PRC residents’ exercise of the employee share options. The foreign exchange proceeds received by the PRC residents from the sale of shares under the stock incentive plans granted and dividends distributed by the overseas listed companies must be remitted into the bank accounts in the PRC opened by the PRC agents before distribution to such PRC residents. In addition, the PRC agents shall file each quarter the form for record-filing of information of the Domestic Individuals Participating in the Stock Incentive Plans of Overseas Listed Companies with SAFE or its local branches.

In March 2011 and March 2012, our board of directors and shareholders adopted the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan and the 2012 Share Incentive Plan, respectively, pursuant to which we may issue stock options to our qualified employees and directors and consultants on a regular basis. In the application documents we filed with the Guangdong office of the SAFE in connection with the registration of the overseas investment in the company by our PRC resident shareholders under Circular 75, we indicated that 9% of our share capital are reserved for stock options and service incentive shares. We increased the number of our share capital reserved for stock options and services incentive shares in March 2012, and will amend the registration with the Guangdong office of the SAFE accordingly during the annual inspection period of Vipshop China. After this offering, we plan to advise our employees and directors participating in our stock incentive plans to handle foreign exchange matters in accordance with the Stock Option Rules. However, we cannot assure you that our PRC individual beneficiary owners and the stock options holders can successfully register with the SAFE in full compliance with the Stock Option Rules. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—Failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding the registration requirements for employee stock incentive plans may subject the PRC plan participants or us to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.”

Further, a notice concerning the individual income tax on earnings from employee share options jointly issued by Ministry of Finance, or the MOF, and the State Administration of Taxation, or the SAT, and its implementing rules, provide that domestic companies that implement employee share option programs shall

 

111


Table of Contents

(a) file the employee share option plans and other relevant documents to the local tax authorities having jurisdiction over them before implementing such employee share option plans; (b) file share option exercise notices and other relevant documents with the local tax authorities having jurisdiction over them before exercise by the employees of the share options, and clarify whether the shares issuable under the employee share options mentioned in the notice are the shares of publicly listed companies; and (c) withhold taxes from the PRC employees in connection with the PRC individual income tax. To comply with the requirement, we will file the 2011 Plan with the relevant local tax bureau.

Regulation on Overseas Listing

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, or SASAC, the SAT, the SAIC, the CSRC, and the SAFE, jointly adopted the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, which became effective on September 8, 2006 and was amended on June 22, 2009. The M&A Rules purport, among other things, to require offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, formed for overseas listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange.

While the application of this new regulation remains unclear, we believe, based on the advice of our PRC counsel, Han Kun Law Offices, that CSRC approval is not required in the context of this offering because (a) CSRC currently has not issued any definitive rule or interpretation concerning whether offerings like ours under this prospectus are subject to this regulation and (b) we established our PRC subsidiaries by means of direct investment other than by merger or acquisition of PRC domestic companies and no explicit provision in the M&A Rules classifies the contractual arrangements between Vipshop China, our consolidated affiliated entity and their shareholders as a type of acquisition transaction falling under the M&A Rules. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—The approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission may be required in connection with this offering under a regulation adopted in August 2006, and, if required, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such approval.”

PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and Individual Income Tax Law

On March 16, 2007, the National People’s Congress, the PRC legislature, enacted the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the New EIT Law, and its implementing rules, both of which became effective on January 1, 2008. Under the New EIT Law, enterprises are classified as resident enterprises and non-resident enterprises. PRC resident enterprises typically pay an enterprise income tax at the rate of 25%. An enterprise established outside of the PRC with its “de facto management bodies” located within the PRC is considered a “resident enterprise,” meaning that it can be treated in a manner similar to a PRC domestic enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes. The implementing rules of the New EIT Law define de facto management body as a managing body that in practice exercises “substantial and overall management and control over the production and operations, personnel, accounting, and properties” of the enterprise.

The SAT issued the Notice Regarding the Determination of Chinese-Controlled Offshore Incorporated Enterprises as PRC Tax Resident Enterprises on the Basis of De Facto Management Bodies, or Circular 82, on April 22, 2009. Circular 82 provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise is located in China, which include all of the following conditions: (a) the location where senior management members responsible for an enterprise’s daily operations discharge their duties; (b) the location where financial and human resource decisions are made or approved by organizations or persons; (c) the location where the major assets and corporate documents are kept; and (d) the location where more than half (inclusive) of all directors with voting rights or senior management have their habitual residence. In addition, the SAT issued a bulletin on July 27, 2011, effective September 1, 2011, providing more guidance on the implementation of Circular 82. This bulletin clarifies matters including

 

112


Table of Contents

resident status determination, post-determination administration and competent tax authorities. Although both Circular 82 and the bulletin only apply to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreign individuals, the determining criteria set forth in Circular 82 and the bulletin may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups or by PRC or foreign individuals.

Due to the short history of the New EIT Law and lack of applicable legal precedents, it remains unclear how the PRC tax authorities will determine the PRC tax resident treatment of a foreign company controlled by individuals like us. We do not believe Vipshop Holdings or Vipshop HK meet all the criteria provided by the implementing rules. As holding companies incorporated outside China, neither Vipshop Holdings nor Vipshop HK is controlled by a PRC enterprise or PRC enterprise groups. Their key assets and records, including the resolutions of their respective boards of directors and the resolutions of their respective shareholders, are located and maintained outside the PRC. In addition, we are not aware of any offshore holding companies with a similar corporate structure as ours ever having been deemed a PRC “resident enterprise” by the PRC tax authorities. Therefore, we do not believe Vipshop Holdings or Vipshop HK is a PRC “resident enterprise.” If, however, the PRC tax authorities determine that Vipshop Holdings or Vipshop HK is a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, we would be subject to the enterprise income tax at a rate of 25% on our worldwide taxable income as well as PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. We are actively monitoring the possibility of “resident enterprise” treatment for the applicable tax years and are evaluating appropriate organizational changes to avoid this treatment, to the extent possible.

The New EIT Law and the implementation rules provide that an income tax rate of 10% will normally be applicable to dividends payable to investors that are “non-resident enterprises,” and gains derived by such investors, which (a) do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC or (b) have an establishment or place of business in the PRC, but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business to the extent such dividends and gains are derived from sources within the PRC. The State Council of the PRC or a tax treaty between the PRC and the jurisdictions in which the non-PRC investors reside may reduce such income tax. Pursuant to an Arrangement Between the Mainland of China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement, and other applicable PRC laws, if a Hong Kong resident enterprise is determined by the competent PRC tax authority to have satisfied the relevant conditions and requirements under such Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement and other applicable laws, the 10% withholding tax on the dividends the Hong Kong resident enterprise receives from a PRC resident enterprise may be reduced to 5%. However, based on the Notice on Certain Issues with Respect to the Enforcement of Dividend Provisions in Tax Treaties issued on February 20, 2009 by the SAT, or Circular 81, if the relevant PRC tax authorities determine, in their discretion, that a company benefits from such reduced income tax rate due to a structure or arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, such PRC tax authorities may adjust the preferential tax treatment; and based on the Circular on How to Interpret and Recognize the “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties, or Circular 601, issued on October 27, 2009 by the SAT, conduit companies, which are established for the purpose of evading or reducing tax, or transferring or accumulating profits, shall not be recognized as beneficial owners and thus are not entitled to the above-mentioned reduced income tax rate of 5% under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement. Vipshop HK has not obtained the approval for a withholding tax rate of 5% from the competent tax authority and does not plan to obtain such approval in the near future because Vipshop China paid nil dividends since its establishment and does not plan to pay dividends in the near future. If we are considered a PRC resident enterprise and the competent PRC tax authorities consider dividends we pay with respect to our ADSs or ordinary shares and the gains realized from the transfer of our ADSs or ordinary shares income derived from sources within the PRC, such dividends and gains earned by our non-resident enterprise investors may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax at a rate of 10% (or other applicable preferential tax rate if any such non-resident enterprises’ jurisdiction has a tax treaty with China that provides for a preferential tax rate or a tax exemption).

 

113


Table of Contents

Moreover, if we are considered a PRC resident enterprise and the competent PRC tax authorities consider dividends we pay with respect to our ADSs or ordinary shares and the gains realized from the transfer of our ADSs or ordinary shares income derived from sources within the PRC, such dividends and gains earned by non-resident individuals may be subject to PRC individual income tax at a rate of 20% (or other applicable preferential tax rate if any such non-resident individuals’ jurisdiction has a tax treaty with China that provides for a preferential tax rate or a tax exemption).

In January, 2009, the SAT promulgated the Provisional Measures for the Administration of Withholding of Enterprise Income Tax for Non-resident Enterprises, or the Non-resident Enterprises Measures, pursuant to which, the entities which have the direct obligation to make certain payments to a non-resident enterprise shall be the relevant tax withholders for such non-resident enterprise. Further, the Non-resident Enterprises Measures provides that in case of an equity transfer between two non-resident enterprises which occurs outside China, the non-resident enterprise which receives the equity transfer payment shall, by itself or engage an agent to, file tax declaration with the PRC tax authority located at place of the PRC company whose equity has been transferred, and the PRC company whose equity has been transferred shall assist the tax authorities to collect taxes from the relevant non-resident enterprise. On April 30, 2009, the MOF and the SAT jointly issued the Notice on Issues Concerning Process of Enterprise Income Tax in Enterprise Restructuring Business, or Circular 59. On December 10, 2009, the SAT issued the Notice on Strengthening the Management of the Enterprise Income Tax Collection of Proceeds from Equity Transfers by Non-resident Enterprises, or Circular 698. Both Circular 59 and Circular 698 became effective retroactively as of January 1, 2008. By promulgating and implementing these two circulars, the PRC tax authorities have enhanced their scrutiny over the direct or indirect transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise by a non-resident enterprise. Under Circular 698, where a non-resident enterprise transfers the equity interests of a PRC “resident enterprise” indirectly by disposition of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, or an Indirect Transfer, and such overseas holding company is located in certain low tax jurisdictions, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, shall report to the competent tax authority of the PRC “resident enterprise” this Indirect Transfer. The PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of up to 10%. Although it appears that Circular 698 was not intended to apply to share transfers of publicly traded companies, there is uncertainty as to the application of Circular 698 to our private equity financings and we and our non-resident shareholders may be at risk of being required to file a return and being taxed under Circular 698 and we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with Circular 698 or to establish that we should not be taxed under Circular 698.

Employment Laws

We are subject to laws and regulations governing our relationship with our employees, including wage and hour requirements, working and safety conditions, and social insurance, housing funds and other welfare. The compliance with these laws and regulations may require substantial resources.

China’s National Labor Law, which became effective on January 1, 1995, and China’s National Labor Contract Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008, permit workers in both state-owned and private enterprises in China to bargain collectively. The National Labor Law and the National Labor Contract Law provide for collective contracts to be developed through collaboration between the labor union (or worker representatives in the absence of a union) and management that specify such matters as working conditions, wage scales, and hours of work. The laws also permit workers and employers in all types of enterprises to sign individual contracts, which are to be drawn up in accordance with the collective contract. The National Labor Contract Law has enhanced rights for the nation’s workers, including permitting open-ended labor contracts and severance payments. The legislation requires employers to provide written contracts to their workers, restricts the use of temporary labor and makes it harder for employers to lay off employees. It also requires that employees with fixed-term contracts be entitled to an indefinite-term contract after a fixed-term contract is renewed twice or the employee has worked for the employer for a consecutive ten-year period.

 

114


Table of Contents

On October 28, 2010, the National People’s Congress of China promulgated the PRC Social Insurance Law, which became effective on July 1, 2011. In accordance with the PRC Social Insurance Law and other relevant laws and regulations, China establishes a social insurance system including basic pension insurance, basic medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance. An employer shall pay the social insurance for its employees in accordance with the rates provided under relevant regulations and shall withhold the social insurance that should be assumed by the employees. The authorities in charge of social insurance may request an employer’s compliance and impose sanctions if such employer fails to pay and withhold social insurance in a timely manner. Under the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Fund effective in 1999, as amended in 2002, PRC companies must register with applicable housing fund management centers and establish a special housing fund account in an entrusted bank. Both PRC companies and their employees are required to contribute to the housing funds.

Companies operating in China are required to participate in various government sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations. We have not made adequate employee benefit payments as required under applicable PRC labor laws. Accrual for the underpaid amounts as recorded amounted to US$89 thousand, US$0.5 million and US$1.6 million as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 respectively. We believe it is not probable for us to be exposed to any PRC governmental penalties in relation to the under-paid amount of our employee benefits. However, our failure in making contributions to various employee benefit plans and complying with applicable PRC labor-related laws may still subject us to late payment penalties. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—Our failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefit plans as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.”

 

115


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Directors and Executive Officers

   Age   

Position/Title

Eric Ya Shen

   40    Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer

Arthur Xiaobo Hong

   39    Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors

Bin Wu

   38    Director

Yu Xu

   39    Director

Xing Peng

   42    Director

Frank Lin

   47    Director

Xing Liu

   41    Director

Nanyan Zheng*

   43    Independent Director Appointee

Kathleen Chien*

   42    Independent Director Appointee

Donghao Yang

   40    Chief Financial Officer

Alex Jing Jiang

   42    Chief Operating Officer

Maggie Mei Chuan Hung

   44    Vice President

Yizhi Tang

   38    Vice President

Xianfeng Cai

   42    General Manager of Shanghai Branch

 

* Nanyan Zheng and Kathleen Chien have accepted our appointment to be our independent directors, effective upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part.

Mr. Eric Ya Shen is our co-founder and has served as the chairman of our board of directors and chief executive officer since our inception in August 2008. He has over 18 years of experience in the distribution of consumer electronic products in domestic and overseas markets. Since 2001, Mr. Shen has served as the chairman of the board of directors of Guangzhou NEM Import and Export Co., Ltd., a company primarily engaging in the sales of consumer electronic and telecommunication products. Mr. Shen received an EMBA degree from Cheung Kong Graduate School of Business in 2010 and an associate degree in telecommunication from Shanghai Railway College in 1990.

Mr. Arthur Xiaobo Hong is our co-founder and has served as the vice chairman of our board of directors since our inception in August 2008. He has over 12 years of experience in the distribution of consumer electronic products in overseas markets. Mr. Hong has served as chairman of the board of directors of Société Europe Pacifique Distribution, a French company engaging in the distribution of consumer electronic products, since 1998. Mr. Hong graduated from Cheung Kong Graduate School of Business in 2010.

Mr. Bin Wu is an angel investor of our company and has served as our director since our inception in August 2008. Mr. Wu is the director of several privately held companies in China. Mr. Wu received an EMBA degree from Cheung Kong Graduate School of Business in 2006 and a master’s and bachelor’s degree in physics from Lanzhou University in 1998 and 1996, respectively.

Mr. Yu Xu is an angel investor of our company and has served as our director since our inception in August 2008. Mr. Xu is the director of several privately held companies in China. Mr. Xu graduated from Cheung Kong Graduate School of Business in 2009.

Mr. Xing Peng is an angel investor of our company and has served as our director since our inception in August 2008. Mr. Peng is the director of several privately held companies in China. Mr. Peng graduated from Cheung Kong Graduate School of Business in 2008.

Mr. Frank Lin has served as our director since January 2011. Mr. Lin was elected to our board of directors by DCM Entities under the provisions of our amended and restated shareholders’ agreement. Mr. Lin is a general partner of DCM, a technology venture capital firm. Prior to joining DCM in 2006, Mr. Lin was chief operating

 

116


Table of Contents

officer of SINA Corporation (NASDAQ: SINA). He co-founded SINA’s predecessor, SinaNet, in 1995 and later guided SINA through its listing on NASDAQ. Prior to founding SinaNet, Mr. Lin was a consultant at Ernst & Young Management Consulting Group. Mr. Lin had also held various marketing, engineering and managerial positions at Octel Communication Inc. and NYNEX. Mr. Lin currently serves on the board of directors of numerous DCM portfolio companies. Mr. Lin received an MBA degree from Stanford University and a bachelor’s degree in engineering from Dartmouth College.

Mr. Xing Liu has served as our director since January 2011. Mr. Liu was elected to our board of directors by Sequoia Entities under the provisions of our amended and restated shareholders’ agreement. Mr. Liu is a managing director of Sequoia Capital China. Prior to joining Sequoia Capital, Mr. Liu had over nine years of work experience in investment banking, technology and product development and consulting at Merrill Lynch, Xerox and GlobalSight, respectively. Mr. Liu received a master’s degree in computer engineering from Syracuse University, an MBA degree from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and a bachelor’s degree in management information systems from Fudan University.

Mr. Nanyan Zheng will serve as our independent director immediately prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. Mr. Zheng is currently the chief executive officer of 7 Days Groups Holdings Ltd., a leading national economy hotel chain based in China and listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Mr. Zheng co-founded 7 Days Groups Holdings Ltd. and has been serving as its chief executive officer since October 2004. From 2000 to October 2004, Mr. Zheng worked for Ctrip.com International Ltd., a NASDAQ-listed company and a leading travel service provider in China, and served as vice president and general manager of southern China, and later as vice president of marketing in charge of national marketing. During 2001, Mr. Zheng also worked for the computer center of the Economic and Trade Commission of Guangdong Province. Mr. Zheng received a bachelor’s degree from Sun Yat-Sen University in China.

Ms. Kathleen Chien will serve as our independent director immediately prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. Ms. Chien is currently the chief operating officer and acting chief financial officer of 51job, Inc., a NASDAQ-listed provider of integrated human resource services in China, and an independent director of ChinaCache International Holdings Ltd., a NASDAQ-listed provider of content and application delivery network services in China. Ms. Chien joined 51job, Inc. in 1999 and served as its chief financial officer from 2004 to March 2009. Prior to joining 51job, Inc., Ms. Chien worked in the financial services and management consulting industries, including three years with Bain & Company in Hong Kong and two years with Capital Securities Corp. in Taiwan. During her tenure at Bain & Company, Ms. Chien was a consultant to a number of companies on strategic and marketing issues, including entry into the Chinese market and achieving cost and operating efficiencies. While at Capital Securities Corp., Ms. Chien completed a number of equity and equity-linked transactions, enabling Taiwanese companies to raise significant capital from the international capital markets. Ms. Chien received her bachelor’s degree in economics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an MBA degree from the Walter A. Haas School of Business at University of California, Berkeley.

Mr. Donghao Yang has served as our chief financial officer since August 2011. Mr. Yang has held senior executive and managerial positions in various public and private companies, including serving as the chief finance officer of Synutra International Inc. (NASDAQ: SYUT) from May 2010 to August 2011, as the chief financial officer of Greater China of Tyson Foods, Inc. (NYSE: TSN) from March 2007 to April 2010, as a finance director of Asia Pacific of Valmont Industries, Inc. (NYSE: VMI) from October 2003 to March 2007, and as a director of China Minmetals Brazil Holding Limited from January 1999 to April 2001. Mr. Yang received an MBA degree from Harvard Business School in 2003 and a bachelor’s degree in international economics from Nankai University in 1993.

Mr. Alex Jing Jiang has served as our chief operating officer since February 2011. He has over 20 years of experience in China’s retail sector, including over five years of experience in e-commerce in China. Before joining our company, Mr. Jiang founded and served as a director of E-elephant Consulting Company Limited, a company focusing on consulting services in e-commerce and chain retail sectors in China, from 2008 to 2010.

 

117


Table of Contents

Mr. Jiang served as a vice president of Dangdang.com from 2006 to 2007, responsible for the management of finance, human resource, administration and logistics. He served as a senior director of China Resources Vanguard Co. Ltd. from 2003 to 2006 and a manager of Carrefour from 1997 to 2003. Mr. Jiang received his bachelor’s degree in accounting from Chongqing Business School in 1991.

Ms. Maggie Mei Chuan Hung has served as vice president since October 2009. She has over 20 years of experience in merchandise retail. Prior to joining us, Ms. Hung served as a vice president of Grand Pacific Mall from 2003 to 2009. Ms. Hung worked as the general manager of Grand Ocean Department Store in Nanjing from 2002 to 2003, as the department manager of Pacific Sogo Department Store in Taipei from 1998 to 2002, and as the manager of Chongqing Pacific Department Store from 1997 to 1998. Ms. Hung received her bachelor’s degree from Ling Tung University in 1991.

Mr. Yizhi Tang has served as our vice president since September 2010. Mr. Tang has over 10 years of experience in the logistics industry. Prior to joining us, Mr. Tang served as an operating director of Best Logistics Technology Co., Ltd. from 2009 to 2010. From 2008 to 2009, Mr. Tang served as the head of logistics department of Tesco, responsible for the logistics in the northern China area. From 2006 to 2008, Mr. Tang worked as the senior director of the logistics department of Dangdang.com. Mr. Tang received a master’s degree from Sun Yat-Sen University in 2003 and a bachelor’s degree from Nanjing University of Aeronautics and Astronautics in 1997.

Mr. Xianfeng Cai has served as the general manager of our Shanghai branch since January 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Cai had served for over 18 years in various roles at IGA Distribution Pty. Ltd., a licensed grocery supermarkets chain in Melbourne, Australia. His last role was general manager responsible for IGA Distribution Pty. Ltd.’s daily business operations. Mr. Cai received a bachelor’s degree in commerce from University of Melbourne in 1992.

Board of Directors

Our board of directors will consist of nine directors upon the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company by way of qualification. A director may vote with respect to any contract or transaction in which he or she is materially interested provided the nature of the interest is disclosed prior to its consideration. Subject to our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the directors may exercise all the powers of our company to borrow money, mortgage their undertaking, property and uncalled capital and issue debentures or other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of our company or of any third party. None of our directors has a service contract with us that provides for benefits upon termination of service.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Upon the completion of this offering, we will establish three committees under the board of directors, namely the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee. We have adopted a charter for each of the three committees. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

Audit Committee. Our audit committee will consist of Ms. Kathleen Chien, Mr. Nanyan Zheng and Mr. Frank Lin. Ms. Kathleen Chien and Mr. Nanyan Zheng satisfy the “independence” requirements under Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange and Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Ms. Kathleen Chien will be the chair of our audit committee. We have determined that Ms. Kathleen Chien qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert.” The purpose of the audit committee is to assist our board of directors with its oversight responsibilities regarding: (a) the integrity of our financial statements, (b) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (c) the independent auditor’s qualifications and independence and (d) the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditor. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

   

appointing the independent auditors and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent auditors;

 

118


Table of Contents
   

reviewing with the independent auditors any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;

 

   

discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditors;

 

   

reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any steps taken to monitor and control major financial risk exposures;

 

   

reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions;

 

   

meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent auditors; and

 

   

monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance.

Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee will consist of Mr. Nanyan Zheng, Ms. Kathleen Chien and Mr. Frank Lin. Mr. Nanyan Zheng and Ms. Kathleen Chien satisfy the “independence” requirements under Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange. Mr. Nanyan Zheng will be the chair of our compensation committee. The compensation committee assists the board in reviewing and approving compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

reviewing and approving, or recommending to the board for its approval, the compensation for our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to the board for determination with respect to the compensation of our directors; and

 

   

reviewing periodically and approving any incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or similar arrangements.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Mr. Nanyan Zheng, Ms. Kathleen Chien and Mr. Xing Liu. Mr. Nanyan Zheng and Ms. Kathleen Chien satisfy the “independence” requirements under Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange. Mr. Nanyan Zheng will be the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee assists the board of directors in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

selecting and recommending to the board nominees for election by the shareholders or appointment by the board;

 

   

reviewing annually with the board the current composition of the board with regard to characteristics such as independence, knowledge, skills, experience and diversity;

 

   

making recommendations on the frequency and structure of board meetings and monitoring the functioning of the committees of the board; and

 

   

advising the board periodically with regard to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and making recommendations to the board on all matters of corporate governance and on any remedial action to be taken.

Duties of Directors

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors have a duty of loyalty to act honestly in good faith with a view to our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the skill they actually possess and such care and

 

119


Table of Contents

diligence that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association. Our company has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors to us is breached.

Terms of Directors and Officers

Our officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors. Our directors are not subject to a term of office and hold office until such time as they are removed from office by special resolution or by the unanimous written resolution of all shareholders. A director will be removed from office automatically if, among other things, the director (a) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors; or (b) dies or is found by our company to be or becomes of unsound mind.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. Under these agreements, each of our senior executive officers is employed for a specified time period. We may terminate employment for cause, at any time, without advance notice or remuneration, for certain acts of the executive officer, such as conviction or plea of guilty to a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, negligent or dishonest acts to our detriment, or misconduct or a failure to perform agreed duties. In such case, the executive officer will not be entitled to receive payment of any severance benefits or other amounts by reason of the termination, and the executive officer’s right to all other benefits will terminate, except as required by any applicable law. We may also terminate an executive officer’s employment without cause upon one-month advance written notice. In such case of termination by us, we are required to provide compensation to the executive officer, including severance pay, as expressly required by the applicable law of the jurisdiction where the executive officer is based. The executive officer may terminate the employment at any time with a one-month advance written notice if there is any significant change in the executive officer’s duties and responsibilities that is inconsistent in any material and adverse respect with his or her title and position or a material reduction in the executive officer’s annual salary before the next annual salary review, or if otherwise approved by the board of directors.

Each executive officer has agreed to hold, both during and after the termination or expiry of his or her employment agreement, in strict confidence and not to use, except as required in the performance of his or her duties in connection with the employment, any of our confidential information or trade secrets, any confidential information or trade secrets of our clients or prospective clients or the confidential or proprietary information of any third party received by us and for which we have confidential obligations. The executive officers have also agreed to disclose in confidence to us all inventions, designs and trade secrets which they conceive, develop or reduce to practice and to assign all right, title and interest in them to us, and assist us in obtaining patents, copyrights and other legal rights for these inventions, designs and trade secrets.

In addition, each executive officer has agreed to be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the term of his or her employment and for one year following the last date of employment. Specifically, each executive officer has agreed not to (a) approach our clients, customers, contacts or other persons or entities introduced to the executive officer for the purpose of doing business with such persons or entities that will harm our business relationships with these persons or entities; (b) assume employment with or provide services to any of our competitors, or engage with, whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, any of our competitors; or (c) seek directly or indirectly, to solicit the services of any of our employees who is employed by us on or after the date of the executive officer’s termination, or in the year preceding such termination.

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, we paid an aggregate of US$0.1 million in cash to our executive officers, and we did not pay any cash compensation to our non-executive directors. For stock incentive grants to our officers and directors, see “—Stock Incentive Plans.”

 

120


Table of Contents

Stock Incentive Plans

2011 Stock Incentive Plan

In March 2011, we adopted our 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2011 Plan, in order to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentives to employees, directors, officers, consultants and other eligible persons and to promote the success of our business. Under the 2011 Plan, the maximum number of shares may be granted is 7,350,000 ordinary shares. As of the date of this prospectus, options to acquire 7,191,418 ordinary shares have been granted under the 2011 Plan.

The following paragraphs summarize the terms of the 2011 Plan.

Plan Administration. The plan administrator is our board or a committee designated by our board.

Awards. We may grant options, restricted shares and restricted share units as well as other rights or benefits, such as share appreciation rights and dividend equivalent rights, under the 2011 Plan.

Award Agreement and Notice of Stock Option Award. Awards granted under the 2011 Plan are evidenced by an award agreement and, in the case of stock options, a notice of stock option award that sets forth the terms, conditions, and limitations for each grant.

Exercise Price. The exercise price of an award shall be determined by the administrator in accordance with the 2011 Plan.

Eligibility. We may grant awards other than incentive stock options to our employees, directors and consultants or those of our related entities. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees of our company or a parent or a subsidiary of our company.

Term of the Awards. The term of each award grant shall be determined by the plan administrator and stated in the award agreement, provided that the term of incentive stock options shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. In the event of an incentive stock option granted to a grantee who, at the time the option is granted, owns shares representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of our company or any parent or subsidiary of our company, the term of the incentive stock option shall be five years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the award agreement.

Vesting Schedule. The vesting schedule is determined by the plan administrator and set forth in the notice of stock option award and award agreement. Except as unanimously approved by our board, awards granted under the 2011 Plan shall be subject to a minimum four-year vesting schedule calling for vesting no faster than the following: one-fourth of the total ordinary shares subject to the awards shall vest at the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and one-forty-eighth of the total ordinary shares subject to the awards shall vest at the end of each month thereafter; provided that the awards shall not be exercised or released until the earlier of consumption of a qualified initial public offering or immediately prior to a change in control.

Transfer Restrictions. Incentive stock options may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the grantee, only by the grantee. Other awards are transferable by will and by the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of the grantee, may be transferred to the extent and in the manner authorized by the plan administrator.

Termination of Employment or Service. In the event that an award recipient ceases employment with us or ceases to provide services to us, an award may be exercised following the termination of employment or service to the extent provided in the award agreement.

Termination and Amendment of the Plan. Unless terminated earlier, the 2011 Plan will terminate automatically in 2021. Our board has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the plan subject to shareholder approval with respect to certain amendments. However, no suspension or termination shall adversely affect any rights under awards previously granted.

 

121


Table of Contents

2012 Share Incentive Plan

In March 2012, we adopted our 2012 Share Incentive Plan in order to attract and retain the best available personnel, provide additional incentives to employees, directors and consultants and promote the success of our business. The plan permits the grant of options to purchase our ordinary shares, restricted shares and restricted share units as deemed appropriate by the administrator under the plan. The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to our 2012 Share Incentive Plan is 9,000,000, and the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued per calendar year is 1,500,000 from 2012 until the termination of this plan. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not granted any awards under this plan to our employees.

The following paragraphs describe the principal terms of our 2012 Share Incentive Plan:

Plan Administration. The plan will be administered by a committee of one or more directors to whom the board shall delegate the authority to grant or amend awards to participants other than any of the committee members. The committee will determine the provisions and terms and conditions of each award grant.

Awards and Award Agreement. We may grant options, restricted shares or restricted share units to our directors, employees or consultants under the plan. Awards granted under the plan will be evidenced by award agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each award. These may include the term of an award, the provisions applicable in the event the participant’s employment or service terminates, and our authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an award.

Option Exercise Price. The exercise price of an option shall be determined by the plan administrator and set forth in the award agreement. It may be a fixed price or a variable price related to the fair market value of our ordinary shares, to the extent not prohibited by applicable laws. Subject to certain limits set forth in the plan, the exercise price may be amended or adjusted in the absolute discretion of the plan administrator, whose determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. To the extent not prohibited by applicable laws or any exchange rule, a downward adjustment of the exercise prices of options shall be effective without the approval of the shareholders or the approval of the affected participants.

Eligibility. We may grant awards to our employees, directors and consultants or those of any of our related entities, which include our subsidiaries or any entities in which we hold a substantial ownership or control interest, as determined by our plan administrator. Awards other than incentive share options may be granted to our employees, directors and consultants. Incentive share options may be granted only to employees of our company or a parent or a subsidiary of our company.

Term of the Awards. The term of each award grant shall be determined by our plan administrator, provided that the term shall not exceed 10 years from the date of the grant.

Vesting Schedule. In general, the plan administrator determines, or the award agreement specifies, the vesting schedule. Restricted shares granted under the plan will have either a three-year, a two-year or a one-year vesting schedule. We have the right to repurchase the restricted shares until they have vested.

Transfer Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided by the plan administrator, an award may not be transferred or otherwise disposed of by a participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. The plan administrator may permit an award other than an incentive share option to be transferred to or exercised by certain persons related to the participant by express provision in the award or by an amendment to the award.

Corporate Transactions. Except as otherwise provided in an individual award agreement or any other written agreement entered into between a participant and us, our plan administrator may provide for one or more of the following in the event of a change of control or other similar corporate transaction: (i) the termination of each award outstanding under the plan at a specific time in the future, with each participant having the right to

 

122


Table of Contents

exercise the vested portion of the awards during a period of time as determined by the plan administrator; (ii) the termination of any award in exchange for an amount of cash equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise of the award; (iii) the replacement of an award with other rights or property selected by the plan administrator; (iv) the assumption of the award by our successor, parent or subsidiary, or the substitution of an award granted by our successor, parent or subsidiary, with appropriate adjustments; or (v) payment of an award in cash based on the value of our ordinary shares on the date of the corporate transaction plus reasonable interest on the award.

Amendment and Termination of the Plan. With the approval of our board, the plan administrator may amend, modify or terminate the plan at any time and from time to time. However, no amendment may be made without the approval of our shareholders to the extent that approval is required by applicable laws. The approval of our shareholders would also be required in the event that the amendment increased the number of shares available under our plan, permitted the plan administrator to extend the term of our plan or the exercise period for an option beyond ten years from the date of grant, or resulted in a material increase in benefits or a change in eligibility requirements, unless we decided to follow home country practice.

Grants

The following table summarizes, as of the date of this prospectus, the outstanding options we granted to our executive officers under the 2011 Plan that are exercisable within 60 days after the date of this prospectus. We have not granted any awards under the 2012 Share Incentive Plan as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name

   Number of
Ordinary Shares
Underlying
Options
     Exercise Price
(US$/Share)
     Date of Grant      Date of Expiration  

Donghao Yang

     *         2.52         August 30, 2011         August 29, 2021   

Alex Jing Jiang

     *         0.50         March 18, 2011         March 17, 2021   

Maggie Mei Chuan Hung

    

 

*

*

  

  

    
 
0.50
2.52
  
  
    
 
March 18, 2011
November 30, 2011
  
  
    
 
March 17, 2021
November 29, 2021
  
  

Yizhi Tang

    

 

*

*

  

  

    
 
0.50
2.52
  
  
    
 
March 18, 2011
November 30, 2011
  
  
    
 
March 17, 2021
November 29, 2021
  
  

Xianfeng Cai

    

 

*

*

  

  

    
 
0.50
2.52
  
  
    
 
March 18, 2011
November 30, 2011
  
  
    
 
March 17, 2021
November 29, 2021
  
  

 

* Less than 1% of the total outstanding shares of our company.

As of the date of this prospectus, other individuals as a group hold options to purchase 2,513,030 ordinary shares of our company, with exercise prices of US$0.50, US$2.50 or US$2.52 per ordinary share.

 

123


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus, assuming the automatic conversion of all of our preferred shares into ordinary shares, by:

 

   

each of our directors and executive officers; and

 

   

each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

The calculations in the table below assume that (i) there are 75,124,458 ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus on an as-converted basis, and (ii) 97,477,398 ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. Both calculations assume that each Series A preferred share will convert into one ordinary share and each Series B preferred share will convert into 1.0625 ordinary shares of our company, respectively, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $9.50 per ADS, the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security. These shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

     Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to This Offering
     Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned
After This Offering
 
     Number      %      Number      %  

Directors and Executive Officers*:

           

Eric Ya Shen(1)

     17,622,358         23.5         17,622,358         18.1   

Arthur Xiaobo Hong(2)

     13,563,810         18.1         13,563,810         13.9   

Bin Wu(3)

     5,544,181         7.4         5,544,181         5.7   

Yu Xu(4)

     4,752,155         6.3         4,752,155         4.9   

Xing Peng(5)

     4,752,155         6.3         4,752,155         4.9   

Frank Lin(6)

     14,387,453         19.2         14,387,453         14.8   

Xing Liu(7)

     —           —           —           —     

Donghao Yang

     —           —           —           —     

Alex Jing Jiang

     **         **         **         **   

Maggie Mei Chuan Hung

     **         **         **         **   

Yizhi Tang

     **         **         **         **   

Xianfeng Cai

     **         **         **         **   

All directors and executive officers as a group

     60,622,112         81.0         60,622,112         62.6   

Principal Shareholders:

           

Elegant Motion Holdings Limited(8)

     17,622,358         23.5         17,622,358         18.1   

DCM Entities.(9)

     14,387,453         19.2         14,387,453         14.8   

Sequoia Entities(10)

     14,502,346         19.3         14,502,346         14.9   

High Vivacity Holdings Limited(11)

     13,563,810         18.1         13,563,810         13.9   

Rapid Prince Development Limited(12)

     5,544,181         7.4         5,544,181         5.7   

Advanced Sea International Limited(13)

     4,752,155         6.3         4,752,155         4.9   

Dynasty Mount Enterprises Limited(14)

     4,752,155         6.3         4,752,155         4.9   

 

* Except for Mr. Frank Lin and Mr. Xing Liu, the business address of our directors and executive officers are c/o No. 20 Huahai Street, Liwan District, Guangzhou 510370, People’s Republic of China.
** Less than 1% of our total outstanding shares.
(1) Beneficially owned through Elegant Motion Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Shen.

 

124


Table of Contents
(2) Beneficially owned through High Vivacity Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Hong.
(3) Beneficially owned through Rapid Prince Development Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Wu.
(4) Beneficially owned through Advanced Sea International Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Xu.
(5) Beneficially owned through Dynasty Mount Enterprises Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Peng.
(6) Represents ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of (a) 10,762,390 series A preferred shares and 773,574 series B preferred shares owned by DCM V, L.P., (b) 262,610 series A preferred shares and 18,876 series B preferred shares owned by DCM Affiliates Fund V, L.P., and (c) 2,372,133 series B preferred shares owned by DCM Hybrid RMB Fund, L.P. Each Series A preferred share will convert into one ordinary share and each Series B preferred share will convert into 1.0625 ordinary shares of our company, respectively, assuming the initial public offering price will be US$9.50 per ADS, the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus. DCM V, L.P., DCM Affiliates Fund V, L.P. and DCM Hybrid RMB Fund, L.P. are collectively referred to as DCM Entities. Mr. Lin is a director of our company named by DCM Entities. Mr. Lin disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to the shares held by DCM Entities, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of Mr. Lin is 2420 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025, the United States.
(7) Mr. Liu is managing director of Sequoia Entities. The business address of Mr. Liu is Suite 2215, Two Pacific Place, 88 Queensway, Hong Kong.
(8) Elegant Motion Holdings Limited is a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Shen. The registered address of Elegant Motion Holdings Limited is Palm Grove House, P.O. Box 438, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
(9) Represents ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of (a) 10,762,390 series A preferred shares and 773,574 series B preferred shares owned by DCM V, L.P., (b) 262,610 series A preferred shares and 18,876 series B preferred shares owned by DCM Affiliates Fund V, L.P., and (c) 2,372,133 series B preferred shares owned by DCM Hybrid RMB Fund, L.P. Each Series A preferred share will convert into one ordinary share and each Series B preferred share will convert into 1.0625 ordinary shares of our company, respectively, assuming the initial public offering price will be US$9.50 per ADS, the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus. The general partner of DCM V, L.P. and DCM Affiliates Fund V, L.P. is DCM Investment Management V, L.P., whose general partner is DCM International V, Ltd. DCM International V, Ltd., through DCM Investment Management V, L.P., has sole voting and investment power over these shares, and such voting and investment power is exercised by K. David Chao, Thomas Blaisdell and Peter W. Moran, the directors of DCM International V, Ltd. Each of the directors disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by DCM V, L.P. and DCM Affiliates Fund V, L.P., except to the extent of each person’s pecuniary interest therein. The business address of DCM V, L.P. and DCM Affiliates Fund V, L.P. is 2420 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025, the United States. The general partner of DCM Hybrid RMB Fund, L.P. is DCM Hybrid RMB Fund Investment Management, L.P., whose general partner is DCM Hybrid RMB Fund International, Ltd. DCM Hybrid RMB Fund International, Ltd., through DCM Hybrid RMB Fund Investment Management, L.P., has sole voting and investment power over these shares, and such voting and investment power is exercised by K. David Chao, Thomas Blaisdell, Jason Krikorian and Peter W. Moran, the directors of DCM Hybrid RMB Fund International, Ltd. Each of the directors disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by DCM Hybrid RMB Fund, L.P., except to the extent of each person’s pecuniary interest therein. The business address of DCM Hybrid RMB Fund, L.P. is 2420 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025, the United States.
(10) Represents ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of (a) 7,700,044 series A preferred shares owned by Sequoia Capital China II, L.P., (b) 193,856 series A preferred shares owned by Sequoia Capital China Partners Fund II, L.P., (c) 1,293,600 series A preferred shares owned by Sequoia Capital China Principals Fund II, L.P., and (d) 5,002,084 series B preferred shares owned by Sequoia Capital 2010 CV Holdco, Ltd. Each Series A preferred share will convert into one ordinary share and each Series B preferred share will convert into 1.0625 ordinary shares of our company, respectively, assuming the initial public offering price will be US$9.50 per ADS, the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus. The general partner of Sequoia Capital China II, L.P., Sequoia Capital China Partners Fund II, L.P. and Sequoia Capital China Principals Fund II. L.P. is Sequoia Capital China Management II, L.P. Sequoia Capital 2010 CV Holdco., Ltd is wholly owned by Sequoia Capital China Venture 2010 Fund, L.P., Sequoia Capital China Venture 2010 Partners Fund, L.P. and Sequoia Capital China Venture 2010 Principals Fund, L.P. (collectively “SCC 2010 Venture Funds”). The SCC 2010 Venture Funds’ general partner is SC China Venture 2010 Management, L.P. The general partner of Sequoia Capital China Management II, L.P. and SC China Venture 2010 Management, L.P. is SC China Holding Limited, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. SC China Holding Limited is wholly owned by SNP China Enterprises Limited, a company wholly owned by Mr. Neil Nanpeng Shen. Mr. Shen disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Sequoia Entities, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of Sequoia Entities is Suite 2215, Two Pacific Place, 88 Queensway, Hong Kong.
(11) High Vivacity Holdings Limited is a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Hong. The registered address of High Vivacity Holdings Limited is Palm Grove House, P.O. Box 438, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
(12) Rapid Prince Development Limited is a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Wu. The registered address of Rapid Prince Development Limited is Palm Grove House, P.O. Box 438, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
(13) Advanced Sea International Limited is a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Xu. The registered address of Advanced Sea International Limited is Palm Grove House, P.O. Box 438, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
(14) Dynasty Mount Enterprises Limited is a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Peng. The registered address of Dynasty Mount Enterprises Limited is Palm Grove House, P.O. Box 438, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

As of the date of this prospectus, none of our outstanding ordinary shares is held by record holders in the United States, and 11,025,000 series A preferred shares and 792,450 series B preferred shares are held by two record holders in the United States. None of our existing shareholders has different voting rights from other shareholders after the completion of this offering. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

 

125


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Contractual Arrangements

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Vipshop China, has entered into a series of contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entity, Vipshop Information, and its shareholders, which enable us to exercise effective control over Vipshop Information, receive substantially all of the economic benefits of Vipshop Information through service fees in consideration for the technical and consulting services provided by Vipshop China, and have an exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests in Vipshop Information to the extent permitted under PRC laws, regulations and legal procedures. For a description of these contractual arrangements, see “Our Corporate History and Structure—Contractual Arrangements with Our Consolidated Affiliated Entity.”

Private Placements

Upon our incorporation in August 2010, we issued (a) 20,000 ordinary shares to Elegant Motion Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly-owned by Mr. Eric Ya Shen, (b) 12,500 ordinary shares to High Vivacity Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly-owned by Mr. Arthur Xiaobo Hong, (c) 7,500 ordinary shares to Rapid Prince Development Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly-owned by Mr. Bin Wu, (d) 5,000 ordinary shares to Dynasty Mount Enterprises Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly-owned by Mr. Xing Peng, and (e) 5,000 ordinary shares to Advanced Sea International Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly-owned by Mr. Yu Xu.

In January 2011, we issued an aggregate of 47,765,000 ordinary shares to our five existing shareholders proportionally based on their respective percentage of equity interest in our company. In the same month, we issued and sold a total of 20,212,500 series A preferred shares for US$1.00 per share to our series A preferred shareholders for an aggregate consideration of US$20.2 million, including 11,025,000 series A preferred shares to several DCM Entities, and 9,187,500 series A preferred shares to several Sequoia Entities.

In April 2011, we issued a total number of 8,166,667 series B preferred shares for US$5.05 per share to our series B preferred shareholders for an aggregate consideration of US$41.2 million, including 3,164,583 series B preferred shares to several DCM Entities, and 5,002,084 series B preferred shares to a Sequoia Entity. In June 2011, we issued 198,106 ordinary shares to Elegant Motion Holdings Limited and 99,053 ordinary shares to High Vivacity Holdings Limited for an aggregate consideration of US$1.5 million (US$5.05 per share). In addition, we have granted to certain of our officers and employees options to purchase an aggregate of 5,305,888 ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus. See “Description of Share Capital—History of Securities Issuances.”

Shareholders’ Agreement

In April 2011, in connection with the issuance and sale of our series B preferred shares, we and our shareholders entered into a revised shareholders’ agreement, which amended and restated the shareholders’ agreement we previously entered into with the investors of our series A preferred shares. See “Description of Share Capital—Shareholders’ Agreement.”

Transactions with Our Directors, Executive Officers and Shareholders

In 2008, we extended certain loans in an aggregate amount of US$10,915 to Mr. Eric Ya Shen, our chairman of the board and chief executive officer. All the loans were repaid in 2009.

Since our inception in August 2008 through December 31, 2011, our ordinary shareholders, namely, Eric Ya Shen, Arthur Xiaobo Hong, Bin Wu, Yu Xu and Xing Peng, provided certain loans to us for our daily business operations. All of these loans from our ordinary shareholders were unsecured and interest free. As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding loan balances due to shareholders amounted to US$2.9 million.

 

126


Table of Contents

We also purchased products and goods from companies controlled by certain of our ordinary shareholders, namely, Eric Ya Shen, Bin Wu, Yu Xu and Xing Peng, in the amount of US$0.4 million, US$2.4 million and US$6.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, respectively. All of the purchases were made at prices and on terms substantially similar to the prices and terms of purchases from unrelated suppliers. As of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the amounts due to companies controlled by our ordinary shareholders were US$0.5 million, US$1.7 million and US$0.8 million, respectively, which were unsecured and interest free. As of December 31, 2011, we also recorded an amount of US$2.1 million due from a related entity controlled by Yu Xu, one of our shareholders, representing prepayments related to purchases of goods.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. See “Management—Employment Agreements.”

Stock Incentives

In March 2011, we adopted our 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2011 Plan, in order to attract and retain qualified personnel, to provide additional incentives to employees, directors, officers, consultants and other eligible persons, and to promote the success of our business. Under the 2011 Plan, the maximum number of shares that may be granted is 7,350,000 ordinary shares. As of the date of this prospectus, options to acquire 7,191,418 ordinary shares have been granted under the 2011 Plan. In March 2012, we adopted our 2012 Share Incentive Plan, and we have not granted any award under this plan as of the date of this prospectus. See “Management—Stock Incentive Plans.”

 

127


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

We are a Cayman Islands company and our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law (2011 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, which is referred to as the Companies Law below.

As of the date of this prospectus, our authorized share capital, being US$50,000, is divided into 471,620,833 ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.0001 each and 28,379,167 preferred shares with a par value of US$0.0001 each, of which 20,212,500 preferred shares are designated as series A preferred shares and 8,166,667 preferred shares are designated as series B preferred shares. As of the date of this prospectus, there are 46,234,659 ordinary shares, 20,212,500 series A preferred shares and 8,166,667 series B preferred shares issued and outstanding. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, each series A preferred share will convert into one ordinary share and each series B preferred share will convert into 1.0625 ordinary shares of our company, respectively, assuming the initial public offering price will be US$9.50 per ADS, the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus. Immediately after the completion of this offering, there will be 97,477,398 ordinary shares outstanding (or 100,830,338 ordinary shares if the option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full by the underwriters) outstanding, including a total of 28,889,799 ordinary shares resulting from the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares.

Memorandum and Articles of Association

We have adopted a new memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and will replace the current amended and restated memorandum and articles of association in its entirety. The following are summaries of material provisions of our post-IPO memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares that we expect will become effective upon the closing of this offering.

General. All of our outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates representing the ordinary shares are issued in registered form. Our shareholders may freely hold and vote their shares. Each holder of our ordinary shares is entitled to one vote for each ordinary share held on matters submitted to a vote of shareholders.

Dividends. The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors subject to the Companies Law.

Voting Rights. Each ordinary share is entitled to one vote on all matters upon which the ordinary shares are entitled to vote. Voting at any shareholders’ meeting is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded. A poll may be demanded by the chairman of our board of directors or one or more shareholders holding at least 10% of the paid up voting share capital, present in person or by proxy.

A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of at least one shareholder present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative, who holds no less than 10% of our voting share capital. Shareholders’ meetings are held annually and may be convened by our board of directors on its own initiative or upon a request to the directors by shareholders holding in aggregate at least one-third of our voting share capital. Advance notice to shareholders of at least seven days is required for the convening of our annual general meeting and other shareholders’ meetings.

An ordinary resolution to be passed by the shareholders requires a simple majority of votes cast in a general meeting, while a special resolution requires no less than two-thirds of the votes cast. A special resolution is required for important matters such as a change of name. Our shareholders may effect certain changes by ordinary resolution, including increasing the amount of our authorized share capital, consolidating and dividing all or any of our share capital into shares of larger amount than our existing shares and canceling any shares.

Transfer of Shares. Subject to the restrictions of our memorandum and articles of association, as applicable, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or any other form approved by our board.

 

128


Table of Contents

Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share which is not fully paid up or on which we have a lien. Our directors may also decline to register any transfer of any share unless (a) the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer; (b) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares; (c) the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required; (d) in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the share is to be transferred does not exceed four; (e) the shares conceded are free of any lien in favor of us; or (f) a fee of such maximum sum as the New York Stock Exchange may determine to be payable, or such lesser sum as our board of directors may from time to time require, has been paid to us in respect thereof.

If our directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal. The registration of transfers may, on 14 days’ notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as our board of directors may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year.

Liquidation. On a return of capital on winding up or otherwise (other than on conversion, redemption or purchase of shares), assets available for distribution among the holders of ordinary shares shall be distributed among the holders of the ordinary shares in accordance with the company law and the memorandum or articles of association of the company. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders proportionately.

Calls on Shares and Forfeiture of Shares. Our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 days prior to the specified time of payment. The shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid on the specified time are subject to forfeiture.

Redemption of Shares. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, we may issue shares on terms that are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders, on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by special resolution.

Variations of Rights of Shares. All or any of the special rights attached to any class of shares may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, be varied either with the written consent of the holders of a majority of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking in priority to or pari passu with such previously existing shares.

Inspection of Books and Records. Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we will provide our shareholders with annual audited financial statements. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Anti-Takeover Provisions. Some provisions of our post-offering memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that:

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue preferred shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preferred shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders; and

 

   

limit the ability of shareholders to requisition and convene general meetings of shareholders.

 

129


Table of Contents

However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our memorandum and articles of association for a proper purpose and for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company.

Share Register

In accordance with Section 48 of the Caymans Islands Companies Law, the register of members is prima facie evidence of legal title to the shares of the Company. Therefore, legal title to the shares of the company only passes upon entry being made in the register of members. Our directors will maintain one register of members, at the office of International Corporation Services Ltd., P.O. Box 472, 2nd Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-1106, Cayman Islands. We will perform the procedures necessary to register the shares in the register of members as required in “PART III – Distribution of Capital and Liability of Members of Companies and Associations” of the Companies Law, and to ensure the entries on the register of members to be made without any delay.

There is no prohibition under the laws of the Cayman Islands on having only one registered shareholder. The depositary will be included in our register of members as the only holder of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs in this offering.

The shares underlying the ADSs are not shares in bearer form, but rather are “non-negotiable” or “registered” shares. Hence in accordance with Section 166 of the Companies Law, the shares underlying the ADSs can only be transferred on the books of the company.

In the event that we fail to update our register of members, the recourse of investors is directly to the depositary under the terms of the deposit agreement, which is governed by New York law. The depositary will have recourse against us under the terms of the deposit agreement, and also will hold a certificate evidencing entry on the register of members of the depositary as the holder of shares underlying the ADSs. Further, Section 46 of the Companies Law provides for the recourse available to the shareholders in the case we fail to update its register of members. In the event we fail to update our register of member, the depositary, as the aggrieved party, may apply for an order with the courts of the Cayman Islands, for the rectification of the register, and may ask us to pay all the costs and damages it may have sustained.

History of Securities Issuances

The following is a summary of our securities issuance during the past three years.

We were incorporated in the Cayman Islands on August 27, 2010, with an authorized share capital of US$50,000 divided into 50,000 ordinary shares with a par value of US$1.00 each. Upon incorporation, we issued (a) 20,000 ordinary shares to Elegant Motion Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly-owned by Mr. Eric Ya Shen, (b) 12,500 ordinary shares to High Vivacity Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly-owned by Mr. Arthur Xiaobo Hong, (c) 7,500 ordinary shares to Rapid Prince Development Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly-owned by Mr. Bin Wu, (d) 5,000 ordinary shares to Dynasty Mount Enterprises Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly-owned by Mr. Xing Peng, and (e) 5,000 ordinary shares to Advanced Sea International Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly-owned by Mr. Yu Xu. In November 2010, we subdivided our share capital into 500,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.0001 each, and redeemed and cancelled 499,990,000 ordinary shares owned by our then shareholders on a pro rata basis.

In January 2011, we issued an aggregate of 47,765,000 ordinary shares to our five existing shareholders proportionally based on their respective percentage of equity interest in our company. In the same month, we issued and sold a total of 20,212,500 series A preferred shares for US$1.00 per share to our series A preferred shareholders for an aggregate price of US$20,212,500, including 11,025,000 series A preferred shares to several

 

130


Table of Contents

DCM Entities, and 9,187,500 series A preferred shares to several Sequoia Entities. In connection with the issuance of the series A preferred shares, we redeemed and cancelled 1,837,500 ordinary shares from Rapid Prince Development Limited.

In April 2011, we issued a total number of 8,166,667 series B preferred shares for US$5.05 per share to our series B preferred shareholders for an aggregate price of US$41,223,892, including 3,164,583 series B preferred shares to several DCM Entities, and 5,002,084 series B preferred shares to a Sequoia Entity.

In June 2011, we issued 198,106 ordinary shares to Elegant Motion Holdings Limited and 99,053 ordinary shares to High Vivacity Holdings Limited for US$5.05 per share.

In addition, we have granted to certain of our officers and employees options to purchase an aggregate of 7,191,418 ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus. See “Management—Stock Incentive Plans.”

Shareholders’ Agreement

In connection with the issuance and sale of our series B preferred shares in April 2011, we and our shareholders entered into a shareholders’ agreement. Pursuant to the shareholders’ agreement, DCM Entities and Sequoia Entities, as our preferred shareholders, were granted certain rights, including customary veto rights, rights of participation, co-sale rights, drag-along rights, rights of first refusal, registration rights and the right to name certain two directors. In particular, one director shall be named by DCM Entities and the one director shall be named by Sequoia Entities. Our preferred shareholders were also granted conversion rights and liquidation rights with respect to the series A and series B preferred shares. Except for the registration rights, all of the rights of our preferred shareholders under the amended and restated shareholders’ agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering. All of our outstanding preferred shares will be automatically converted into a total of 28,889,799 ordinary shares. However, based on an assumed initial public offering price of US$9.50 per ADS, the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus, the proposed per ordinary share price of this offering will be lower than the per share purchase price of the series B preferred shares, which triggers the series B shareholders’ anti-dilution rights in connection with this offering. As a result of such anti-dilution rights, the conversion ratio between the series B preferred share and our ordinary share will be adjusted from one series B preferred share to one ordinary share to one series B preferred share to 1.0625 ordinary shares of our company upon the completion of the offering. The conversion ratio between the series A preferred share and our ordinary share will remain to be one-to-one. For additional details on the effect of this change on the conversion ratio between our Series B preferred shares and our ordinary shares, see “Dilution,” “Capitalization” and “Principal Shareholders.”

Registration Rights

Pursuant to our amended and restated shareholders’ agreement entered into in April 2011, we have granted certain registration rights to our preferred shareholders. Set forth below is a description of the registration rights granted under this agreement.

Demand Registration Rights. Holders of at least 30% of the registrable securities have the right to demand us to use reasonable efforts to file a registration statement covering all or a portion of registrable securities then outstanding if the anticipated gross receipts from the offering are to exceed US$7,500,000. We, however, are not obligated to effect a registration demand if, among other things, the registrable securities requested to be registered are less than 30% of all registrable securities then outstanding, or if we have already effected a registration within the six month period preceding the date of such request. We have the right to defer filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days if our board of directors determine in good faith that filing of a registration will be materially detrimental to us, provided that we cannot exercise the deferral right more than once in any twelve-month period.

Piggyback Registration Rights. If we propose to file a registration statement with respect to an offering of securities of our company, we shall notify the holders of our registrable securities in writing and afford each such holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or portion of the registrable securities then held

 

131


Table of Contents

by such holder. We are not required to register any registrable securities in an underwritten offering unless these securities are included in the underwriting and their holders enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriters selected by us. The underwriters may in good faith limit the number of shares with registration rights to be included in the registration statement, subject to certain limitations.

Form F-3 Registration Rights. When we are eligible for use of Form F-3, holders of at least 30% of the registrable securities then outstanding have the right to request us to file a registration statement on Form F-3. We, however, are not obligated to file a registration statement on Form F-3 if the proposed aggregate price of the securities to be offered and sold under the requested registration is less than US$2 million, or if we have already effected two registrations within the twelve month period preceding the date of such request, other than a registration from which the registrable securities of such holders have been excluded. We have the right to defer filing of a registration statement on Form F-3 for up to 90 days if our board of directors determine in good faith that filing of such registration statement will be materially detrimental to us, provided that we cannot exercise the deferral right more than once in any twelve-month period.

Expenses of Registration. We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback or Form F-3 registration, except for underwriting discounts and commissions relating to the sale of registrable securities.

Differences in Corporate Law

The Companies Law is modeled after companies legislation of the United Kingdom but does not follow recent United Kingdom statutory enactments. In addition, the Companies Law differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements. In certain circumstances, the Cayman Islands Companies Law allows for mergers or consolidations between two Cayman Islands companies, or between a Cayman Islands company and a company incorporated in another jurisdiction (provided that is facilitated by the laws of that other jurisdiction).

Where the merger or consolidation is between two Cayman Islands companies, the directors of each company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation containing certain prescribed information. That plan or merger or consolidation must then be authorized by (a) a special resolution (usually a majority of 66 2/3% in value) of the shareholders of each company and (b) such other authorization, if any, as is required by such constituent company’s memorandum and articles of association. A shareholder has the right to vote on a merger or consolidation regardless of whether the shares that he holds otherwise give him voting rights. No shareholder resolution is required for a merger between a parent company (i.e., a company that owns at least 90% of the issued shares of each class in a subsidiary company) and its subsidiary company. The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest of a constituent company must be obtained, unless the court waives such requirement. If the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies is satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Law (which includes certain other formalities) have been complied with, the Registrar of Companies will register the plan of merger or consolidation.

Where the merger or consolidation involves a non-Cayman Islands company, the procedure is similar, save that with respect to the foreign company, the director of the Cayman Islands company is required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, he is of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (a) that the merger or consolidation is permitted or not prohibited by the constitutional documents of the non-Cayman Islands company and by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the non-Cayman Islands company is incorporated, and that those laws and any requirements of those constitutional documents have been or will be complied with; (b) that no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding or order made or resolution adopted to wind up or liquidate the non-Cayman Islands company in any jurisdictions; (c) that no receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the non-Cayman Islands company, its affairs or its property or any part thereof; and (d) that no scheme, order, compromise or other similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction whereby the rights of creditors of the non-Cayman Islands company are and continue to be suspended or restricted.

 

132


Table of Contents

Where the surviving company is the Cayman Islands company, the director of the Cayman Islands company is further required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, he is of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the non-Cayman Islands company is able to pay its debts as they fall due and that the merger or consolidation is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the non-Cayman Islands company; (ii) that in respect of the transfer of any security interest granted by the non-Cayman Islands company to the surviving or consolidated company (a) consent or approval to the transfer has been obtained, released or waived; (b) the transfer is permitted by and has been approved in accordance with the constitutional documents of the non-Cayman Islands company; and (c) the laws of the jurisdiction of the non-Cayman Islands company with respect to the transfer have been or will be complied with; (iii) that the non-Cayman Islands company will, upon the merger or consolidation becoming effective, cease to be incorporated, registered or exist under the laws of the relevant non-Cayman Islands jurisdiction; and (iv) that there is no other reason why it would be against the public interest to permit the merger or consolidation.

Where the above procedures are adopted, the Companies Law provides for a right of dissenting shareholders to be paid the fair value of his shares upon their dissenting to the merger or consolidation if they follow a prescribed procedure. In essence, that procedure is as follows: (a) the shareholder must give his written objection to the merger or consolidation to the constituent company before the vote on the merger or consolidation, including a statement that the shareholder proposes to demand payment for his shares if the merger or consolidation is authorized by the vote; (b) within 20 days following the date on which the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the constituent company must give written notice to each shareholder who made a written objection; (c) a shareholder must within 20 days following receipt of such notice from the constituent company, give the constituent company a written notice of his intention to dissent including, among other details, a demand for payment of the fair value of his shares; (d) within seven days following the date of the expiration of the period set out in paragraph (b) above or seven days following the date on which the plan of merger or consolidation is filed, whichever is later, the constituent company, the surviving company or the consolidated company must make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his shares at a price that the company determines is the fair value and if the company and the shareholder agree the price within 30 days following the date on which the offer was made, the company must pay the shareholder such amount; (e) if the company and the shareholder fail to agree a price within such 30 day period, within 20 days following the date on which such 30 day period expires, the company (and any dissenting shareholder) must file a petition with the Cayman Islands Grand Court to determine the fair value and such petition must be accompanied by a list of the names and addresses of the dissenting shareholders with whom agreements as to the fair value of their shares have not been reached by the company. At the hearing of that petition, the court has the power to determine the fair value of the shares together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid by the company upon the amount determined to be the fair value. Any dissenting shareholder whose name appears on the list filed by the company may participate fully in all proceedings until the determination of fair value is reached. These rights of a dissenting shareholder are not available in certain circumstances, for example, to dissenters holding shares of any class in respect of which an open market exists on a recognized stock exchange or recognized interdealer quotation system at the relevant date or where the consideration for such shares to be contributed are shares of any company listed on a national securities exchange or shares of the surviving or consolidated company.

Moreover, Cayman Islands law also has separate statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction or amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, schemes of arrangement will generally be more suited for complex mergers or other transactions involving widely held companies, commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as a “scheme of arrangement” which may be tantamount to a merger. In the event that a merger was sought pursuant to a scheme of arrangement (the procedure of which is more rigorous and takes longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States), the arrangement in question must be approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or a meeting summoned for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the terms of the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder

 

133


Table of Contents

would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:

 

   

we are not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of our corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with;

 

   

the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;

 

   

the arrangement is such as a businessman would reasonably approve; and

 

   

the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.”

If a scheme of arrangement or takeover offer (as described below) is approved, any dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of United States corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Squeeze-out Provisions. When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares to whom the offer is made within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.

Further, transactions similar to a merger, reconstruction and/or an amalgamation may in some circumstances be achieved through means other than under the relevant statutory provisions, such as a share capital exchange, asset acquisition or control, through contractual arrangements, of an operating business.

Shareholders’ Suits. Our Cayman Islands counsel is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. Derivative actions have been brought in the Cayman Islands courts, and the Cayman Islands courts have confirmed their availability. In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and a claim against (for example) our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:

 

   

a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

 

   

the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; or

 

   

those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

A shareholder may have a direct right of action against us where the individual rights of that shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed.

Transactions with Directors. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, transactions with directors must be approved by disinterested directors or by the shareholders, or otherwise proven to be fair to the company as of the time it is approved. Such transaction will be void or voidable, unless (a) the material facts of any interested directors’ interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and the transaction is approved by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (b) the material facts of any interested directors’ interests are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by a vote of the shareholders; or (c) the transaction is fair to the company as of the time it is approved.

 

134


Table of Contents

Cayman Islands laws do not restrict transactions with directors, requiring only that directors exercise a duty of care and owe a fiduciary duty to the companies for which they serve. Under our post-offering memorandum and articles of association, subject to any separate requirement for audit committee approval under the New York Stock Exchange rules or unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant board meeting, so long as a director discloses the nature of his interest in any contract or arrangement which he is interested in, such a director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such a meeting.

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties. Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care generally requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, but subject to certain exceptions, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties.

Under Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company, and therefore it is considered that he or she owes the following duties to the company: a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company and for a proper purpose; a duty not to make a profit out of his or her position as director (unless the company permits him or her to do so); and a duty not to put himself or herself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal interests or his or her duty to a third party. A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill, diligence and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his or her duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his or her knowledge and experience. However, there are indications that the courts are moving towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care.

Under our post-offering memorandum and articles of association, directors who are in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with our company shall declare the nature of their interest at a meeting of the board of directors. Following such declaration, a director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract notwithstanding his interest.

Majority Independent Board. A domestic U.S. company listed on the New York Stock Exchange must comply with the requirement that a majority of the board of directors must be comprised of independent directors as defined under New York Stock Exchange rules. As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are allowed to follow home country practices in lieu of certain corporate governance requirements under the New York Stock Exchange rules where there is no similar requirement under the laws of the Cayman Islands. However, we have no present intention to rely on home country practice with respect to our corporate governance matters, and we intend to comply with the New York Stock Exchange rules after the completion of this offering.

Shareholder Action by Written Consent. Under the DGCL, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by inclusion of such a restriction in its certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law and our post-offering articles of association provide that shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting without a meeting being held.

 

135


Table of Contents

Shareholder Proposals. The DGCL does not provide shareholders an express right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, but in keeping with common law, Delaware corporations generally afford shareholders an opportunity to make proposals and nominations provided that they comply with the notice provisions in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings. With respect to shareholder proposals, Cayman law is essentially the same as Delaware law. The Companies Law does not provide shareholders with an express right to put forth any proposal before the annual meeting of the shareholders. However, depending on what is stipulated in a company’s articles of associations, shareholders in an exempted Cayman Islands company may make proposals in accordance with the relevant notice provisions. For shares that are represented by ADSs, the depositary in many cases may be the only shareholder. In such cases, only the depositary has the direct right to requisition a shareholders’ meeting. However, unless otherwise provided in the deposit agreement, the holders of the ADSs generally do not have the right to petition the depositary to requisition a shareholders’ meeting or put forth shareholder proposals through the depositary.

Our post-offering memorandum and articles of association allow our shareholders holding not less than one-third of our paid-up voting share capital to requisition a shareholders’ meeting. At such shareholders’ meeting, the shareholders who have requisitioned the meeting may put forth proposals, provided the details of such proposals are set forth in their notice requisitioning the meeting. As an exempted Cayman Islands company, we are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings.

Cumulative Voting. Under the DGCL, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director.

There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under the laws of the Cayman Islands, but our post-offering articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of Directors. Under the DGCL, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our post-offering articles of association, directors can be removed by an ordinary resolution of shareholders.

Transactions with Interested Shareholders. The DGCL contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by an amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws that is approved by its shareholders, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock or who or which is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and owned 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among others, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware public corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does

 

136


Table of Contents

not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and not with the effect of perpetuating a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Amendment of Governing Documents. Under the DGCL, a corporation’s certificate of incorporation may be amended only if adopted and declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, and the bylaws may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote and may, if so provided in the certificate of incorporation, also be amended by the board of directors. As permitted by Cayman Islands law, our post-offering memorandum and articles of association may be amended by a special resolution of the shareholders.

Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders. There are no limitations imposed by our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our post-offering memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

Indemnification. Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against conduct amounting to willful default, willful neglect, fraud or dishonesty, for example, civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.

Under our post-offering memorandum and articles of association, we may indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in connection with actions, suits or proceedings to which they are party or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their acting as our directors, officers, employees or agents, except through their own dishonesty, willful default or fraud. To be entitled to indemnification, these persons must have acted in good faith and in the best interest and not contrary to the interest of our company, and must not have acted in a manner willfully or grossly negligent and, with respect to any criminal action, they must have had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. Our post-offering memorandum and articles of association may also provide for indemnification of such person in the case of a suit initiated by our company or in the right of our company.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers to indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and our articles of association, from and against all costs, charges, expenses, liabilities and losses incurred in connection with any litigation, suit or proceeding to which such director is or is threatened to be made a party, witness or other participant.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and therefore is unenforceable.

 

137


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

American Depositary Shares

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary, will register and deliver the ADSs. Each ADS will represent ownership of two ordinary shares deposited with the office in Hong Kong of Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch, as custodian for the depositary. Each ADS will also represent ownership of any other securities, cash or other property which may be held by the depositary. The depositary’s corporate trust office at which the ADSs will be administered is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, USA. The principal executive office of the depositary is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, USA.

The Direct Registration System, or DRS, is a system administered by The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the depositary to the ADS holders entitled thereto.

We will not treat ADS holders as our shareholders and accordingly, you, as an ADS holder, will not have shareholder rights. Cayman Islands law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. As a holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary and you, as an ADS holder, and the beneficial owners of ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. The laws of the State of New York govern the deposit agreement and the ADSs.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of American Depositary Receipt. For directions on how to obtain copies of those documents, see “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Holding the ADSs

How will you hold your ADSs?

You may hold ADSs either (1) directly (a) by having an American Depositary Receipt, or ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (b) by holding ADSs in DRS, or (2) indirectly through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADSs directly, you are an ADS holder. This description assumes you hold your ADSs directly. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

Dividends and Other Distributions

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?

The depositary has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on ordinary shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your ADSs represent as of the record date (which will be as close as practicable to the record date for our ordinary shares) set by the depositary with respect to the ADSs.

 

   

Cash. The depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the ordinary shares or any net proceeds from the sale of any ordinary shares, rights, securities or other entitlements into U.S. dollars if it can do so on a reasonable basis, and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States. If that is not possible or lawful or if any government approval is needed and cannot be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid and such funds will be held in a segregated account. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest.

 

138


Table of Contents
   

Before making a distribution, any taxes or other governmental charges, together with fees and expenses of the depositary, that must be paid, will be deducted. See “Taxation.” It will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

 

   

Shares. The depositary may distribute additional ADSs representing any ordinary shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution to the extent reasonably practicable and permissible under law. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will try to sell ordinary shares which would require it to deliver a fractional ADS and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. If the depositary does not distribute additional ADSs, the outstanding ADSs will also represent the new ordinary shares. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed ordinary shares sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

 

   

Elective Distributions in Cash or Shares. If we offer holders of our ordinary shares the option to receive dividends in either cash or shares, the depositary, after consultation with us and having received timely notice as described in the deposit agreement of such elective distribution by us, has discretion to determine to what extent such elective distribution will be made available to you as a holder of the ADSs. We must first instruct the depositary to make such elective distribution available to you and furnish it with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. The depositary could decide it is not legal or reasonably practical to make such elective distribution available to you, or it could decide that it is only legal or reasonably practical to make such elective distribution available to some but not all holders of the ADSs. In such case, the depositary shall, on the basis of the same determination as is made in respect of the ordinary shares for which no election is made, distribute either cash in the same way as it does in a cash distribution, or additional ADSs representing ordinary shares in the same way as it does in a share distribution. The depositary is not obligated to make available to you a method to receive the elective dividend in shares rather than in ADSs. There can be no assurance that you will be given the opportunity to receive elective distributions on the same terms and conditions as the holders of ordinary shares.

 

   

Rights to Purchase Additional Shares. If we offer holders of our ordinary shares any rights to subscribe for additional shares or any other rights, the depositary may after consultation with us and having received timely notice as described in the deposit agreement of such distribution by us, make these rights available to you. We must first instruct the depositary to make such rights available to you and furnish the depositary with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. If the depositary decides it is not legal and practical to make the rights available but that it is practical to sell the rights, the depositary will use reasonable efforts to sell the rights and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. The depositary will allow rights that are not distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them.

If the depositary makes rights available to you, it will exercise the rights and purchase the shares on your behalf. The depositary will then deposit the shares and deliver ADSs to you. It will only exercise rights if you pay it the exercise price and any other charges the rights require you to pay.

U.S. securities laws may restrict transfers and cancellation of the ADSs represented by shares purchased upon exercise of rights. For example, you may not be able to trade these ADSs freely in the United States. In this case, the depositary may deliver restricted depositary shares that have the same terms as the ADSs described in this section except for changes needed to put the necessary restrictions in place.

 

   

Other Distributions. Subject to receipt of timely notice, as described in the deposit agreement, from us with the request to make any such distribution available to you, and provided the depositary has determined such distribution is lawful and reasonably practicable and feasible and in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement, the depositary will send to you anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution

 

139


Table of Contents
 

in that way, the depositary has a choice: it may decide to sell what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash; or, it may decide to hold what we distributed, in which case ADSs will also represent the newly distributed property. However, the depositary is not required to distribute any securities (other than ADSs) to you unless it receives satisfactory evidence from us that it is legal to make that distribution. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed securities or property sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How are ADSs issued?

The depositary will deliver ADSs if you or your broker deposit ordinary shares or evidence of rights to receive ordinary shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons entitled thereto.

Except for ordinary shares deposited by us in connection with this offering, no shares will be accepted for deposit during a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The 180-day lock-up period is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances as described in the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up Agreements.”

How do ADS holders cancel an American Depositary Share?

You may turn in your ADSs at the depositary’s corporate trust office or by providing appropriate instructions to your broker. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the ordinary shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to you or a person you designate at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its corporate trust office, if feasible.

How do ADS holders interchange between Certificated ADSs and Uncertificated ADSs?

You may surrender your ADR to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADR for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel that ADR and will send you a statement confirming that you are the owner of uncertificated ADSs. Alternatively, upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to you an ADR evidencing those ADSs.

Voting Rights

How do you vote?

You may instruct the depositary to vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities underlying your ADSs. Otherwise, you could exercise your right to vote directly if you withdraw the ordinary shares. However, you may not know about the meeting sufficiently enough in advance to withdraw the ordinary shares.

If we ask for your instructions and upon timely notice from us, as described in the deposit agreement, the depositary will notify you of the upcoming vote and arrange to deliver our voting materials to you. The materials

 

140


Table of Contents

will (1) describe the matters to be voted on and (2) explain how you may instruct the depositary to vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities underlying your ADSs as you direct, including an express indication that such instruction may be given or deemed given in accordance with the second to last sentence of this paragraph if no instruction is received, to the depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us. For instructions to be valid, the depositary must receive them on or before the date specified. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to the laws of the Cayman Islands and the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, to vote or to have its agents vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities as you instruct. The depositary will only vote or attempt to vote as you instruct. If we timely requested the depositary to solicit your instructions but no instructions are received by the depositary from an owner with respect to any of the deposited securities represented by the ADSs of that owner on or before the date established by the depositary for such purpose, the depositary shall deem that owner to have instructed the depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us with respect to such deposited securities, and the depositary shall give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us to vote such deposited securities. However, no such instruction shall be deemed given and no such discretionary proxy shall be given with respect to any matter if we inform the depositary we do not wish such proxy given, substantial opposition exists or the matter materially and adversely affects the rights of holders of the ordinary shares.

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and you may have no recourse if the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs are not voted as you requested.

In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to deposited securities, if we request the depositary to act, we will try to give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted upon sufficiently in advance of the meeting date.

Fees and Expenses

As an ADS holder, you will be required to pay the following service fees to the depositary bank:

 

Service

   Fees

•    Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property

   Up to US$0.05 per ADS issued

•    Cancellation of ADSs, including the case of termination of the deposit agreement

   Up to US$0.05 per ADS cancelled

•    Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions

   Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

•    Distribution of ADSs pursuant to share dividends, free share distributions or exercise of rights.

   Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

•    Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs

   A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been ordinary shares and the ordinary shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs

•    Depositary services

   Up to US$0.05 per ADS held on the applicable record date(s) established by the depositary bank

•    Transfer of ADRs

   US$1.50 per certificate presented for transfer

 

141


Table of Contents

As an ADS holder, you will also be responsible to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by the depositary bank and certain taxes and governmental charges such as:

 

   

Fees for the transfer and registration of ordinary shares charged by the registrar and transfer agent for the ordinary shares in the Cayman Islands (i.e., upon deposit and withdrawal of ordinary shares).

 

   

Expenses incurred for converting foreign currency into U.S. dollars.

 

   

Expenses for cable, telex and fax transmissions and for delivery of securities.

 

   

Taxes and duties upon the transfer of securities, including any applicable stamp duties, any stock transfer charges or withholding taxes (i.e., when ordinary shares are deposited or withdrawn from deposit).

 

   

Fees and expenses incurred in connection with the delivery or servicing of ordinary shares on deposit.

 

   

Fees and expenses incurred in connection with complying with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements applicable to ordinary shares, deposited securities, ADSs and ADRs.

 

   

Any applicable fees and penalties thereon.

The depositary fees payable upon the issuance and cancellation of ADSs are typically paid to the depositary bank by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) receiving the newly issued ADSs from the depositary bank and by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) delivering the ADSs to the depositary bank for cancellation. The brokers in turn charge these fees to their clients. Depositary fees payable in connection with distributions of cash or securities to ADS holders and the depositary services fee are charged by the depositary bank to the holders of record of ADSs as of the applicable ADS record date.

The depositary fees payable for cash distributions are generally deducted from the cash being distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. In the case of distributions other than cash (i.e., share dividends, rights), the depositary bank charges the applicable fee to the ADS record date holders concurrent with the distribution. In the case of ADSs registered in the name of the investor (whether certificated or uncertificated in direct registration), the depositary bank sends invoices to the applicable record date ADS holders. In the case of ADSs held in brokerage and custodian accounts (via DTC), the depositary bank generally collects its fees through the systems provided by DTC (whose nominee is the registered holder of the ADSs held in DTC) from the brokers and custodians holding ADSs in their DTC accounts. The brokers and custodians who hold their clients’ ADSs in DTC accounts in turn charge their clients’ accounts the amount of the fees paid to the depositary banks.

In the event of refusal to pay the depositary fees, the depositary bank may, under the terms of the deposit agreement, refuse the requested service until payment is received or may set off the amount of the depositary fees from any distribution to be made to the ADS holder.

The depositary has agreed to reimburse us for a portion of certain expenses we incur that are related to establishment and maintenance of the ADR program, including investor relations expenses. There are limits on the amount of expenses for which the depositary will reimburse us, but the amount of reimbursement available to us is not related to the amounts of fees the depositary collects from investors. Further, the depositary has agreed to reimburse us certain fees payable to the depositary by holders of ADSs. Neither the depositary nor we can determine the exact amount to be made available to us because (i) the number of ADSs that will be issued and outstanding, (ii) the level of service fees to be charged to holders of ADSs and (iii) our reimbursable expenses related to the program are not known at this time.

Payment of Taxes

You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register any transfer of your

 

142


Table of Contents

ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until such taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your ADSs to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to you any net proceeds, or send to you any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes. You agree to indemnify us, the depositary, the custodian and each of our and their respective agents, directors, employees and affiliates for, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims with respect to taxes (including applicable interest and penalties thereon) arising from any tax benefit obtained for you.

Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers

 

If we:    Then:
Change the nominal or par value of our ordinary shares    The cash, shares or other securities received by the depositary will become deposited securities.
Reclassify, split up or consolidate any of the deposited securities    Each ADS will automatically represent its equal share of the new deposited securities.

Distribute securities on the ordinary shares that are not distributed to you

or

Recapitalize, reorganize, merge, liquidate, sell all or substantially all of our assets, or take any similar action

   The depositary may distribute some or all of the cash, shares or other securities it received. It may also deliver new ADSs or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs identifying the new deposited securities.

Amendment and Termination

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the form of ADR without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, including expenses incurred in connection with foreign exchange control regulations and other charges specifically payable by ADS holders under the deposit agreement, or materially prejudices a substantial existing right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the deposit agreement as amended.

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

The depositary will terminate the deposit agreement if we ask it to do so, in which case the depositary will give notice to you at least 45 days prior to termination. The depositary may also terminate the deposit agreement if the depositary has told us that it would like to resign and we have not appointed a new depositary within 90 days. In such case, the depositary must notify you at least 30 days before termination.

After termination, the depositary and its agents will do the following under the deposit agreement but nothing else: collect distributions on the deposited securities, sell rights and other property and deliver ordinary shares and other deposited securities upon cancellation of ADSs after payment of any fees, charges, taxes or other governmental charges. Six months or more after termination, the depositary may sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement, for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. It will not invest the money and has no liability for interest. The

 

143


Table of Contents

depositary’s only obligations will be to account for the money and other cash. After termination, our only obligations will be to indemnify the depositary and to pay fees and expenses of the depositary that we agreed to pay.

Books of Depositary

The depositary will maintain ADS holder records at its depositary office. You may inspect such records at such office during regular business hours but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders in the interest of business matters relating to the ADSs and the deposit agreement.

The depositary will maintain facilities in New York to record and process the issuance, cancellation, combination, split-up and transfer of ADRs.

These facilities may be closed from time to time, to the extent not prohibited by law or if any such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the depositary or us, in good faith, at any time or from time to time because of any requirement of law, any government or governmental body or commission or any securities exchange on which the ADRs or ADSs are listed, or under any provision of the deposit agreement or provisions of, or governing, the deposited securities, or any meeting of our shareholders or for any other reason.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary; Limits on Liability to Holders of ADSs

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary:

 

   

are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

   

are not liable if either of us is prevented or delayed by law or circumstances beyond our control from performing our obligations under the deposit agreement, including, without limitation, requirements of any present or future law, regulation, governmental or regulatory authority or share exchange of any applicable jurisdiction, any present or future provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, on account of possible civil or criminal penalties or restraint, any provisions of or governing the deposited securities or any act of God, war or other circumstances beyond our control as set forth in the deposit agreement;

 

   

are not liable if either of us exercises, or fails to exercise, discretion permitted under the deposit agreement;

 

   

are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the deposit agreement, or for any indirect, special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement;

 

   

have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADSs or the deposit agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other party;

 

   

may rely upon any documents we believe in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party;

 

   

disclaim any liability for any action/inaction in reliance on the advice or information of legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting ordinary shares for deposit, holders and beneficial owners (or authorized representatives) of ADSs, or any person believed in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information;

 

144


Table of Contents
   

disclaim any liability for inability of any holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit made available to holders of deposited securities but not made available to holders of ADSs; and

 

   

disclaim any liability for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages.

The depositary and any of its agents also disclaim any liability for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote, the manner in which any vote is cast or the effect of any vote or failure to determine that any distribution or action may be lawful or reasonably practicable or for allowing any rights to lapse in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement, the failure or timeliness of any notice from us, the content of any information submitted to it by us for distribution to you or for any inaccuracy of any translation thereof, any investment risk associated with the acquisition of an interest in the deposited securities, the validity or worth of the deposited securities, the credit-worthiness of any third party, or for any tax consequences that may result from ownership of ADSs, ordinary shares or deposited securities.

In the deposit agreement, we and the depositary agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

Requirements for Depositary Actions

Before the depositary will issue, deliver or register a transfer of an ADS, make a distribution on an ADS, or permit withdrawal of ordinary shares, the depositary may require:

 

   

payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any ordinary shares or other deposited securities and payment of the applicable fees, expenses and charges of the depositary;

 

   

satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary; and

 

   

compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

The depositary may refuse to issue and deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs generally when the register of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we think it is necessary or advisable to do so.

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying Your ADSs

You have the right to cancel your ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares at any time except:

 

   

when temporary delays arise because: (1) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (2) the transfer of ordinary shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting; or (3) we are paying a dividend on our ordinary shares;

 

   

when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

 

   

when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Pre-release of ADSs

The deposit agreement permits the depositary to deliver ADSs before deposit of the underlying ordinary shares. This is called a pre-release of the ADSs. The depositary may also deliver ordinary shares upon cancellation of pre-released ADSs (even if the ADSs are cancelled before the pre-release transaction has been

 

145


Table of Contents

closed out). A pre-release is closed out as soon as the underlying ordinary shares are delivered to the depositary. The depositary may receive ADSs instead of ordinary shares to close out a pre-release. The depositary may pre-release ADSs only under the following conditions: (1) before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made represents to the depositary in writing that it or its customer (a) owns the ordinary shares or ADSs to be deposited, (b) assigns all beneficial rights, title and interest in such ordinary shares or ADSs to the depositary for the benefit of the owners, (c) will not take any action with respect to such ordinary shares or ADSs that is inconsistent with the transfer of beneficial ownership, (d) indicates the depositary as owner of such ordinary shares or ADSs in its records, and (e) unconditionally guarantees to deliver such ordinary shares or ADSs to the depositary or the custodian, as the case may be; (2) the pre-release is fully collateralized with cash or other collateral that the depositary considers appropriate; and (3) the depositary must be able to close out the pre-release on not more than five business days’ notice. Each pre-release is subject to further indemnities and credit regulations as the depositary considers appropriate. In addition, the depositary will limit the number of ADSs that may be outstanding at any time as a result of pre-release to 30% of the aggregate number of ADSs then outstanding, although the depositary may disregard the limit from time to time, if it thinks it is appropriate to do so, including (1) due to a decrease in the aggregate number of ADSs outstanding that causes existing pre-release transactions to temporarily exceed the limit stated above or (2) where otherwise required by market conditions.

Direct Registration System

In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the DRS and Profile Modification System, or Profile, will apply to uncertificated ADSs upon acceptance thereof to DRS by DTC. DRS is the system administered by DTC pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the depositary to the ADS holders entitled thereto. Profile is a required feature of DRS which allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of an ADS holder, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register such transfer.

In connection with and in accordance with the arrangements and procedures relating to DRS/Profile, the parties to the deposit agreement understand that the depositary will not verify, determine or otherwise ascertain that the DTC participant which is claiming to be acting on behalf of an ADS holder in requesting registration of transfer and delivery described in the paragraph above has the actual authority to act on behalf of the ADS holder (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). In the deposit agreement, the parties agree that the depositary’s reliance on, and compliance with, instructions received by the depositary through the DRS/Profile System and in accordance with the deposit agreement, shall not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the depositary.

 

146


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding 11,176,470 ADSs representing approximately 22.9% of our ordinary shares in issue, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs. All of the ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our ADSs. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares or the ADSs, and although we have applied to list the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange, we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the ADSs. We do not expect that a trading market will develop for our ordinary shares not represented by the ADSs.

Lock-Up Agreements

We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any ADSs or shares of ordinary shares, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except issuances pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options outstanding on the date hereof or pursuant to our dividend reinvestment plan.

Our executive officers, directors and existing shareholders have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ADSs or shares of ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any ADSs or ordinary shares, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our ADSs, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our ADSs or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. After the expiration of the 180-day period, the ordinary shares or ADSs held by our directors, executive officers or existing shareholders may be sold subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by means of registered public offerings.

Other than this offering, we are not aware of any plans by any significant shareholders to dispose of significant numbers of our ADSs or ordinary shares. However, one or more existing shareholders or owners of securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for our ADSs or ordinary shares may dispose of significant numbers of our ADSs or ordinary shares. We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our ADSs or ordinary shares, or the availability of ADSs or ordinary shares for future sale, will have on the trading price of our ADSs from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs or ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our ADSs.

Rule 144

All of our ordinary shares outstanding prior to this offering are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirement such as those provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who at the time of a sale is not, and has not been during the three months preceding the sale, an affiliate of us and has beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six months will be entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act, subject only to the availability of current public information about us, and will be entitled to sell restricted securities beneficially owned for at least one year without restriction. Persons who are our affiliates and have beneficially owned our

 

147


Table of Contents

restricted securities for at least six months may sell within any three-month period a number of restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of our ordinary shares then outstanding, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, which will equal approximately 223,529 shares immediately after this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares; and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to certain requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell such ordinary shares in reliance on Rule 144 under the Securities Act, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. However, the Rule 701 shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, certain holders of our ordinary shares or their transferees will be entitled to request that we register their shares under the Securities Act, following the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above. See “Description of Share Capital—Registration Rights.”

 

148


Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following summary of the material Cayman Islands, People’s Republic of China and United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this registration statement, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of Cayman Islands tax law, it is the opinion of Thorp Alberga, our special Cayman Islands counsel; to the extent that the discussion relates to matters of PRC tax law, it is the opinion of Han Kun Law Offices, our special PRC counsel; and to the extent that the discussion states definitive legal conclusions under United States federal income tax law as to the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares, and subject to the qualifications herein, it represents the opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, our special United States counsel.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties that are applicable to any payments made to or by us. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

People’s Republic of China Taxation

PRC EIT Law

Under the PRC enterprise income tax (“EIT”) Law, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with “de facto management bodies” within the PRC is considered a “resident enterprise,” meaning it can be treated in a manner similar to a Chinese enterprise for EIT purposes, although the dividends paid to one resident enterprise from another may qualify as “tax-exempt income.” The implementation regulations of the EIT Law define a “de facto management body” as a body that has substantial and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel and human resources, finances and properties of an enterprise. A circular issued by the PRC State Administration of Taxation on April 22, 2009 (the “Circular”) provides that dividends and other income paid by certain foreign enterprises controlled by a PRC company or a PRC company group established outside of the PRC will be considered PRC-source income and subject to PRC withholding tax, currently at a rate of 10%, when paid to non-PRC enterprise shareholders. The Circular specifies that certain foreign enterprises controlled by a PRC company or a PRC company group will be classified as PRC “resident enterprises” if the following requirements are satisfied: (a) the senior management and core management departments in charge of its daily operations function are mainly in the PRC; (b) its financial and human resources decisions are subject to determination or approval by persons or bodies in the PRC; (c) its major assets, accounting books, company seals, and minutes and files of its board and shareholders’ meetings are located or kept in the PRC; and (d) at least half of the enterprise’s directors with voting rights or senior management reside in the PRC. Although the Circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises and not those controlled by PRC individuals, the determining criteria set forth in the Circular may reflect the State Administration of Taxation’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC individuals.

We believe that we are not a PRC resident enterprise and therefore we are not subject to PRC EIT reporting obligations and the dividends paid by us to holders of our ADSs or ordinary shares will not be subject to PRC EIT law. However, if the PRC tax authorities determine we are a PRC resident enterprise for EIT purposes, we

 

149


Table of Contents

may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our non-PRC enterprise shareholders and a 20% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our non-PRC individual shareholders , including the holders of our ADSs. In addition, non-PRC shareholders may be subject to PRC tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. It is unclear whether our non-PRC shareholders would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their tax residence and the PRC in the event we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—Dividends payable to our foreign investors and gains on the sale of our ADSs or ordinary shares by our foreign investors may become subject to taxes under PRC tax laws.”

Circular on Strengthening the Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfer by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises

Pursuant to the Notice on Strengthening Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or Circular 698, issued by the State Administration of Taxation on December 10, 2009, where a non-PRC resident enterprise transfers the equity interests of a PRC resident enterprise indirectly via disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, or an “Indirect Transfer,” and such overseas holding company is located in a tax jurisdiction that: (a) has an effective tax rate less than 12.5% or (b) does not tax foreign income of its residents, the foreign investor shall report this Indirect Transfer to the competent tax authority. The PRC tax authority will examine the true nature of the Indirect Transfer, and if the tax authority concludes that the foreign investor has adopted an “abusive arrangement” in order to avoid PRC tax, it may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company and re-characterize the Indirect Transfer and as a result, gains derived from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%. Circular 698 also provides that, where a non-PRC resident enterprise transfers its equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise to its related parties at a price lower than the fair market value, the competent tax authority has the power to make a reasonable adjustment to the taxable income of the transaction. Circular 698 is retroactively effective from January 1, 2008. On March 28, 2011, the SAT released the SAT Public Notice (2011) No. 24, or SAT Public Notice 24, to clarify several issues related to Circular 698. SAT Public Notice 24 became effective on April 1, 2011. According to SAT Public Notice 24, the term “effective tax” refers to the effective tax on the gain derived from disposition of the equity interests of an overseas holding company; and the term “does not impose income tax” refers to the cases where the gain derived from disposition of the equity interests of an overseas holding company is not subject to income tax in the country or region where the overseas holding company is a resident.

Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our ADSs or ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder, as defined below, that acquires our ADSs or ordinary shares in the offering and holds our ADSs or ordinary shares as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment) under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This summary is based upon existing United States federal tax law, which is subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly with retroactive effect. No ruling has been sought from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to any United States federal income tax consequences described below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. This summary does not discuss all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual investment circumstances, including investors subject to special tax rules (for example, financial institutions, insurance companies, broker-dealers, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, partnerships and their partners, pension plans, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, cooperatives, and tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations)), holders who are not U.S. Holders, holders who own (directly, indirectly, or constructively) 10% or more of our voting stock, holders that hold or will hold their ADSs or ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale, or other integrated transaction for United States federal income tax purposes, United States expatriates, persons liable for alternative minimum tax,

 

150


Table of Contents

or holders that have a functional currency other than the United States dollar, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. In addition, this summary of material United States federal income tax considerations does not discuss any state, local, or non-United States tax considerations. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the United States federal, state, local, and non-United States income and other tax considerations of an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares.

General

For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our ADSs or ordinary shares that is, for United States federal income tax purposes, (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (b) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created in, or organized under the law of, the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (c) an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes regardless of its source, or (d) a trust (A) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has otherwise elected to be treated as a United States person under the Code.

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our ADSs or ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and partners of a partnership holding our ADSs or ordinary shares are advised to consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares.

The discussion below is written on the basis that the representations contained in the deposit agreement are true and all parties to such deposit agreement and any related agreement have been and will be in compliance with the terms in such agreements.

For United States federal income tax purposes, U.S. Holders of ADSs will be treated as the beneficial owners of the underlying shares represented by the ADSs. Accordingly, deposits or withdrawals of common shares for ADSs will not be subject to United States federal income tax.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

A non-United States corporation, such as our company, will be a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”), for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, if either (a) 75% or more of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (b) 50% or more its average quarterly assets as determined on the basis of fair market value during such year produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash and assets readily convertible into cash are categorized as passive assets and the company’s unbooked intangibles associated with active business activities may generally be classified as active assets. We will be treated as owning a proportionate share of the assets and earning a proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, more than 25% (by value) of the stock.

Although the law in this regard is unclear, we treat Vipshop Information as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, not only because we control its management decisions but also because we are entitled to substantially all of the economic benefits associated with this entity, and, as a result, we consolidate this entity’s operating results in our consolidated financial statements. If it were determined, however, that we are not the owner of Vipshop Information for United States federal income tax purposes, we would likely be treated as a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year.

Assuming that we are the owner of Vipshop Information for United States federal income tax purposes, we believe that we primarily operate as an online commerce company in China. Based upon our current income and

 

151


Table of Contents

assets (taking into account the proceeds from this offering) and projections as to the value of our ADSs and ordinary shares following the offering, we do not presently expect to be a PFIC for the current taxable year or the foreseeable future. While we do not expect to become a PFIC, the determination of whether we will be or become a PFIC will depend in part upon the value of our ADSs and ordinary shares, of which we cannot control. Among other matters, if market capitalization is less than anticipated or subsequently declines, we may be classified as a PFIC for the current or future taxable years. It is also possible that the IRS may challenge our classification or valuation of our goodwill and other unbooked intangibles, which may result in our company being, or becoming a PFIC for the current or one or more future taxable years.

The determination of whether we will be or become a PFIC will also depend, in part, on the composition of our income and our assets, which will be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets and the cash raised in this offering. Under circumstances where we determine not to deploy significant amounts of cash for active purposes, our risk of becoming classified as a PFIC may substantially increase. Because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules and PFIC status is a fact-intensive determination made on an annual basis, no assurance can be given that we are not or will not become a PFIC and our special United States counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status and also expresses no opinion with respect to our expectations regarding our PFIC status. If we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares.

The discussion below under “Dividends” and “Sale or Other Disposition of ADSs or Ordinary Shares” assumes that we will not be a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes. The United States federal income tax rules that apply if we are a PFIC for the current taxable year or any subsequent taxable years are generally discussed below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

Dividends

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, any cash distributions (including the amount of any PRC tax withheld) paid on our ADSs or ordinary shares out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles, will generally be includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as dividend income on the day actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or by the depositary bank, in the case of ADSs. Because we do not intend to determine our earnings and profits on the basis of United States federal income tax principles, any distribution paid will generally be reported as a “dividend” for United States federal income tax purposes. For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013, a non-corporate recipient of dividend income generally will be subject to tax on dividend income from a “qualified foreign corporation” at a reduced capital gains rate rather than the marginal tax rates generally applicable to ordinary income provided that a certain holding period requirement is met (more than 60 days of ownership, without protection from the risk of loss, during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date). Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends to its particular circumstances.

A non-United States corporation (other than a corporation that is classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) generally will be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (a) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the U.S. which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and which includes an exchange of information program, or (b) with respect to any dividend it pays on stock (or ADSs in respect of such stock) which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Provided that our listing is approved, we expect our ADSs to be readily tradable on the New York Stock Exchange, which is an established securities market in the United States. Accordingly, we believe that dividends we pay on our ADSs will meet the conditions required for the reduced tax rate. Since we do not expect that our ordinary shares will be listed on an established securities market in the United States, it is unclear whether dividends that we pay on our ordinary shares that are not backed by ADSs currently meet the conditions required for these reduced tax rates.

 

152


Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that our ADSs will be considered readily tradeable on an established securities market in the United States in later years.

In the event that we are deemed to be a PRC “resident enterprise” and are liable to tax under PRC EIT Law, we should be eligible for the benefits of the United States-PRC income tax treaty (the “U.S.-PRC Treaty”), which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States has determined is satisfactory for purposes of clause (a) above and which includes an exchange of information provision. If we are eligible for such benefits, dividends we pay on our ordinary shares, regardless of whether such shares are represented by the ADSs, would generally be eligible for the reduced rate of taxation applicable to qualified dividend income whether or not such shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. Dividends received on the ADSs or ordinary shares will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower capital gains rate applicable to qualified dividend income for any dividends we pay with respect to the ordinary shares.

Dividends paid on our ADSs or ordinary shares generally will be treated as income from foreign sources for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes and generally will constitute passive category income. In the event that we are deemed to be a PRC “resident enterprise” under the PRC EIT Law, a U.S. Holder may be subject to PRC withholding taxes on dividends paid, on our ADSs or ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder may be eligible, subject to a number of complex limitations, to claim a foreign tax credit in respect of any foreign withholding taxes imposed on dividends received on our ADSs or ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder who does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign tax withheld may instead claim a deduction for United States federal income tax purposes in respect of such withholdings, but only for a year in which such U.S. Holder elects to do so for all creditable foreign income taxes. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under its particular circumstances.

Sale or Other Disposition of ADSs or Ordinary Shares

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such ADSs or ordinary shares. Any capital gain or loss will be long-term if the ADSs or ordinary shares have been held for more than one year and will generally be United States source gain or loss for United States foreign tax credit purposes. In the event that we are deemed to be a “resident enterprise” under the PRC EIT Law and gain from the disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares is subject to tax in the PRC, a U.S. Holder that is eligible for the benefits of the U.S.-PRC Treaty may elect to treat the gain as PRC source income. The deductibility of a capital loss may be subject to limitations. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the tax consequences if a foreign tax is imposed on a disposition of our ADSs or ordinary shares, including the availability of the foreign tax credit under its particular circumstances.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares, unless the U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election (as described below), the U.S. Holder will generally be subject to special tax rules that have a penalizing effect, regardless of whether we remain a PFIC, on (a) any excess distribution that we make to the U.S. Holder (which generally means any distribution paid during a taxable year to a U.S. Holder that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares), and (b) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition, including, under certain circumstances, a pledge, of ADSs or ordinary shares. Under the PFIC rules:

 

   

such excess distribution and/or gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares;

 

153


Table of Contents
   

such amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable years in the U.S. Holder’s holding period prior to the first taxable year in which we are classified as a PFIC, or pre-PFIC year, will be taxable as ordinary income;

 

   

such amount allocated to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year, will be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect applicable to the individuals or corporations as appropriate for that year; and

 

   

an interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the tax attributable to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares and any of our non-United States subsidiaries is also a PFIC (i.e., a lower-tier PFIC), such U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC and would be subject to the rules described above on certain distributions by a lower-tier PFIC and a disposition of shares of a lower-tier PFIC even though such U.S. Holder would not receive the proceeds of those distributions or dispositions. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

As an alternative to the foregoing rules, if we are a PFIC, a U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” may make a mark-to-market election with respect to our ADSs, provided that the ADSs are regularly traded on the New York Stock Exchange. We anticipate that our ADSs should qualify as being regularly traded, but no assurances may be given in this regard. If a U.S. Holder makes this election, the U.S. Holder will generally (a) include as ordinary income for each taxable year that we are a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of ADSs held at the end of the taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such ADSs and (b) deduct as an ordinary loss the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of the ADSs over the fair market value of such ADSs held at the end of the taxable year, but such deduction will only be allowed to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. The U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ADSs would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss resulting from the mark-to-market election.

If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election and we cease to be a PFIC, the U.S. Holder will not be required to take into account the mark-to-market gain or loss described above during any period that we are not classified as a PFIC. Because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs that we may own, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to such U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes.

We do not intend to provide the information necessary for U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund elections, which, if available, would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for PFICs described above.

If a U.S. Holder owns our ADSs or ordinary shares during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, the U.S. Holder must file an annual report containing such information as the United States Treasury Department may require and may be required to file an annual IRS Form 8621. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and disposing of ADSs or ordinary shares if we are or become a PFIC, including the possibility of making a mark-to-market election.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

U.S. Holders may be subject to information reporting to the IRS with respect to an investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares, including, among others, IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation). Specific types of holders (as identified in the United States tax compliance rules) will be subject to

 

154


Table of Contents

information reporting to the IRS with respect to dividends on and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our ADSs or ordinary shares. Dividend payments with respect to our ADSs or ordinary shares and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our ADSs or ordinary shares are not generally subject to United States backup withholding (provided that certification requirements are satisfied). Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the application of the United States information reporting and backup withholding rules to its particular circumstances.

Pursuant to recently enacted legislation, effective for tax years beginning after March 18, 2010, individuals who are U.S. Holders, and who hold “specified foreign financial assets”, including stock of a non-U.S. corporation that is not held in an account maintained by a U.S. “financial institution”, whose aggregate value exceeds $50,000 during the tax year, may be required to attach to their tax returns for the year certain specified information. An individual who fails to timely furnish the required information may be subject to a penalty. U.S. Holders who are individuals should consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations under this legislation.

 

155


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the ADSs being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of ADSs indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of this offering and as the representatives of the underwriters. The address of Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. is 68th Floor, Cheung Kong Center, 2 Queens’s Road Central, Hong Kong. The address of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. is 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, United States.

 

Underwriters

   Number
of ADSs
 

Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     11,176,470   
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are offering the ADSs subject to their acceptance of the ADSs from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ADSs offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated, severally and not jointly, to take and pay for all of the ADSs offered by this prospectus if any such ADSs are taken, other than the ADSs covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the ADSs directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover of this prospectus and part of the ADSs to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of US$             per ADS under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the ADSs, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the underwriters.

Certain of the underwriters are expected to make offers and sales both inside and outside the United States through their respective selling agents. Any offers or sales in the United States will be conducted by broker-dealers registered with the SEC. Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. will offer ADSs in the United States through its registered broker-dealer affiliate in the United States, Goldman, Sachs & Co.

The ADSs to be sold outside of the United States have not been registered under the Securities Act for their offer and sale as part of the initial distribution in the offering. These ADSs initially will be offered outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. These ADSs have, however, been registered under the Securities Act solely for purposes of their resale in the United States in transactions that require registration under the Securities Act. This prospectus may be used in connection with resales of such ADSs in the United States to the extent such transactions would not be exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

Option to Purchase Additional ADSs

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,676,470 additional ADSs from us at the public offering price listed on the cover of this prospectus, less underwriters discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become severally obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase additional ADSs approximately proportionate to each underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the table above.

 

156


Table of Contents

Commissions

Total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters represent     % of the total amount of the offering. The following table shows the per ADS and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

            Total  
     Per ADS      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Discounts and commissions paid by us

   US$                    US$                    US$                

Lock-Up Agreements

We have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, or offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, contract to purchase or grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise dispose of directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such ordinary shares or ADSs or enter into a transaction which would have the same effect; (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares or ADSs; (iii) establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position in the ordinary shares or ADSs within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act; (iv) file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any ordinary shares, ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or ADSs; or (v) publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, in each case regardless of whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares, ADSs, or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not apply to (A) the sale of the ADSs and the ordinary shares represented by such ADSs in this offering; (B) the issuance of ordinary shares or the grant of options to purchase ordinary shares under our stock incentive plans existing on the date of this prospectus; or (C) the issuance by us of ordinary shares upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing or which is otherwise described in this prospectus.

Each of our directors, executive officers and existing shareholders have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such ordinary shares or ADSs, (ii) enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares, ADSs or any of our securities that are substantially similar to the ADSs or ordinary shares, or any options or warrants to purchase any of the ADSs or ordinary shares, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive the ADSs or ordinary shares, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, owned directly by it or with respect to which it has beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the SEC, whether any of these transaction is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares or ADSs or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, or disposition, or enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge, or other arrangement. The restrictions described above do not apply to (A) the sale of ordinary shares or the ADSs and the ordinary shares represented by such ADSs in this offering, if any, or (B) transfers pursuant to gifts, by will or intestacy where each transferee signs and delivers a similar lock-up agreement.

In addition, each of our directors, executive officers and existing shareholders has agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any ordinary shares or ADSs or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or ADSs.

 

157


Table of Contents

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraphs will be extended if (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs, or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

In addition, through a letter agreement, we will instruct Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary, not to accept any deposit of any ordinary shares or issue any ADSs for 180 days after the date of this prospectus unless we otherwise instruct the depositary with the prior written consent of the representatives. The foregoing does not affect the right of ADS holders to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares. The 180-day lock-up period may be extended under the circumstances described in the paragraph immediately preceding this paragraph.

New York Stock Exchange Listing

We have applied to have our ADSs listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “VIPS”.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell ADSs in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ADSs than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional ADSs or purchasing ADSs in the open market. In determining the source of ADSs to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ADSs available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional ADSs pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for, or purchases of, ADSs made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased ADSs sold by, or for the account of, such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ADSs, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the ADSs. As a result, the price of the ADSs may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they are required to be conducted in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, and they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format will be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or one or more securities dealers. One or more of the underwriters may distribute prospectuses electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of ADSs for sale to their online brokerage account holders. ADSs to be sold pursuant to an internet distribution will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, ADSs may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell ADSs to online brokerage account holders.

 

158


Table of Contents

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of ADSs offered.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and commissions.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve securities and instruments of us.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares or ADSs. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the ADSs, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

Selling Restrictions

No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the ADSs, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or the ADSs in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the ADSs may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other material or advertisements in connection with the ADSs may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable laws, rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

Australia. This document has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

(a) you confirm and warrant that you are either:

(i) a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or the Corporations Act;

(ii) a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the company which complies with the requirements of

 

159


Table of Contents

section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

(iii) a person associated with the company under section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

(iv) “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act,

and to the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this document is void and incapable of acceptance.

(b) you warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the ADSs issued to you pursuant to this document for resale in Australia within 12 months of those ADSs being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

Canada. The ADSs may not be offered, sold or distributed, directly or indirectly, in any province or territory of Canada or to or for the benefit of any resident of any province or territory of Canada, except pursuant to an exemption from the requirement to file a prospectus in the province or territory of Canada in which such offer, sale or distribution is made, and only through a dealer duly registered under the applicable securities laws of that province or territory or in accordance with an exemption from the applicable registered dealer requirements.

Cayman Islands. This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of the ADSs or ordinary shares, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the Cayman Islands. Each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any ADSs or ordinary shares in the Cayman Islands.

Dubai International Finance Centre. This document relates to an Exempt Offer, as defined in the Offered Securities Rules module of the DFSA Rulebook, or the OSR, in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to Persons, as defined in the OSR, of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other Person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The ADSs to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the ADSs offered should conduct their own due diligence on the ADSs. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

European Economic Area. In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date), it has not made and will not make an offer of the ADSs to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the ADSs which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except Relevant Member State at any time,

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

160


Table of Contents

(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to containing the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of ADSs to the public” in relation to any ADS in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the ADSs to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the ADSs, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Hong Kong. The ADSs may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ADSs may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ADSs which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Israel. In the State of Israel, the ADSs offered hereby may not be offered to any person or entity other than the following:

(a) a fund for joint investments in trust (i.e., mutual fund), as such term is defined in the Law for Joint Investments in Trust, 5754-1994, or a management company of such a fund;

(b) a provident fund as defined in Section 47(a)(2) of the Income Tax Ordinance of the State of Israel, or a management company of such a fund;

(c) an insurer, as defined in the Law for Oversight of Insurance Transactions, 5741-1981, a banking entity or satellite entity, as such terms are defined in the Banking Law (Licensing), 5741-1981, other than a joint services company, acting for their own account or for the account of investors of the type listed in Section 15A(b) of the Securities Law 1968;

(d) a company that is licensed as a portfolio manager, as such term is defined in Section 8(b) of the Law for the Regulation of Investment Advisors and Portfolio Managers, 5755-1995, acting on its own account or for the account of investors of the type listed in Section 15A(b) of the Securities Law 1968;

(e) a company that is licensed as an investment advisor, as such term is defined in Section 7(c) of the Law for the Regulation of Investment Advisors and Portfolio Managers, 5755-1995, acting on its own account;

(f) a company that is a member of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, acting on its own account or for the account of investors of the type listed in Section 15A(b) of the Securities Law 1968;

(g) an underwriter fulfilling the conditions of Section 56(c) of the Securities Law, 5728-1968;

(h) a venture capital fund (defined as an entity primarily involved in investments in companies which, at the time of investment, (i) are primarily engaged in research and development or manufacture of new technological products or processes and (ii) involve above-average risk);

 

161


Table of Contents

(i) an entity primarily engaged in capital markets activities in which all of the equity owners meet one or more of the above criteria; and

(j) an entity, other than an entity formed for the purpose of purchasing the ADSs in this offering, in which the shareholders equity (including pursuant to foreign accounting rules, international accounting regulations and U.S. generally accepted accounting rules, as defined in the Securities Law Regulations (Preparation of Annual Financial Statements), 1993) is in excess of NIS 250 million.

Any offeree of the ADSs offered hereby in the State of Israel shall be required to submit written confirmation that it falls within the scope of one of the above criteria. This prospectus will not be distributed or directed to investors in the State of Israel who do not fall within one of the above criteria.

Japan. The underwriters will not offer or sell any of our ADSs directly or indirectly in Japan or to, or for the benefit of any Japanese person or to others, for re-offering or re-sale directly or indirectly in Japan or to any Japanese person, except in each case pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and any other applicable laws and regulations of Japan. For purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese person” means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Korea. The ADSs may not be offered, sold and delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the Korea Securities and Exchange Act and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and the decrees and regulations thereunder. The ADSs have not been registered with the Financial Services Commission of Korea for public offering in Korea. Furthermore, the ADSs may not be resold to Korean residents unless the purchaser of the ADSs complies with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to government approval requirements under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and its subordinate decrees and regulations) in connection with the purchase of the ADSs.

Kuwait. Unless all necessary approvals from the Kuwait Ministry of Commerce and Industry required by Law No. 31/1990 “Regulating the Negotiation of Securities and Establishment of Investment Funds”, its Executive Regulations and the various Ministerial Orders issued pursuant thereto or in connection therewith, have been given in relation to the marketing and sale of the ADSs, these may not be marketed, offered for sale, nor sold in the State of Kuwait. Neither this prospectus (including any related document), nor any of the information contained therein is intended to lead to the conclusion of any contract of whatsoever nature within Kuwait.

People’s Republic of China. This prospectus may not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the ADSs may not be offered or sold, and will not offer or sell to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. For the purpose of this paragraph, PRC does not include Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau.

Qatar. In the State of Qatar, the offer contained herein is made on an exclusive basis to the specifically intended recipient thereof, upon that person’s request and initiative, for personal use only and shall in no way be construed as a general offer for the sale of securities to the public or an attempt to do business as a bank, an investment company or otherwise in the State of Qatar. This prospectus and the underlying securities have not been approved or licensed by the Qatar Central Bank or the Qatar Financial Centre Regulatory Authority or any other regulator in the State of Qatar. The information contained in this prospectus shall only be shared with any third parties in Qatar on a need to know basis for the purpose of evaluating the contained offer. Any distribution of this prospectus by the recipient to third parties in Qatar beyond the terms hereof is not permitted and shall be at the liability of such recipient.

 

162


Table of Contents

Saudi Arabia. This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations issued by the Capital Market Authority. The Capital Market Authority does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus, and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this prospectus. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Singapore. This prospectus or any other offering material relating to our ADSs has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore under the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA. Accordingly, the underwriters have severally represented, warranted and agreed that (a) they have not offered or sold any of our ADSs or caused our ADSs to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and it will not offer or sell any of our ADSs or cause the ADSs to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and (b) they have not circulated or distributed, and they will not circulate or distribute, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our ADSs, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor as specified in Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275 of the SFA) and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Switzerland. The ADSs may not be offered or sold to any investors in Switzerland other than on a non-public basis. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of Article 652a and Art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations (Schweizerisches Obligationenrecht). Neither this offering nor the ADSs have been or will be approved by any Swiss regulatory authority.

United Arab Emirates. The ADSs have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the United Arab Emirates, except: (1) in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations of the United Arab Emirates; and (2) through persons or corporate entities authorized and licensed to provide investment advice and/or engage in brokerage activity and/or trade in respect of foreign securities in the United Arab Emirates. The information contained in this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law (Federal Law No. 8 of 1984 (as amended)) or otherwise and is not intended to be a public offer and is addressed only to persons who are sophisticated investors.

United Kingdom. This prospectus is only being distributed to and is only directed at: (1) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; (2) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”); or (3) high net worth companies, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons falling within (1)-(3) together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The ADSs are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire the ADSs will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

 

163


Table of Contents

EXPENSES RELATED TO THIS OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, that are expected to be incurred in connection with the offer and sale of the ADSs by us. Except for the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee, all amounts are estimates. A portion of the expenses will be reimbursed by the underwriters.

 

SEC registration fee

   US$ 15,466   

FINRA filing fee

     13,000   

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     132,260   

Printing expenses

     350,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     1,132,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     2,200,000   

Miscellaneous

     300,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   US$ 4,142,726   
  

 

 

 

 

164


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

We are being represented by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The underwriters are being represented by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The validity of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs offered in this offering will be passed upon for us by Thorp Alberga. Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by Han Kun Law Offices and for the underwriters by Fangda Partners. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP may rely upon Thorp Alberga with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law and Han Kun Law Offices with respect to matters governed by PRC law. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP may rely upon Fangda Partners with respect to matters governed by PRC law.

 

165


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the related financial statement schedule included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The office of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu is located at 35/F, One Pacific Place, 88 Queensway, Hong Kong.

 

166


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, including relevant exhibits and securities under the Securities Act with respect to underlying ordinary shares represented by the ADSs, to be sold in this offering. We have also filed with the SEC a related registration statement on F-6 to register the ADSs. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read the registration statement on Form F-1 and its exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to us and our ADSs.

Immediately upon completion of this offering we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. All information filed with the SEC can be obtained over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 or visit the SEC website for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we intend to furnish the depositary with our annual reports, which will include a review of operations and annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, and all notices of shareholders’ meeting and other reports and communications that are made generally available to our shareholders. The depositary will make such notices, reports and communications available to holders of ADSs and, upon our written request, will mail to all record holders of ADSs the information contained in any notice of a shareholders’ meeting received by the depositary from us.

 

167


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three years in the period ended December  31, 2011

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December  31, 2011

     F-6   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

Schedule I - Vipshop Holdings Limited Condensed Financial Information as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and for the period from August 27, 2010 to December 31, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2011

     F-35   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Vipshop Holdings Limited:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Vipshop Holdings Limited and subsidiaries

(the “Group”) as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule in schedule I. These consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Group is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole , present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

Certified Public Accountants

Hong Kong

February 17, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

     As of December 31,        
     2009     2010     2011     2011  
     $     $     $     $  
                       Unaudited
proforma
(Note 2 (w))
 

ASSETS

        

CURRENT ASSETS

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     287,720        1,111,091        44,954,778     

Restricted deposits (Note 6)

     —          —          14,214,585     

Accounts receivable (Note 3)

     436,765        1,372,709        4,150,664     

Amounts due from related parties (Note 14(a))

     —          —          2,101,853     

Other receivables (Note 4)

     44,883        645,812        9,410,481     

Inventories

     1,537,564        7,407,735        69,742,200     

Advance to suppliers

     277,114        4,973,356        12,626,286     

Prepaid expenses

     —          57,133        1,077,194     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     2,584,046        15,567,836        158,278,041     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

        

Property and equipment, net (Note 5)

     154,969        1,366,546        9,148,162     

Deposits for property, plant and equipment

     —          195,022        —       

Other assets

     820        3,286        9,117     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total non-current assets

     155,789        1,564,854        9,157,279     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

TOTAL ASSETS

     2,739,835        17,132,690        167,435,320     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY (DEFICIT)

        

CURRENT LIABILITIES

        

Accounts payable (Including accounts payable of the VIE without recourse to the Company of $1,056,628, $8,303,801 and $2,243,711 as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively)

     1,056,628        8,303,801        88,020,376     

Advance from customers (Including advance from customers of the VIE without recourse to the Company of $191,013, $2,308,574 and $15,378,465 as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively)

     191,013        2,308,574        15,381,357     

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (Note 7) (Including accounts payable of the VIE without recourse to the Company of $446,177, $3,641,419 and $11,825,417 as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively)

     446,177        3,641,419        26,666,502     

Amounts due to related parties (Note 14(b)) (Including amounts due to related parties of the VIE without recourse to the Company of $2,591,571, $12,865,919 and 2,992,516 as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively)

     2,591,571        12,892,823        3,797,508     

Deferred income (Entire amounts are liabilities of the VIE without recourse to the Company)

     4,409        97,654        2,569,655     

Bank borrowings (Note 6)

     —          —          12,710,720     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     4,289,798        27,244,271        149,146,118     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     4,289,798        27,244,271        149,146,118     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 13)

        

EQUITY (DEFICIT):

        

Ordinary shares (US$0.0001 par value, 479,787,500 shares authorized and 47,775,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2010; US$0.0001 par value, 471,620,833 shares authorized and 46,234,659 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011)

     4,778        4,778        4,624        7,462   

Series A Preferred Shares (US$0.0001 par value; 20,212,500 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011)

     —          —          20,113,898        —     

Series B Preferred Shares (US$0.0001 par value; 8,166,667 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011)

     —          —          41,147,021        —     

Additional paid-in capital

     145,805        145,805        124,341,953        185,600,034   

Accumulated losses

     (1,700,912     (10,066,759     (166,553,261     (166,553,261

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     366        (195,405     (765,033     (765,033
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity

     (1,549,963     (10,111,581     18,289,202        18,289,202   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

     2,739,835        17,132,690        167,435,320        167,435,320   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

     1.1.2009
to
12.31.2009
    1.1.2010
to
12.31.2010
    1.1.2011
to
12.31.2011
 
     $     $     $  

Net revenues

     2,804,830        32,582,115        227,142,876   

Cost of goods sold

     (2,576,191     (29,374,315     (183,801,334
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     228,639        3,207,800        43,341,542   

Fulfillment expenses (including shipping and handling expenses of $250,114, $4,318,131 and $29,416,463 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively) (a)

     (611,333     (5,809,118     (45,478,327

Marketing expenses (a)

     (303,509     (2,438,066     (15,253,325

Technology and content expenses (a)

     (103,235     (562,120     (5,516,361

General and administrative expenses (a)

     (650,786     (2,843,583     (84,575,539

Other income

     59,470        78,675        564,182   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (1,609,393     (11,574,212     (150,259,370
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (1,380,754     (8,366,412     (106,917,828

Interest expenses

     —          —          (494,509

Interest income

     47        564        122,437   

Exchange gain

     —          —          18,375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (1,380,707     (8,365,848     (107,271,525

Income tax expense (Note 11)

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (1,380,707     (8,365,848     (107,271,525

Deemed dividend on issuance of Series A Preferred Shares

     —          —          (49,214,977
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

     (1,380,707     (8,365,848     (156,486,502
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share (Note 12)

      

—Basic

     (0.03     (0.18     (3.38

—Diluted

     (0.03     (0.18     (3.38

Weighted average numbers of shares used in calculating net loss per share:

      

—Basic

     47,775,000        47,775,000        46,255,574   

—Diluted

     47,775,000        47,775,000        46,255,574   

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share on an as converted basis (note 2(w))

      

—Basic

         (2.10

—Diluted

         (2.10

Weighted average numbers of shares used in calculating unaudited pro forma net loss per share (note 2(w))

      

—Basic

         74,634,741   

—Diluted

         74,634,741   

(a) Share-based compensation during the related period:

      

Fulfillment expenses

     —          —          (297,095

Marketing expenses

     —          —          (184,404

Technology and content expenses

     —          —          (729,420

General and administrative expenses

     —          —          (72,716,983
      

 

 

 
     —          —          (73,927,902
      

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

    Series A Preferred shares     Series B Preferred shares     Ordinary shares     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
losses
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Total     Comprehensive
loss
 
    No. of
      shares     
         Amount          No. of
     shares     
         Amount          No. of
shares
    Amount            
          $           $           $     $     $     $     $     $  

Balance as of January 1, 2009

    —          —          —          —          47,775,000        4,778        145,805        (320,205     (62     (169,684  

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,380,707     —          (1,380,707     (1,380,707

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          428        428        428   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2009

    —          —          —          —          47,775,000        4,778        145,805        (1,700,912     366        (1,549,963     (1,380,279
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (8,365,848     —          (8,365,848     (8,365,848

Repayment from the shareholders

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          1        —          1        —     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (195,771     (195,771     (195,771
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    —          —          —          —          47,775,000        4,778        145,805        (10,066,759     (195,405     (10,111,581     (8,561,619
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (107,271,525     —          (107,271,525     (107,271,525

Repurchase of ordinary shares

    —          —          —          —          (1,837,500     (184     (1,837,316     —          —          (1,837,500     —     

Issuance of ordinary shares

    —          —          —          —          297,159        30        1,499,964        —          —          1,499,994        —     

Issuance of Series A Preferred shares

    20,212,500        20,113,898        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          20,113,898        —     

Issuance of Series B Preferred shares

    —          —          8,166,667        41,147,021        —          —          —          —          —          41,147,021        —     

Registered capital contributions by shareholders of the VIE

    —          —          —          —          —          —          1,390,621        —          —          1,390,621        —     

Deemed dividend on issuance of Series A Preferred shares (Note 10)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          49,214,977        (49,214,977     —          —          —     

Share-based compensation expenses

    —          —          —          —          —          —          73,927,902        —          —          73,927,902        —     

Foreign currency translation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (569,628     (569,628     (569,628
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    20,212,500        20,113,898        8,166,667        41,147,021        46,234,659        4,624        124,341,953        (166,553,261     (765,033     18,289,202        (107,841,153
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

     1.1.2009
to
12.31.2009
    1.1.2010
to
12.31.2010
    1.1.2011
to
12.31.2011
 
     $     $     $  

CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net loss

     (1,380,707     (8,365,848     (107,271,525

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash by operating activities:

      

Allowance for doubtful debts

     —          49,042        —     

Inventory write-down

     31,672        2,601,368        1,694,336   

Depreciation of property and equipment

     41,320        103,193        1,368,824   

Amortization of other assets

     —          731        4,453   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     —          31,568        61,194   

Impairment loss of property and equipment

     —          —          437,725   

Share-based compensation expenses

     —          —          73,927,902   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (436,552     (935,944     (2,777,955

Amounts due from related parties

     10,915        —          (2,101,853

Other receivables

     (14,908     (649,971     (8,764,669

Inventories

     (1,502,829     (8,471,539     (64,028,801

Advances to suppliers

     (271,308     (4,696,241     (7,652,930

Prepaid expenses

     —          (57,133     (1,020,061

Accounts payable

     1,051,407        7,247,173        79,716,575   

Advances from customers

     191,013        2,117,561        13,072,783   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     433,445        3,195,242        23,025,083   

Amounts due to related parties

     475,917        1,164,032        (856,307

Deferred income

     4,409        93,245        2,472,001   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) from operating activities

     (1,366,206     (6,573,521     1,306,775   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities:

      

Purchase of property and equipment

     (92,218     (1,519,205     (9,592,160

Purchase of other assets

     (821     (3,128     (9,989

Proceed from disposal of property and equipment

     —          —          3,178   

Increase in restricted deposits

     —          —          (14,214,585
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (93,039     (1,522,333     (23,813,556
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from registered capital contributions by shareholders of the VIE

     —          —          1,390,621   

Proceeds from bank borrowings

     —          —          17,477,240   

Repayment to bank borrowings

     —          —          (4,766,520

Loans from shareholders

     1,734,203        9,137,220        1,470,635   

Issuance of Series A Preferred shares (a)

     —          —          10,503,138   

Issuance of Series B Preferred shares

     —          —          41,223,892   

Issuance costs of Series A and Series B Preferred shares

     —          —          (175,754

Issuance of ordinary shares

     —          1        1,499,994   

Repurchase of ordinary shares

     —          —          (1,837,500
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,734,203        9,137,221        66,785,746   

Effect of exchange rate changes

     504        (217,996     (435,278
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     275,462        823,371        43,843,687   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

     12,258        287,720        1,111,091   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

     287,720        1,111,091        44,954,778   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Noncash financing activities: refer to note 10, US$9,709,643 of the Assigned Loan amount was settled with the accumulated shareholder loan due from the Company to the Chairman on February 21, 2011. The rest of the subscription price of US$10,503,138 was settled in cash.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

1. Organization and principal activities

Vipshop Holdings Limited (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on August 27, 2010 to be the holding company for a group of companies engaged in the provision of operating an online platform. The platform offers a wide selection of various famous branded discount products including apparel for women, men and children, fashion goods, cosmetics, home goods and other lifestyle products, through its website (http://www.vipshop.com/) in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). At the time of its incorporation and through the date of the Reorganization as described below, the ownership interest of the Company was held by five individuals indirectly through their respective investment holding companies. These individuals are Mr. Eric Ya Shen, the Chairman and chief executive officer of the Company, Mr. Arthur Xiaobo Hong, the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (collectively, the “Founders”), and three other investors (the “Original Investors”). The Company, its subsidiaries and consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”) are collectively referred to as the “Group”.

Guangzhou Vipshop Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“Guangzhou Vipshop” or the “VIE”) was incorporated in the PRC on August 22, 2008, to operate an online platform for sales of products. On the date of Reorganization, Guangzhou Vipshop are owned by the same five ultimate shareholders of the Company as described above, with the same respective percentage of ownership for each of the five ultimate shareholders.

To comply with PRC laws and regulations that restrict foreign owned enterprises from holding the licenses that are necessary for the operation of internet access, the distribution of online information and the conduct of online commerce, the Company entered into the following transactions (collectively, the “Reorganization”).

On October 22, 2010, the Company incorporated a wholly owned subsidiary, Vipshop International Holdings Limited in Hong Kong (“Vipshop HK”) as the intermediate holding company for Vipshop (China) Co., Ltd. (formerly known as Guangzhou Vipshop Computer Service Co. Ltd., the “WOFE”). The WOFE was incorporated on January 20, 2011 in the PRC as a wholly owned subsidiary of Vipshop HK with initial registered capital of RMB10 million (US$1.5 million). On the same day, the WOFE entered into the following agreements with Guangzhou Vipshop and each of its individual shareholders:

Power of Attorney Agreements: Each equity holder of Guangzhou Vipshop irrevocably authorized the WOFE to exercise the rights related to their shareholdings, including attending shareholders’ meetings and voting on their behalf on all matters, including but not limited to matters related to the transfer, pledge or disposition of their respective equity interests in Guangzhou Vipshop, and appointment of the executive directors and senior management of Guangzhou Vipshop. The WOFE is entitled to assign such rights to any other party at its own discretion without giving prior notice to the shareholders.

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement: The WOFE entered into an agreement with Guangzhou Vipshop to provide Guangzhou Vipshop with technical, consulting and information services. In considerations of these services, Guangzhou Vipshop shall pay the WOFE fees equal to 100% of its net income, the rate of service fees may be adjusted upon mutual discussions between the two parties. The WOFE is the exclusive provider of these services for a term of 10 years.

Equity Interest Pledge Agreements: Each equity holder of Guangzhou Vipshop pledged all their respective equity interests in Guangzhou Vipshop as security to ensure that Guangzhou Vipshop fully performs its obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, and pays the consulting and service fees to the WOFE when the fees becomes due.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

Exclusive Option Agreements: Each equity holder of Guangzhou Vipshop granted the WOFE an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or designate one or more persons to purchase, their equity interest in Guangzhou Vipshop at the WOFE’s sole and absolute discretion to the extent permitted by the PRC laws. The purchase price is 10 Renminbi (“RMB”) (US$1.59); if appraisal is required by laws of the PRC at the time when the WOFE exercises the option, the parties shall negotiate in good faith, to make necessary adjustments to the purchase price based on the appraisal result to comply with applicable laws of the PRC.

On October 8, 2011, the WOFE entered into the following amended agreements with Guangzhou Vipshop and each of its individual shareholders to replace the respective original agreements entered into on January 20, 2011:

Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement: The WOFE entered into this agreement with Guangzhou Vipshop to provide Guangzhou Vipshop with technical, consulting and information services. This agreement replaced the original Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement dated January 20, 2011. There was no significant change of terms from the original agreement except that the service fee to be paid by Guangzhou Vipshop to the WOFE in consideration of the services to be provided by the WOFE, shall equal to 100% of the net income of Guangzhou Vipshop, provided that the WOFE, at its sole discretion, shall have the right to adjust the rate of the service through written notice.

Amended and Restated Equity Interest Pledge Agreement: This agreement replaced the original Equity Interest Pledge Agreements entered into on January 20, 2011. There was no significant change of terms from the original agreement.

Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement: This agreement replaced the original Exclusive Option Agreement entered into on January 20, 2011. There was no significant change of terms from the original agreement.

Exclusive Purchase Framework Agreement: The WOFE and Guangzhou Vipshop entered into in this agreement during the third quarter of fiscal 2011. Under this agreement, Guangzhou Vipshop agrees to purchase products or services exclusively from the WOFE or its subsidiaries. Guangzhou Vipshop and its subsidiaries must not purchase from any third party products or services which the WOFE is able to provide. Guangzhou Vipshop must pay the WOFE for its products an amount, which includes a service fee, based on the unit price and the quantity of the products ordered by Guangzhou Vipshop. The WOFE may terminate this agreement at any time by giving 15 days’ prior written notice. Guangzhou Vipshop has no right to terminate this agreement unless the WOFE commits gross negligence or fraud.

The Company participated significantly in the design of Guangzhou Vipshop. Based on the Power of Attorney Agreements dated January 20, 2011, which has not been subsequently amended, the Company has the ability to effectively control Guangzhou Vipshop through the WOFE. The Company is also able to receive a majority of the economic benefits of Guangzhou Vipshop, because of its ability to effectively determine the service fees payable by Guangzhou Vipshop to the WOFE under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement and the Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, and through the Exclusive Purchase Framework Agreement. Therefore, the Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary of Guangzhou Vipshop and has consolidated its respective results for the periods presented. Other than Guangzhou Vipshop, the Company has no interest in any other variable interest entities.

The Reorganization has been accounted for as a recapitalization because there was no control or collaborative group established before or after the Reorganization, and the assets and liabilities were recorded at their historical costs. In August 2011, the WOFE incorporated a wholly owned subsidiary, Vipshop (Kunshan) E-Commerce Co., Ltd. (the “Vipshop Kunshan”). The Company, its subsidiaries and

 

F-8


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

variable interest entity are collectively referred to as the Group. Accordingly, the Group’s consolidated financial statements for the periods presented have been prepared by including the financial statements of the Company, Vipshop HK, the WOFE , Vipshop Kunshan and Guangzhou Vipshop.

Guangzhou Vipshop’s total assets, total liabilities, total (deficit) equity, net revenues, total operating expenses and net loss attributable to the Company are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  
     $     $     $  

Total assets

     2,739,835        17,132,109        60,721,481   

Total liabilities

     (4,289,798     (27,217,367     (35,009,764
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (deficit) equity

     (1,549,963     (10,085,258     25,711,717   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     1.1.2009
to
12.31.2009
    1.1.2010
to
12.31.2010
    1.1.2011
to
12.31.2011
 
     $     $     $  

Net revenues

     2,804,830        32,582,115        226,291,723   

Total operating expenses

     (1,609,393     (11,547,888     (55,259,534

Net loss

     (1,380,707     (8,339,525     (26,409,424
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, intercompany loans and trade current accounts of $515,550, $48,541,403, $5,142,675 respectively, had been made by Vipshop HK, the WOFE and Vipshop Kunshan to Guangzhou Vipshop for the purposes of financing the operations of Guangzhou Vipshop. The intercompany loans and trade current accounts were unsecured, interest-free and had no fixed repayment terms. There were no intercompany loans or trade current accounts made to Guangzhou Vipshop by the Company or its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2010.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

  (a) Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its subsidiaries and variable interest entity for which it is deemed the primary beneficiary. All intercompany accounts, transactions and unrealized profit and losses have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

  (b) Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management of the Group to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The Group’s management based their estimates on historical experience and various other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from

 

F-9


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

other sources. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Group’s financial statements include inventory write-down, membership reward program liabilities, valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, valuations of ordinary shares on the issuance dates of Preferred Shares and valuations of stock-based awards on grant dates. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates.

 

  (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand demand deposits and highly liquid investments with maturity of less than three months.

Cash and cash equivalents are placed with financial institutions with high-credit ratings and quality.

 

  (d) Inventories

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost of inventory is determined using the weighted average cost method. Adjustments are recorded to write down the cost of inventory to the estimated market value due to slow-moving merchandise and damaged goods, which is dependent upon factors such as historical and forecasted consumer demand, and promotional environment. The Group takes ownership, risks and rewards of the products purchased, but has arrangements to return unsold goods with certain vendors. Write downs are recorded in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

  (e) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Gains or losses on dispositions of property and equipment are included in operating income (loss). Major additions, renewals and betterments are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation and amortization are provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method from the time the assets are placed in service. Estimated useful lives are as follows, taking into account the assets’ estimated residual value:

 

Classification

  

Estimated useful life

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

   2 to 3 years

Leasehold improvements

   Over the lease term

Motor vehicles

   5 years

Direct and incremental costs related to the construction of assets, including costs under the construction contracts, duties and tariffs, equipment installation and shipping costs, are capitalized. Management estimates the residual value of its furniture, fixtures and equipment and motor vehicles to be 5%.

 

  (f) Impairment of long-lived assets

The Group evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. When these events occur, the Group assesses the recoverability of these long-lived assets by comparing the carrying amount of the assets to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the future undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets,

 

F-10


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

the Group recognizes an impairment equal to the difference between the carrying amount and fair value of these assets. The Group recorded impairments in the amount of nil, nil and $437,725 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

  (g) Revenue recognition

The Group recognizes revenue from the sale of apparel and accessories, home products, healthcare products and other merchandise through its online platform, including its internet website and cellular phone application. The Group recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, products are delivered, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

The Group utilizes delivery service providers to deliver goods to its customers directly from its own warehouses. The Group estimates and defers revenue and the related product costs for goods that are in-transit to the customers.

The Group offers customers with an unconditional right of return for a period of seven days. The Group defers revenue until the return period expires if it does not have sufficient historical data related to such sales to reasonably estimate the amount of future returns. The Group recognizes revenue with provisions of estimated return when goods have been delivered to customers, if it has sufficient historical data related to such sales to reasonably estimate the amount of future returns. During the periods presented, the Group defers revenue until the return period expires.

Revenue was recorded on a gross basis, net of surcharges and value added tax of 17% of gross sales. Surcharges are sales related taxes representing the City Maintenance and Construction Tax and Education Surtax. The Group recorded revenue on a gross basis because the Group has the following indicators for gross reporting: it is the primary obligor of the sales arrangements, is subject to inventory risks of physical loss, has latitude in establishing prices, has discretion in suppliers’ selection and assumes credit risks on receivables from customers. The Group also retains some of general inventory risks despite its arrangements to return goods to some vendors within limited time periods.

Discount coupons membership reward program

The Group voluntarily provides discount coupons through certain co-operative websites or through public distributions during its marketing activities. These coupons are not related to prior purchases, and can only be utilized in conjunction with subsequent purchases on the Group’s platforms. These discount coupons are recorded as reduction of revenues at the time of use. The Group has established a membership reward program wherein customers earn one point for one RMB of purchase made on the Group’s platforms. Existing members may also receive extra reward points at the time of the first purchase by those customers referred by them. Membership reward points can be either exchanged into coupons to be used in connection with subsequent purchases, or exchanged into free gifts. These reward points generally expire on December 31 of the following year after the points have been earned, while the coupons expire three months after redemption. The Group accrues liabilities for the estimated value of the points earned and expected to be redeemed, which are calculated by applying an expected usage rate on all reward points outstanding if it has sufficient historical data to reasonably estimate the usage rate. The Group accrues liabilities for the estimated value of points earned for all outstanding reward points related to prior purchases at the end of each reporting period, if it does not have sufficient historical data to reasonably estimate the usage rate of these reward points. During the periods presented, the Group accrues for all reward points related to prior purchases outstanding at the end of each reporting period.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

These liabilities reflect management’s best estimate of the cost of future redemptions. During years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Group recorded deferred revenue related to reward points earned from prior purchases of $4,409, $97,654 and $2,569,655, respectively.

The Group does not charge any membership fees from its registered members. New members who register on the Group’s platforms or existing members introducing new members to the Group’s website will be granted free membership reward points, which can be used to redeem coupons for future purchases. These reward points are not related to prior purchases and are recorded as reduction of revenues at the time of use.

Amounts collected by delivery service providers but not yet remitted to the Group are classified as accounts receivable on the consolidated balance sheets. Payments received in advance of delivery are classified as advances from customers. Revenues include fees charged to customers for shipping and handling expenses. The Company pays a fee to the delivery service provider and records such fee as shipping and handling expenses.

Advertising revenues

The Group offers enhanced advertising services for certain vendors on its website. These advertising revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the service periods, net of business tax of approximately 5% of service revenues.

 

  (h) Cost of goods sold

Cost of goods sold consists primarily of cost of merchandise sold and inventory write-down. The amounts of inventory write-down were $31,672, $2,601,368 and $1,694,336 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Our cost of goods sold does not include shipping and handling expenses, payroll, bonus and benefits of logistic staffs or logistic centers rental expenses, therefore our cost of goods sold may not be comparable to other companies which include such expenses in their cost of goods sold.

 

  (i) Fulfillment expenses

Fulfillment expenses primarily consist of payroll, bonus and benefits of logistics staff, logistics centers rental expenses, shipping and handling expenses and packaging expenses.

 

  (j) Marketing expenses

Marketing expenses primarily consist of payroll, bonus and benefits of marketing staff, advertising costs, agency fees and costs for promotional materials.

The amounts of advertising expenses were $245,398, $1,994,348 and $14,562,477 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

  (k) Technology and content expenses

Technology and content expenses primarily consist of payroll, bonus and benefits of the staff in the technology and system department, telecommunications expenses, model fees and photography expenses.

 

  (l) General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of payroll, bonus and benefit costs for retail and corporate employees, legal, finance, information systems, rental expenses and other corporate overhead costs.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

 

  (m) Foreign Currency Transactions and Translations

The functional currency of the Company and Vipshop HK are the United States dollar (“US dollar”). The functional currency of all the other subsidiaries and the variable interest entity is RMB. Foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities have been translated into the functional currency at the rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Transactions in foreign currencies have been translated into the functional currency at the applicable rates of exchange prevailing on the date transactions occurred. Transaction gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

The financial statements of the subsidiaries and the variable interest entity have been translated into US dollars for the purposes of consolidation. Assets and liabilities are translated into US dollars based on the rates of exchange existing on the balance sheet date. Equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates. The statements of operations are translated using a weighted average rate for the period. Translation adjustments have been reported as a separate component of other comprehensive income.

The RMB is not a freely convertible currency. The PRC State Administration for Foreign Exchange, under the authority of the People’s Bank of China, controls the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies. The value of the RMB is subject to changes in central government policies and to international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China foreign exchange trading system market. The Group’s cash and cash equivalents denominated in RMB amounted to $287,720, $1,110,510 and $44,478,829 at December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

  (n) Income Taxes

Current income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant taxing authorities. As part of the process of preparing financial statements, the Group is required to estimate its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. The Group accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements at each year-end and tax loss carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applicable for the differences that are expected to affect taxable income. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

  (o) Value added taxes

The Company’s PRC subsidiaries are subject to value added tax at a rate of 17% on proceeds received from customers, and are entitled to a refund for VAT already paid or borne on the goods purchased by it and utilized in the production of goods that have generated the gross sales proceeds. The VAT balance is recorded either in other current liabilities or other current receivables on the face of consolidated balance sheets.

 

  (p) Comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined to include all changes in equity except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. During the periods presented, comprehensive

 

F-13


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

income (loss) is reported in the consolidated statement of shareholder’s equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and other comprehensive income (loss) includes foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

  (q) Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Group to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, amounts due from related parties, other receivables and advances to suppliers. The Group places its cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions with high-credit ratings and quality. Accounts receivable primarily comprise of amounts receivable from product delivery service providers. These amounts are collected from customers by the service providers when products are delivered. The Group conducts a credit evaluation of these service providers and generally requires a small amount of security deposit. Amounts due from related parties are prepayments related to purchases of goods from the entities controlled by shareholders of the Company. Due to the nature of the relationship, the Company considers there to be no collection risks in regard to amounts due from related parties. With respect to advances to product suppliers, the Group performs on-going credit evaluations of the financial condition of its suppliers. The Group establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon estimates, factors surrounding the credit risk of specific delivery service providers and other information.

 

  (r) Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value is considered to be the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Group considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. The established fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value include:

 

  Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

  Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

 

  Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The carrying values of the Group’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other receivables, accounts payable, other current liabilities, amounts due from and to related parties and short term bank borrowings, approximate their fair values.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

 

  (s) Operating leases

Leases where substantially all the rewards and risks of ownership of assets remain with the leasing company are accounted for as operating leases. Other leases are accounted for as capital leases. Payments made under operating leases, net of any incentives received by the Group from the leasing company, are charged to the statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease periods.

 

  (t) Share-based Compensation

Share-based payments make to employees, including employee stock options, ordinary shares transferred to employees with no consideration, and restricted shares issued to employees which the Company has a repurchase option, are recognized as compensation expenses over the requisite service periods. The Group measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for share-based compensation at the grant date fair value of the awards. The Company has elected to recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award with graded vesting provided that the amount of compensation cost recognized at any date must at least equal the portion of the grant-date value of the award that is vested at that date. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period of change and will also impact the amount of share-based compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.

 

  (u) Series A & B Convertible Preferred Shares

The Series A convertible preferred shares (“Series A Preferred Shares”) and the Series B convertible preferred shares (“Series B Preferred Shares”) are non-redeemable and classified as permanent equity and have been initially recorded at their fair value upon issuance.

 

  (v) Earnings (loss) per share

Basic earnings (loss) per share are computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period using the two-class method. The Group has determined that its convertible Series A and B Preferred Shares participate in undistributed earnings on the same basis as the ordinary shares. Accordingly, the Group has used the two-class method of computing earnings (loss) per share. Under this method, net income (loss) applicable to holders of ordinary shares is allocated on a pro rata basis to the ordinary and convertible Series A and B Preferred shares to the extent that each class may share in income (loss) for the period had it been distributed. Losses are not allocated to the participating securities. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed using the more dilutive of (a) the two-class method or (b) the if-converted method.

 

  (w) Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of December 31, 2011 assumes the conversion upon completion of the initial public offering of 20,212,500 Series A Preferred Shares and 8,166,667 Series B Preferred Shares of US$20,113,898 and US$41,147,021 outstanding as of December 31, 2011 respectively into ordinary shares. Each convertible preferred share is convertible into one ordinary share.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

The unaudited pro forma net loss share information for the year presented assumes all Series A and B Preferred shares to be outstanding and converted into ordinary shares of the Company from the beginning of the year presented.

 

  (x) Recent Changes in Accounting Standards

In May 2011, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement on fair value measurement. The guidance is the result of joint efforts by the FASB and IASB to develop a single, converged fair value framework. The guidance is largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles in U.S. GAAP. The guidance expands the existing disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and makes other amendments, mainly including:

 

   

Highest-and-best-use and valuation-premise concepts for nonfinancial assets – the guidance indicates that the highest-and-best-use and valuation-premise concepts only apply to measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets.

 

   

Application to financial assets and financial liabilities with offsetting positions in market risks or counterparty credit risk – the guidance permits an exception to fair value measurement principles for financial assets and financial liabilities (and derivatives) with offsetting positions in market risks or counterparty credit risk when several criteria are met. When the criteria are met, an entity can measure the fair value of the net risk position.

 

   

Premiums or discounts in fair value measure – the guidance states that “premiums or discounts that reflect size as a characteristic of the reporting entity’s holding (specifically, a blockage factor that adjusts the quoted price of an asset or a liability because the market’s normal daily trading volume is not sufficient to absorb the quantity held by the entity etc.) rather than as a characteristic of the asset or liability (for example, a control premium when measuring the fair value of a controlling interest are not permitted in a fair value measurement.”

 

   

Fair value of an instrument classified in a reporting entity’s shareholders’ equity – the guidance prescribes a model for measuring the fair value of an instrument classified in shareholders’ equity; this model is consistent with the guidance on measuring the fair value of liabilities.

 

   

Disclosures about fair value measurements – the guidance expands disclosure requirements, particularly for Level 3 inputs. Required disclosures include:

 

   

For fair value measurements categorized in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy: (1) a quantitative disclosure of the unobservable inputs and assumptions used in the measurement, (2) a description of the valuation process in place (e.g., how the entity decides its valuation policies and procedures, as well as changes in its analyses of fair value measurements, from period to period), and (3) a narrative description of the sensitivity of the fair value to changes in unobservable inputs and interrelationships between those inputs.

 

   

The level in the fair value hierarchy of items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of financial position but whose fair value must be disclosed.

The guidance is to be applied prospectively and effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, for public entities. Early application by public entities is not permitted. The Group is in the process of evaluating the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.

In June 2011, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement, Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-05, to allow an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the

 

F-16


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. The guidance eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. Regardless of whether an entity chooses to present comprehensive income in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements, the entity is required to present on the face of the financial statements reclassification adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income in the statement(s) where the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income are presented. These amendments do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The guidance should be applied retrospectively. For public entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The Group is in the process of evaluating the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.

In December 2011, the FASB issued a further authoritative pronouncement, ASU2011-12, Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassification of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in ASU2011-05. Under the amendments in ASU 2011-05, entities are required to present reclassification adjustments and the effect of those reclassification adjustments on the face of the financial statements where net income is presented, by component of net income, and on the face of the financial statements where other comprehensive income is presented, by component of other comprehensive income. In addition, the amendments in ASU 2011-05 require that reclassification adjustments be presented in interim financial periods. The amendments supersede changes to those paragraphs in Update 2011-05 that pertain to how, when, and where reclassification adjustments are presented. Due to the time required to properly make such a reassessment and to evaluate alternative presentation formats, the Board decided that it is necessary to reinstate the requirements for the presentation of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income that were in place before the issuance of Update 2011-05. The amendments in this Update are effective for public entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Group is in the process of evaluating the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.

In December 2011, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement on disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. Under this pronouncement, entities are required to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. This scope would include derivatives, sale and repurchase agreements and reverse sale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending arrangements. An entity is required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The Group is in the process of evaluating the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

 

3. Accounts Receivable

 

     As of December 31,  
     2009      2010      2011  
     $      $      $  

Components of accounts receivable are as follows:

        

Delivery service providers (note)

     436,765         1,372,709         4,094,082   

Other customers

     —           —           56,582   

Less: allowance for doubtful debts

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     436,765         1,372,709         4,150,664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accounts receivable for more than 10% are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
         2009             2010             2011      

Delivery service provider A

     11     88     35

Delivery service provider B

     76     —          —     

Delivery service provider C

     —          —          36

Note: For certain sales transactions, delivery service providers will collect payments from the Group’s customers upon delivery of goods, and remit such payments back to the Group on a periodic basis.

 

4. Other Receivables

 

     As of December 31,  
     2009      2010     2011  
     $      $     $  

Components of other receivables are as follows:

       

Deposits (Note)

     34,574         633,867        2,369,131   

Cash advanced to staff

     —           37,878        163,682   

VAT receivable

     —           —          6,756,228   

Others

     10,309         23,109        121,440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sub-total

     44,883         694,854        9,410,481   

Less: allowance for doubtful debts

     —           (49,042     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     44,883         645,812        9,410,481   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note: Deposits consist of amounts paid to vendors for inventory, advertising, and rental deposits.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

 

5. Property and Equipment, Net

 

     As of December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  
     $     $     $  

Cost

      

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     125,842        646,401        6,998,175   

Leasehold improvements

     37,605        639,753        1,372,451   

Motor vehicles

     35,748        227,811        2,235,981   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sub-total

     199,195        1,513,965        10,606,607   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (44,226     (147,419     (1,458,445
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     154,969        1,366,546        9,148,162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     1.1.2009
to
12.31.2009
     1.1.2010
to
12.31.2010
     1.1.2011
to
12.31.2011
 
     $      $      $  

Depreciation expenses were charged to:

        

Fulfillment expenses

     —           —           352,921   

Marketing expenses

     —           —           2,128   

Technology and content expenses

     —           —           360,194   

General and administrative expenses

     41,320         103,193         653,581   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     41,320         103,193         1,368,824   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Group has recognized impairment loss of leasehold improvements in the amount of US$437,725. The amount has been charged to general and administrative expenses, as such loss relates to a leased office premise that has no future expected usage due to change of business plan.

 

6. Bank borrowings

The Group had short term loans from banks in the total amount of US$12,710,720 outstanding as of December 31, 2011. The interest rates on the loans range from 105% to 120% of the benchmark interest rate quoted by the People’s Bank of China, the average interest rate was 7.11% for the period ended December 31, 2011. The restricted deposits of US$14,214,585 as of December 31, 2011 represent fixed guarantee deposits required by a bank for the loan and bank facility provided.

 

7. Accrued Expenses and other current liabilities

 

     As of December 31,  
     2009      2010      2011  
     $      $      $  

Accrued advertising expense

     8,492         528,725         1,458,279   

Accrued shipping and handling expenses

     90,784         943,064         7,156,721   

Accrued payroll

     87,830         403,757         2,660,630   

Social benefit provision

     89,101         524,653         1,599,125   

Deposits from delivery service providers

     —           348,485         1,091,056   

Other tax payable

     152,121         801,307         10,383,025   

Others

     17,849         91,428         2,317,666   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     446,177         3,641,419         26,666,502   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

 

8. Employee Retirement Benefit

Full time employees in the PRC participate in a government-mandated defined contribution plan pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, unemployment insurance, employee housing fund and other welfare benefits are provided to employees. PRC labor regulations require the Group to make contributions based on certain percentages of the employees’ basic salaries. Other than the contribution, there is no further obligation under these plans. The total contributions and accruals for such employee benefits was $109,378, $548,282 and $2,651,763 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

9. Distribution of Profit

Pursuant to laws applicable to entities incorporated in the PRC, the PRC subsidiaries are prohibited from distributing their statutory capital and are required to appropriate from PRC GAAP profit after tax to other non-distributable reserve funds after offsetting accumulated losses from prior years, until the cumulative amount of such reserve fund reaches 50% of their registered capital. These reserve funds include one or more of the following: (i) a general reserve, (ii) an enterprise expansion fund and (iii) a staff bonus and welfare fund. Subject to certain cumulative limits, the general reserve fund requires annual appropriation at 10% of after tax profit (as determined under accounting principles generally accepted in the PRC at each year-end); the appropriation to the other fund are at the discretion of the subsidiaries.

The general reserve is used to offset future extraordinary losses. A subsidiary may, upon a resolution passed by the shareholders, convert the general reserve into capital. The staff welfare and bonus reserve is used for the collective welfare of the employees of the subsidiary. The enterprise expansion reserve is for the expansion of the subsidiary’s operations and can be converted to capital subject to approval by the relevant authorities. These reserves represent appropriations of the retained earnings determined in accordance with Chinese law, and are not distributable as cash dividends to the Group.

Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payment of dividends by the Company’s PRC subsidiaries only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. As a result of accumulated losses as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Company’s PRC subsidiaries did not transfer a portion of their net assets either in the form of dividends, loans or advances.

 

10. Capital Structure

On August 27, 2010, the Company was incorporated with authorized and issued share capital of $50,000 divided into 50,000 ordinary shares of par value of US$1.0 each to Mr. Eric Ya Shen, the Chairman and chief executive officer of the Company, Mr. Arthur Xiaobo Hong, the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (collectively, the “Founders”) and three other investors (the “Original Investors”).

On November 22, 2010, the Company subdivided its share capital into 500,000,000 shares at par value of US$0.0001 each. On the same day, the Company redeemed and cancelled 499,990,000 issued shares owned by the existing shareholders on a pro rata basis, at par value of US$0.0001 per share. As a result of these transactions, there were 10,000 issued and outstanding ordinary shares at par value of US$0.0001 per share.

Issuance of Series A Preferred Shares

In preparation for the issuance of the Company’s Series A Preferred Shares, the Series A Preferred Shares investors entered into three loans agreements with the Chairman of the Company on July 20, 2010, October 14,

 

F-20


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

2010 and December 17, 2010, with an aggregated amount of $9,709,643. Pursuant to these three loan agreements, the entire outstanding principals should be converted into the number of Series A Preferred Shares upon issuance of such shares. During 2010, the Chairman utilized the majority of the proceeds from these three loans to finance the operation of the Company through shareholder loans (refer to note 14).

On January 24, 2011, the Company, the Series A Preferred Share investors and the Chairman of the Company entered into the Loan Assignment and Assumption Agreement, pursuant to which the Chairman of the Company assigned the entire principal of the three loan agreements entered into with the Series A Preferred Shares investors to the Company (the “Assigned Loans”).

On January 31, 2011, the Company re-designated its authorized share capital of $50,000 divided into (a) 479,787,500 ordinary shares of par value of US$0.0001 each and (b) 20,212,500 Series A Preferred Shares of par value of US$0.0001 each. On the same day, the Company issued 47,765,000 ordinary shares to its five original investors in the same proportion of their existing ownership. As a condition to the closing of the Series A Preferred Shares subscription, the Company also repurchased 1,837,500 ordinary shares from one of its Original Investors, Rapid Prince Development Limited (“Rapid Prince”), a company wholly owned by Mr. Bin Wu at an aggregate purchase price of $1,837,500 and these shares were cancelled on the same day.

On January 31, 2011, the shareholders and directors of the Company also resolved to reserve 7,350,000 ordinary shares for future issuance under the employee stock incentive plan to be adopted by the Company (the “ESOP”).

On February 21, 2011, 20,212,500 Series A Preferred Shares of US$0.0001 each were issued to investors for $20,212,781 or US$1 each. Concurrently, the Company entered into a Convertible Loan Agreement with the Series A Preferred Share investors, also the lenders of the three Assigned Loans, which converted the entire assigned loan amounts into part of the subscription price for Series A Preferred Shares upon closing.

The Assigned Loan amount was settled with the accumulated shareholders loan due from the Company to the Chairman on February 21, 2011. The rest of the subscription price of US$10,503,138 was settled in cash on February 23, 2011.

Each Series A Preferred Share shall be convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance, into one ordinary share of the Company, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments such as share splits and combination, adjustment for ordinary share dividends and distributions, reorganization and mergers. Each Series A Preferred Share shall automatically be converted into ordinary shares of the Company upon the closing of an initial public offering of the Company in the United States or on a reputable stock exchange determined by the Company, with gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $30,000,000 (the “Qualified IPO”), or in the event that holders of two-thirds of the Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding elect to convert. Each Series A Preferred Share shall carry such number of votes as is equal to the number of votes of ordinary shares then issuable upon the conversion of such Series A Preferred Shares, and be entitled to dividend declared or paid on ordinary shareholders on an as-if-converted basis.

If a liquidation event occurs, the Series A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its members, prior and in preference to any distribution to ordinary shareholders, the amount of 120% of the Series A Preferred Shares subscription price, adjusted for certain anti-dilutive events, plus all declared but unpaid dividends and distribution on such Series A Preferred Shares. The Series A Preferred Shares are not redeemable at the option of the holders.

As another condition to the closing of the Series A Preferred Shares, the Founders and the Original Investors of the Company, entered into the Share Restriction Agreement with the Series A Preferred Share investors and the Company on February 21, 2011. Pursuant to which the Founders and the Original Investors are prohibited from

 

F-21


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

transferring, selling, assigning, pledging or disposing in any way their equity interest in the Company before such shares are vested. The shares held by the Founders shall be 40% vested immediately, with the remaining shares to be vested in 36 equal and continuous monthly installments for each month starting from February 21, 2011; provided that the Founders remain full-time employees of the Group at the end of such month. A total of 18,632,250 unvested share were held by the Founders as of February 21, 2011. The shares held by the Original Investors, shall be 25% vested on February 21, 2012, with the remaining shares to be vested in 36 equal and continuous monthly installments for each month starting from February 21, 2012. The Company has the option to repurchase the ordinary shares held by the Founders in the event a Founder ceases to be a full-time employee of the Group for any reasons. The Company shall have an irrevocable and exclusive option to repurchase all the unvested shares held by Founders at par value, and all the shares (including vested shares) held by the Founders at fair market value. The Founders and the Original Investors also agreed not to transfer their equity interest in the Company during the 180 day period following the effective date of the Company’s first registration statement, or such shorter periods as may be requested by the managing underwriter. The Share Restriction Agreement shall terminate upon the closing of a Qualified IPO.

This Share Restriction Agreement between the Founders and the Company is be accounted for as a reverse stock split follow by the grant of a restricted stock award under a stock-based compensation plan. Accordingly, the Group measured the fair value of the unvested shares of the Founders at grant date and recognizes the whole amount as compensation expense (refer to note 15(b)).

As a result of all the above transactions, the Company has an authorized capital of US$50,000 divided into (a) 479,787,500 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each, 45,937,500 of which have been issued and outstanding, and (b) 20,212,500 Series A Preferred Shares of par value of US$0.0001 each, all of which have been issued and outstanding. All ordinary shares and per share data have been retroactively restated, unless otherwise indicated, in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to the financial statements for all periods presented to reflect the impact of the above transactions.

The Group recorded the initial carrying amount of the convertible non-redeemable Series A Preferred Shares as equity at US$20,113,898, which was the total proceed from the issuance of the shares offset by the direct costs of equity issuance of US$98,883.

The fair value of Series A Preferred Shares on issuance date of February 21, 2011 was determined to be US$3.75 per share, and the fair value of ordinary shares of the Company was determined to be US$3.43 per share on that day. Series A Preferred Shareholders paid approximately US$1.00 per share.

When estimating the fair values of the ordinary shares as of the issuance date. The Group first determined its enterprise value by means of a discounted cash flow analysis. The discounted cash flow derived by management considered the Group’s future business plan, specific business and financial risks, the stage of development of the Group’s operations and economic and competitive elements affecting the Group’s business, industry and market, and with reference to equity transactions of the Company. The Group then allocated the resulting enterprise value between the ordinary shares and Series A Preferred Shares. The fair values of the shares were determined with the assistance of an independent valuation firm.

The Company recognized a deemed dividend of US$49,214,977 for the beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) the Series A Preferred Shareholders received, which is equal to the amount of the intrinsic value of the conversion feature. The intrinsic value was calculated at the commitment date of February 21, 2011, as the difference between the effective conversion price based on the proceeds received of approximately US$1.00 per share and the fair value of the ordinary shares of US$3.43 per share into which the Series A Preferred Shares are convertible, multiplied by the number of ordinary shares into which the Series A Preferred Shares is convertible.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

Issuance of Series B Preferred Shares

On April 11, 2011, in preparation for the closing of the subscription of the 8,166,667 Series B Preferred Shares, the Company re-designated its authorized capital of US$50,000 to be divided into (a) 471,620,833 ordinary shares of par value of US$0.0001 each, (b) 20,212,500 Series A Preferred Shares of par value of US$0.0001 each, and (c) 8,166,667 Series B Preferred Shares of par value of US$0.0001 each. All of the issued and outstanding 45,937,500 ordinary shares and 20,212,500 issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Shares remain unchanged. On the same date, 8,166,667 Series B Preferred Shares were issued to investors, for a total consideration of US$41,223,892 (approximately $5.05 per Series B Preferred Share).

Series B Preferred Shareholders have the same rights as Series A Preferred Shareholders as described above, except a different liquidation preference. If a liquidation event occurs, and the valuation of the liquidation event is more than RMB5 billion, the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive on a pro rata basis, the RMB$100 million prior to any distribution to the holders of any other class of shares. After such distribution, the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive the amount equal to 135% of the Series B Preferred Shares purchase price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends and distributions on such Series B Preferred Shares. Lastly, if there are still any assets or funds, then each holder of Series A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive their distribution at 120% of the Series A purchase price as described above.

On April 11, 2011, the Company also adopted the Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, which raised the amount of the Qualified IPO to an offering with gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $150,000,000. Based on the Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, each Series A and B Preferred Share shall be automatically converted into ordinary share upon the closing of a Qualified IPO or with the written consent of the holders of two-thirds of the Series A and B Preferred Shares then outstanding.

On April 11, 2011, the Company, the Founders, the Original Investors, Series A and B Preferred Shareholders, entered into the Amended and Restated Share Restriction Agreement (the “Amended SRA”) which superseded and replaced in its entirety the Share Restriction Agreement dated February 21, 2011 (the “Original SRA”). The Amended SRA included the Series B Preferred Shareholders as an addition party to the agreement, but did not change any of the significant terms of the Original SRA.

The Group recorded the initial carrying amount of the convertible non-redeemable Series B Preferred Shares as equity at US$41,147,021, which was the total proceed from the issuance of the shares offset by the direct costs of equity issuance of US$76,871.

The fair value of Series B Preferred Shares on issuance date of April 11, 2011 was determined to be US$5.04 per share, and the fair value of ordinary shares of the Company was determined to be US$3.79 per share on that day. Series B Preferred Shareholders paid approximately US$5.05 per share. Accordingly, there is no BCF related to the issuance of Series B Preferred Shares.

The Group determined the fair value of its Series B Preferred Shares and ordinary shares on April 11, 2011 using the same methodologies as its February 21, 2011 valuations described above.

Ordinary shares transactions in June 2011

On June 15, 2011, the Chairman and two of the Original Investors, collectively through their respective investment holding companies, transferred 215,431 ordinary shares to Rapid Prince at nil consideration, to correct for an unintended error in earlier share distributions.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

On the same date, Elegant Motion Holdings Limited (“Elegant Motion”), a company wholly-owned by the Chairman, transferred 1,521,007 ordinary shares of the Company to High Vivacity Holdings Limited (“High Vivacity”), a company wholly-owned by the Mr. Arthur Xiaobo Hong at nil consideration. This transaction was conducted to redistribute the Founders’ diluted shareholdings of the Company to align their original agreed upon shareholdings after taken into the effect of the dilutions incurred from the issuance of Series A and B Preferred Shares and the ESOP. As Mr. Arthur Xiaobao Hong is the Group’s Founder and has served as the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Group since its inception, the Company considers the transfer of 1,521,007 ordinary shares from Elegant Motion to High Vivacity a compensation for past services. Accordingly, the Group recognized a stock based compensation of US$6,205,709 on the date of grant based on the fair value of the Company’s ordinary share of US$4.08 per share on June 15, 2011, multiple by 1,521,007 ordinary shares transferred (refer to note 15(c)).

Further, the Company also issued 198,106 ordinary shares to Elegant Motion and 99,053 ordinary shares to High Vivacity at an aggregate price of US$1.5 million (approximately US$5.05 per share) on June 15, 2011.

Termination of the Amended SRA in December 2011

On December 8, 2011, the Company, the Founders, the Original Investors, Series A and B Preferred Shareholders, entered into the Termination Agreement to terminate the Amended SRA. Such termination of the Amended SRA shall be without prejudice to any rights, obligations or claims that have accrued and are outstanding as at the date of such termination. Such transaction is accounted for as a modification of the vesting conditions of the Founders’ restricted stock award (refer to note 15(b) for details).

 

11. Income Taxes

Cayman Islands

Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, the Company is not subject to tax on its income or capital gains. In addition, upon payments of dividends by the Company to its shareholders, no Cayman Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

Hong Kong

The provision for current income taxes of the subsidiary operating in Hong Kong has been calculated by applying the current rate of taxation of 16.5% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, if applicable.

People’s Republic of China

On March 16, 2007, the National People’s Congress of China enacted a new Corporate Income Tax Law (“New Tax Law”) which became effective on January 1, 2008. Under the New Tax Law, domestically owned enterprises and foreign invested enterprises (the “FIEs”) are subject to a uniform tax rate of 25%. While the New Tax Law equalizes the tax rates for FIEs and domestically-owned enterprises, preferential tax treatment may continue to be given to companies in certain encouraged sectors and to entities classified as high-technology companies, regardless of whether these are domestically-owned enterprises or FIEs. The Group’s subsidiary and the variable interest entity in the PRC are all subject to the tax rate of 25% for the periods presented.

The Group evaluates the level of authority for each uncertain tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and measures the unrecognized benefits associated with

 

F-24


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

the tax positions. At December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Group had no unrecognized tax benefits. The Group does not anticipate any significant increase to its liability for unrecognized tax benefit within the next 12 months. The Group will classify interest and penalties related to income tax matters, if any, in income tax expense.

According to the PRC Tax Administration and Collection Law, the statute of limitations is three years if the underpayment of income taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer. The statute of limitations will be extended to five years under special circumstances, which are not clearly defined, but an underpayment of income tax liability exceeding RMB100,000 ($14,700) is specifically listed as a special circumstance. In the case of a transfer pricing related adjustment, the statute of limitations is ten years. There is no statute of limitations in the case of tax evasion.

Income tax expense is comprised of:

 

     1.1.2009
to
12.31.2009
     1.1.2010
to
12.31.2010
     1.1.2011
to
12.31.2011
 
     $      $      $  

Current tax

         —               —               —     

Deferred tax

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax expenses

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Under the New Tax Law, enterprises are classified as either resident or non-resident. A resident enterprise refers to one that is incorporated under the PRC law or under the law of a jurisdiction outside the PRC with its “de facto management organization” located within the PRC. Non-residential enterprise refers to one that is incorporated under the law of a jurisdiction outside the PRC with its “de facto management organization” located also outside the PRC, but which has either set up institutions or establishments in the PRC or has income originating from the PRC without setting up any institution or establishments in the PRC. On December 6, 2007, the State Council of the PRC issued New Enterprise Income Tax Implementation Regulations on the New Taxation Law (“New EIT Implementation Regulations”). Under the New EIT Implementation Regulations, “de facto management organization” is defined as the organization of an enterprise through which substantial and comprehensive management and control over the business, operations, personnel, accounting and properties of the enterprise are exercised. Under the New Tax Law and the New EIT Implementation Regulations, a resident enterprise’s global net income will be subject to a 25% enterprise income tax rate. Uncertainties exist with respect to how the New Tax Law and New EIT Implementation Regulations apply to the Group’s overall operations, and more specifically, with regard to tax residency status. On April 22, 2009, the State Administration of Taxation, or the SAT, issued SAT Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Despite the present uncertainties resulting from the limited PRC tax guidance on the issue, the Group does not believe that its legal entities organized outside of PRC should be treated as residents for New Tax Law purposes. Even if one or more of its legal entities organized outside of the PRC were characterized as PRC tax residents, none of them had profit; therefore, no significant impact would be expected on the net current tax payable balance and the net deferred tax balance.

If the entity were to be non-resident for PRC tax purpose, dividends paid to it out of profits earned after January 1, 2008 would be subject to a withholding tax.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

A reconciliation of the income tax expense (credit) to loss before income tax computed by applying the PRC statutory income tax rate of 25% per the consolidated statements of operations is as follows:

 

     1.1.2009
to
12.31.2009
    1.1.2010
to
12.31.2010
    1.1.2011
to
12.31.2011
 
     $     $     $  

Loss before income tax

     (1,380,707     (8,365,848     (107,271,525

Computed income tax expense at PRC EIT tax rate

     (345,177     (2,091,462     (26,817,881

Effect of non-deductible expenses

     980        118,881        19,532,656   

Effect of different tax rates of a subsidiary operating in other jurisdictions

     —          —          44,048   

Change in valuation allowance

     344,197        1,972,581        7,241,177   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual income tax expenses

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The principal components of deferred tax assets are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  
     $     $     $  

Deferred tax assets:

      

Net operating loss carry forwards

     377,513        1,077,107        6,411,543   

Allowance for doubtful debts

     —          12,260        12,857   

Inventory write-down

     7,918        650,342        394,082   

Payroll payable and other accruals

     22,275        269,499        1,561,864   

Deferred revenue

     15,430        532,350        1,584,985   

Others

     —          —          14,503   

Foreign exchange

     (83     (50,314     (343,023

Less: valuation allowance

     (423,053     (2,395,634     (9,636,811
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The cumulative amount of tax loss carried forward was US$1,510,052, US$4,308,437 and US$25,822,363 as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, for the Group’s certain subsidiaries and the variable interest entity in Hong Kong and the PRC. The loss carryover period in the PRC is generally five years, while the losses could be carried forward indefinitely in Hong Kong.

The Group has provided a valuation allowance for the full amount of the deferred tax assets relating to the future benefit of net operating loss carried forward of certain subsidiaries and the variable interest entity as management is not able to conclude that the future realization of those net operating loss carry forwards is more likely than not.

Note: Foreign exchange represents the differences of exchange rate on balance sheet date used to translate the deferred tax assets balances and the weighted average rate used to translate the valuation allowance recognized during the period.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

 

12. Net Loss Per Share

The Group had the following securities which could potentially dilute basic net loss per share in the future, but which were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share in the periods presented, as their effects would have been anti-dilutive.

 

     As of December 31,  
         2009              2010          2011  

Employee Stock Options

     —           —           7,167,138   

Series A Preferred Shares

     —           —           20,212,500   

Series B Preferred Shares

     —           —           8,166,667   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic net loss per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. For the purpose of calculating basic earnings per share as a result of the Reorganization, the number of ordinary shares used in the calculation reflects the issuance of ordinary shares as if it took place on August 22, 2008.

The calculations of basic net and diluted loss per share are computed as follows:

 

     1.1.2009
to
12.31.2009
    1.1.2010
to
12.31.2010
    1.1.2011
to
12.31.2011
 
     $     $     $  

Numerator:

      

Net loss

     (1,380,707     (8,365,848     (107,271,525

Deemed dividend on issuance of Series A

      

Preferred Shares

     —          —          (49,214,977
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

     (1,380,707     (8,365,848     (156,486,502
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

      

Weighted-average ordinary shares

     47,775,000        47,775,000        46,255,574   

Outstanding – basic and diluted

      

Basic net loss per share

     (0.03     (0.18     (3.38

Diluted net loss per share

     (0.03     (0.18     (3.38

The Series A and B Preferred shares are convertible participating securities but have not been included in the computation of basic net loss per share for the periods presented, as based on the contractual terms, Series A and B Preferred shareholders have no contractual obligation to share in the losses of the Company.

 

13. Commitments and contingencies

Lease commitments and Other Arrangements

Operating Leases Agreements

The Group leases office space and certain equipment under non-cancellable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through December 2020. Those lease agreements provide for periodic rental increases based on both contractual incremental rates and inflation rates adjustments over the leased periods. During the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Company incurred rental expenses amounting to $163,378, $522,471 and $3,153,903, respectively.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

As of December 31, 2011, minimum lease payments under all non-cancellable leases were as follows:

 

     $  

Year ending December 31, 2012

     5,623,636   

Year ending December 31, 2013

     5,883,499   

Year ending December 31, 2014

     4,822,772   

Year ending December 31, 2015

     3,672,999   

Year ending December 31, 2016

     2,329,610   

Over December 31, 2016

     9,368,467   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     31,700,983   
  

 

 

 

Capital commitment

As of December 31, 2011, the Group had contracted for capital expenditures of $31,777.

Contingencies

The Group is subject to periodic legal or administrative proceedings in the ordinary course of business. The Group does not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which the Group is a party will have a material effect on its business or financial condition.

The Group has not made adequate social welfare payments as required under applicable PRC labor laws. Accrual for the amounts under-paid has been made in the reported periods and amounted to $89,101, $524,653 and $1,559,125 as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. However, accruals for the interest on underpayments and penalties that may be imposed by the relevant PRC government authorities have not been made in the financial statements as management considered that it is not probable the relevant PRC government authorities will impose any significant interests or penalties.

 

14. Related Party Transactions

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Group entered into the following material related party transactions:

 

     1.1.2009
to
12.31.2009
     1.1.2010
to
12.31.2010
     1.1.2011
to
12.31.2011
 
     $      $      $  

Purchase of goods

     412,350         2,352,164         6,310,308   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Details of the related party balances as of the end of the years presented on the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

 

  (a) Amounts due from related parties

Amounts due from related parties as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 amounted to nil, nil and $2,101,853 respectively are prepayments related to purchases of goods from the entities controlled by shareholders of the Company.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

 

  (b) Amounts due to related parties

Amounts due to related parties are made up by shareholder loans and amounts due to companies controlled by shareholders.

Shareholders provided loans to the Group, which are mainly used for working capital purposes. The outstanding loan balances due to shareholders as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 amounted to $2,050,234, $11,187,454 and $2,948,446 respectively, were unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand. The shareholder loan amount of $7,869,899 and $578,809 as December 31, 2010 and 2011 respectively was mainly funded by the Chairman with the proceeds from the three loans from Series A and Series B Preferred Shares investors during the year ended December 31, 2010 as explained on Note 10, while the rest of the loans was funded by other shareholders. Refer to note 10 for details of assignment of the three loans.

The amounts due to companies controlled or significantly influenced by shareholders as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 amounted to $541,337, $1,705,369 and $849,062 respectively, and were unsecured and interest free. These amounts are all related to purchases of goods from companies controlled by shareholders.

 

15. Share-based Payments

 

  (a) 2011 stock incentive plan

In March 2011, the Company adopted the Vipshop Holdings Limited 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”), which provide up to an aggregate of 7,350,000 ordinary shares of the Company as stock based compensation to employees, directors, officers and consultants and other eligible personal of the Group.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

As of December 31, 2011, a total of 7,167,138 share options were granted to executive officers and employees of the Group, with the following grant dates, vesting periods and exercise price:

 

Grant date

  Exercise Price
per share
    Number of
Options
    

Vesting period

    $             

March 18, 2011

    0.5        1,470,000       36% of the shares shall vest at the first anniversary of the grant date, and  1/36th of the total shares shall vest at the end of each month thereafter

March 18, 2011

    0.5        183,750       29% of the shares shall vest at the first anniversary of the grant date, and  1/48th of the total shares shall vest at the end of each month thereafter

March 18, 2011

    0.5        735,000       37.5% of the shares shall vest at the first anniversary of the grant date, and  1/48th of the total shares shall vest at the end of each month thereafter

March 18, 2011

    0.5        735,000       56% of the shares shall vest at the first anniversary of the grant date, and  1/48th of the total shares shall vest at the end of each month thereafter

March 18, 2011

    0.5        367,500       33% of the shares shall vest at the first anniversary of the grant date, and  1/48th of the total shares shall vest at the end of each month thereafter

March 28, 2011

    0.5        945,000       25% of the shares shall vest at the first anniversary of the grant date, and  1/48th of the total shares shall vest at the end of each month thereafter

July 10, 2011

    0.5        50,000       25% of the shares shall vest at the first anniversary of the grant date, and  1/48th of the total shares shall vest at the end of each month thereafter

August 30, 2011

    2.52        819,638       25% of the shares shall vest at the first anniversary of the grant date, and  1/48th of the total shares shall vest at the end of each month thereafter

November 30, 2011

    2.52        551,250       25% of the shares shall vest at the first anniversary of the grant date, and  1/48th of the total shares shall vest at the end of each month thereafter

November 30, 2011

    2.50        1,310,000       25% of the shares shall vest at the first anniversary of the grant date, and  1/48th of the total shares shall vest at the end of each month thereafter

The expiration dates of the above options were 10 years from grant date, vesting is subject to the continuous services of the option holders to the Group, and post-termination exercise period was nine months. During any authorized leave of absence, the vesting of the option shall be suspended after the leave of absence exceeds a period of 90 days. Vesting of the option shall resume upon the option holders’ return to service to the Group. The vesting schedule shall be extended by the length of the suspension.

In the event of termination of the option holders’ continuous service for cause, the option holders’ right to exercise the option shall terminate concurrently, except otherwise determined by the plan administrator, and

 

F-30


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

the Company shall have the rights to repurchase all vested options purchased by the option holders at a discount price determined by the plan administrator. The stock option holders have waived any voting rights with regard to the shares and granted a power of attorney to the Board of Directors of the Company to exercise voting rights with respect to the shares.

The Company uses the Binomial model to determine the estimated fair value for each option granted issued using a retrospective valuation with the assistance of an independent valuation firm. The Group estimates that the forfeiture rate for key management and employees will be nil and 9% respectively. The assumptions used in determining the fair value of the share options were as follows:

 

Assumptions

  Valuation
as of
March 18, 2011
  Valuation
as of
March 28, 2011
  Valuation
as of
July 10,  2011
  Valuation
as of
August 30, 2011
  Valuation
as of
November 30, 2011

Expected dividend yield

  0%   0%   0%   0%   0%

Risk-free interest rate

  3.725%   3.778%   4.127%   3.116%   2.853%

Expected Volatility

  56.68%   56.53%   55.26%   54.99%   54.00%

Expected life

  10 years   10 years   10 years   10 years   10 years

Exercise multiples

  2.8 times   2.2 times   2.2 times   2.8 times   2.2 or
2.8 times*

Fair value of underlying ordinary shares

  3.40   3.44   4.31   4.78   6.36

 

  * 2.2 times multiple for 1,310,000 numbers of options granted to employees; 2.8 times multiple for 551,250 numbers of options granted to executive officers.

Notes:

 

  (1) Expected dividend yield:

The expected dividend yield was estimated by the Company based on its dividend policy over the expected life of the options.

 

  (2) Risk-free interest rate:

Risk-free interest rate was estimated based on the fair market yields of China International Government Bond as of the valuation dates with a maturity period close to the expected life of the options.

 

  (3) Expected volatility:

The volatility of the underlying ordinary shares during the life of the options was estimated based on the historical stock price volatility of listed comparable companies over a period comparable to the expected maturity period of the options.

 

  (4) Expected life:

As the Company did not have historical share option exercise experience, it estimated the expected life based on the term according to the option agreement.

 

  (5) Exercise multiples:

The expected exercise multiple is the average ratio of the stock price to the exercise price of when employees would decide to voluntarily exercise their vested options.

As the Company did not have sufficient information of past employee exercise history, it estimated the exercise multiples based on researches conducted by Huddart and Lang (1995).

 

  (6) Fair value of underlying ordinary shares:

(i) When estimating the fair value of the ordinary shares on grant dates as of March 18, 2011 and March 28, 2011, the Group determined its enterprise value by means of a discounted cash flow analysis

 

F-31


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

using the retrospective approach, and when estimating the fair value of the ordinary shares on grant dates as of August 30, 2011 and November 30, 2011, the Group determined its enterprise price value by means of a discounted cash flow analysis using the contemporaneous approach. The discounted cash flow derived by management considered the Group’s future business plan, specific business and financial risks, the stage of development of the Group’s operations and economic and competitive elements affecting the Group’s business, industry and market, and with reference to equity transactions of the Company. The Group then allocated the resulting enterprise value between the ordinary shares and Series A Preferred Shares. The fair values of the shares were determined with the assistance of an independent valuation firm.

(ii) The Group attributed the ordinary shares underlying the options granted on July 10, 2011 at an estimated fair value of $4.31 per share, determined based on the linear relationship between the fair value of the ordinary shares as of June 15, 2011 and the fair value of the ordinary shares as of August 30, 2011.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the share option movements were as follows:

 

     Options
Outstanding
     Weighted
average
exercise price
per share
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life
per share
     Weighted
Average
fair value
at date
     Weighted
average
intrinsic value
per option
     Aggregate
intrinsic value
 
            $      $      $      $      $  

As of January 1, 2009, 2010 and 2011

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Granted during the period

     7,167,138                 1.25         3.61 years         3.40         3.09         22,119,207   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

          

Outstanding as of December 31, 2011

     7,167,138         1.25         3.06 years            
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

          

Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2011

     —           —           —              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

          

For the year ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Group recognized share-based payment expenses of $nil, $nil and $3,813,576 in connection with the share options granted to employees, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, there was $19,767,597 unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share options granted to executive and employees of the Group. The unvested share options expense relating to the stock options of the Group is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.06 years on a straight-line basis schedule.

As of December 31, 2011, the number of options vested, forfeited and exercised was nil.

 

  (b) Founders’ unvested shares

As described on note 10, the Founders’ unvested ordinary shares pursuant to the Share Restricted Agreement dated February 21, 2011 and the Amended SRA dated April 11, 2011, were measured at grant date fair value and to be recognized as compensation expense over the vesting periods. The shares held by the Founders shall be 40% vested immediately, with the remaining shares to be vested in 36 equal and continuous monthly installments for each month starting from February 21, 2011; provided that the Founders remain full-time employees of the Group at the end of such month. The

 

F-32


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

Company has the option to repurchase the ordinary shares held by the Founders in the event a Founder ceases to be a full-time employee of the Group for any reasons. The Company shall have an irrevocable and exclusive option to repurchase all the unvested shares held by Founders at par value, and all the shares (including vested shares) held by the Founders at fair market value.

Before the Founders’ unvested shares were vested and released from the repurchase rights, the Founders shall be entitled to all rights and privileges as shareholders of the ordinary shares, including voting rights and dividends. Therefore, these unvested shares were considered participating securities for the purpose of earnings (loss) per share calculation.

On December 8, 2011, the Company, the Founders, the Original Investors, Series A and B Preferred Shareholders entered into the Termination Agreement to terminate the Amended SRA. This transaction in substance accelerated the vesting terms of services provided by the Founders related to their restricted stock awards, from the original vesting terms to December 8, 2011. Accordingly, this transaction was accounted for as a modification of the vesting conditions, and all unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to the Founders’ unvested shares as of December 8, 2011 was expensed to profit or loss on that day.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Group recorded share-based compensation expense of $63,908,618 related to the unvested shares of the Founders.

 

  (c) Ordinary shares transferred to the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors

On June 15, 2011, Elegant Motion, a company wholly-owned by the Chairman, transferred 1,521,007 ordinary shares to High Vivacity, a company wholly-owned by Mr. Hong, who is an employee and vice chairman of the board of directors of the Company. The transfer of shares was intended to compensate Mr. Hong’s contribution for his services as an employee of the Company. In conjunction with the Reorganization of the Company that took place in 2011, Mr. Shen determined the number of ordinary shares and executed the share transfer on June 10, 2011. The Company considers June 10, 2011 as the grant date of the share award. Accordingly, the transaction was recognized as share-based compensation for past services of Mr. Arthur Xiaobo on the grant date. The Group recognized a share-based compensation of US$6,205,708 on June 15, 2011, based on the fair value of the Company’s ordinary share of US$4.08 per share on that date multiple by 1,521,007 ordinary shares transferred.

The following table summarizes information regarding the ordinary shares granted during the year ended December, 31 2011 as share-based compensation:

 

     Number of
ordinary shares
    Weighted average
granted date fair value (A)
 

Ordinary shares granted as share-based compensation outstanding as of January 1, 2011

     —          —     

Granted (note 15(b))

     18,632,250        3.43   

Granted (note 15(c))

     1,521,007        4.08   

Vested

     (20,153,257  
  

 

 

   

Outstanding as of December 31, 2011

     —       
  

 

 

   

Note A: The fair value of ordinary shares are determined using the same methodologies as described in note 15(a) footnote 6(i), with the assistance of an independent valuation firm.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

 

16. Segment information

The Group has only one reportable segment, which is the product distribution and offering of goods on its online platforms. The Group’s chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews operating results to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance for the entire Group. The Group’s net revenues are all generated from customers in the PRC. Hence, the Group operates and manages its business without segments. All the property, plant and equipment of the Group are located at the PRC.

Product revenues: relate to sales of apparel, shoes and bags and other products.

Advertising revenues: relate to advertising services provided to certain vendors of the Group.

Revenues from different product groups and services are as follow:

 

     For the year ended
December 31, 2011
 
     $  

Product revenues

  

Apparel

     92,954,694   

Shoes and bags

     31,673,858   

Other goods

     101,663,171   
  

 

 

 
     226,291,723   

Advertising revenues

     851,153   
  

 

 

 

Total net revenues

     227,142,876   
  

 

 

 

Information about product categories for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 has not been presented because it is impracticable to do so.

 

17. Liquidity Risk

In the management of the liquidity risk, the Group monitors and maintains a level of cash and cash equivalents deemed adequate by management to finance the Group’s operations and mitigate the effects of fluctuations in cash flows. Management also monitors the amounts due to related parties and short term bank borrowings as a means of short term financing.

The Group has been generating cash outflows in operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 presented because the Group is still in the growing stage of its business. The Group has generated cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2011 and has net current assets in the amount of $9,131,923 as of December 31, 2011, mainly due to growth in the business, improvements in working capital management and the issuance of Series A and B Preferred Shares in 2011 as disclosed in note 10. In opinion of the management, with the Group’s current cash position, the Group has the ability to continue and meet its financial obligations as they become due and to operate on a going concern basis in the next twelve months from December 31, 2011.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Vipshop Holdings Limited

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information

Statements of Operations

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

     8.27.2010 to
12.31.2010
    1.1.2011
to
12.31.2011
 
     $     $  

General and administrative expenses

     —          (73,927,902
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     —          (73,927,902

Equity in losses of subsidiaries and a variable interest entity

     (6,657,478     (33,343,623
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (6,657,478     (107,271,525

Deemed dividend on issuance of Series A Preferred Shares

     —          (49,214,977
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

     (6,657,478     (156,486,502
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Vipshop Holdings Limited

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information

Balance Sheets

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010     2011  
     $     $  

ASSETS

    

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

    

Amount due from a subsidiary

     —          18,289,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     —          18,289,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY (DEFICIT)

    

Investments in subsidiaries and a variable interest entity

     10,111,580        —     

Amount due to a shareholder

     1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     10,111,581        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY (DEFICIT):

    

Ordinary shares (US$0.0001 par value, 479,787,500 shares authorized and 47,775,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2010; US$0.0001 par value, 471,620,833 shares authorized and 46,234,659 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011)

     4,778        4,624   

Series A Preferred Shares (US$0.0001 par value; 20,212,500 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 )

     —          20,113,898   

Series B Preferred Shares (US$0.0001 par value; 8,166,667 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011)

     —          41,147,021   

Additional paid-in capital

     145,805        124,341,953   

Accumulated losses

     (10,066,759     (166,553,261

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (195,405     (765,033
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity

     (10,111,581     18,289,202   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

     —          18,289,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Vipshop Holdings Limited

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information

Statement of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) and

Comprehensive Income

(In U.S. dollars, except for share data)

 

    Series A
Preferred shares
    Series B
Preferred shares
    Ordinary shares                                
    No. of
shares
    Amount     No. of
shares
    Amount     No. of
shares
    Amount     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
losses
    Accumulated other
comprehensive loss
    Total     Comprehensive
loss
 
          $           $           $     $     $           $        

Balance as of August 27, 2010

    —          —          —          —          47,775,000        4,778        145,805        (3,409,281     (39,903     (3,298,601  

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (6,657,478     —          (6,657,478     (6,657,478

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (155,502     (155,502     (155,502
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    —          —          —          —          47,775,000        4,778        145,805        (10,066,759     (195,405     (10,111,581     (6,812,980
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (107,271,525     —          (107,271,525     (107,271,525

Repurchase of ordinary shares

    —          —          —          —          (1,837,500     (184     (1,837,316     —          —          (1,837,500     —     

Issuance of ordinary shares

    —          —          —          —          297,159        30        1,499,964        —          —          1,499,994        —     

Issuance of Series A Preferred shares

    20,212,500        20,113,898        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          20,113,898        —     

Issuance of Series B Preferred shares

    —          —          8,166,667        41,147,021        —          —          —          —          —          41,147,021        —     

Registered capital contribution by shareholders of the VIE

    —          —          —          —          —          —          1,390,621        —          —          1,390,621        —     

Deemed dividend on issuance of Series A Preferred shares

    —          —          —          —          —          —          49,214,977        (49,214,977     —          —          —     

Share-based compensation expenses

    —          —          —          —          —          —          73,927,902        —          —          73,927,902        —     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (569,628     (569,628     (569,628
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    20,212,500        20,113,898        8,166,667        41,147,021        46,234,659        4,624        124,341,953        (166,553,261     (765,033     18,289,202        (107,841,153
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTE TO SCHEDULE I

(In U.S. dollars, except for share or per share data)

Schedule I has been provided pursuant to the requirement of Rule 12-04(a) and 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X, which require condensed financial information as to financial position, changes in financial position and results of operations of a parent company as of the same dates and for the same periods for which audited consolidated financial statements have been presented when the restricted net assets of the consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries together exceed 25 percent of consolidated net assets as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year. As of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, $145,804, $145,804 and $34,351,666 of the restricted capital and reserves are not available for distribution, and as such, the condensed financial information of Vipshop Holdings Limited (“Parent Company”) has been presented.

No cash dividend was declared or paid by the Parent Company since its incorporation as of August 27, 2010.

Basis of preparation

The condensed financial information of the Parent Company has been prepared using the same accounting policies as set out in its consolidated financial statements, except that the Parent Company has used the equity method to account for its investment in its subsidiaries and its variable interest entity. Accordingly, the condensed financial information presented herein represents the financial information of the Parent Company.

The Parent Company was incorporated on August 27, 2010, accordingly, the amount of investments in subsidiaries and a variable interest entity at inception was assumed to be the accumulated losses and other comprehensive losses incurred by its subsidiaries and the variable interest entity up to that date.

No cash flow statement has been presented as the Parent Company has no cash transactions for all the years presented.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Vipshop Holdings Limited

11,176,470 American Depositary Shares

Representing 22,352,940 Ordinary Shares

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C.   Deutsche Bank Securities

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  Oppenheimer & Co.

Through and including                      , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotment or subscription.

Prospectus dated                     , 2012.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 6. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against conduct amounting to willful default, willful neglect, fraud or dishonesty, for example, civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our articles of association provide for indemnification of officers and directors for losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own dishonesty, willful default or fraud.

Pursuant to the indemnification agreements, the form of which will be filed as Exhibit 10.10 to this Registration Statement, we will agree to indemnify our directors and officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or officer.

The underwriting agreement, the form of which will be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement, will also provide for indemnification of us and our officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

ITEM 7. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

During the past three years, we have issued the following securities (including options to acquire our ordinary shares). We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering or in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions. No underwriters were involved in any of these issuances.

 

Purchaser

  Date of Sale or Issuance   Number of Securities     Consideration     Type of Securities  

Elegant Motion Holdings Limited

  August 27, 2010
January 31, 2011
   
 
20,000
19,105,840
  
  
   

 

Nil

Nil

  

  

   
 
Ordinary Shares
Ordinary Shares
  
  

High Vivacity Holdings Limited

  August 27, 2010
January 31, 2011
   
 
12,500
11,941,150
  
  
   

 

Nil

Nil

  

  

   
 
Ordinary Shares
Ordinary Shares
  
  

Rapid Prince Development Limited

  August 27, 2010
January 31, 2011
   
 
7,500
5,327,590
  
  
   

 

Nil

Nil

  

  

   
 
Ordinary Shares
Ordinary Shares
  
  

Dynasty Mount Enterprises Limited

  August 27, 2010
January 31, 2011
   
 
5,000
4,776,460
  
  
   

 

Nil

Nil

  

  

   
 
Ordinary Shares
Ordinary Shares
  
  

Advanced Sea International Limited

  August 27, 2010
January 31, 2011
   
 
5,000
4,776,460
  
  
   

 

Nil

Nil

  

  

   
 
Ordinary Shares
Ordinary Shares
  
  

DCM V, L.P.

  January 31, 2011
April 11, 2011
   
 
10,762,390
773,574
  
  
   
 
US$10,762,390
US$3,904,865
  
  
   
 
Series A Preferred Shares
Series B Preferred Shares
  
  

DCM Affiliates Fund V, L.P.

  January 31, 2011
April 11, 2011
   
 
262,610
18,876
  
  
   
 
US$262,610
US$95,283
  
  
   
 
Series A Preferred Shares
Series B Preferred Shares
  
  

Sequoia Capital China II, L.P.

  January 31, 2011     7,700,044        US$7,700,044        Series A Preferred Shares   

Sequoia Capital China Partners Fund II, L.P.

  January 31, 2011     193,856        US$193,856        Series A Preferred Shares   

Sequoia Capital China Principals Fund II, L.P.

 

January 31, 2011

 

 

1,293,600

  

 

 

US$1,293,600

  

 

 

Series A Preferred Shares

  

DCM VI, L.P.

  April 11, 2011     2,372,133        US$11,974,108        Series B Preferred Shares   

Sequoia Capital 2010 CV Holdco, Ltd.

  April 11, 2011     5,002,084        US$25,249,636        Series B Preferred Shares   

Elegant Motion Holdings Limited

  June 15, 2011     198,106        US$1,000,000        Ordinary Shares   

High Vivacity Holdings Limited

  June 15, 2011     99,053        US$500,000        Ordinary Shares   

Certain officers and employees as a group

  March 18, 2011
to February 1,
2012
   
 
 
 
Options
to purchase
7,191,418
ordinary shares
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Past and future
services to our
company
  
  
  
   
 
Option to Purchase
Ordinary Shares
  
  

 

II-1


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

  (a) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index for a complete list of all exhibits filed as part of this registration, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

The agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (iii) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

We acknowledge that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, we are responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding material contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

 

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

ITEM 9. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its legal counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  (3) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document upon such date of first use.

 

  (4) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Guangzhou, People’s Republic of China, on March 9, 2012.

 

Vipshop Holdings Limited
By:   /s/    Eric Ya Shen
  Name:   Eric Ya Shen
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on March 9, 2012.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/    Eric Ya Shen

Eric Ya Shen

  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer)

*

Arthur Xiaobo Hong

  

Director

*

Bin Wu

  

Director

*

Yu Xu

  

Director

*

Xing Liu

  

Director

*

Xing Peng

  

Director

*

Frank Lin

  

Director

/s/    Donghao Yang

Donghao Yang

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial and accounting officer)

 

*By:  

/s/    Eric Ya Shen

Name:   Eric Ya Shen
Attorney-in-fact

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Signature of authorized representative in the United States

Pursuant to the Securities Act, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Vipshop Holdings Limited, has signed this Registration Statement or amendment thereto in New York, on March 9, 2012.

 

Authorized U.S. Representative
By:  

/s/    Kate Ledyard

 

Name:  Kate Ledyard

 

Title:    Manager

              Law Debenture Corporate Service Inc.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Vipshop Holdings Limited

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1†    Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant as currently in effect
  3.2    Form of Post-offering Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant as effective upon the completion of this offering
  4.1†    Form of Ordinary Share Certificate
  4.2    Form of American Depositary Receipt evidencing American Depositary Shares (included in Exhibit 4.3)
  4.3    Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, the depositary and holder of the American Depositary Receipts
  4.4†    Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, dated April 11, 2011, among the Registrant, its Ordinary Shareholders and Preferred Shareholders and Other Parties thereto
  4.5    Share Subscription Agreement, dated April 11, 2011, among the Registrant, its Ordinary Shareholders and the Series B Preferred Shareholders and Other Parties thereto
  5.1    Form of opinion of Thorp Alberga, the Cayman Islands Legal Counsel to the Registrant, regarding the validity of the Ordinary Shares being registered
  8.1†    Opinion of Thorp Alberga regarding certain Cayman Islands tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  8.2    Form of opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP regarding certain U.S. federal tax matters
  8.3†    Opinion of Han Kun Law Offices regarding certain PRC tax matters
10.1    2011 Stock Incentive Plan
10.2†   

Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and an Executive Officer of the

Registrant

10.3†    English translation of the Loan Contract between Guangzhou Vipshop Computer Service Co., Ltd. (now Vipshop (China) Co., Ltd.) and China Merchants Bank, Shenzhen Keyuan Sub-Branch dated as of June 30, 2011
10.4†    English translation of the Loan Contract between Guangzhou Vipshop Computer Service Co., Ltd. (now Vipshop (China) Co., Ltd.) and China Merchants Bank, Shenzhen Keyuan Sub-Branch dated as of May 27, 2011
10.5†    Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement between Guangzhou Vipshop Computer Service Co., Ltd. (now Vipshop (China) Co., Ltd.) and Guangzhou Vipshop Information Technology Co., Ltd.
10.6†    Amended and Restated Equity Interest Pledge Agreement among Guangzhou Vipshop Computer Service Co., Ltd. (now Vipshop (China) Co., Ltd.), Guangzhou Vipshop Information Technology Co., Ltd. and its Shareholders
10.7†    Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement among Guangzhou Vipshop Computer Service Co., Ltd. (now Vipshop (China) Co., Ltd.), Guangzhou Vipshop Information Technology Co., Ltd. and its Shareholders
10.8†    Powers of Attorney by the Shareholders of Guangzhou Vipshop Information Technology Co., Ltd.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

10.9†    English translation of the Exclusive Purchase Framework Agreement between Guangzhou Vipshop Computer Service Co., Ltd. (now Vipshop (China) Co., Ltd.) and Guangzhou Vipshop Information Technology Co., Ltd.
10.10†    Form of Indemnification Agreement for Officers and Directors
10.11    2012 Share Incentive Plan
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
23.2†    Consent of Thorp Alberga (included in Exhibit 5.1 and Exhibit 8.1)
23.3†    Consent of Han Kun Law Offices (included in Exhibit 8.3 and Exhibit 99.2)
23.4†    Consent of Frost & Sullivan (Beijing) Inc., Shanghai Branch Co.
23.5†    Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included in Exhibit 8.2)
23.6†    Consent of Nanyan Zheng
23.7†    Consent of Kathleen Chien
24.1†    Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page of this registration statement)
99.1†    Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant
99.2    Form of opinion of Han Kun Law Offices regarding certain PRC legal matters

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Previously filed.

 

II-7

Form of Post-offering Memorandum and Articles of Association

Exhibit 3.2

THE COMPANIES LAW (2011 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

Adopted by a Special Resolution

passed on March 9, 2012 and

effective immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s

initial public offering of shares represented by

American Depositary Shares

 

1. The name of the Company is VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED.

 

2. The registered office of the Company shall be at the offices of International Corporation Services Ltd., PO Box 472, 2nd Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1106, Cayman Islands or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time decide.

 

3. The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Companies Law (2011 Revision) as the same may be revised from time to time, or any other law of the Cayman Islands.

 

4. The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such Member’s shares.

 

5. The authorized share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into (i) 300,000,000 ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each and (ii) 200,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each of such class or classes (howsoever designated) as the Board of Directors may determine in accordance with Articles 6 and 7 of the Articles of Association. The Company has the power to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to increase or reduce the said capital subject to the provisions of the Companies Law (2011 Revision), as amended, and the Articles of Association and to issue any part of its capital, whether original, redeemed or increased with or without any preference, priority or special privilege or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly declare every issue of shares whether declared to be preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers hereinbefore contained.

 

1


6. The Company has the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7. Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the same meaning as those given in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

2


THE COMPANIES LAW (2011 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

Adopted by a Special Resolution

passed on             , 2012 and

effective immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s

initial public offering of shares represented by

American Depositary Shares

INTERPRETATION

 

1. In these Articles, Table A in the Schedule in the Companies Law does not apply and unless otherwise defined, the defined terms shall have the meanings assigned to them as follows:

 

Articles    these Articles of Association of the Company as altered or added to, from time to time;
Board or “Board of Directors    the board of Directors for the time being of the Company;
Business Day    a day (excluding Saturdays or Sundays), on which banks in Hong Kong, Beijing and New York are open for general banking business throughout their normal business hours;
Chairman    the Chairman appointed pursuant to Article 81;
Commission    Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America or any other federal agency for the time being administering the Securities Act;
Companies Law    the Companies Law (2011 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as amended, and any statutory amendment or re-enactment thereof. Where any provision of the Companies Law is referred to, the reference is to that provision as amended by any law for the time being in force;
Company    Vipshop Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands company limited by shares;
Company’s Website    the website of the Company, the address or domain name of which has been notified to Members;

 

3


Designated Stock Exchange    means The New York Stock Exchange in the United States or any other stock exchange that the Company’s ADSs are listed for trading;
Directors    the directors of the Company for the time being, or as the case may be, the Directors assembled as a Board or as a committee thereof;
electronic    the meaning given to it in the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and any amendment thereto or re-enactments thereof for the time being in force and includes every other law incorporated therewith or substituted therefore;
electronic communication    electronic posting to the Company’s Website, transmission to any number, address or internet website or other electronic delivery methods as otherwise decided and approved by not less than two-thirds of the vote of the Board;
in writing    includes writing, printing, lithograph, photograph, type-writing and every other mode of representing words or figures in a legible and non-transitory form and, only where used in connection with a notice served by the Company on Members or other persons entitled to receive notices hereunder, shall also include a record maintained in an electronic medium which is accessible in visible form so as to be useable for subsequent reference;
Member    the meaning given to it in the Companies Law;
Memorandum of Association    the Memorandum of Association of the Company, as amended and re-stated from time to time;
month    calendar month;
Ordinary Resolution   

a resolution:

 

(a) passed by a simple majority of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, in the case of any Member being an organization, by its duly authorized representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company; or

 

(b) approved in writing by all of the Members entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Members and the effective date of the resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument, or the last of such instruments if more than one, is executed;

paid up    paid up as to the par value and any premium payable in respect of the issue of any shares and includes credited as paid up;
Register of Members    the register to be kept by the Company in accordance with the Companies Law;
seal    the Common Seal of the Company (if adopted) including any facsimile thereof;

 

4


Securities Act    the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States of America, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time;
share    any share in the capital of the Company and includes a fraction of a share;
signed    includes a signature or representation of a signature affixed by mechanical means or an electronic symbol or process attached to or logically associated with an electronic communication and executed or adopted by a person with the intent to sign the electronic communication;
Special Resolution    the meaning given to it in the Companies Law and includes a unanimous written resolution;
Statutes    the Companies Law and every other laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands for the time being in force concerning companies and affecting the Company;
Treasury share    means a share held in the name of the Company as a treasury share in accordance with the Companies Law;
year    calendar year.

 

2. In these Articles, save where the context requires otherwise:

 

  (a) words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice versa;

 

  (b) words importing the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender;

 

  (c) words importing persons only shall include companies or associations or bodies of persons, whether corporate or not;

 

  (d) “may” shall be construed as permissive and “shall” shall be construed as imperative;

 

  (e) a reference to a dollar or dollars (or $) is a reference to dollars of the United States;

 

  (f) references to a statutory enactment shall include reference to any amendment or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

5


  (g) any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms; and

 

  (h) Section 8 of the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) shall not reply.

 

3. Subject to the last two preceding Articles, any words defined in the Companies Law shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in these Articles.

PRELIMINARY

 

4. The business of the Company may be conducted as the Directors see fit.

 

5. The registered office of the Company shall be at such address in the Cayman Islands as the Directors shall from time to time determine. The Company may in addition establish and maintain such other offices and places of business and agencies in such places as the Directors may from time to time determine.

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

6. Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum of Association, these Articles and to any direction that may be given by the Company in a general meeting, the Directors may, in their absolute discretion and without approval of the existing Members, issue shares, grant rights over existing shares or issue other securities in one or more series as they deem necessary and appropriate and determine designations, powers, preferences, privileges and other rights, including dividend rights, conversion rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the powers and rights associated with the shares held by existing Members, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper. The Company may hold Treasury shares. The Company shall not issue shares in bearer form.

 

7. The Directors may provide, out of the unissued shares (other than unissued ordinary shares), for series of preferred shares in their absolute discretion and without approval of the existing Members. Before any preferred shares of any such series are issued, the Directors shall fix, by resolution or resolutions, the following provisions of the preferred shares thereof:

 

  (a) the designation of such series, the number of preferred shares to constitute such series and the subscription price thereof if different from the par value thereof;

 

6


  (b) whether the shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to any voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights, which may be general or limited;

 

  (c) the dividends, if any, payable on such series, whether any such dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from what dates, the conditions and dates upon which such dividends shall be payable, the preference or relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable on any shares of any other class or any other series of preferred shares;

 

  (d) whether the preferred shares of such series shall be subject to redemption by the Company, and, if so, the times, prices and other conditions of such redemption;

 

  (e) the amount or amounts payable upon preferred shares of such series upon, and the rights of the holders of such series in, a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or upon any distribution of the assets, of the Company;

 

  (f) whether the preferred shares of such series shall be subject to the operation of a retirement or sinking fund and, if so, the extent to and manner in which any such retirement or sinking fund shall be applied to the purchase or redemption of the preferred shares of such series for retirement or other corporate purposes and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;

 

  (g) whether the preferred shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or any other series of preferred shares or any other securities and, if so, the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the method, if any, of adjusting the same, and any other terms and conditions of conversion or exchange;

 

  (h) the limitations and restrictions, if any, to be effective while any preferred shares of such series are outstanding upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and upon the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company of, the existing shares or shares of any other class of shares or any other series of preferred shares;

 

  (i) the conditions or restrictions, if any, upon the creation of indebtedness of the Company or upon the issue of any additional shares, including additional shares of such series or of any other class of shares or any other series of preferred shares; and

 

  (j) any other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

 

7


   Without limiting the foregoing and subject to Article 81, the voting powers of any series of preferred shares may include the right, in the circumstances specified in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such preferred shares, to elect one or more Directors who shall serve for such term and have such voting powers as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such preferred shares. The term of office and voting powers of any Director elected in the manner provided in the immediately preceding sentence of this Article 7 may be greater than or less than those of any other Director or class of Directors.

 

8. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of preferred shares, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. All shares of any one series of preferred shares shall be identical in all respects with all other shares of such series, except that shares of any one series issued at different times may differ as to the dates from which dividends thereon shall be cumulative.

REGISTER OF MEMBERS AND SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

9. The Company shall maintain a Register of its Members and a Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates (if any) shall specify the share or shares held by that person and the amount paid up thereon, provided that in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several persons the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate, and delivery of a certificate for a share to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all. All certificates for shares shall be delivered personally or sent through the post addressed to the Member entitled thereto at the Member’s registered address as appearing in the register.

 

10. All share certificates shall bear legends required under the applicable laws, including the Securities Act.

 

11. Any two or more certificates representing shares of any one class held by any Member may at the Member’s request be cancelled and a single new certificate for such shares issued in lieu on payment (if the Directors shall so require) of US$1.00 or such smaller sum as the Directors shall determine.

 

12. If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request subject to delivery up of the old certificate or (if alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed) compliance with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity and the payment of out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in connection with the request as the Directors may think fit.

 

8


13. In the event that shares are held jointly by several persons, any request may be made by any one of the joint holders and if so made shall be binding on all of the joint holders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

14. (a) Shares are transferable subject to the approval of the Board or the written consent of a Director authorized by the Board in writing to approve share transfers and the Board may, in its sole discretion, decline to register any transfer of any share which is not fully paid up or on which the Company has a lien.

 

  (b) The Directors may also decline to register any transfer of any share unless:

 

  (i) the instrument of transfer is lodged with the Company, accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

  (ii) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares;

 

  (iii) the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;

 

  (iv) in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the share is to be transferred does not exceed four;

 

  (v) the shares conceded are free of any lien in favor of us; or

 

  (vi) a fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable, or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require, is paid to the Company in respect thereof.

 

  (c) If the Directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

 

15. The registration of transfers may, on 14 days’ notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as the Board may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year.

 

9


16. The instrument of transfer of any share shall be in writing and executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by the transferee). The transferor shall be deemed to remain a holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

 

17. All instruments of transfer that shall be registered shall be retained by the Company.

REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES

 

18. Subject to the provisions of the Statutes and these Articles, the Company may:

 

  (a) issue shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the Member and the redemption of shares shall be effected on such terms and in such manner as the Board may, before the issue of such shares, determine;

 

  (b) purchase its own shares (including any redeemable shares) provided that the Members shall have approved the manner of purchase by Ordinary Resolution or the manner of purchase is in accordance with the Articles 19 and 20 (this authorisation is in accordance with section 37(2) of the Companies Law or any modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force); and

 

  (c) the Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own shares in any manner permitted by the Statutes, including out of capital.

 

19. Purchase of shares underlying American depositary shares listed on the Designated Stock Exchange: the Company is authorised to purchase any share underlying American depositary shares listed on the Designated Stock Exchange in accordance with the following manner of purchase:

 

  (a) the maximum number of shares that may be repurchased shall be equal to the number of issued and outstanding shares less one share; and

 

  (b) the repurchase shall be at such time; at such price and on such other terms as determined and agreed by the Board in their sole discretion provided however that:

 

  (i) such repurchase transactions shall be in accordance with the relevant code, rules and regulations applicable to the listing and/or trading of the American depositary shares on the Designated Stock Exchange; and

 

10


  (ii) at the time of the repurchase, the Company is able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of its business.

 

20. Purchase of shares not listed on the Designated Stock Exchange: the Company is authorised to purchase any shares not listed on the Designated Stock Exchange in accordance with the following manner of purchase:

 

  (a) the Company shall serve a repurchase notice in a form approved by the Board on the Member from whom the shares are to be repurchased at least two Business Days prior to the date specified in the notice as being the repurchase date;

 

  (b) the price for the shares being repurchased shall be such price agreed between the Board and the applicable Member;

 

  (c) the date of repurchase shall be the date specified in the repurchase notice; and

 

  (d) the repurchase shall be on such other terms as specified in the repurchase notice as determined and agreed by the Board and the applicable Member in their sole discretion.

 

21.

(a)

The redemption or purchase of any share shall not be deemed to give rise to the redemption or purchase of any other share and the Company is not obligated to purchase any other share other than as may be required pursuant to applicable law and any other contractual obligations of the Company.

 

  (b) The holder of the shares being purchased shall be bound to deliver up to the Company the certificate(s) (if any) thereof for cancellation and thereupon the Company shall pay to him the purchase or redemption monies or consideration in respect thereof.

 

22. The Directors may, prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of any share, determine that such share shall be held as a Treasury share. The Directors may determine to cancel a Treasury share or transfer a Treasury share on such terms as they think proper (including, without limitation, for nil consideration).

VARIATION OF RIGHTS ATTACHING TO SHARES

 

23. If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes or series of shares, the rights attaching to any class or series (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series) may, subject to these Articles, be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of a majority of the issued shares of that class or series or with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class or series.

 

11


24. The provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall apply to every such general meeting of the holders of one class or series of shares except the following:

 

  (a) separate general meetings of the holders of a class or series of shares may be called only by (i) the Chairman of the Board, or (ii) a majority of the entire Board of Directors (unless otherwise specifically provided by the terms of issue of the shares of such class or series). Nothing in this Article 24 or Article 23 shall be deemed to give any Member or Members the right to call a class or series meeting.

 

  (b) the necessary quorum shall be one or more persons holding or representing by proxy at least 10% of the issued shares of the class or series and that any holder of shares of the class or series present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

25. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class or series issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking in priority thereto or pari passu therewith.

COMMISSION ON SALE OF SHARES

 

26. The Company may in so far as the Statutes from time to time permit pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any shares of the Company. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgement of fully or partly paid-up shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

 

27. No person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future, or partial interest in any share, or any interest in any fractional part of a share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by these Articles or the Statutes) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

 

12


LIEN ON SHARES

 

28. The Company shall have a first and paramount lien and charge on all shares (whether fully paid-up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or engagements to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such Member or his estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The registration of a transfer of any such share shall operate as a waiver of the Company’s lien (if any) thereon. The Company’s lien (if any) on a share shall extend to all dividends or other monies payable in respect thereof.

 

29. The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any shares on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of 14 calendar days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, has been given to the registered holder for the time being of the share, or the persons entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

 

30. For giving effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares comprised in any such transfer and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

31. The proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, and the residue shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the shares prior to the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES

 

32. Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any money unpaid on their shares, and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least 14 calendar days notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on his shares. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising such call was passed.

 

33. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay calls in respect thereof.

 

13


34. If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest upon the sum at the rate of eight percent per annum from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of the actual payment, but the Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of that interest wholly or in part.

 

35. The provisions of these Articles as to the liability of joint holders and as to payment of interest shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the amount of the share, or by way of premium, as if the same had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

36. The Directors may make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the Members, or the particular shares, in the amount of calls to be paid and in the times of payment.

 

37. The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him, and upon all or any of the monies so advanced may (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (not exceeding without the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution, eight percent per annum) as may be agreed upon between the Member paying the sum in advance and the Directors. No such sum paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such sum to any portion of a dividend declared in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such sum would, but for such payment, become presently payable.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

38. If a Member fails to pay any call or instalment of a call on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or instalment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of such much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued.

 

39. The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of 14 calendar days from the date of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

40. If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect.

 

14


41. A forfeited share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit.

 

42. A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company receives payment in full of the fully paid up amount of the shares.

 

43. A certificate in writing under the hand of a Director of the Company, which certifies that a share has been forfeited on a date stated in the certificate, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for the share or any sale or disposition thereof and may execute a transfer of the share in favour of the person to whom the share is sold or disposed of and he shall thereupon be registered as the holder of the share, and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share.

 

44. The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which by the terms of issue of a share becomes due and payable, whether on account of the amount of the share, or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

REGISTRATION OF EMPOWERING INSTRUMENTS

 

45. The Company shall be entitled to charge a fee not exceeding one dollar (US$1.00) on the registration of every probate, letters of administration, certificate of death or marriage, power of attorney, notice in lieu of distringas, or other instrument.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

46. The legal personal representative of a deceased sole holder of a share shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to the share. In the case of a share registered in the name of two or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the legal personal representatives of the deceased survivor, shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to the share.

 

47. Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member shall upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be properly required by the Directors, have the right either to be registered as a Member in respect of the share or, instead of being registered himself, to make such transfer of the share as the deceased or bankrupt person could have made. If the person so becoming entitled shall elect to be registered himself as holder he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects.

 

15


48. A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the holder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as a Member in respect of the share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company, provided however, that the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to transfer the share, and if the notice is not complied with within 90 calendar days, the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

49. The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

  (a) increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe;

 

  (b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 

  (c) sub-divide its existing shares or any of them into shares of a smaller amount provided that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in case of the share from which the reduced share is derived;

 

  (d) cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

 

50. Subject to the provisions of the Statutes and these Articles as regards to the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution, the Company may by Special Resolution:

 

  (a) change its name;

 

  (b) alter or add to these Articles;

 

16


  (c) alter or add to the Memorandum of Association with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein; and

 

  (d) reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve in any manner authorized by law.

 

51. All new shares created hereunder shall be subject to the same provisions with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the shares in the original share capital.

CLOSING REGISTER OF MEMBERS OR FIXING RECORD DATE

 

52. For the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or those Members that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination as to who is a Member for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period but not to exceed in any case 30 calendar days. If the Register of Members shall be so closed for the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members such register shall be so closed for at least 10 calendar days immediately preceding such meeting and the record date for such determination shall be the date of the closure of the Register of Members.

 

53. In lieu of or apart from closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of the Members and for the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, the Directors may, at or within 30 calendar days prior to the date of declaration of such dividend fix a subsequent date as the record date of such determination.

 

54. If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of those Members entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members or those Members that are entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is posted or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

55. All general meetings of the Company other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

17


56.

(a)

The Company may hold an annual general meeting and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. The annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall determine.

 

  (b) At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

57.

(a)

The Directors may call general meetings, and they shall on a Members requisition forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

  (b) A Members requisition is a requisition of Members of the Company holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than one-third of the share capital of the Company as at that date carries the right of voting at general meetings of the Company.

 

  (c) The requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the principal place of business of the Company (with a copy forwarded to the registered office), and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

  (d) If the Directors do not within 21 calendar days from the date of the deposit of the requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further 21 calendar days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months after the expiration of the second said 21 calendar days.

 

  (e) A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

58. At least seven calendar days’ notice shall be given for any general meeting. Every notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or deemed to be given and of the day for which it is given and shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this regulation has been given and whether or not the provisions of the Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

  (a) in the case of an annual general meeting by all the Members (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

18


  (b) in the case of an extraordinary general meeting by a majority in number of the Members (or their proxies) having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety five percent in par value of the shares giving that right.

 

59. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by any Member shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

60. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. One or more Members holding not less than an aggregate of one-third of all voting share capital of the Company in issue present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum for all purposes.

 

61. If provided for by the Company, a person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

62. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Members, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

63. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company.

 

64. If at any meeting the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chairman, the Directors present shall elect one of their members to be chairman of the meeting, or, if no Director is so elected and willing to be chairman of the meeting, the Members present shall choose a chairman of the meeting.

 

19


65. The Chairman may with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn a meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting is adjourned for 10 calendar days or more, not less than 7 Business Days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Save as aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

 

66. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by one or more Members present in person or by proxy entitled to vote and who together hold not less than 10 percent of the paid up voting share capital of the Company, and unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the book of the proceedings of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact, without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of, or against, that resolution.

 

67. If a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. The demand for a poll may be withdrawn.

 

68. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the Chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded, shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

69. A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the meeting directs.

VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

70. Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares, every Member present in person and every person representing a Member by proxy at a general meeting of the Company shall have one vote for each share registered in his name in the Register of Members.

 

71. In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote whether in person or by proxy shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.

 

20


72. A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, or other person in the nature of a committee appointed by that court, and any such committee or other person, may on a poll, vote by proxy.

 

73. No Member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

 

74. On a poll, votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

75. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorized in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under seal or under the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorized. A proxy need not be a Member of the Company.

 

76. An instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.

 

77. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the registered office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company:

 

  (a) not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote; or

 

  (b) in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it is demanded, be deposited as aforesaid after the poll has been demanded and not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or

 

  (c) where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than 48 hours after it was demanded be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was demanded to the chairman or to the secretary or to any Director;

provided that the Directors may in the notice convening the meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, direct that the instrument appointing a proxy may be deposited (no later than the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting) at the registered office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company. The Chairman may in any event at his discretion direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted shall be invalid.

 

21


78. Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the share in respect of which the proxy is given unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETING

 

79. Any corporation which is a Member or a Director may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members or of the Board of Directors or of a committee of Directors, and the person so authorized shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member or Director.

CLEARING HOUSES

 

80. If a clearing house (or its nominee) is a Member of the Company it may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body or by power of attorney, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative or representatives at any general meeting of the Company or at any general meeting of any class of Members of the Company provided that, if more than one person is so authorized, the authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such person is so authorized. A person so authorized pursuant to this provision shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the clearing house (or its nominee) which he represents as that clearing house (or its nominee) could exercise if it were an individual Member of the Company holding the number and class of shares specified in such authorisation.

DIRECTORS

 

81.

(a)

Unless otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than three. The Directors shall be elected or appointed in the first place by the subscribers to the Memorandum of Association or by a majority of them and thereafter by the Members at general meeting.

 

  (b) Each Director shall hold office until the expiration of his term and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 

  (c) The Board of Directors shall have a Chairman (the “Chairman”) elected and appointed by a majority of the Directors then in office, who shall initially be the chief executive officer of the Company. The Directors may also elect a Co-Chairman or a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors (the “Co-Chairman”). The Chairman shall preside as chairman at every meeting of the Board of Directors. To the extent the Chairman is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Co-Chairman, or in his absence, the attending Directors may choose one Director to be the chairman of the meeting. The Chairman’s voting right as to the matters to be decided by the Board of Directors shall be the same as other Directors.

 

22


  (d) The Company may by Ordinary Resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board.

 

  (e) The Directors by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting, or the sole remaining Director, shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board, subject to the Company’s compliance with director nomination procedures required under applicable corporate governance rules of Designated Stock Exchange, as long as the Company’s securities are traded on the Designated Stock Exchange.

 

82. Subject to Article 81, a Director may be removed from office by Ordinary Resolution at any time before the expiration of his/her term.

 

83. A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of Article 82 above may be filled by the election or appointment by Ordinary Resolution at the meeting at which such Director is removed.

 

84. The Board may, from time to time, and except as required by applicable law or the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, adopt, institute, amend, modify or revoke the corporate governance policies or initiatives, which shall be intended to set forth the policies of the Company and the Board on various corporate governance related matters as the Board shall determine by resolution from time to time.

 

85. A Director shall not be required to hold any shares in the Company by way of qualification. A Director who is not a Member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at general meetings of the Company and all classes of shares of the Company.

DIRECTORS’ FEES AND EXPENSES

 

86. The Directors may receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine. The Directors may be entitled to be repaid all travelling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the Board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.

 

23


87. Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.

ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

 

88. Any Director may in writing appoint another person to be his alternate to act in his place at any meeting of the Directors at which he is unable to be present. Every such alternate shall be entitled to notice of meetings of the Directors and to attend and vote thereat as a Director when the person appointing him is not personally present and, where he is a Director, to have a separate vote on behalf of the Director he is representing in addition to his own vote. A Director may at any time in writing revoke the appointment of an alternate appointed by him. Such alternate shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him. An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases to be a Director.

 

89. Any Director may appoint any person, whether or not a Director, to be the proxy of that Director to attend and vote on his behalf, in accordance with instructions given by that Director, or in the absence of such instructions at the discretion of the proxy, at a meeting or meetings of the Directors which that Director is unable to attend personally. The instrument appointing the proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointing Director and shall be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve, and must be lodged with the Chairman at which such proxy is to be used, or first used, prior to the commencement of the meeting.

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

90. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, these Articles and to any resolutions made in a general meeting, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in setting up and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company. No resolution made by the Company in a general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors that would have been valid if that resolution had not been made.

 

91. Subject to these Articles, the Directors may from time to time appoint any person, whether or not a Director of the Company, to hold such office in the Company as the Directors may think necessary for the administration of the Company, including without prejudice to the foregoing generality, the office of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, Manager or Controller, and for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Directors may think fit. The Directors may also appoint one or more of their body (but not an alternate Director) to the office of Managing Director upon like terms, but any such appointment shall ipso facto determine if any Managing Director ceases from any cause to be a Director, or if the Company by Ordinary Resolution resolves that his tenure of office be terminated.

 

24


92. The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such Member or Members of their body as they think fit; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors.

 

93. The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretion (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in him.

 

94. The Directors may from time to time provide for the management of the affairs of the Company in such manner as they shall think fit and the provisions contained in the following paragraphs shall be without prejudice to the general powers conferred by this paragraph.

 

95. The Directors from time to time and at any time may establish any committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any persons to be members of such committees or local boards and may appoint any managers or agents of the Company and may fix the remuneration of any of the aforesaid.

 

96. The Directors from time to time and at any time may delegate to any such committee, local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in the Directors and may authorise the members for the time being of any such local board, or any of them to fill up any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit and the Directors may at any time remove any person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

97. Any such delegates as aforesaid may be authorised by the Directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretions for the time being vested to them.

 

25


98. The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

99. Notwithstanding anything in these Articles, the office of Director shall be vacated, if the Director:

 

  (a) dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors;

 

  (b) is found to be or becomes of unsound mind;

 

  (c) resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company; or

 

  (d) shall be removed from office pursuant to Articles 81 or 82 or the Statutes.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

100. The Directors may meet together (whether within or outside the Cayman Islands) for the dispatch of business, adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings as they think fit.

 

101. A Board meeting may be called by a Director by giving notice in writing to the Board specifying a date, time and agenda for such meeting. The Board shall upon receipt of such notice give a copy of such notice of such meeting to all Directors and their respective alternates (if any).

 

102.

(a)

At least one (1) Business Day notice shall be given to all Directors and their respective alternates (if any) for a Board meeting, provided that such notice period may be reduced or waived with the consent of all the Directors or their respective alternates (if any).

 

  (b) An agenda identifying in reasonable detail the issues to be considered by the Directors at any such meeting and copies (in printed or electronic form) of any relevant papers to be discussed at the meeting together with all relevant information shall be provided to and received by all members of the Board and their alternates (if any) at least one (1) Business Day prior to the date for such meeting. The agenda for each meeting shall include any matter submitted to the Company by any Director at least one (1) Business Day prior to the date for such meeting.

 

26


  (c) Unless approved by all Directors (whether or not present or represented at such meeting), matters not set out in the agenda need not be considered at a Board meeting.

 

103. A Director or Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee appointed by the Board of Directors of which such Director or Directors are members, by means of conference telephone, video conference or similar communication equipment by way of which all persons participating in such meeting can hear each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

104. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors and unless so fixed shall be a majority of the Directors then in office, provided that a Director and his appointed alternate Director shall be considered only one person for this purpose.

 

105. If a quorum is not present at a Board meeting within thirty (30) minutes following the time appointed for such Board meeting, the relevant meeting shall be adjourned for a period of at least three (3) Business Days and the presence of any three (3) Directors shall constitute a quorum at such adjourned meeting. A meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business shall be competent to exercise all powers and discretions for the time being exercisable by the Directors.

 

106. Questions arising at any meeting of the Directors shall be decided by a majority of votes and each Director shall be entitled to one (1) vote in deciding matters deliberated at any meeting of the Directors.

 

107. In case of equality of votes, the Chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

 

108. A Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors. A general notice given to the Directors by any Director to the effect that he is a member of any specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract which may thereafter be made with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest in regard to any contract so made. A Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement shall come before the meeting for consideration.

 

27


109. A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested, be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting whereat he or any other Director is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or whereat the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement.

 

110. Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director; provided that nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or his firm to act as auditor to the Company.

 

111. The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books or loose-leaf folders provided for the purpose of recording:

 

  (a) all appointments of officers made by the Directors;

 

  (b) the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and

 

  (c) all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company, and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

 

112. When the Chairman of a meeting of the Directors signs the minutes of such meeting the same shall be deemed to have been duly held notwithstanding that all the Directors have not actually come together or that there may have been a technical defect in the proceedings.

 

113. A resolution signed by all the Directors shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors duly called and constituted and when signed, a resolution may consist of several documents each signed by one or more of the Directors.

 

114. The continuing Directors may act, notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if their number is reduced below the number fixed pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, then the continuing Directors may act only to increase the number or to summon a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

28


115. A committee appointed by the Directors may elect a chairman of its meetings. If no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the members present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

116. A committee appointed by the Directors may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the committee members present and in case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

 

117. All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, or by any person acting as a Director, shall notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT

 

118. A Director who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the Minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the Chairman or Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND RESERVE

 

119. Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares and these Articles, the Directors may from time to time declare dividends (including interim dividends) and other distributions on shares in issue and authorise payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor.

 

120. Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares and these Articles, the Company by Ordinary Resolution may also declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

121. The Directors may, before recommending or declaring any dividend, set aside out of the funds legally available for distribution such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for meeting contingencies, or for equalising dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds may be properly applied and pending such application may, at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company) as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

 

29


122. Any dividend may be paid by cheque or wire transfer to the registered address of the Member or person entitled thereto, or in the case of joint holders, to any one of such joint holders at his registered address or to such person and such address as the Member or person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct. Every such cheque shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent or to the order of such other person as the Member or person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct.

 

123. The Directors when paying dividends to the Members in accordance with the foregoing provisions may make such payment either in cash or in specie.

 

124. No dividend shall be paid otherwise than out of profits or, subject to the restrictions of the Companies Law, the share premium account.

 

125. Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividends, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid or credited as fully paid on the shares, but if and so long as nothing is paid up on any of the shares in the Company dividends may be declared and paid according to the amounts of the shares. No amount paid on a share in advance of calls shall, while carrying interest, be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid on the share.

 

126. If several persons are registered as joint holders of any share, any of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend or other monies payable on or in respect of the share.

 

127. No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

BOOK OF ACCOUNTS

 

128. The books of account relating to the Company’s affairs shall be kept in such manner as may be determined from time to time by the Directors.

 

129. The books of account shall be kept at such place or places as the Directors think fit, and shall always be open to the inspection of the Directors.

 

130. The Directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors, and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorized by the Directors or by the Company by Ordinary Resolution.

 

30


131. The accounts relating to the Company’s affairs shall be audited in such manner and with such financial year end as may be determined from time to time by the Company by Ordinary Resolution or failing any such determination by the Directors or failing any determination as aforesaid shall not be audited.

ANNUAL RETURNS AND FILINGS

 

132. The Board shall make the requisite annual returns and any other requisite filings in accordance with the Companies Law.

AUDIT

 

133. The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Directors and may fix his or their remuneration.

 

134. Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and Officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

135. Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next special meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors at any general meeting of the Members.

THE SEAL

 

136. The Seal of the Company shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of the Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of the Seal. The Seal shall be affixed in the presence of any one or more persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose and every person as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the Seal of the Company is so affixed in their presence.

 

31


137. The Company may maintain a facsimile of its Seal in such countries or places as the Directors may appoint and such facsimile Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of such facsimile Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of such facsimile Seal. The facsimile Seal shall be affixed in the presence of such person or persons as the Directors shall for this purpose appoint and such person or persons as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the facsimile Seal of the Company is so affixed in their presence.

 

138. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Director shall have the authority to affix the Seal, or the facsimile Seal, to any instrument for the purposes of attesting authenticity of the matter contained therein but which does not create any obligation binding on the Company.

OFFICERS

 

139. Subject to Article 91, the Company may have Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, Manager or Controller, appointed by the Directors. The Directors may also from time to time appoint such other officers as they consider necessary, all for such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors from time to time subscribe.

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

 

140. Subject to the Statutes and these Articles, the Board may, with the authority of an Ordinary Resolution:

 

  (a) resolve to capitalise an amount standing to the credit of reserves (including a share premium account, capital redemption reserve and profit and loss account), whether or not available for distribution;

 

  (b) appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the Members in proportion to the nominal amount of shares (whether or not fully paid) held by them respectively and apply that sum on their behalf in or towards:

 

  (i) paying up the amounts (if any) for the time being unpaid on shares held by them respectively; or

 

  (ii) paying up in full unissued shares or debentures of a nominal amount equal to that sum, and allot the shares or debentures, credited as fully paid, to the Members (or as they may direct) in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but the share premium account, the capital redemption reserve and profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this Article, only be applied in paying up unissued shares to be allotted to Members credited as fully paid;

 

32


  (c) make any arrangements it thinks fit to resolve a difficulty arising in the distribution of a capitalised reserve and in particular, without limitation, where shares or debentures become distributable in fractions the Board may deal with the fractions as it thinks fit;

 

  (d) authorise a person to enter (on behalf of all the Members concerned) an agreement with the Company providing for either:

 

  (i) the allotment to the Members respectively, credited as fully paid, of shares or debentures to which they may be entitled on the capitalisation, or

 

  (ii) the payment by the Company on behalf of the Members (by the application of their respective operations of the reserves resolved to be capitalised) of the amounts or part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing shares,

an agreement made under the authority being effective and binding on all those Members; and

 

  (e) generally do all acts and things required to give effect to the resolution.

NOTICES

 

141. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, any notice or document may be served by the Company or by the person entitled to give notice to any Member either personally, by facsimile or by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter or via a recognised courier service, fees prepaid, addressed to the Member at his address as appearing in the Register of Members or, to the extent permitted by all applicable laws and regulations, by electronic means by transmitting it to any electronic number or address or website supplied by the Member to the Company or by placing it on the Company’s Website. In the case of joint holders of a share, all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register of Members in respect of the joint holding, and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

 

142. Notices posted to addresses outside the Cayman Islands shall be forwarded by prepaid airmail.

 

33


143. Any Member present, either personally or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due notice of such meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which such meeting was convened.

 

144. Any notice or other document, if served by:

 

  (a) post, shall be deemed to have been served five calendar days after the time when the letter containing the same is posted and if served by courier, shall be deemed to have been served five calendar days after the time when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier (in proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or document was properly addressed and duly posted or delivered to the courier);

 

  (b) facsimile, shall be deemed to have been served upon confirmation of receipt;

 

  (c) recognised delivery service, shall be deemed to have been served 48 hours after the time when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier service and in proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or documents was properly addressed and duly posted or delivered to the courier; or

 

  (d) electronic means as provided herein shall be deemed to have been served and delivered on the day following that on which it is successfully transmitted or at such later time as may be prescribed by any applicable laws or regulations.

 

145. Any notice or document delivered or sent to any Member in accordance with the terms of these Articles shall notwithstanding that such Member be then dead or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder, unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register of Members as the holder of the share, and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.

 

146. Notice of every general meeting shall be given to:

 

  (a) all Members who have supplied to the Company an address for the giving of notices to them;

 

  (b) every person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member, who but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting; and

 

34


  (c) each Director and Alternate Director.

No other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

INFORMATION

 

147. No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of any information in respect of any detail of the Company’s trading or any information which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Board would not be in the interests of the Members of the Company to communicate to the public.

 

148. The Board shall be entitled to release or disclose any information in its possession, custody or control regarding the Company or its affairs to any of its members including, without limitation, information contained in the Register of Members and transfer books of the Company.

INDEMNITY

 

149. Every Director (including for the purposes of this Article any Alternate Director appointed pursuant to the provisions of these Articles) and officer of the Company for the time being and from time to time shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and funds of the Company against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by him in connection with the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions as a Director or officer of the Company, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by him in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning the Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

 

150. No such Director or officer of the Company shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage unless such liability arises through the willful neglect or default of such Director or officer.

FINANCIAL YEAR

 

151. Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on December 31st in each year and shall begin on January 1st in each year.

 

35


WINDING UP

 

152. Subject to these Articles, if the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution of the Company, divide amongst the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributories as the liquidator, with the like sanction shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities whereon there is any liability.

AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION AND NAME OF COMPANY

 

153. The Company may at any time and from time to time by Special Resolution alter or amend these Articles or the Memorandum of Association of the Company, in whole or in part, or change the name of the Company.

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

154. The Company may by Special Resolution resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing. In furtherance of a resolution adopted pursuant to this Article, the Directors may cause an application to be made to the Registrar of Companies to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing and may cause all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

 

36

Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant

Exhibit 4.3

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

 

 

by and among

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

as Issuer,

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

as Depositary,

AND

THE HOLDERS AND BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES EVIDENCED BY

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS ISSUED HEREUNDER

 

 

Dated as of                  2012

 

 


DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

DEPOSIT AGREEMENT, dated as of                 , 2012, by and among (i) Vipshop Holdings Limited, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, with its principal executive office at No. 20 Huahai Street, Liwan District, Guangzhou 510370, The People’s Republic of China, and its successors (the “Company”), (ii) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank A.G., acting in its capacity as depositary, with its principal office at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, United States of America and any successor depositary hereunder (the “Depositary”), and (iii) all Holders and Beneficial Owners of American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts issued hereunder (all such capitalized terms as hereinafter defined).

W I T N E S S E T H   T H A T:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to establish an ADR facility with the Depositary to provide for the deposit of the Shares and the creation of American Depositary Shares representing the Shares so deposited; and

WHEREAS, the Depositary is willing to act as the Depositary for such ADR facility upon the terms set forth in this Deposit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the American Depositary Receipts evidencing the American Depositary Shares issued pursuant to the terms of this Deposit Agreement are to be substantially in the forms of Exhibit A and Exhibit B annexed hereto, with appropriate insertions, modifications and omissions, as hereinafter provided in this Deposit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the American Depositary Shares to be issued pursuant to the terms of this Deposit Agreement are accepted for trading on the New York Stock Exchange; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (or an authorized committee thereof) has duly approved the establishment of an ADR facility upon the terms set forth in this Deposit Agreement, the execution and delivery of this Deposit Agreement on behalf of the Company, and the actions of the Company and the transactions contemplated herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS

All capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined, herein shall have the meanings set forth below, unless otherwise clearly indicated:

SECTION 1.1 “Affiliate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term by the Commission under Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act.

SECTION 1.2 “Agent” shall mean such entity or entities as the Depositary may appoint under Section 7.8 hereof, including the Custodian or any successor or addition thereto.


SECTION 1.3 “American Depositary Share(s)” and “ADS(s)” shall mean the securities represented by the rights and interests in the Deposited Securities granted to the Holders and Beneficial Owners pursuant to this Deposit Agreement and evidenced by the American Depositary Receipts issued hereunder. Each American Depositary Share shall represent the right to receive two Shares, until there shall occur a distribution upon Deposited Securities referred to in Section 4.2 hereof or a change in Deposited Securities referred to in Section 4.9 hereof with respect to which additional American Depositary Receipts are not executed and delivered and thereafter each American Depositary Share shall represent the Shares or Deposited Securities specified in such Sections.

SECTION 1.4 “Article” shall refer to an article of the American Depositary Receipts as set forth in the Form of Face of Receipt and Form of Reverse of Receipt in Exhibit A and Exhibit B annexed hereto.

SECTION 1.5 “Articles of Association” shall mean the articles of association of the Company, as may be amended from time to time.

SECTION 1.6 “ADS Record Date” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 4.7 hereof.

SECTION 1.7 “Beneficial Owner” shall mean as to any ADS, any person or entity having a beneficial interest in such ADS. A Beneficial Owner need not be the Holder of the ADR evidencing such ADSs. A Beneficial Owner may exercise any rights or receive any benefits hereunder solely through the Holder of the ADR(s) evidencing the ADSs in which such Beneficial Owner has an interest.

SECTION 1.8 “Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not (a) a day on which banking institutions in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close and (b) a day on which the market(s) in which Receipts are traded are closed.

SECTION 1.9 “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States or any successor governmental agency in the United States.

SECTION 1.10 “Company” shall mean Vipshop Holdings Limited, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and its successors.

SECTION 1.11 “Corporate Trust Office” when used with respect to the Depositary, shall mean the corporate trust office of the Depositary at which at any particular time its depositary receipts business shall be administered, which, at the date of this Deposit Agreement, is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, U.S.A.

SECTION 1.12 “Custodian” shall mean, as of the date hereof, Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch, having its principal office at 57/F International Commerce Centre, 1 Austin Road West, Kowloon, Hong Kong S.A.R., People’s Republic of China, as the custodian for the purposes of this Deposit Agreement, and any other firm or corporation which may hereinafter be appointed by the Depositary pursuant to the terms of Section 5.5 hereof as a successor or an additional custodian or custodians hereunder, as the context shall require. The term “Custodian” shall mean all custodians, collectively.

 

2


SECTION 1.13 “Deliver”, “Deliverable” and “Delivery” shall mean, when used in respect of American Depositary Shares, Receipts, Deposited Securities and Shares, the physical delivery of the certificate representing such security, or the electronic delivery of such security by means of book-entry transfer (except with respect to the Shares), as appropriate, including, without limitation, through DRS/Profile. With respect to DRS/Profile ADRs, the terms “execute”, “issue”, “register”, “surrender”, “transfer” or “cancel” refer to applicable entries or movements to or within DRS/Profile.

SECTION 1.14 “Deposit Agreement” shall mean this Deposit Agreement and all exhibits annexed hereto, as the same may from time to time be amended and supplemented in accordance with the terms hereof.

SECTION 1.15 “Depositary” shall mean Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank AG, in its capacity as depositary under the terms of this Deposit Agreement, and any successor depositary hereunder.

SECTION 1.16 “Deposited Securities” as of any time shall mean Shares at such time deposited or deemed to be deposited under this Deposit Agreement and any and all other securities, property and cash received or deemed to be received by the Depositary or the Custodian in respect thereof and held hereunder, subject, in the case of cash, to the provisions of Section 4.6 hereof and, in the case of collateral delivered in connection with Pre-Release Transactions, to the provisions of Section 2.10 hereof.

SECTION 1.17 “Dollars” and “$” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States.

SECTION 1.18 “DRS/Profile” shall mean the system for the uncertificated registration of ownership of securities pursuant to which ownership of ADSs is maintained on the books of the Depositary without the issuance of a physical certificate and transfer instructions may be given to allow for the automated transfer of ownership between the books of DTC and the Depositary. Ownership of ADSs held in DRS/Profile is evidenced by periodic statements issued by the Depositary to the Holders entitled thereto.

SECTION 1.19 “DTC” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, the central book-entry clearinghouse and settlement system for securities traded in the United States, and any successor thereto.

SECTION 1.20 “Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as from time to time amended.

SECTION 1.21 “Foreign Currency” shall mean any currency other than Dollars.

SECTION 1.22 “Foreign Registrar” shall mean the entity, if any, that carries out the duties of registrar for the Shares or any successor as registrar for the Shares and any other appointed agent of the Company for the transfer and registration of Shares or, if no such agent is so appointed and acting, the Company.

SECTION 1.23 “Holder” shall mean the person in whose name a Receipt is registered on the books of the Depositary (or the Registrar, if any) maintained for such purpose. A Holder may or may not be a Beneficial Owner. A Holder shall be deemed to have all requisite authority to act on behalf of the Beneficial Owners of the ADRs registered in such Holder’s name.

 

3


SECTION 1.24 “Indemnified Person” and “Indemnifying Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.8 hereof.

SECTION 1.25 “Memorandum” shall mean the memorandum of association of the Company.

SECTION 1.26 “Opinion of Counsel” shall mean a written opinion from legal counsel to the Company who is acceptable to the Depositary.

SECTION 1.27 “Pre-Release Transaction” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10 hereof.

SECTION 1.28 “Receipt(s); “American Depositary Receipt(s)”; and “ADR(s)” shall mean the certificate(s) or statement(s) issued by the Depositary evidencing the American Depositary Shares issued under the terms of this Deposit Agreement, as such Receipts may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement. References to Receipts shall include physical certificated Receipts as well as ADSs issued through any book-entry system, including, without limitation, DRS/Profile, unless the context otherwise requires.

SECTION 1.29 “Registrar” shall mean the Depositary or any bank or trust company having an office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which shall be appointed by the Depositary to register ownership of Receipts and transfer of Receipts as herein provided, and shall include any co-registrar appointed by the Depositary for such purposes. Registrars (other than the Depositary) may be removed and substitutes appointed by the Depositary.

SECTION 1.30 “Restricted ADRs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.11 hereof.

SECTION 1.31 “Restricted ADSs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.11 hereof.

SECTION 1.32 “Restricted Securities” shall mean Shares, or American Depositary Shares representing such Shares, which (i) have been acquired directly or indirectly from the Company or any of its Affiliates in a transaction or chain of transactions not involving any public offering and subject to resale limitations under the Securities Act or the rules issued thereunder, (ii) are held by an officer or director (or persons performing similar functions) or other Affiliate of the Company or (iii) are subject to other restrictions on sale or deposit under the laws of the United States or the Cayman Islands, under a shareholders’ agreement, shareholders’ lock-up agreement or the Articles of Association or under the regulations of an applicable securities exchange unless, in each case, such Shares are being sold to persons other than an Affiliate of the Company in a transaction (x) covered by an effective resale registration statement or (y) exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (as hereafter defined) and the Shares are not, when held by such person, Restricted Securities.

SECTION 1.33 “Restricted Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.11 hereof.

 

4


SECTION 1.34 “Securities Act” shall mean the United States Securities Act of 1933, as from time to time amended.

SECTION 1.35 “Shares” shall mean ordinary shares in registered form of the Company, par value U.S.$0.0001 each, heretofore or hereafter validly issued and outstanding and fully paid. References to Shares shall include evidence of rights to receive Shares, whether or not stated in the particular instance; provided, however, that in no event shall Shares include evidence of rights to receive Shares with respect to which the full purchase price has not been paid or Shares as to which pre-emptive rights have theretofore not been validly waived or exercised; and provided further, however, that, if there shall occur any change in par value, split-up, consolidation, reclassification, conversion or any other event described in Section 4.9 hereof in respect of the Shares, the term “Shares” shall thereafter, to the extent permitted by law, represent the successor securities resulting from such change in par value, split-up, consolidation, exchange, conversion, reclassification or event.

SECTION 1.36 “United States” or “U.S.” shall mean the United States of America.

ARTICLE II.

APPOINTMENT OF DEPOSITARY; FORM OF RECEIPT; DEPOSIT OF SHARES; EXECUTION AND DELIVERY, TRANSFER AND SURRENDER OF RECEIPTS

SECTION 2.1 Appointment of Depositary. The Company hereby appoints the Depositary as exclusive depositary for the Deposited Securities and hereby authorizes and directs the Depositary to act in accordance with the terms set forth in this Deposit Agreement. Each Holder and each Beneficial Owner, upon acceptance of any ADSs (or any interest therein) issued in accordance with the terms of this Deposit Agreement, shall be deemed for all purposes to (a) be a party to and bound by the terms of this Deposit Agreement and (b) appoint the Depositary its attorney-in-fact, with full power to delegate, to act on its behalf and to take any and all actions contemplated in this Deposit Agreement, to adopt any and all procedures necessary to comply with applicable law and to take such action as the Depositary in its sole discretion may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this Deposit Agreement (the taking of such actions to be the conclusive determinant of the necessity and appropriateness thereof).

SECTION 2.2 Form and Transferability of Receipts.

(a) Form. Receipts in certificated form shall be substantially in the forms set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B annexed to this Deposit Agreement, with appropriate insertions, modifications and omissions, as hereinafter provided. Receipts may be issued in denominations of any number of American Depositary Shares. No Receipt in certificated form shall be entitled to any benefits under this Deposit Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless such Receipt shall have been executed by the Depositary by the manual or facsimile signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Depositary. The Depositary shall maintain books on which each Receipt so executed and Delivered, in the case of Receipts in certificated form, and each Receipt issued through any book-entry system, including, without limitation, DRS/Profile, in either case as hereinafter provided, and the transfer of each such Receipt shall be registered. Receipts in certificated form bearing the manual or facsimile signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Depositary who was at any time a proper signatory of the Depositary shall bind the Depositary, notwithstanding that such signatory has ceased to hold such office prior to the execution and Delivery of such Receipts by the Registrar or did not hold such office on the date of issuance of such Receipts.

 

5


Notwithstanding anything in this Deposit Agreement or in the form of Receipt to the contrary, the Depositary may, in its discretion, issue ADRs, including Restricted ADRs, in certificated form or through any book-entry system, including, without limitation, DRS/Profile, and Holders of ADRs shall only be entitled to receive Receipts in certificated form to the extent the Depositary has made Receipts in certificated form available at the expense of the Company (i) in its sole discretion, or (ii) (a) during a continuous period lasting at least 14 days during which DTC ceases to operate as a book-entry clearing house and settlement system (other than by reason of holidays, statutory or otherwise) or (b) if DTC announces an intention permanently to cease and subsequently ceases business as a book-entry clearing house and settlement system and no alternative book-entry clearing house and settlement system satisfactory to the Depositary is available within 45 days. Holders and Beneficial Owners shall be bound by the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and of the form of Receipt, regardless of whether their Receipts are in certificated form or are issued through any book-entry system, including, without limitation, DRS/Profile.

(b) Legends. In addition to the foregoing, the Receipts may, and upon the written request of the Company shall, be endorsed with, or have incorporated in the text thereof, such legends or recitals or modifications not inconsistent with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement as may be (i) necessary to enable the Depositary and the Company to perform their respective obligations hereunder, (ii) required to comply with any applicable laws or regulations, or with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or market upon which ADSs may be traded, listed or quoted, or to conform with any usage with respect thereto, (iii) necessary to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular ADRs or ADSs are subject by reason of the date of issuance of the Deposited Securities or otherwise or (iv) required by any book-entry system in which the ADSs are held. Holders and Beneficial Owners shall be deemed, for all purposes, to have notice of, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions of the legends set forth, in the case of Holders, on the ADR registered in the name of the applicable Holders or, in the case of Beneficial Owners, on the ADR representing the ADSs owned by such Beneficial Owners.

(c) Title. Subject to the limitations contained herein and in the form of Receipt, title to a Receipt (and to the ADSs evidenced thereby), when properly endorsed (in the case of certificated Receipts) or upon delivery to the Depositary of proper instruments of transfer, shall be transferable by delivery with the same effect as in the case of a negotiable instrument under the laws of the State of New York; provided, however, that the Depositary, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may treat the Holder thereof as the absolute owner thereof for the purpose of determining the person entitled to distribution of dividends or other distributions or to any notice provided for in this Deposit Agreement and for all other purposes and neither the Depositary nor the Company will have any obligation or be subject to any liability under the Deposit Agreement to any holder of a Receipt, unless such holder is the Holder thereof.

 

6


SECTION 2.3 Deposits.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and applicable law, Shares or evidence of rights to receive Shares (including Restricted Securities) may be deposited by any person (including the Depositary in its individual capacity but subject, however, in the case of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, to Section 5.7 hereof) at any time beginning on the 181st day after the date of the prospectus contained in the registration statement on Form F-1 under which the ADSs are first sold, whether or not the transfer books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if any, are closed, by Delivery of the Shares to the Custodian. Except for Shares deposited by the Company in connection with the initial sale of ADSs under the registration statement on Form F-1, no deposit of Shares shall be accepted under this Deposit Agreement prior to such date. Every deposit of Shares shall be accompanied by the following: (A)(i) in the case of Shares represented by certificates issued in registered form, appropriate instruments of transfer or endorsement, in a form satisfactory to the Custodian, (ii) in the case of Shares represented by certificates issued in bearer form, such Shares or the certificates representing such Shares and (iii) in the case of Shares Delivered by book-entry transfer, confirmation of such book-entry transfer to the Custodian or that irrevocable instructions have been given to cause such Shares to be so transferred, (B) such certifications and payments (including, without limitation, the Depositary’s fees and related charges) and evidence of such payments (including, without limitation, stamping or otherwise marking such Shares by way of receipt) as may be required by the Depositary or the Custodian in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement, (C) if the Depositary so requires, a written order directing the Depositary to execute and Deliver to, or upon the written order of, the person or persons stated in such order a Receipt or Receipts for the number of American Depositary Shares representing the Shares so deposited, (D) evidence satisfactory to the Depositary (which may include an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Depositary provided at the cost of the person seeking to deposit Shares) that all conditions to such deposit have been met and all necessary approvals have been granted by, and there has been compliance with the rules and regulations of, any applicable governmental agency and (E) if the Depositary so requires, (i) an agreement, assignment or instrument satisfactory to the Depositary or the Custodian which provides for the prompt transfer by any person in whose name the Shares are or have been recorded to the Custodian of any distribution, or right to subscribe for additional Shares or to receive other property in respect of any such deposited Shares or, in lieu thereof, such indemnity or other agreement as shall be satisfactory to the Depositary or the Custodian and (ii) if the Shares are registered in the name of the person on whose behalf they are presented for deposit, a proxy or proxies entitling the Custodian to exercise voting rights in respect of the Shares for any and all purposes until the Shares so deposited are registered in the name of the Depositary, the Custodian or any nominee. No Share shall be accepted for deposit unless accompanied by confirmation or such additional evidence, if any is required by the Depositary, that is reasonably satisfactory to the Depositary or the Custodian that all conditions to such deposit have been satisfied by the person depositing such Shares under the laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands and any necessary approval has been granted by any governmental body in the Cayman Islands, if any, which is then performing the function of the regulator of currency exchange. The Depositary may issue Receipts against evidence of rights to receive Shares from the Company, any agent of the Company or any custodian, registrar, transfer agent, clearing agency or other entity involved in ownership or transaction records in respect of the Shares. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Depositary shall not knowingly accept for deposit under this Deposit Agreement any Shares or other Deposited Securities required to be registered under the provisions of the Securities Act, unless a registration statement is in effect as to such Shares or other Deposited Securities, or any Shares or other Deposited Securities the deposit of which would violate any provisions of the Memorandum and Articles of Association. The Depositary shall use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with reasonable written instructions of the Company that the Depositary shall not accept for deposit hereunder any Shares specifically identified in such instructions at such times and under such circumstances as may reasonably be specified in such instructions in order to facilitate the Company’s compliance with the securities laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, provided that the Company shall indemnify the Depositary and the Custodian for any claims and losses arising from not accepting the deposit of any Shares identified in the Company’s instructions.

 

7


(b) As soon as practicable after receipt of any permitted deposit hereunder and compliance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement, the Custodian shall present the Shares so deposited, together with the appropriate instrument or instruments of transfer or endorsement, duly stamped, to the Foreign Registrar for transfer and registration of the Shares (as soon as transfer and registration can be accomplished and at the expense of the person for whom the deposit is made) in the name of the Depositary, the Custodian or a nominee of either. Deposited Securities shall be held by the Depositary or by a Custodian for the account and to the order of the Depositary or a nominee, in each case for the account of the Holders and Beneficial Owners, at such place or places as the Depositary or the Custodian shall determine.

(c) In the event any Shares are deposited which entitle the holders thereof to receive a per-share distribution or other entitlement in an amount different from the Shares then on deposit, the Depositary is authorized to take any and all actions as may be necessary (including, without limitation, making the necessary notations on Receipts) to give effect to the issuance of such ADSs and to ensure that such ADSs are not fungible with other ADSs issued hereunder until such time as the entitlement of the Shares represented by such non-fungible ADSs equals that of the Shares represented by ADSs prior to such deposit. The Company agrees to give timely written notice to the Depositary if any Shares issued or to be issued contain rights different from those of any other Shares theretofore issued and shall assist the Depositary with the establishment of procedures enabling the identification of such non-fungible Shares upon Delivery to the Custodian.

SECTION 2.4 Execution and Delivery of Receipts. After the deposit of any Shares pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof, the Custodian shall notify the Depositary of such deposit and the person or persons to whom or upon whose written order a Receipt or Receipts are Deliverable in respect thereof and the number of American Depositary Shares to be evidenced thereby. Such notification shall be made by letter, first class airmail postage prepaid, or, at the request, risk and expense of the person making the deposit, by cable, telex, SWIFT, facsimile or electronic transmission. After receiving such notice from the Custodian, the Depositary, subject to this Deposit Agreement (including, without limitation, the payment of the fees, expenses, taxes and/or other charges owing hereunder), shall issue the ADSs representing the Shares so deposited to or upon the order of the person or persons named in the notice Delivered to the Depositary and shall execute and Deliver a Receipt registered in the name or names requested by such person or persons evidencing in the aggregate the number of American Depositary Shares to which such person or persons are entitled. Nothing herein shall prohibit any Pre-Release Transaction upon the terms set forth in this Deposit Agreement.

 

8


SECTION 2.5 Transfer of Receipts; Combination and Split-up of Receipts.

(a) Transfer. The Depositary, or, if a Registrar (other than the Depositary) for the Receipts shall have been appointed, the Registrar, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, shall register transfers of Receipts on its books, upon surrender at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary of a Receipt by the Holder thereof in person or by duly authorized attorney, properly endorsed in the case of a certificated Receipt or accompanied by, or in the case of Receipts issued through any book-entry system, including, without limitation, DRS/Profile, receipt by the Depositary of, proper instruments of transfer (including signature guarantees in accordance with standard industry practice) and duly stamped as may be required by the laws of the State of New York and of the United States and any other applicable law. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, including payment of the applicable fees and charges of the Depositary set forth in Section 5.9 hereof and Article (9) of Exhibit A hereto, the Depositary shall execute a new Receipt or Receipts and Deliver the same to or upon the order of the person entitled thereto evidencing the same aggregate number of American Depositary Shares as those evidenced by the Receipts surrendered.

(b) Combination and Split Up. The Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement shall, upon surrender of a Receipt or Receipts for the purpose of effecting a split-up or combination of such Receipt or Receipts and upon payment to the Depositary of the applicable fees and charges set forth in Section 5.9 hereof and Article (9) of Exhibit A hereto, execute and Deliver a new Receipt or Receipts for any authorized number of American Depositary Shares requested, evidencing the same aggregate number of American Depositary Shares as the Receipt or Receipts surrendered.

(c) Co-Transfer Agents. The Depositary may appoint one or more co-transfer agents for the purpose of effecting transfers, combinations and split-ups of Receipts at designated transfer offices on behalf of the Depositary. In carrying out its functions, a co-transfer agent may require evidence of authority and compliance with applicable laws and other requirements by Holders or persons entitled to such Receipts and will be entitled to protection and indemnity, in each case to the same extent as the Depositary. Such co-transfer agents may be removed and substitutes appointed by the Depositary. Each co-transfer agent appointed under this Section 2.5 (other than the Depositary) shall give notice in writing to the Depositary accepting such appointment and agreeing to be bound by the applicable terms of this Deposit Agreement.

(d) Substitution of Receipts. At the request of a Holder, the Depositary shall, for the purpose of substituting a certificated Receipt with a Receipt issued through any book-entry system, including, without limitation, DRS/Profile, or vice versa, execute and Deliver a certificated Receipt or deliver a statement, as the case may be, for any authorized number of ADSs requested, evidencing the same aggregate number of ADSs as those evidenced by the relevant Receipt.

SECTION 2.6 Surrender of Receipts and Withdrawal of Deposited Securities. Upon surrender, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary, of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal of the Deposited Securities represented thereby, and upon payment of (i) the fees and charges of the Depositary for the making of withdrawals of Deposited Securities and cancellation of Receipts (as set forth in Section 5.9 hereof and Article (9) of Exhibit A hereto) and (ii) all applicable taxes and/or governmental charges payable in connection with such surrender and withdrawal, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, the Memorandum and Articles of Association, Section 7.10 hereof and any other provisions of or governing the Deposited Securities and other applicable laws, the Holder of such American Depositary Shares shall be entitled to Delivery, to him or upon his order, of the Deposited Securities at the time represented by the American Depositary Shares so surrendered. American Depositary Shares may be surrendered for the purpose of withdrawing Deposited Securities by Delivery of a Receipt evidencing such American Depositary Shares (if held in certificated form) or by book-entry Delivery of such American Depositary Shares to the Depositary.

 

9


A Receipt surrendered for such purposes shall, if so required by the Depositary, be properly endorsed in blank or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer in blank, and if the Depositary so requires, the Holder thereof shall execute and deliver to the Depositary a written order directing the Depositary to cause the Deposited Securities being withdrawn to be Delivered to or upon the written order of a person or persons designated in such order. Thereupon, the Depositary shall direct the Custodian to Deliver (without unreasonable delay) at the designated office of the Custodian or through a book-entry delivery of the Shares (in either case, subject to Sections 2.7, 3.1, 3.2, 5.9, hereof and to the other terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, to the Memorandum and Articles of Association, to the provisions of or governing the Deposited Securities and to applicable laws, now or hereafter in effect) to or upon the written order of the person or persons designated in the order delivered to the Depositary as provided above, the Deposited Securities represented by such American Depositary Shares, together with any certificate or other proper documents of or relating to title of the Deposited Securities as may be legally required, as the case may be, to or for the account of such person.

The Depositary may refuse to accept for surrender American Depositary Shares only in the circumstances described in Article (4) of Exhibit A hereto. Subject thereto, in the case of surrender of a Receipt evidencing a number of American Depositary Shares representing other than a whole number of Shares, the Depositary shall cause ownership of the appropriate whole number of Shares to be Delivered in accordance with the terms hereof, and shall, at the discretion of the Depositary, either (i) issue and Deliver to the person surrendering such Receipt a new Receipt evidencing American Depositary Shares representing any remaining fractional Share, or (ii) sell or cause to be sold the fractional Shares represented by the Receipt surrendered and remit the proceeds of such sale (net of (a) applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and (b) taxes and/or governmental charges) to the person surrendering the Receipt.

At the request, risk and expense of any Holder so surrendering a Receipt, and for the account of such Holder, the Depositary shall direct the Custodian to forward (to the extent permitted by law) any cash or other property (other than securities) held in respect of, and any certificate or certificates and other proper documents of or relating to title to, the Deposited Securities represented by such Receipt to the Depositary for delivery at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary, and for further Delivery to such Holder. Such direction shall be given by letter or, at the request, risk and expense of such Holder, by cable, telex or facsimile transmission. Upon receipt by the Depositary, the Depositary may make delivery to such person or persons entitled thereto at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary of any dividends or cash distributions with respect to the Deposited Securities represented by such American Depositary Shares, or of any proceeds of sale of any dividends, distributions or rights, which may at the time be held by the Depositary.

 

10


SECTION 2.7 Limitations on Execution and Delivery, Transfer, etc. of Receipts; Suspension of Delivery, Transfer, etc.

(a) Additional Requirements. As a condition precedent to the execution and Delivery, registration, registration of transfer, split-up, subdivision, combination or surrender of any Receipt, the Delivery of any distribution thereon or withdrawal of any Deposited Securities, the Depositary or the Custodian may require (i) payment from the depositor of Shares or presenter of the Receipt of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any tax or other governmental charge and any stock transfer or registration fee with respect thereto (including any such tax or charge and fee with respect to Shares being deposited or withdrawn) and payment of any applicable fees and charges of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.9 hereof and Article (9) of Exhibit A hereto, (ii) the production of proof satisfactory to it as to the identity and genuineness of any signature or any other matter contemplated by Section 3.1 hereof and (iii) compliance with (A) any laws or governmental regulations relating to the execution and Delivery of Receipts or American Depositary Shares or to the withdrawal or Delivery of Deposited Securities and (B) such reasonable regulations and procedures as the Depositary may establish consistent with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement and applicable law.

(b) Additional Limitations. The issuance of ADSs against deposits of Shares generally or against deposits of particular Shares may be suspended, or the issuance of ADSs against the deposit of particular Shares may be withheld, or the registration of transfer of Receipts in particular instances may be refused, or the registration of transfers of Receipts generally may be suspended, during any period when the transfer books of the Depositary are closed or if any such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the Depositary or the Company, in good faith, at any time or from time to time because of any requirement of law, any government or governmental body or commission or any securities exchange on which the Receipts or Shares are listed, or under any provision of this Deposit Agreement or provisions of, or governing, the Deposited Securities, or any meeting of shareholders of the Company or for any other reason, subject, in all cases, to Section 7.10 hereof.

SECTION 2.8 Lost Receipts, etc. To the extent the Depositary has issued Receipts in physical certificated form, in case any Receipt shall be mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen, unless the Depositary has notice that such ADR has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, subject to Section 5.9 hereof, the Depositary shall execute and Deliver a new Receipt (which, in the discretion of the Depositary may be issued through any book-entry system, including, without limitation, DRS/Profile, unless specifically requested otherwise) in exchange and substitution for such mutilated Receipt upon cancellation thereof, or in lieu of and in substitution for such destroyed, lost or stolen Receipt. Before the Depositary shall execute and Deliver a new Receipt in substitution for a destroyed, lost or stolen Receipt, the Holder thereof shall have (a) filed with the Depositary (i) a request for such execution and delivery before the Depositary has notice that the Receipt has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser and (ii) a sufficient indemnity bond in form and amount acceptable to the Depositary and (b) satisfied any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Depositary.

SECTION 2.9 Cancellation and Destruction of Surrendered Receipts; Maintenance of Records. All Receipts surrendered to the Depositary shall be cancelled by the Depositary. The Depositary is authorized to destroy Receipts so cancelled in accordance with its customary practices. Cancelled Receipts shall not be entitled to any benefits under this Deposit Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

11


SECTION 2.10 Pre-Release. Subject to the further terms and provisions of this Section 2.10, the Depositary, its Affiliates and their agents, on their own behalf, may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and its Affiliates and in ADSs. In its capacity as Depositary, the Depositary shall not lend Shares or ADSs; provided, however, that the Depositary may, unless otherwise instructed by the Company, (i) issue ADSs prior to the receipt of Shares pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof and (ii) Deliver Shares prior to the receipt and cancellation of ADSs which were issued under (i) above but for which Shares may not yet have been received (each such transaction, a “Pre-Release Transaction”). The Depositary may receive ADSs in lieu of Shares under (i) above and receive Shares in lieu of ADSs under (ii) above. Each such Pre-Release Transaction will be (a) accompanied by or subject to a written agreement whereby the person or entity (the “Applicant”) to whom ADSs or Shares are to be Delivered (1) represents that at the time of the Pre-Release Transaction the Applicant or its customer owns the Shares or ADSs that are to be Delivered by the Applicant under such Pre-Release Transaction, (2) agrees to indicate the Depositary as owner of such Shares or ADSs in its records and to hold such Shares or ADSs in trust for the Depositary until such Shares or ADSs are Delivered to the Depositary or the Custodian, (3) unconditionally guarantees to deliver to the Depositary or the Custodian, as applicable, such Shares or ADSs and (4) agrees to any additional restrictions or requirements that the Depositary deems appropriate, (b) at all times fully collateralized with cash, United States government securities or such other collateral as the Depositary deems appropriate, (c) terminable by the Depositary on not more than five Business Days’ notice (save for a prescribed termination event in which case any such Pre-Release Transaction may be immediately terminable by the Depositary) and (d) subject to such further indemnities and credit regulations as the Depositary deems appropriate. The Depositary will normally limit the number of ADSs and Shares involved in such Pre-Release Transactions at any one time to 30% of the ADSs outstanding (without giving effect to ADSs outstanding pursuant to any Pre-Release Transaction under (i) above), provided, however, that the Depositary reserves the right to change or disregard such limit from time to time as it deems appropriate. The Depositary may also set limits with respect to the number of ADSs and Shares involved in Pre-Release Transactions with any one person on a case by case basis as it deems appropriate.

The Depositary may retain for its own account any compensation received by it in conjunction with the foregoing. Collateral provided pursuant to (b) above, but not the earnings thereon, shall be held as security for the performance of the Applicant’s obligations in respect of the relevant Pre-Release Transaction and shall not constitute Deposited Securities.

 

12


SECTION 2.11 Restricted ADSs. The Depositary shall, at the request and expense of the Company, establish procedures enabling the deposit hereunder of Shares that are Restricted Securities in order to enable the holder of such Shares to hold its ownership interests in such restricted Shares in the form of ADSs issued under the terms hereof (such Shares, “Restricted Shares”). Upon receipt of a written request from the Company to accept Restricted Shares for deposit hereunder, the Depositary agrees to establish procedures permitting the deposit of such Restricted Shares and the issuance of ADSs representing such deposited Restricted Shares (such ADSs, the “Restricted ADSs,” and the ADRs evidencing such Restricted ADSs, the “Restricted ADRs”). The Company shall assist the Depositary in the establishment of such procedures and agrees that it shall take all steps necessary and reasonably satisfactory to the Depositary to insure that the establishment of such procedures does not violate the provisions of the Securities Act or any other applicable laws. The depositors of such Restricted Shares and the holders of the Restricted ADSs may be required prior to the deposit of such Restricted Shares, the transfer of the Restricted ADRs and the Restricted ADSs evidenced thereby or the withdrawal of the Restricted Shares represented by Restricted ADSs to provide such written certifications or agreements as the Depositary or the Company may require. The Company shall provide to the Depositary in writing the legend(s) to be affixed to the Restricted ADRs, which legends shall (i) be in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Depositary and (ii) contain the specific circumstances under which the Restricted ADRs and the Restricted ADSs represented thereby may be transferred or the Restricted Shares withdrawn. The Restricted ADSs issued upon the deposit of Restricted Shares shall be separately identified on the books of the Depositary and the Restricted Shares so deposited shall be held separate and distinct from the other Deposited Securities held hereunder. The Restricted Shares and the Restricted ADSs shall not be eligible for Pre-Release Transactions. The Restricted ADSs shall not be eligible for inclusion in any book-entry settlement system, including, without limitation, DTC, and shall not in any way be fungible with the ADSs issued under the terms hereof that are not Restricted ADSs. The Restricted ADRs and the Restricted ADSs evidenced thereby shall be transferable only by the Holder thereof upon delivery to the Depositary of (i) all documentation otherwise contemplated by this Deposit Agreement and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel setting forth, inter alia, the conditions upon which the Restricted ADR presented is, and the Restricted ADSs evidenced thereby are, transferable by the Holder thereof under applicable securities laws and the transfer restrictions contained in the legend set forth on the Restricted ADR presented for transfer. Except as set forth in this Section 2.11 and except as required by applicable law, the Restricted ADRs and the Restricted ADSs evidenced thereby shall be treated as ADRs and ADSs issued and outstanding under the terms of the Deposit Agreement. In the event that, in determining the rights and obligations of parties hereto with respect to any Restricted ADSs, any conflict arises between (a) the terms of this Deposit Agreement (other than this Section 2.11) and (b) the terms of (i) this Section 2.11 or (ii) the applicable Restricted ADR, the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 2.11 and of the Restricted ADR shall be controlling and shall govern the rights and obligations of the parties to this Deposit Agreement pertaining to the deposited Restricted Shares, the Restricted ADSs and Restricted ADRs.

If any of the Restricted ADRs, the Restricted ADSs and the Restricted Shares are no longer Restricted Securities, the Depositary, upon receipt of (x) an Opinion of Counsel setting forth, inter alia, that such Restricted ADRs, Restricted ADSs and Restricted Shares are not as of such time Restricted Securities, and (y) instructions from the Company to remove the restrictions applicable to such Restricted ADRs, Restricted ADSs and the Restricted Shares, shall (i) eliminate the distinctions and separations between such Restricted Shares held on deposit under this Section 2.11 and the other Shares held on deposit under the terms of the Deposit Agreement that are not Restricted Shares, (ii) treat such newly unrestricted ADRs and ADSs on the same terms as, and fully fungible with, the other ADRs and ADSs issued and outstanding under the terms of the Deposit Agreement that are not Restricted ADRs or Restricted ADSs, (iii) take all actions necessary to remove any distinctions, limitations and restrictions previously existing under this Section 2.11 between such Restricted ADRs and Restricted ADSs, respectively, on the one hand, and the other ADRs and ADSs that are not Restricted ADRs or Restricted ADSs, respectively, on the other hand, including, without limitation, by making the newly unrestricted ADSs eligible for Pre-Release Transactions and for inclusion in the applicable book-entry settlement systems.

SECTION 2.12 Maintenance of Records. The Depositary agrees to maintain records of all Receipts surrendered and Deposited Securities withdrawn under Section 2.6, substitute Receipts Delivered under Section 2.8 and cancelled or destroyed Receipts under Section 2.9, in keeping with the procedures ordinarily followed by stock transfer agents located in the United States.

 

13


ARTICLE III.

CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS OF HOLDERS

AND BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF RECEIPTS

SECTION 3.1 Proofs, Certificates and Other Information. Any depositor presenting Shares for deposit and any Holder and any Beneficial Owner may be required, and every Holder and Beneficial Owner agrees, from time to time to provide to the Depositary or the Custodian such proof of citizenship or residence, taxpayer status, payment of all applicable taxes or other governmental charges, exchange control approval, legal or beneficial ownership of ADSs and Deposited Securities, compliance with applicable laws and the terms of this Deposit Agreement and the provisions of, or governing, the Deposited Securities or other information; to execute such certifications and to make such representations and warranties, and to provide such other information and documentation as the Depositary may deem necessary or proper or as the Company may reasonably require by written request to the Depositary consistent with its obligations hereunder. The Depositary and the Registrar, as applicable, may, and at the request of the Company shall, withhold the execution or Delivery or registration of transfer of any Receipt or the distribution or sale of any dividend or distribution of rights or of the proceeds thereof, or to the extent not limited by the terms of Section 7.10 hereof, the Delivery of any Deposited Securities, until such proof or other information is filed or such certifications are executed, or such representations and warranties are made, or such other documentation or information provided, in each case to the Depositary’s and the Company’s satisfaction. The Depositary shall from time to time on written request advise the Company of the availability of any such proofs, certificates or other information and shall, at the Company’s sole expense, provide or otherwise make available copies thereof to the Company upon written request therefor by the Company, unless such disclosure is prohibited by law. Each Holder and Beneficial Owner agrees to provide any information requested by the Company or the Depositary pursuant to this Section 3.1. Nothing herein shall obligate the Depositary to (i) obtain any information for the Company if not provided by the Holders or Beneficial Owners or (ii) verify or vouch for the accuracy of the information so provided by the Holders or Beneficial Owners.

SECTION 3.2 Liability for Taxes and Other Charges. If any present or future tax or other governmental charge shall become payable by the Depositary or the Custodian with respect to any ADR or any Deposited Securities or American Depositary Shares, such tax or other governmental charge shall be payable by the Holders and Beneficial Owners to the Depositary and such Holders and Beneficial Owners shall be deemed liable therefor. The Company, the Custodian and/or the Depositary may withhold or deduct from any distributions made in respect of Deposited Securities and may sell for the account of a Holder and/or Beneficial Owner any or all of the Deposited Securities and apply such distributions and sale proceeds in payment of such taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and charges, with the Holder and the Beneficial Owner remaining fully liable for any deficiency. In addition to any other remedies available to it, the Depositary and the Custodian may refuse the deposit of Shares, and the Depositary may refuse to issue ADSs, to Deliver ADRs, register the transfer, split-up or combination of ADRs and (subject to Section 7.10 hereof) the withdrawal of Deposited Securities, until payment in full of such tax, charge, penalty or interest is received. Every Holder and Beneficial Owner agrees to indemnify the Depositary, the Company, the Custodian, and each of their respective agents, officers, directors, employees and Affiliates for, and to hold each of them harmless from, any claims with respect to taxes (including applicable interest and penalties thereon) arising from any tax benefit obtained for such Holder and/or Beneficial Owner. The obligations of Holders and Beneficial Owners of Receipts under this Section 3.2 shall survive any transfer of Receipts, any surrender of Receipts and withdrawal of Deposited Securities, or the termination of this Deposit Agreement.

 

14


SECTION 3.3 Representations and Warranties on Deposit of Shares. Each person presenting Shares for deposit under this Deposit Agreement shall be deemed thereby to represent and warrant that (i) such Shares and the certificates therefor are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable and were legally obtained by such person, (ii) all preemptive (and similar) rights, if any, with respect to such Shares have been validly waived or exercised, (iii) the person making such deposit is duly authorized so to do, (iv) the Shares presented for deposit are free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, security interest, charge, mortgage or adverse claim and are not, and the American Depositary Shares issuable upon such deposit will not be, Restricted Securities (except as contemplated by Section 2.11), (v) the Shares presented for deposit have not been stripped of any rights or entitlements and (vi) the Shares are not subject to any lock-up agreement with the Company or other party, or the Shares are subject to a lock-up agreement but such lock-up agreement has terminated or the lock-up restrictions imposed thereunder have expired. Such representations and warranties shall survive the deposit and withdrawal of Shares, the issuance and cancellation of American Depositary Shares in respect thereof and the transfer of such American Depositary Shares. If any such representations or warranties are false in any way, the Company and the Depositary shall be authorized, at the cost and expense of the person depositing Shares, to take any and all actions necessary to correct the consequences thereof.

SECTION 3.4 Compliance with Information Requests. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Deposit Agreement, the Articles of Association and applicable law, each Holder and Beneficial Owner agrees to (a) provide such information as the Company or the Depositary may request pursuant to law (including, without limitation, relevant Cayman Islands law, any applicable law of the United States, the Memorandum and Articles of Association, any resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors adopted pursuant to the Memorandum and Articles of Association, the requirements of any markets or exchanges upon which the Shares, ADSs or Receipts are listed or traded, or to any requirements of any electronic book-entry system by which the ADSs or Receipts may be transferred), and (b) be bound by and subject to applicable provisions of the laws of the Cayman Islands, the Memorandum and Articles of Association and the requirements of any markets or exchanges upon which the ADSs, Receipts or Shares are listed or traded, or pursuant to any requirements of any electronic book-entry system by which the ADSs, Receipts or Shares may be transferred, to the same extent as if such Holder and Beneficial Owner held Shares directly, in each case irrespective of whether or not they are Holders or Beneficial Owners at the time such request is made. The Depositary agrees to use its reasonable efforts to forward upon the request of the Company, and at the Company’s expense, any such request from the Company to the Holders and to forward to the Company any such responses to such requests received by the Depositary.

 

15


ARTICLE IV.

THE DEPOSITED SECURITIES

SECTION 4.1 Cash Distributions. Whenever the Depositary receives confirmation from the Custodian of receipt of any cash dividend or other cash distribution on any Deposited Securities, or receives proceeds from the sale of any Shares, rights, securities or other entitlements under the terms hereof, the Depositary will, if at the time of receipt thereof any amounts received in a foreign currency can in the judgment of the Depositary (pursuant to Section 4.6 hereof) be converted on a practicable basis into Dollars transferable to the United States, promptly convert or cause to be converted such cash dividend, distribution or proceeds into Dollars (on the terms described in Section 4.6 hereof) and will distribute promptly the amount thus received (net of (a) the applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and (b) taxes and/or governmental charges) to the Holders of record as of the ADS Record Date in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by such Holders respectively as of the ADS Record Date. The Depositary shall distribute only such amount, however, as can be distributed without attributing to any Holder a fraction of one cent. Any such fractional amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole cent and so distributed to Holders entitled thereto. Holders and Beneficial Owners understand that in converting Foreign Currency, amounts received on conversion are calculated at a rate which exceeds three or four decimal places (the number of decimal places used by the Depositary to report distribution rates). The excess amount may be retained by the Depositary as an additional cost of conversion, irrespective of any other fees and expenses payable or owing hereunder and shall not be subject to escheatment. If the Company, the Custodian or the Depositary is required to withhold and does withhold from any cash dividend or other cash distribution in respect of any Deposited Securities an amount on account of taxes, duties or other governmental charges, the amount distributed to Holders on the ADSs representing such Deposited Securities shall be reduced accordingly. Such withheld amounts shall be forwarded by the Company, the Custodian or the Depositary to the relevant governmental authority. Evidence of payment thereof by the Company shall be forwarded by the Company to the Depositary upon request. The Depositary shall forward to the Company or its agent such information from its records as the Company may reasonably request to enable the Company or its agent to file necessary reports with governmental agencies, such reports necessary to obtain benefits under the applicable tax treaties for the Holders and Beneficial Owners of Receipts.

SECTION 4.2 Distribution in Shares. If any distribution upon any Deposited Securities consists of a dividend in, or free distribution of, Shares, the Company shall cause such Shares to be deposited with the Custodian and registered, as the case may be, in the name of the Depositary, the Custodian or any of their nominees. Upon receipt of confirmation of such deposit from the Custodian, the Depositary shall establish the ADS Record Date upon the terms described in Section 4.7 hereof and shall, subject to Section 5.9 hereof, either (i) distribute to the Holders as of the ADS Record Date in proportion to the number of ADSs held as of the ADS Record Date, additional ADSs, which represent in the aggregate the number of Shares received as such dividend, or free distribution, subject to the other terms of this Deposit Agreement (including, without limitation, (a) the applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and (b) taxes and/or governmental charges), or (ii) if additional ADSs are not so distributed, each ADS issued and outstanding after the ADS Record Date shall, to the extent permissible by law, thenceforth also represent rights and interests in the additional Shares distributed upon the Deposited Securities represented thereby (net of (a) the applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and (b) taxes and/or governmental charges). In lieu of Delivering fractional ADSs, the Depositary shall sell the number of Shares represented by the aggregate of such fractions and distribute the proceeds upon the terms described in Section 4.1 hereof. The Depositary may withhold any such distribution of Receipts if it has not received satisfactory assurances from the Company (including an Opinion of Counsel furnished at the expense of the Company) that such distribution does not require registration under the Securities Act or is exempt from registration under the provisions of the Securities Act. To the extent such distribution may be withheld, the Depositary may dispose of all or a portion of such distribution in such amounts and in such manner, including by public or private sale, as the Depositary deems necessary and practicable, and the Depositary shall distribute the net proceeds of any such sale (after deduction of applicable taxes and/or governmental charges and fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary) to Holders entitled thereto upon the terms described in Section 4.1 hereof.

 

16


SECTION 4.3 Elective Distributions in Cash or Shares. Whenever the Company intends to distribute a dividend payable at the election of the holders of Shares in cash or in additional Shares, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Depositary at least 30 days prior to the proposed distribution stating whether or not it wishes such elective distribution to be made available to Holders of ADSs. Upon receipt of notice indicating that the Company wishes such elective distribution to be made available to Holders of ADSs, the Depositary shall consult with the Company to determine, and the Company shall assist the Depositary in its determination, whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to make such elective distribution available to the Holders of ADSs. The Depositary shall make such elective distribution available to Holders only if (i) the Company shall have timely requested that the elective distribution is available to Holders of ADRs, (ii) the Depositary shall have determined that such distribution is reasonably practicable and (iii) the Depositary shall have received satisfactory documentation within the terms of Section 5.7 hereof. If the above conditions are not satisfied, the Depositary shall, to the extent permitted by law, distribute to the Holders, on the basis of the same determination as is made in the local market in respect of the Shares for which no election is made, either cash upon the terms described in Section 4.1 hereof or additional ADSs representing such additional Shares upon the terms described in Section 4.2 hereof. If the above conditions are satisfied, the Depositary shall establish an ADS Record Date (on the terms described in Section 4.7 hereof) and establish procedures to enable Holders to elect the receipt of the proposed dividend in cash or in additional ADSs. The Company shall assist the Depositary in establishing such procedures to the extent necessary. Subject to Section 5.9 hereof, if a Holder elects to receive the proposed dividend in cash, the dividend shall be distributed upon the terms described in Section 4.1 hereof or in ADSs, the dividend shall be distributed upon the terms described in Section 4.2 hereof. Nothing herein shall obligate the Depositary to make available to Holders a method to receive the elective dividend in Shares (rather than ADSs). There can be no assurance that Holders generally, or any Holder in particular, will be given the opportunity to receive elective distributions on the same terms and conditions as the holders of Shares.

SECTION 4.4 Distribution of Rights to Purchase Shares.

(a) Distribution to ADS Holders. Whenever the Company intends to distribute to the holders of the Deposited Securities rights to subscribe for additional Shares, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Depositary at least 45 days prior to the proposed distribution stating whether or not it wishes such rights to be made available to Holders of ADSs. Upon receipt of a notice indicating that the Company wishes such rights to be made available to Holders of ADSs, the Depositary shall consult with the Company to determine, and the Company shall determine, whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to make such rights available to the Holders. The Depositary shall make such rights available to Holders only if (i) the Company shall have timely requested that such rights be made available to Holders, (ii) the Depositary shall have received satisfactory documentation within the terms of Section 5.7 hereof and (iii) the Depositary shall have determined that such distribution of rights is lawful and reasonably practicable. In the event any of the conditions set forth above are not satisfied, the Depositary shall proceed with the sale of the rights as contemplated in Section 4.4(b) below or, if timing or market conditions may not permit, do nothing thereby allowing such rights to lapse. In the event all conditions set forth above are satisfied, the Depositary shall establish an ADS Record Date (upon the terms described in Section 4.7 hereof) and establish procedures to distribute such rights (by means of warrants or otherwise) and to enable the Holders to exercise the rights (upon payment of applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and taxes and/or other governmental charges). Nothing herein shall obligate the Depositary to make available to the Holders a method to exercise such rights to subscribe for Shares (rather than ADSs).

 

17


(b) Sale of Rights. If (i) the Company does not timely request the Depositary to make the rights available to Holders or requests that the rights not be made available to Holders, (ii) the Depositary fails to receive satisfactory documentation within the terms of Section 5.7 hereof or determines it is not lawful or reasonably practicable to make the rights available to Holders or (iii) any rights made available are not exercised and appear to be about to lapse, the Depositary shall determine whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to sell such rights, in a riskless principal capacity or otherwise, at such place and upon such terms (including public or private sale) as it may deem proper. The Company shall assist the Depositary to the extent necessary to determine such legality and practicability. The Depositary shall, upon such sale, convert and distribute proceeds of such sale (net of applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and taxes and/or governmental charges) upon the terms set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.

(c) Lapse of Rights. If the Depositary is unable to make any rights available to Holders upon the terms described in Section 4.4(a) hereof or to arrange for the sale of the rights upon the terms described in Section 4.4(b) hereof, the Depositary shall allow such rights to lapse.

The Depositary shall not be responsible for (i) any failure to determine that it may be lawful or practicable to make such rights available to Holders in general or any Holders in particular, (ii) any foreign exchange exposure or loss incurred in connection with such sale or exercise or (iii) the content of any materials forwarded to the Holders on behalf of the Company in connection with the rights distribution.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.4, if registration (under the Securities Act or any other applicable law) of the rights or the securities to which any rights relate may be required in order for the Company to offer such rights or such securities to Holders and to sell the securities represented by such rights, the Depositary will not distribute such rights to the Holders (i) unless and until a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such offering is in effect or (ii) unless the Company furnishes at its expense the Depositary with opinion(s) of counsel for the Company in the United States and counsel to the Company in any other applicable country in which rights would be distributed, in each case satisfactory to the Depositary, to the effect that the offering and sale of such securities to Holders and Beneficial Owners are exempt from, or do not require registration under, the provisions of the Securities Act or any other applicable laws. In the event that the Company, the Depositary or the Custodian shall be required to withhold and does withhold from any distribution of property (including rights) an amount on account of taxes and/or other governmental charges, the amount distributed to the Holders shall be reduced accordingly. In the event that the Depositary determines that any distribution in property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) is subject to any tax or other governmental charges which the Depositary is obligated to withhold, the Depositary may dispose of all or a portion of such property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) in such amounts and in such manner, including by public or private sale, as the Depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay any such taxes and/or charges.

 

18


There can be no assurance that Holders generally, or any Holder in particular, will be given the opportunity to exercise rights on the same terms and conditions as the holders of Shares or be able to exercise such rights. Nothing herein shall obligate the Company to file any registration statement in respect of any rights or Shares or other securities to be acquired upon the exercise of such rights or otherwise to register or qualify the offer or sale of such rights or securities under the applicable law of any other jurisdiction for any purpose.

SECTION 4.5 Distributions Other Than Cash, Shares or Rights to Purchase Shares.

(a) Whenever the Company intends to distribute to the holders of Deposited Securities property other than cash, Shares or rights to purchase additional Shares, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Depositary at least 30 days prior to the proposed distribution and shall indicate whether or not it wishes such distribution to be made to Holders of ADSs. Upon receipt of a notice indicating that the Company wishes such distribution be made to Holders of ADSs, the Depositary shall determine whether such distribution to Holders is lawful and practicable. The Depositary shall not make such distribution unless (i) the Company shall have timely requested the Depositary to make such distribution to Holders, (ii) the Depositary shall have received satisfactory documentation within the terms of Section 5.7 hereof and (iii) the Depositary shall have determined that such distribution is reasonably practicable.

(b) Upon receipt of satisfactory documentation and the request of the Company to distribute property to Holders of ADSs and after making the requisite determinations set forth in (a) above, the Depositary may distribute the property so received to the Holders of record as of the ADS Record Date, in proportion to the number of ADSs held by such Holders respectively and in such manner as the Depositary may deem practicable for accomplishing such distribution (i) upon receipt of payment or net of the applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and (ii) net of any taxes and/or other governmental charges. The Depositary may dispose of all or a portion of the property so distributed and deposited, in such amounts and in such manner (including public or private sale) as the Depositary may deem practicable or necessary to satisfy any taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges applicable to the distribution.

(c) If (i) the Company does not request the Depositary to make such distribution to Holders or requests not to make such distribution to Holders, (ii) the Depositary does not receive satisfactory documentation within the terms of Section 5.7 hereof or (iii) the Depositary determines that all or a portion of such distribution is not reasonably practicable or feasible, the Depositary shall endeavor to sell or cause such property to be sold in a public or private sale, at such place or places and upon such terms as it may deem proper and shall distribute the net proceeds, if any, of such sale received by the Depositary (net of applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and taxes and/or governmental charges) to the Holders as of the ADS Record Date upon the terms of Section 4.1 hereof. If the Depositary is unable to sell such property, the Depositary may dispose of such property in any way it deems reasonably practicable under the circumstances for nominal or no consideration and Holders and Beneficial Owners shall have no rights thereto or arising therefrom.

 

19


SECTION 4.6 Conversion of Foreign Currency. Whenever the Depositary or the Custodian shall receive Foreign Currency, by way of dividends or other distributions or the net proceeds from the sale of securities, property or rights, and in the judgment of the Depositary such Foreign Currency can at such time be converted on a practicable basis (by sale or in any other manner that it may determine in accordance with applicable law) into Dollars transferable to the United States and distributable to the Holders entitled thereto, the Depositary shall convert or cause to be converted, by sale or in any other manner that it may determine, such Foreign Currency into Dollars, and shall distribute such Dollars (net of any fees, expenses, taxes and/or other governmental charges incurred in the process of such conversion) in accordance with the terms of the applicable sections of this Deposit Agreement. If the Depositary shall have distributed warrants or other instruments that entitle the holders thereof to such Dollars, the Depositary shall distribute such Dollars to the holders of such warrants and/or instruments upon surrender thereof for cancellation, in either case without liability for interest thereon. Such distribution may be made upon an averaged or other practicable basis without regard to any distinctions among Holders on account of exchange restrictions, the date of delivery of any Receipt or otherwise.

In converting Foreign Currency, amounts received on conversion may be calculated at a rate which exceeds the number of decimal places used by the Depositary to report distribution rates (which in any case will not be less than two decimal places). Any excess amount may be retained by the Depositary as an additional cost of conversion, irrespective of any other fees and expenses payable or owing hereunder and shall not be subject to escheatment.

If such conversion or distribution can be effected only with the approval or license of any government or agency thereof, the Depositary may file such application for approval or license, if any, as it may deem necessary, practicable and at nominal cost and expense. Nothing herein shall obligate the Depositary to file or cause to be filed, or to seek effectiveness of any such application or license.

If at any time the Depositary shall determine that in its judgment the conversion of any Foreign Currency and the transfer and distribution of proceeds of such conversion received by the Depositary is not practical or lawful, or if any approval or license of any governmental authority or agency thereof that is required for such conversion, transfer and distribution is denied, or not obtainable at a reasonable cost, within a reasonable period or otherwise sought, the Depositary shall, in its sole discretion but subject to applicable laws and regulations, either (i) distribute the Foreign Currency (or an appropriate document evidencing the right to receive such Foreign Currency) received by the Depositary to the Holders entitled to receive such Foreign Currency or (ii) hold such Foreign Currency uninvested and without liability for interest thereon for the respective accounts of the Holders entitled to receive the same.

SECTION 4.7 Fixing of Record Date. Whenever necessary in connection with any distribution (whether in cash, Shares, rights, or other distribution), or whenever for any reason the Depositary causes a change in the number of Shares that are represented by each American Depositary Share, or whenever the Depositary shall receive notice of any meeting of or solicitation of holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, or whenever the Depositary shall find it necessary or convenient, the Depositary shall fix a record date (the “ADS Record Date”), as close as practicable to the record date fixed by the Company with respect to the Shares, for the determination of the Holders who shall be entitled to receive such distribution, to give instructions to the Depositary for the exercise of voting rights at any such meeting, to give or withhold such consent, to receive such notice or solicitation or to otherwise take action or to exercise the rights of Holders with respect to such changed number of Shares represented by each American Depositary Share. Subject to applicable law and the provisions of Sections 4.1 through 4.6 hereof and to the other terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, only the Holders of record at the close of business in New York on such ADS Record Date shall be entitled to receive such distribution, to give such voting instructions, to receive such notice or solicitation, or otherwise take action.

 

20


SECTION 4.8 Voting of Deposited Securities. Subject to the next sentence, as soon as practicable after receipt of notice of any meeting at which the holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities are entitled to vote, or of solicitation of consents or proxies from holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall fix the ADS Record Date in respect of such meeting or solicitation of consent or proxy. The Depositary shall, if requested by the Company in writing in a timely manner (the Depositary having no obligation to take any further action if the request shall not have been received by the Depositary at least 30 Business Days prior to the date of such vote or meeting) and at the Company’s expense, and provided no U.S. legal prohibitions exist, mail by regular, ordinary mail delivery, or by electronic transmission, or otherwise distribute as soon as practicable after receipt thereof to Holders as of the ADS Record Date: (a) such notice of meeting or solicitation of consent or proxy; (b) a statement that the Holders at the close of business on the ADS Record Date will be entitled, subject to any applicable law, the Memorandum and Articles of Association and the provisions of or governing the Deposited Securities (which provisions, if any, shall be summarized in pertinent part by the Company), to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by such Holder’s American Depositary Shares; and (c) a brief statement as to the manner in which such instructions may be given to the Depositary or in which voting instructions may be deemed to have been given in accordance with this Section 4.8, including an express indication that instructions may be given (or be deemed to have been given in accordance with the immediately following paragraph of this section if no instruction is received) to the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person or persons designated by the Company. Voting instructions may be given only in respect of a number of American Depositary Shares representing an integral number of Shares or other Deposited Securities. Upon the timely receipt from a Holder of American Depositary Shares on the ADS Record Date of written voting instructions in the manner specified by the Depositary, the Depositary shall endeavor, insofar as practicable and permitted under applicable law, the provisions of this Deposit Agreement, the Memorandum and Articles of Association and the provisions of or governing the Deposited Securities, to vote or cause the Custodian to vote the Shares and/or other Deposited Securities (in person or by proxy) represented by American Depositary Shares evidenced by such Receipt in accordance with such voting instructions.

In the event that (i) the Depositary timely receives voting instructions from a Holder which fail to specify the manner in which the Depositary is to vote the Deposited Securities represented by such Holder’s ADSs or (ii) no timely instructions are received by the Depositary from a Holder with respect to any of the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs held by such Holder on the ADS Record Date, the Depositary shall (unless otherwise specified in the notice distributed to Holders) deem such Holder to have instructed the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company with respect to such Deposited Securities and the Depositary shall give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company to vote such Deposited Securities, provided, however, that no such instruction shall be deemed to have been given and no such discretionary proxy shall be given with respect to any matter as to which the Company informs the Depositary (and the Company agrees to provide such information as promptly as practicable in writing, if applicable) that (x) the Company does not wish to give such proxy, (y) the Company is aware or should reasonably be aware that substantial opposition exists from Holders against the outcome for which the person designated by the Company would otherwise vote or (z) the outcome for which the person designated by the Company would otherwise vote would materially and adversely affect the rights of holders of Shares; provided, further, that the Company will have no liability to any Holder or Beneficial Owner resulting from such notification.

 

21


In the event that voting on any resolution or matter is conducted on a show of hands basis in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles of Association, the Depositary will refrain from voting and the voting instructions (or the deemed voting instructions, as set out above) received by the Depositary from Holders shall lapse. The Depositary will have no obligation to demand voting on a poll basis with respect to any resolution and shall have no liability to any Holder or Beneficial Owner for not having demanded voting on a poll basis.

Neither the Depositary nor the Custodian shall, under any circumstances exercise any discretion as to voting, and neither the Depositary nor the Custodian shall vote, attempt to exercise the right to vote, or in any way make use of for purposes of establishing a quorum or otherwise, the Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by ADSs except pursuant to and in accordance with such written instructions from Holders, including the deemed instruction to the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company. Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by ADSs for which (i) no timely voting instructions are received by the Depositary from the Holder, or (ii) timely voting instructions are received by the Depositary from the Holder but such voting instructions fail to specify the manner in which the Depositary is to vote the Deposited Securities represented by such Holder’s ADSs, shall be voted in the manner provided in this Section 4.8. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, and subject to applicable law, regulation and the Memorandum and Articles of Association, the Depositary shall, if so requested in writing by the Company, represent all Deposited Securities (whether or not voting instructions have been received in respect of such Deposited Securities from Holders as of the ADS Record Date) for the purpose of establishing quorum at a meeting of shareholders.

There can be no assurance that Holders or Beneficial Owners generally or any Holder or Beneficial Owner in particular will receive the notice described above with sufficient time to enable the Holder to return voting instructions to the Depositary in a timely manner.

Notwithstanding the above, save for applicable provisions of the law of the Cayman Islands, and in accordance with the terms of Section 5.3 hereof, the Depositary shall not be liable for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the Deposited Securities or the manner in which such vote is cast or the effect of such vote.

 

22


SECTION 4.9 Changes Affecting Deposited Securities. Upon any change in par value, split-up, subdivision, cancellation, consolidation or any other reclassification of Deposited Securities or upon any recapitalization, reorganization, amalgamation, merger or consolidation or sale of assets affecting the Company or to which it is otherwise a party, any securities which shall be received by the Depositary or the Custodian in exchange for, or in conversion of or replacement or otherwise in respect of, such Deposited Securities shall, to the extent permitted by law, be treated as new Deposited Securities under this Deposit Agreement and the Receipts shall, subject to the provisions of this Deposit Agreement and applicable law, evidence American Depositary Shares representing the right to receive such additional securities. Alternatively, the Depositary may, with the Company’s approval, and shall, if the Company shall so request, subject to the terms of this Deposit Agreement and receipt of an Opinion of Counsel furnished at the Company’s expense reasonably satisfactory to the Depositary (stating that such distributions are not in violation of any applicable laws or regulations), execute and deliver additional Receipts, as in the case of a stock dividend on the Shares, or call for the surrender of outstanding Receipts to be exchanged for new Receipts. In either case, as well as in the event of newly deposited Shares, necessary modifications to the form of Receipt contained in Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto, specifically describing such new Deposited Securities and/or corporate change, shall also be made. The Company agrees that it will, jointly with the Depositary, amend the Registration Statement on Form F-6 as filed with the Commission to permit the issuance of such new form of Receipt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any security so received may not be lawfully distributed to some or all Holders, the Depositary may, with the Company’s approval, and shall, if the Company requests, subject to receipt of an Opinion of Counsel furnished at the Company’s expense reasonably satisfactory to the Depositary that such action is not in violation of any applicable laws or regulations, sell such securities at public or private sale, at such place or places and upon such terms as it may deem proper and may allocate the net proceeds of such sales (net of fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and taxes and/or governmental charges) for the account of the Holders otherwise entitled to such securities upon an averaged or other practicable basis without regard to any distinctions among such Holders and distribute the net proceeds so allocated to the extent practicable as in the case of a distribution received in cash pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof. The Depositary shall not be responsible for (i) any failure to determine that it may be lawful or feasible to make such securities available to Holders in general or to any Holder in particular, (ii) any foreign exchange exposure or loss incurred in connection with such sale or (iii) any liability to the purchaser of such securities.

SECTION 4.10 Available Information. The Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) and accordingly files certain information with the Commission. These reports and documents can be obtained via the internet at the Commission’s website at www.sec.gov or inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549, U.S.A.

SECTION 4.11 Reports. The Depositary shall make available during normal business hour on any Business Day for inspection by Holders at its Corporate Trust Office any reports and communications, including any proxy soliciting materials, received from the Company which are both received by the Depositary, the Custodian, or the nominee of either of them as the holder of the Deposited Securities and made generally available to the holders of such Deposited Securities by the Company. The Company agrees to provide to the Depositary, at the Company’s expense, all documents that it provides to the Custodian. The Depositary shall, at the expense of the Company (unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Company and the Depositary), and in accordance with Section 5.6 hereof, also mail by regular, ordinary mail delivery or by electronic transmission (if agreed by the Company and the Depositary) and unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Company and the Depositary, to Holders copies of such reports when furnished by the Company pursuant to Section 5.6 hereof.

SECTION 4.12 List of Holders. Promptly upon written request by the Company, the Depositary shall furnish to it a list, as of a recent date, of the names, addresses and holdings of American Depositary Shares by all persons in whose names Receipts are registered on the books of the Depositary.

 

23


SECTION 4.13 Taxation; Withholding. The Depositary will, and will instruct the Custodian to, forward to the Company or its agents such information from its records as the Company may reasonably request to enable the Company or its agents to file necessary tax reports with governmental authorities or agencies. The Depositary, the Custodian or the Company and its agents may, but shall not be obligated to, file such reports as are necessary to reduce or eliminate applicable taxes on dividends and on other distributions in respect of Deposited Securities under applicable tax treaties or laws for the Holders and Beneficial Owners. Holders and Beneficial Owners of American Depositary Shares may be required from time to time, and in a timely manner, to file such proof of taxpayer status, residence and beneficial ownership (as applicable), to execute such certificates and to make such representations and warranties, or to provide any other information or documents, as the Depositary or the Custodian may deem necessary or proper to fulfill the Depositary’s or the Custodian’s obligations under applicable law. The Holders and Beneficial Owners shall indemnify the Depositary, the Company, the Custodian and any of their respective directors, employees, agents and Affiliates against, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims by any governmental authority with respect to taxes, additions to tax, penalties or interest arising out of any refund of taxes, reduced rate of withholding at source or other tax benefit obtained by the Beneficial Owner or Holder.

The Company shall remit to the appropriate governmental authority or agency any amounts required to be withheld by the Company and owing to such governmental authority or agency. Upon any such withholding, the Company shall remit to the Depositary information, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Depositary, about such taxes and/or governmental charges withheld or paid, and, if so requested, the tax receipt (or other proof of payment to the applicable governmental authority) therefor. The Depositary shall, to the extent required by U.S. law, report to Holders (i) any taxes withheld by it; (ii) any taxes withheld by the Custodian, subject to information being provided to the Depositary by the Custodian and (iii) any taxes withheld by the Company, subject to information being provided to the Depositary by the Company. The Depositary and the Custodian shall not be required to provide the Holders with any evidence of the remittance by the Company (or its agents) of any taxes withheld, or of the payment of taxes by the Company, except to the extent the evidence is provided by the Company to the Depositary. Neither the Depositary, the Custodian, nor the Company shall be liable for the failure by any Holder or Beneficial Owner to obtain the benefits of credits on the basis of non-U.S. tax paid against such Holder’s or Beneficial Owner’s income tax liability.

In the event that the Depositary determines that any distribution in property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) is subject to any tax or other governmental charge which the Depositary is obligated to withhold, the Depositary shall withhold the amount required to be withheld and may by public or private sale dispose of all or a portion of such property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) in such amounts and in such manner as the Depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay such taxes and/or charges and the Depositary shall distribute the net proceeds of any such sale after deduction of such taxes and/or charges to the Holders entitled thereto in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by them respectively.

The Depositary is under no obligation to provide the Holders and Beneficial Owners with any information about the tax status of the Company. The Depositary shall not incur any liability for any tax consequences that may be incurred by Holders and Beneficial Owners on account of their ownership of the American Depositary Shares.

 

24


ARTICLE V.

THE DEPOSITARY, THE CUSTODIAN AND THE COMPANY

SECTION 5.1 Maintenance of Office and Transfer Books by the Registrar. Until termination of this Deposit Agreement in accordance with its terms, the Depositary or if a Registrar for the Receipts shall have been appointed, the Registrar shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office and facilities for the execution and delivery, registration, registration of transfers, combination and split-up of Receipts, the surrender of Receipts and the delivery and withdrawal of Deposited Securities in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement.

The Depositary or the Registrar as applicable, shall keep books for the registration of Receipts and transfers of Receipts which at all reasonable times shall be open for inspection by the Company and by the Holders of such Receipts, provided that such inspection shall not be, to the Depositary’s or the Registrar’s knowledge, for the purpose of communicating with Holders of such Receipts in the interest of a business or object other than the business of the Company or other than a matter related to this Deposit Agreement or the Receipts.

The Depositary or the Registrar, as applicable, may close the transfer books with respect to the Receipts, at any time and from time to time, when deemed necessary or advisable by it in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder, or at the reasonable written request of the Company.

If any Receipts or the American Depositary Shares evidenced thereby are listed on one or more stock exchanges or automated quotation systems in the United States, the Depositary shall act as Registrar or appoint a Registrar or one or more co-registrars for registration of Receipts and transfers, combinations and split-ups, and to countersign such Receipts in accordance with any requirements of such exchanges or systems. Such Registrar or co-registrars may be removed and a substitute or substitutes appointed by the Depositary.

If any Receipts or the American Depositary Shares evidenced thereby are listed on one or more securities exchanges, markets or automated quotation systems, (i) the Depositary shall be entitled to, and shall, take or refrain from taking such action(s) as it may deem necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of such securities exchange(s), market(s) or automated quotation system(s) applicable to it, notwithstanding any other provision of this Deposit Agreement; and (ii) upon the reasonable request of the Depositary, the Company shall provide the Depositary such information and assistance as may be reasonably necessary for the Depositary to comply with such requirements, to the extent that the Company may lawfully do so.

Each Registrar and co-registrar appointed under this Section 5.1 shall give notice in writing to the Depositary accepting such appointment and agreeing to be bound by the applicable terms of the Deposit Agreement.

 

25


SECTION 5.2 Exoneration. Neither the Depositary, the Custodian nor the Company shall be obligated to do or perform any act which is inconsistent with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement or shall incur any liability (i) if the Depositary, the Custodian or the Company or their respective controlling persons or agents shall be prevented or forbidden from, or delayed in, doing or performing any act or thing required by the terms of this Deposit Agreement, by reason of any provision of any present or future law or regulation of the United States or any state thereof, the Cayman Islands or any other country, or of any other governmental authority or regulatory authority or stock exchange, or on account of the possible criminal or civil penalties or restraint, or by reason of any provision, present or future, of the Memorandum and Articles of Association or any provision of or governing any Deposited Securities, or by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond its control (including, without limitation, nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, work stoppage, strikes, civil unrest, revolutions, rebellions, explosions and computer failure), (ii) by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in this Deposit Agreement or in the Memorandum and Articles of Association or provisions of or governing Deposited Securities, (iii) for any action or inaction of the Depositary, the Custodian or the Company or their respective controlling persons or agents in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Shares for deposit, any Holder, any Beneficial Owner or authorized representative thereof, or any other person believed by it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information, (iv) for the inability by a Holder or Beneficial Owner to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit which is made available to holders of Deposited Securities but is not, under the terms of this Deposit Agreement, made available to Holders of American Depositary Shares or (v) for any special, consequential, indirect or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of this Deposit Agreement or otherwise.

The Depositary, its controlling persons, its agents, the Custodian and the Company, its controlling persons and its agents may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any written notice, request, opinion or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

No disclaimer of liability under the Securities Act is intended by any provision of this Deposit Agreement.

SECTION 5.3 Standard of Care. The Company and the Depositary and their respective directors, officers, affiliates, employees and agents assume no obligation and shall not be subject to any liability under this Deposit Agreement or any Receipts to any Holder(s) or Beneficial Owner(s) or other persons, except in accordance with Section 5.8 hereof, provided, that the Company and the Depositary and their respective directors, officers, affiliates, employees and agents agree to perform their respective obligations specifically set forth in this Deposit Agreement or the applicable ADRs without gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Without limitation of the foregoing, neither the Depositary, nor the Company, nor any of their respective controlling persons, directors, officers, affiliates, employees or agents, shall be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities or in respect of the Receipts, which in its opinion may involve it in expense or liability, unless indemnity satisfactory to it against all expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) and liabilities be furnished as often as may be required (and no Custodian shall be under any obligation whatsoever with respect to such proceedings, the responsibility of the Custodian being solely to the Depositary).

 

26


The Depositary and its directors, officers, affiliates, employees and agents shall not be liable for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the Deposited Securities, or for the manner in which any vote is cast or the effects of any vote. The Depositary shall not incur any liability for any failure to determine that any distribution or action may be lawful or reasonably practicable, for the content of any information submitted to it by the Company for distribution to the Holders or for any inaccuracy of any translation thereof, for any investment risk associated with acquiring an interest in the Deposited Securities, for the validity or worth of the Deposited Securities or for any tax consequences that may result from the ownership of ADSs, Shares or Deposited Securities, for the credit-worthiness of any third party, for allowing any rights to lapse upon the terms of this Deposit Agreement or for the failure or timeliness of any notice from the Company, or for any action or non action by it in reliance upon the opinion, advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person representing Shares for deposit, any Holder or any other person believed by it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information. The Depositary and its agents shall not be liable for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the Depositary or in connection with any matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the Depositary, provided that in connection with the issue out of which such potential liability arises the Depositary performed its obligations without gross negligence or willful misconduct while it acted as Depositary.

SECTION 5.4 Resignation and Removal of the Depositary; Appointment of Successor Depositary. The Depositary may at any time resign as Depositary hereunder by written notice of resignation delivered to the Company, such resignation to be effective on the earlier of (i) the 90th day after delivery thereof to the Company (whereupon the Depositary shall, in the event no successor depositary has been appointed by the Company, be entitled to take the actions contemplated in Section 6.2 hereof) and (ii) upon the appointment by the Company of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as hereinafter provided, save that, any amounts, fees, costs or expenses owed to the Depositary hereunder or in accordance with any other agreements otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and the Depositary from time to time shall be paid to the Depositary prior to such resignation.

The Company shall use reasonable efforts to appoint such successor depositary, and give notice to the Depositary of such appointment, not more than 90 days after delivery by the Depositary of written notice of resignation as provided in this Section 5.4. In the event that notice of the appointment of a successor depositary is not provided by the Company in accordance with the preceding sentence, the Depositary shall be entitled to take the actions contemplated in Section 6.2 hereof.

The Depositary may at any time be removed by the Company by written notice of such removal, which removal shall be effective on the earlier of (i) the 90th day after delivery thereof to the Depositary (whereupon the Depositary shall be entitled to take the actions contemplated in Section 6.2 hereof), and (ii) upon the appointment by the Company of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as hereinafter provided, save that, any amounts, fees, costs or expenses owed to the Depositary hereunder or in accordance with any other agreements otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and the Depositary from time to time shall be paid to the Depositary prior to such removal.

 

27


In case at any time the Depositary acting hereunder shall resign or be removed, the Company shall use its best efforts to appoint a successor depositary, which shall be a bank or trust company having an office in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York. Every successor depositary shall be required by the Company to execute and deliver to its predecessor and to the Company an instrument in writing accepting its appointment hereunder, and thereupon such successor depositary, without any further act or deed (except as required by applicable law), shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor. The predecessor depositary, upon payment of all sums due to it and on the written request of the Company, shall (i) execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor all rights and powers of such predecessor hereunder (other than as contemplated in Sections 5.8 and 5.9 hereof), (ii) duly assign, transfer and deliver all right, title and interest to the Deposited Securities to such successor, and (iii) deliver to such successor a list of the Holders of all outstanding Receipts and such other information relating to Receipts and Holders thereof as the successor may reasonably request. Any such successor depositary shall promptly mail notice of its appointment to such Holders.

Any corporation into or with which the Depositary may be merged or consolidated shall be the successor of the Depositary without the execution or filing of any document or any further act.

SECTION 5.5 The Custodian. The Custodian or its successors in acting hereunder shall be subject at all times and in all respects to the direction of the Depositary for the Deposited Securities for which the Custodian acts as custodian and shall be responsible solely to it. If any Custodian resigns or is discharged from its duties hereunder with respect to any Deposited Securities and no other Custodian has previously been appointed hereunder, the Depositary shall promptly appoint a substitute custodian. The Depositary shall require such resigning or discharged Custodian to deliver the Deposited Securities held by it, together with all such records maintained by it as Custodian with respect to such Deposited Securities as the Depositary may request, to the Custodian designated by the Depositary. Whenever the Depositary determines, in its discretion, that it is appropriate to do so, it may appoint an additional entity to act as Custodian with respect to any Deposited Securities, or discharge the Custodian with respect to any Deposited Securities and appoint a substitute custodian, which shall thereafter be Custodian hereunder with respect to the Deposited Securities. After any such change, the Depositary shall give notice thereof in writing to all Holders.

Upon the appointment of any successor depositary, any Custodian then acting hereunder shall, unless otherwise instructed by the Depositary, continue to be the Custodian of the Deposited Securities without any further act or writing and shall be subject to the direction of the successor depositary. The successor depositary so appointed shall, nevertheless, on the written request of any Custodian, execute and deliver to such Custodian all such instruments as may be proper to give to such Custodian full and complete power and authority to act on the direction of such successor depositary.

SECTION 5.6 Notices and Reports. On or before the first date on which the Company gives notice, by publication or otherwise, of any meeting of holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, or of any adjourned meeting of such holders, or of the taking of any action by such holders other than at a meeting, or of the taking of any action in respect of any cash or other distributions or the offering of any rights in respect of Deposited Securities, the Company shall transmit to the Depositary and the Custodian a copy of the notice thereof in English but otherwise in the form given or to be given to holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities. The Company shall also furnish to the Custodian and the Depositary a summary, in English, of any applicable provisions or proposed provisions of the Memorandum and Articles of Association that may be relevant or pertain to such notice of meeting or be the subject of a vote thereat.

 

28


The Company will also transmit to the Depositary (a) English language versions of the other notices, reports and communications which are made generally available by the Company to holders of its Shares or other Deposited Securities and (b) English language versions of the Company’s annual and other reports prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Commission. The Depositary shall arrange, at the request of the Company and at the Company’s expense, for the mailing of copies thereof to all Holders, or by any other means as agreed between the Company and the Depositary (at the Company’s expense) or make such notices, reports and other communications available for inspection by all Holders, provided, that, the Depositary shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it, including in the form of an Opinion of Counsel regarding U.S. law or of any other applicable jurisdiction, furnished at the expense of the Company, as the Depositary reasonably requests, that the distribution of such notices, reports and any such other communications to Holders from time to time is valid and does not or will not infringe any local, U.S. or other applicable jurisdiction regulatory restrictions or requirements if so distributed and made available to Holders. The Company will timely provide the Depositary with the quantity of such notices, reports, and communications, as requested by the Depositary from time to time, in order for the Depositary to effect such mailings. The Company has delivered to the Depositary and the Custodian a copy of the Memorandum and Articles of Association along with the provisions of or governing the Shares and any other Deposited Securities issued by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, in connection with the Shares, in each case, to the extent not in English, along with a certified English translation thereof, and promptly upon any amendment thereto or change therein, the Company shall deliver to the Depositary and the Custodian a copy of such amendment thereto or change therein, to the extent not in English, along with a certified English translation thereof. The Depositary may rely upon such copy for all purposes of this Deposit Agreement.

The Depositary will make available a copy of any such notices, reports or communications issued by the Company and delivered to the Depositary for inspection by the Holders of the Receipts evidencing the American Depositary Shares representing such Shares governed by such provisions at the Depositary’s Corporate Trust Office, at the office of the Custodian and at any other designated transfer office.

SECTION 5.7 Issuance of Additional Shares, ADSs etc. The Company agrees that in the event it or any of its Affiliates proposes (i) an issuance, sale or distribution of additional Shares, (ii) an offering of rights to subscribe for Shares or other Deposited Securities, (iii) an issuance of securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, (iv) an issuance of rights to subscribe for securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, (v) an elective dividend of cash or Shares, (vi) a redemption of Deposited Securities, (vii) a meeting of holders of Deposited Securities, or solicitation of consents or proxies, relating to any reclassification of securities, merger, subdivision, amalgamation or consolidation or transfer of assets or (viii) any reclassification, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or sale of assets which affects the Deposited Securities, it will obtain U.S. legal advice and take all steps necessary to ensure that the application of the proposed transaction to Holders and Beneficial Owners does not violate the registration provisions of the Securities Act, or any other applicable laws (including, without limitation, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Exchange Act or the securities laws of the states of the United States). In support of the foregoing, the Company will furnish to the Depositary at its reasonable request, at the Company’s expense, (a) a written opinion of U.S. counsel (satisfactory to the Depositary) stating whether or not application of such transaction to Holders and Beneficial Owners (1) requires a registration statement under the Securities Act to be in effect or (2) is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and/or (3) dealing with such other issues reasonably requested by the Depositary; (b) a written opinion of Cayman Islands counsel (satisfactory to the Depositary) stating that (1) making the transaction available to Holders and Beneficial Owners does not violate the laws or regulations of the Cayman Islands and (2) all requisite regulatory consents and approvals have been obtained in the Cayman Islands; and (c) as the Depositary may reasonably request, a written Opinion of Counsel in any other jurisdiction in which Holders or Beneficial Owners reside to the effect that making the transaction available to such Holders or Beneficial Owners does not violate the laws or regulations of such jurisdiction. If the filing of a registration statement is required, the Depositary shall not have any obligation to proceed with the transaction unless it shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that such registration statement has been declared effective and that such distribution is in accordance with all applicable laws or regulations. If, being advised by counsel, the Company determines that a transaction is required to be registered under the Securities Act, the Company will either (i) register such transaction to the extent necessary, (ii) alter the terms of the transaction to avoid the registration requirements of the Securities Act or (iii) direct the Depositary to take specific measures, in each case as contemplated in this Deposit Agreement, to prevent such transaction from violating the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

29


The Company agrees with the Depositary that neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates will at any time (i) deposit any Shares or other Deposited Securities, either upon original issuance or upon a sale of Shares or other Deposited Securities previously issued and reacquired by the Company or by any such Affiliate, or (ii) issue additional Shares, rights to subscribe for such Shares, securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares or rights to subscribe for such securities, unless such transaction and the securities issuable in such transaction are exempt from registration under the Securities Act or have been registered under the Securities Act (and such registration statement has been declared effective).

Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Deposit Agreement, nothing in this Deposit Agreement shall be deemed to obligate the Company to file any registration statement in respect of any proposed transaction.

SECTION 5.8 Indemnification. The Company agrees to indemnify the Depositary, any Custodian and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and Affiliates against, and hold each of them harmless from, any direct losses, liabilities, taxes, costs, claims, judgments, proceedings, actions, demands and any charges or expenses of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, in each case, irrevocable value added tax and any similar tax charged or otherwise imposed in respect thereof) (collectively referred to as “Losses”) which the Depositary or any agent thereof may incur or which may be made against it as a result of or in connection with its appointment or the exercise of its powers and duties under this Agreement or that may arise (a) out of or in connection with any offer, issuance, sale, resale, transfer, deposit or withdrawal of Receipts, American Depositary Shares, the Shares, or other Deposited Securities, as the case may be, (b) out of or in connection with any offering documents in respect thereof or (c) out of or in connection with acts performed or omitted, including, but not limited to, any delivery by the Depositary on behalf of the Company of information regarding the Company in connection with this Deposit Agreement, the Receipts, the American Depositary Shares, the Shares, or any Deposited Securities, in any such case (i) by the Depositary, the Custodian or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and Affiliates, except to the extent any such Losses arises out of the gross negligence or bad faith of any of them, or (ii) by the Company or any of its directors, officers, employees, agents and Affiliates. Notwithstanding the above, in no event shall the Company or any of its directors, officers, employees, agents and/or Affiliates be liable for (a) any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages to the Depositary, any Custodian and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and Affiliates or any other person, or (b) any Losses arising out of information relating to the Depositary or any Custodian, as the case may be, furnished in writing by the Depositary to the Company expressly for use in any registration statement, proxy statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any other offering documents relating to the Receipts, the American Depositary Share, the Shares or any Deposited Securities.

 

30


The Depositary agrees to indemnify the Company and any of its respective directors, officers, employees, agents and Affiliates against and hold each of them harmless from any direct Losses which may arise out of acts performed or omitted to be performed by the Depositary arising out of the gross negligence, wilful misconduct, or bad faith of the Depositary or any of their respective directors, officers or employees, agents and/or Affiliates. Notwithstanding the above, in no event shall the Depositary or any of its directors, officers, employees, agents and/or Affiliates be liable for any indirect, special punitive or consequential damages to the Company, Holders, Beneficial Owners or any other person.

Any person seeking indemnification hereunder (an “Indemnified Person”) shall notify the person from whom it is seeking indemnification (the “Indemnifying Person”) of the commencement of any indemnifiable action or claim promptly after such Indemnified Person becomes aware of such commencement (provided that the failure to make such notification shall not affect such Indemnified Person’s rights to indemnification except to the extent the Indemnifying Person is materially prejudiced by such failure) and shall consult in good faith with the Indemnifying Person as to the conduct of the defense of such action or claim that may give rise to an indemnity hereunder, which defense shall be reasonable under the circumstances. No Indemnified Person shall compromise or settle any action or claim that may give rise to an indemnity hereunder without the consent of the Indemnifying Person, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

The obligations set forth in this Section shall survive the termination of this Deposit Agreement and the succession or substitution of any party hereto.

SECTION 5.9 Fees and Charges of Depositary. The Company, the Holders, the Beneficial Owners, and persons depositing Shares or surrendering ADSs for cancellation and withdrawal of Deposited Securities shall be required to pay to the Depositary the Depositary’s fees and related charges identified as payable by them respectively as provided for under Article (9) of Exhibit A hereto. All fees and charges so payable may, at any time and from time to time, be changed by agreement between the Depositary and the Company, but, in the case of fees and charges payable by Holders and Beneficial Owners, only in the manner contemplated in Section 6.1 hereof. The Depositary shall provide, without charge, a copy of its latest fee schedule to anyone upon request.

The Depositary and the Company may reach separate agreement in relation to the payment of any additional remuneration to the Depositary in respect of any exceptional duties which the Depositary finds necessary or desirable and agreed by both parties in the performance of its obligations hereunder and in respect of the actual costs and expenses of the Depositary in respect of any notices required to be given to the Holders in accordance with Article (20) of Exhibit B hereto.

 

31


In connection with any payment by the Company to the Depositary:

 

  (i) all fees, taxes, duties, charges, costs and expenses which are payable by the Company shall be paid or be procured to be paid by the Company (and any such amounts which are paid by the Depositary shall be reimbursed to the Depositary by the Company upon demand therefor);

 

  (ii) such payment shall be subject to all necessary applicable exchange control and other consents and approvals having been obtained. The Company undertakes to use its reasonable endeavours to obtain all necessary approvals that are required to be obtained by it in this connection; and

 

  (iii) the Depositary may request, in its sole but reasonable discretion after reasonable consultation with the Company, an Opinion of Counsel regarding U.S. law, the laws of the Cayman Islands or of any other relevant jurisdiction, to be furnished at the expense of the Company, if at any time it deems it necessary to seek such an Opinion of Counsel regarding the validity of any action to be taken or instructed to be taken under this Agreement.

The Company agrees to promptly pay to the Depositary such other fees, charges and expenses and to reimburse the Depositary for such out-of-pocket expenses as the Depositary and the Company may agree to in writing from time to time. Responsibility for payment of such charges may at any time and from time to time be changed by agreement between the Company and the Depositary.

All payments by the Company to the Depositary under this Clause 5.9 shall be paid without set-off or counterclaim, and free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future taxes, levies, imports, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever nature, imposed by the Cayman Islands or by any department, agency or other political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, and all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto.

The right of the Depositary to receive payment of fees, charges and expenses as provided above shall survive the termination of this Deposit Agreement. As to any Depositary, upon the resignation or removal of such Depositary as described in Section 5.4 hereof, such right shall extend for those fees, charges and expenses incurred prior to the effectiveness of such resignation or removal.

SECTION 5.10 Restricted Securities Owners/Ownership Restrictions. From time to time or upon request of the Depositary, the Company shall provide to the Depositary a list setting forth, to the actual knowledge of the Company, those persons or entities who beneficially own Restricted Securities and the Company shall update such list on a regular basis. The Depositary may rely on such list or update but shall not be liable for any action or omission made in reliance thereon. The Company agrees to advise in writing each of the persons or entities who, to the knowledge of the Company, holds Restricted Securities that such Restricted Securities are ineligible for deposit hereunder (except under the circumstances contemplated in Section 2.11) and, to the extent practicable, shall require each of such persons to represent in writing that such person will not deposit Restricted Securities hereunder (except under the circumstances contemplated in Section 2.11). The Company shall, in accordance with Article (24) of Exhibit B hereto, inform Holders and Beneficial Owners and the Depositary of any other limitations on ownership of Shares that the Holders and Beneficial Owners may be subject to by reason of the number of ADSs held under the Articles of Association or applicable Cayman Islands law, as such restrictions may be in force from time to time.

 

32


The Company may, in its sole discretion, but subject to applicable law, instruct the Depositary to take action with respect to the ownership interest of any Holder or Beneficial Owner pursuant to the Memorandum and Articles of Association, including but not limited to, the removal or limitation of voting rights or the mandatory sale or disposition on behalf of a Holder or Beneficial Owner of the Shares represented by the ADRs held by such Holder or Beneficial Owner in excess of such limitations, if and to the extent such disposition is permitted by applicable law and the Memorandum and Articles of Association; provided that any such measures are practicable and legal and can be undertaken without undue burden or expense, and provided further the Depositary’s agreement to the foregoing is conditional upon it being advised of any applicable changes in the Memorandum and Articles of Association. The Depositary shall have no liability for any actions taken in accordance with such instructions.

ARTICLE VI.

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

SECTION 6.1 Amendment/Supplement. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 6.1 and applicable law, the Receipts outstanding at any time, the provisions of this Deposit Agreement and the form of Receipt attached hereto and to be issued under the terms hereof may at any time and from time to time be amended or supplemented by written agreement between the Company and the Depositary in any respect which they may deem necessary or desirable and not materially prejudicial to the Holders without the consent of the Holders or Beneficial Owners. Any amendment or supplement which shall impose or increase any fees or charges (other than charges in connection with foreign exchange control regulations, and taxes and/or other governmental charges, delivery and other such expenses payable by Holders or Beneficial Owners), or which shall otherwise materially prejudice any substantial existing right of Holders or Beneficial Owners, shall not, however, become effective as to outstanding Receipts until 30 days after notice of such amendment or supplement shall have been given to the Holders of outstanding Receipts. Notice of any amendment to the Deposit Agreement or form of Receipts shall not need to describe in detail the specific amendments effectuated thereby, and failure to describe the specific amendments in any such notice shall not render such notice invalid, provided, however, that, in each such case, the notice given to the Holders identifies a means for Holders and Beneficial Owners to retrieve or receive the text of such amendment (i.e., upon retrieval from the Commission’s, the Depositary’s or the Company’s website or upon request from the Depositary). The parties hereto agree that any amendments or supplements which (i) are reasonably necessary (as agreed by the Company and the Depositary) in order for (a) the American Depositary Shares to be registered on Form F-6 under the Securities Act or (b) the American Depositary Shares or the Shares to be traded solely in electronic book-entry form and (ii) do not in either such case impose or increase any fees or charges to be borne by Holders, shall be deemed not to materially prejudice any substantial rights of Holders or Beneficial Owners. Every Holder and Beneficial Owner at the time any amendment or supplement so becomes effective shall be deemed, by continuing to hold such American Depositary Share or Shares, to consent and agree to such amendment or supplement and to be bound by the Deposit Agreement as amended and supplemented thereby. In no event shall any amendment or supplement impair the right of the Holder to surrender such Receipt and receive therefor the Deposited Securities represented thereby, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any governmental body should adopt new laws, rules or regulations which would require amendment or supplement of the Deposit Agreement to ensure compliance therewith, the Company and the Depositary may amend or supplement the Deposit Agreement and the Receipt at any time in accordance with such changed laws, rules or regulations. Such amendment or supplement to the Deposit Agreement in such circumstances may become effective before a notice of such amendment or supplement is given to Holders or within any other period of time as required for compliance with such laws, rules or regulations.

 

33


SECTION 6.2 Termination. The Depositary shall, at any time at the written direction of the Company, terminate this Deposit Agreement by mailing notice of such termination to the Holders of all Receipts then outstanding at least 45 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such termination, provided that, the Depositary shall be reimbursed for any amounts, fees, costs or expenses owed to it in accordance with the terms of this Deposit Agreement and in accordance with any other agreements as otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and the Depositary from time to time, prior to such termination shall take effect. If 90 days shall have expired after (i) the Depositary shall have delivered to the Company a written notice of its election to resign, or (ii) the Company shall have delivered to the Depositary a written notice of the removal of the Depositary, and in either case a successor depositary shall not have been appointed and accepted its appointment as provided in Section 5.4 hereof, the Depositary may terminate this Deposit Agreement by mailing notice of such termination to the Holders of all Receipts then outstanding at least 30 days prior to the date fixed for such termination. On and after the date of termination of this Deposit Agreement, the Holder will, upon surrender of such Receipt at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary, upon the payment of the charges of the Depositary for the surrender of Receipts referred to in Section 2.6 hereof and subject to the conditions and restrictions therein set forth, and upon payment of any applicable taxes and/or governmental charges, be entitled to Delivery, to him or upon his order, of the amount of Deposited Securities represented by such Receipt. If any Receipts shall remain outstanding after the date of termination of this Deposit Agreement, the Registrar thereafter shall discontinue the registration of transfers of Receipts, and the Depositary shall suspend the distribution of dividends to the Holders thereof, and shall not give any further notices or perform any further acts under this Deposit Agreement, except that the Depositary shall continue to collect dividends and other distributions pertaining to Deposited Securities, shall sell rights or other property as provided in this Deposit Agreement, and shall continue to Deliver Deposited Securities, subject to the conditions and restrictions set forth in Section 2.6 hereof, together with any dividends or other distributions received with respect thereto and the net proceeds of the sale of any rights or other property, in exchange for Receipts surrendered to the Depositary (after deducting, or charging, as the case may be, in each case, the charges of the Depositary for the surrender of a Receipt, any expenses for the account of the Holder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and any applicable taxes and/or governmental charges or assessments). At any time after the expiration of six months from the date of termination of this Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may sell the Deposited Securities then held hereunder and may thereafter hold uninvested the net proceeds of any such sale, together with any other cash then held by it hereunder, in an unsegregated account, without liability for interest for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of Receipts whose Receipts have not theretofore been surrendered. After making such sale, the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations under this Deposit Agreement with respect to the Receipts and the Shares, Deposited Securities and American Depositary Shares, except to account for such net proceeds and other cash (after deducting, or charging, as the case may be, in each case, the charges of the Depositary for the surrender of a Receipt, any expenses for the account of the Holder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and any applicable taxes and/or governmental charges or assessments). Upon the termination of this Deposit Agreement, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations under this Deposit Agreement except for its obligations to the Depositary hereunder.

 

34


ARTICLE VII.

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 7.1 Counterparts. This Deposit Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Copies of this Deposit Agreement shall be maintained with the Depositary and shall be open to inspection by any Holder during business hours.

SECTION 7.2 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Deposit Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto (and their successors) and shall not be deemed to give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim whatsoever to any other person, except to the extent specifically set forth in this Deposit Agreement. Nothing in this Deposit Agreement shall be deemed to give rise to a partnership or joint venture among the parties hereto nor establish a fiduciary or similar relationship among the parties. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that (i) the Depositary and its Affiliates may at any time have multiple banking relationships with the Company and its Affiliates, (ii) the Depositary and its Affiliates may be engaged at any time in transactions in which parties adverse to the Company or the Holders or Beneficial Owners may have interests and (iii) nothing contained in this Agreement shall (a) preclude the Depositary or any of its Affiliates from engaging in such transactions or establishing or maintaining such relationships, or (b) obligate the Depositary or any of its Affiliates to disclose such transactions or relationships or to account for any profit made or payment received in such transactions or relationships.

SECTION 7.3 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Deposit Agreement or in the Receipts should be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein or therein shall in no way be affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby.

SECTION 7.4 Holders and Beneficial Owners as Parties; Binding Effect. The Holders and Beneficial Owners from time to time of American Depositary Shares shall be parties to the Deposit Agreement and shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions hereof and of any Receipt by acceptance hereof or any beneficial interest therein.

 

 

35


SECTION 7.5 Notices. Any and all notices to be given to the Company shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or sent by first-class mail, air courier or cable, telex, facsimile transmission or electronic transmission, confirmed by letter, addressed to Vipshop Holdings Limited, No. 20 Huahai Street, Liwan District, Guangzhou 510370, The People’s Republic of China, or to any other address which the Company may specify in writing to the Depositary.

Any and all notices to be given to the Depositary shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or sent by first-class mail, air courier or cable, telex, facsimile transmission or by electronic transmission (if agreed by the Company and the Depositary), at the Company’s expense, unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and the Depositary, confirmed by letter, addressed to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, USA, Attention: ADR Department, telephone: +1 212 250-9100, facsimile: + 1 212 797 0327 or to any other address which the Depositary may specify in writing to the Company.

Any and all notices to be given to any Holder shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or sent by first-class mail or cable, telex, facsimile transmission or by electronic transmission (if agreed by the Company and the Depositary), at the Company’s expense, unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and the Depositary, addressed to such Holder at the address of such Holder as it appears on the transfer books for Receipts of the Depositary, or, if such Holder shall have filed with the Depositary a written request that notices intended for such Holder be mailed to some other address, at the address specified in such request. Notice to Holders shall be deemed to be notice to Beneficial Owners for all purposes of this Deposit Agreement.

Delivery of a notice sent by mail, air courier or cable, telex, facsimile or electronic transmission shall be deemed to be effective at the time when a duly addressed letter containing the same (or a confirmation thereof in the case of a cable, telex, facsimile or electronic transmission) is deposited, postage prepaid, in a post-office letter box or delivered to an air courier service. The Depositary or the Company may, however, act upon any cable, telex, facsimile or electronic transmission received by it from the other or from any Holder, notwithstanding that such cable, telex, facsimile or electronic transmission shall not subsequently be confirmed by letter as aforesaid, as the case may be.

SECTION 7.6 Governing Law and Jurisdiction. This Deposit Agreement and the Receipts shall be interpreted in accordance with, and all rights hereunder and thereunder and provisions hereof and thereof shall be governed by, the laws of the State of New York without reference to the principles of choice of law thereof. Except as set forth in the following paragraph of this Section 7.6, the Company and the Depositary agree that the federal or state courts in the City of New York shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding and to settle any dispute between them that may arise out of or in connection with this Deposit Agreement and, for such purposes, each irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts. The Company hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc., (the “Process Agent”), now at 400 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, New York 10017 as its authorized agent to receive and accept for and on its behalf, and on behalf of its properties, assets and revenues, service by mail of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any suit, action or proceeding brought against the Company in any federal or state court as described in the preceding sentence or in the next paragraph of this Section 7.6. If for any reason the Process Agent shall cease to be available to act as such, the Company agrees to designate a new agent in The City of New York on the terms and for the purposes of this Section 7.6 reasonably satisfactory to the Depositary. The Company further hereby irrevocably consents and agrees to the service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents in any suit, action or proceeding against the Company, by service by mail of a copy thereof upon the Process Agent (whether or not the appointment of such Process Agent shall for any reason prove to be ineffective or such Process Agent shall fail to accept or acknowledge such service), with a copy mailed to the Company by registered or certified air mail, postage prepaid, to its address provided in Section 7.5 hereof. The Company agrees that the failure of the Process Agent to give any notice of such service to it shall not impair or affect in any way the validity of such service or any judgment rendered in any action or proceeding based thereon.

 

36


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Depositary and the Company unconditionally agree that in the event that a Holder or Beneficial Owner brings a suit, action or proceeding against (a) the Company, (b) the Depositary in its capacity as Depositary under this Deposit Agreement or (c) against both the Company and the Depositary, in any state or federal court of the United States, and the Depositary or the Company have any claim, for indemnification or otherwise, against each other arising out of the subject matter of such suit, action or proceeding, then the Company and the Depositary may pursue such claim against each other in the state or federal court in the United States in which such suit, action, or proceeding is pending, and for such purposes, the Company and the Depositary irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts. The Company agrees that service of process upon the Process Agent in the manner set forth in the preceding paragraph shall be effective service upon it for any suit, action or proceeding brought against it as described in this paragraph.

The Company irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any actions, suits or proceedings brought in any court as provided in this Section 7.6, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

The Company and the Depositary agree that, notwithstanding the foregoing, with regard to any claim or dispute or difference of whatever nature between the parties hereto arising directly or indirectly from the relationship created by this Deposit Agreement, the Depositary, in its sole discretion, shall be entitled to refer such dispute or difference for final settlement by arbitration (“Arbitration”) in accordance with the applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “Rules”) then in force, by a sole arbitrator appointed in accordance with the Rules. The seat and place of any reference to Arbitration shall be New York, New York State. The procedural law of any Arbitration shall be New York law and the language to be used in the Arbitration shall be English. The fees of the arbitrator and other costs incurred by the parties in connection with such Arbitration shall be paid by the party that is unsuccessful in such Arbitration.

EACH PARTY TO THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, FOR AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER AND/OR HOLDER OF INTERESTS IN THE ADRs) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE DEPOSITARY AND/OR THE COMPANY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE SHARES OR OTHER DEPOSITED SECURITIES, THE ADSs OR THE ADRs, THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, OR THE BREACH HEREOF OR THEREOF (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, COMMON LAW OR ANY OTHER THEORY).

 

37


The provisions of this Section 7.6 shall survive any termination of this Deposit Agreement, in whole or in part.

SECTION 7.7 Assignment. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.4 hereof, this Deposit Agreement may not be assigned by either the Company or the Depositary.

SECTION 7.8 Agents. The Depositary shall be entitled, in its sole but reasonable discretion, to appoint one or more agents (the “Agents”) of which it shall have control for the purpose, inter alia, of making distributions to the Holders or otherwise carrying out its obligations under this Agreement.

SECTION 7.9 Exclusivity. The Company agrees not to appoint any other depositary for the issuance or administration of depositary receipts evidencing any class of stock of the Company so long as Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is acting as Depositary hereunder.

SECTION 7.10 Compliance with U.S. Securities Laws. Notwithstanding anything in this Deposit Agreement to the contrary, the withdrawal or Delivery of Deposited Securities will not be suspended by the Company or the Depositary except as would be permitted by Instruction I.A.(1) of the General Instructions to Form F-6 Registration Statement, as amended from time to time, under the Securities Act.

SECTION 7.11 Titles. All references in this Deposit Agreement to exhibits, Articles, sections, subsections, and other subdivisions refer to the exhibits, Articles, sections, subsections and other subdivisions of this Deposit Agreement unless expressly provided otherwise. The words “this Deposit Agreement”, “herein”, “hereof”, “hereby”, “hereunder”, and words of similar import refer to the Deposit Agreement as a whole as in effect between the Company, the Depositary and the Holders and Beneficial Owners of ADSs and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. Pronouns in masculine, feminine and neuter gender shall be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form shall be construed to include the plural and vice versa unless the context otherwise requires. Titles to sections of this Deposit Agreement are included for convenience only and shall be disregarded in construing the language contained in this Deposit Agreement.

 

38


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS have duly executed this Deposit Agreement as of the day and year first above set forth and all Holders and Beneficial Owners shall become parties hereto upon acceptance by them of American Depositary Shares evidenced by Receipts issued in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

39


EXHIBIT A

 

   CUSIP                     
  

 

ISIN                     

  

 

American Depositary Shares (Each

American Depositary

Share

representing two

Fully Paid Ordinary

Shares)

[FORM OF FACE OF RECEIPT]

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPT

for

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

representing

DEPOSITED ORDINARY SHARES

of

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

(Incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands)

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as depositary (herein called the “Depositary”), hereby certifies that                      is the owner of                      American Depositary Shares (hereinafter “ADS”), representing deposited ordinary shares, each of Par Value of U.S.$0.0001 including evidence of rights to receive such ordinary shares (the “Shares”) of Vipshop Holdings Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”). As of the date of the Deposit Agreement (hereinafter referred to), each ADS represents two Shares deposited under the Deposit Agreement with the Custodian which at the date of execution of the Deposit Agreement is Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch (the “Custodian”). The ratio of Depositary Shares to shares of stock is subject to subsequent amendment as provided in Article IV of the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary’s Corporate Trust Office is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, U.S.A.

(1) The Deposit Agreement. This American Depositary Receipt is one of an issue of American Depositary Receipts (“Receipts”), all issued or to be issued upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Deposit Agreement, dated as of                 , 2012 (as amended from time to time, the “Deposit Agreement”), by and among the Company, the Depositary, and all Holders and Beneficial Owners from time to time of Receipts issued thereunder, each of whom by accepting a Receipt agrees to become a party thereto and becomes bound by all the terms and conditions thereof. The Deposit Agreement sets forth the rights and obligations of Holders and Beneficial Owners of Receipts and the rights and duties of the Depositary in respect of the Shares deposited thereunder and any and all other securities, property and cash from time to time, received in respect of such Shares and held thereunder (such Shares, other securities, property and cash are herein called “Deposited Securities”). Copies of the Deposit Agreement are on file at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary and the Custodian.

 

40


Each owner and each Beneficial Owner, upon acceptance of any ADSs (or any interest therein) issued in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, shall be deemed for all purposes to (a) be a party to and bound by the terms of the Deposit Agreement and applicable ADR(s), and (b) appoint the Depositary its attorney-in-fact, with full power to delegate, to act on its behalf and to take any and all actions contemplated in the Deposit Agreement and the applicable ADR(s), to adopt any and all procedures necessary to comply with applicable law and to take such action as the Depositary in its sole discretion may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of the Deposit Agreement and the applicable ADR(s), the taking of such actions to be the conclusive determinant of the necessity and appropriateness thereof.

The statements made on the face and reverse of this Receipt are summaries of certain provisions of the Deposit Agreement and the Memorandum and Articles of Association (as in effect on the date of the Deposit Agreement) and are qualified by and subject to the detailed provisions of the Deposit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made. All capitalized terms used herein which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or worth of the Deposited Securities. The Depositary has made arrangements for the acceptance of the American Depositary Shares into DTC. Each Beneficial Owner of American Depositary Shares held through DTC must rely on the procedures of DTC and the DTC Participants to exercise and be entitled to any rights attributable to such American Depositary Shares. The Receipt evidencing the American Depositary Shares held through DTC will be registered in the name of a nominee of DTC. So long as the American Depositary Shares are held through DTC or unless otherwise required by law, ownership of beneficial interests in the Receipt registered in the name of DTC (or its nominee) will be shown on, and transfers of such ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by (i) DTC (or its nominee), or (ii) DTC Participants (or their nominees).

(2) Surrender of Receipts and Withdrawal of Deposited Securities. Upon surrender, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary, of ADSs evidenced by this Receipt for the purpose of withdrawal of the Deposited Securities represented thereby, and upon payment of (i) the charges of the Depositary for the making of withdrawals and cancellation of Receipts (as set forth in Section 5.9 of the Deposit Agreement and Article (9) hereof) and (ii) all fees, taxes and/or governmental charges payable in connection with such surrender and withdrawal, and, subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, the Memorandum and Articles of Association, Section 7.10 of the Deposit Agreement, Article (22) hereof and the provisions of or governing the Deposited Securities and other applicable laws, the Holder of the American Depositary Shares evidenced hereby is entitled to Delivery, to him or upon his order, of the Deposited Securities represented by the ADS so surrendered. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, such Deposited Securities may be Delivered in certificated form or by electronic Delivery. ADS may be surrendered for the purpose of withdrawing Deposited Securities by Delivery of a Receipt evidencing such ADS (if held in registered form) or by book-entry delivery of such ADS to the Depositary.

 

41


A Receipt surrendered for such purposes shall, if so required by the Depositary, be properly endorsed in blank or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer in blank, and if the Depositary so requires, the Holder thereof shall execute and deliver to the Depositary a written order directing the Depositary to cause the Deposited Securities being withdrawn to be Delivered to or upon the written order of a person or persons designated in such order. Thereupon, the Depositary shall direct the Custodian to Deliver (without unreasonable delay) at the designated office of the Custodian (subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, to the Memorandum and Articles of Association, and to the provisions of or governing the Deposited Securities and applicable laws, now or hereafter in effect), to or upon the written order of the person or persons designated in the order delivered to the Depositary as provided above, the Deposited Securities represented by such ADSs, together with any certificate or other proper documents of or relating to title for the Deposited Securities or evidence of the electronic transfer thereof (if available) as the case may be to or for the account of such person. The Depositary may make delivery to such person or persons at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary of any dividends or distributions with respect to the Deposited Securities represented by such Receipt, or of any proceeds of sale of any dividends, distributions or rights, which may at the time be held by the Depositary.

Subject to Article (4) hereof, in the case of surrender of a Receipt evidencing a number of ADSs representing other than a whole number of Shares, the Depositary shall cause ownership of the appropriate whole number of Shares to be Delivered in accordance with the terms hereof, and shall, at the discretion of the Depositary, either (i) issue and Deliver to the person surrendering such Receipt a new Receipt evidencing American Depositary Shares representing any remaining fractional Share, or (ii) sell or cause to be sold the fractional Shares represented by the Receipt so surrendered and remit the proceeds thereof (net of (a) applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and (b) taxes and/or governmental charges) to the person surrendering the Receipt. At the request, risk and expense of any Holder so surrendering a Receipt, and for the account of such Holder, the Depositary shall direct the Custodian to forward (to the extent permitted by law) any cash or other property (other than securities) held in respect of, and any certificate or certificates and other proper documents of or relating to title to, the Deposited Securities represented by such Receipt to the Depositary for Delivery at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary, and for further Delivery to such Holder. Such direction shall be given by letter or, at the request, risk and expense of such Holder, by cable, telex or facsimile transmission.

(3) Transfers, Split-Ups and Combinations of Receipts. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, the Registrar shall register transfers of Receipts on its books, upon surrender at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary of a Receipt by the Holder thereof in person or by duly authorized attorney, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer (including signature guarantees in accordance with standard industry practice) and duly stamped as may be required by the laws of the State of New York and of the United States of America, of the Cayman Islands and of any other applicable jurisdiction. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, including payment of the applicable fees and expenses incurred by, and charges of, the Depositary, the Depositary shall execute and Deliver a new Receipt(s) (and if necessary, cause the Registrar to countersign such Receipt(s)) and deliver same to or upon the order of the person entitled to such Receipts evidencing the same aggregate number of ADSs as those evidenced by the Receipts surrendered. Upon surrender of a Receipt or Receipts for the purpose of effecting a split-up or combination of such Receipt or Receipts upon payment of the applicable fees and charges of the Depositary, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary shall execute and deliver a new Receipt or Receipts for any authorized number of ADSs requested, evidencing the same aggregate number of ADSs as the Receipt or Receipts surrendered.

 

42


(4) Pre-Conditions to Registration, Transfer, Etc. As a condition precedent to the execution and delivery, registration of transfer, split-up, combination or surrender of any Receipt or withdrawal of any Deposited Securities, the Depositary or the Custodian may require (i) payment from the depositor of Shares or presenter of the Receipt of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any tax or other governmental charge and any stock transfer or registration fee with respect thereto (including any such tax or charge and fee with respect to Shares being deposited or withdrawn) and payment of any applicable fees and charges of the Depositary as provided in the Deposit Agreement and in this Receipt, (ii) the production of proof satisfactory to it as to the identity and genuineness of any signature or any other matters and (iii) compliance with (A) any laws or governmental regulations relating to the execution and delivery of Receipts and ADSs or to the withdrawal of Deposited Securities and (B) such reasonable regulations of the Depositary or the Company consistent with the Deposit Agreement and applicable law.

The issuance of ADSs against deposits of Shares generally or against deposits of particular Shares may be suspended, or the issuance of ADSs against the deposit of particular Shares may be withheld, or the registration of transfer of Receipts in particular instances may be refused, or the registration of transfer of Receipts generally may be suspended, during any period when the transfer books of the Depositary are closed or if any such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the Depositary or the Company, in good faith, at any time or from time to time because of any requirement of law, any government or governmental body or commission or any securities exchange upon which the Receipts or Share are listed, or under any provision of the Deposit Agreement or provisions of, or governing, the Deposited Securities or any meeting of shareholders of the Company or for any other reason, subject in all cases to Article (22) hereof. Notwithstanding any provision of the Deposit Agreement or this Receipt to the contrary, the Holders of Receipts are entitled to surrender outstanding ADSs to withdraw the Deposited Securities at any time subject only to (i) temporary delays caused by closing the transfer books of the Depositary or the Company or the deposit of Shares in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting or the payment of dividends, (ii) the payment of fees, taxes and/or similar charges, (iii) compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating to the Receipts or to the withdrawal of the Deposited Securities, and (iv) other circumstances specifically contemplated by Section I.A.(l) of the General Instructions to Form F-6 (as such General Instructions may be amended from time to time). Without limitation of the foregoing, the Depositary shall not knowingly accept for deposit under the Deposit Agreement any Shares or other Deposited Securities required to be registered under the provisions of the Securities Act, unless a registration statement is in effect as to such Shares.

(5) Compliance With Information Requests. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Deposit Agreement or this Receipt, each Holder and Beneficial Owner of the ADSs represented hereby agrees to comply with requests from the Company pursuant to the laws of the Cayman Islands, the rules and requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and any other stock exchange on which the Shares are, or will be registered, traded or listed, the Memorandum and Articles of Association, which are made to provide information as to the capacity in which such Holder or Beneficial Owner owns ADSs and regarding the identity of any other person interested in such ADSs and the nature of such interest and various other matters whether or not they are Holders and/or Beneficial Owner at the time of such request. The Depositary agrees to use reasonable efforts to forward any such requests to the Holders and to forward to the Company any such responses to such requests received by the Depositary.

 

43


(6) Liability of Holder for Taxes, Duties and Other Charges. If any tax or other governmental charge shall become payable by the Depositary or the Custodian with respect to any Receipt or any Deposited Securities or ADSs, such tax, or other governmental charge shall be payable by the Holders and Beneficial Owners to the Depositary. The Company, the Custodian and/or the Depositary may withhold or deduct from any distributions made in respect of Deposited Securities and may sell for the account of the Holder and/or Beneficial Owner any or all of the Deposited Securities and apply such distributions and sale proceeds in payment of such taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) or charges, with the Holder and the Beneficial Owner hereof remaining fully liable for any deficiency. The Custodian may refuse the deposit of Shares, and the Depositary may refuse to issue ADSs, to deliver Receipts, register the transfer, split-up or combination of ADRs and (subject to Article (22) hereof) the withdrawal of Deposited Securities, until payment in full of such tax, charge, penalty or interest is received. Every Holder and Beneficial Owner agrees to indemnify the Depositary, the Company, the Custodian and each of their respective agents, directors, employees and Affiliates for, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims with respect to taxes (including applicable interest and penalties thereon) arising from any tax benefit obtained for such Holder and/or Beneficial Owner.

Holders understand that in converting Foreign Currency, amounts received on conversion are calculated at a rate which may exceed the number of decimal places used by the Depositary to report distribution rates (which in any case will not be less than two decimal places). Any excess amount may be retained by the Depositary as an additional cost of conversion, irrespective of any other fees and expenses payable or owing hereunder and shall not be subject to escheatment.

(7) Representations and Warranties of Depositors. Each person depositing Shares under the Deposit Agreement shall be deemed thereby to represent and warrant that (i) such Shares (and the certificates therefor) are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable and were legally obtained by such person, (ii) all preemptive (and similar) rights, if any, with respect to such Shares, have been validly waived or exercised, (iii) the person making such deposit is duly authorized so to do, (iv) the Shares presented for deposit are free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, security interest, charge, mortgage or adverse claim, and are not, and the ADSs issuable upon such deposit will not be, Restricted Securities (except as contemplated by Section 2.11 of the Deposit Agreement), (v) the Shares presented for deposit have not been stripped of any rights or entitlements and (vi) the Shares are not subject to any lock-up agreement with the Company or other party, or the Shares are subject to lock-up agreement but such lock-up agreement has terminated or the lock-up restrictions imposed thereunder have expired or been validly waived. Such representations and warranties shall survive the deposit and withdrawal of Shares and the issuance, cancellation and transfer of ADSs. If any such representations or warranties are false in any way, the Company and Depositary shall be authorized, at the cost and expense of the person depositing Shares, to take any and all actions necessary to correct the consequences thereof.

 

44


(8) Filing Proofs, Certificates and Other Information. Any person presenting Shares for deposit, any Holder and any Beneficial Owner may be required, and every Holder and Beneficial Owner agrees, from time to time to provide to the Depositary such proof of citizenship or residence, taxpayer status, payment of all applicable taxes and/or other governmental charges, exchange control approval, legal or beneficial ownership of ADSs and Deposited Securities, compliance with applicable laws and the terms of the Deposit Agreement and the provisions of, or governing, the Deposited Securities or other information as the Depositary deems necessary or proper or as the Company may reasonably require by written request to the Depositary consistent with its obligations under the Deposit Agreement. Subject to Article (22) hereof and the terms of the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary and the Registrar, as applicable, may withhold the delivery or registration of transfer of any Receipt or the distribution or sale of any dividend or other distribution of rights or of the proceeds thereof or the delivery of any Deposited Securities until such proof or other information is filed, or such certifications are executed, or such representations and warranties made, or such information and documentation are provided.

(9) Charges of Depositary. The Depositary reserves the right to charge the following fees for the services performed under the terms of the Deposit Agreement, provided, however, that no fees shall be payable upon distribution of cash dividends so long as the charging of such fee is prohibited by the exchange, if any, upon which the ADSs are listed:

(i) to any person to whom ADSs are issued or to any person to whom a distribution is made in respect of ADS distributions pursuant to stock dividends or other free distributions of stock, bonus distributions, stock splits or other distributions (except where converted to cash), a fee of up to U.S.$0.05 per ADS so issued under the terms of the Deposit Agreement to be determined by the Depositary;

(ii) to any person surrendering ADSs for cancellation and withdrawal of Deposited Securities including, inter alia, cash distributions made pursuant to a cancellation or withdrawal, a fee of up to U.S.$0.05 per ADS so surrendered;

(iii) to any Holder of ADSs, a fee of up to U.S.$0.05 per ADS held for the distribution of cash proceeds, including cash dividends or sale of rights and other entitlements, not made pursuant to a cancellation or withdrawal;

(iv) to any holder of ADSs, a fee of up to U.S.$0.05 per ADS issued upon the exercise of rights; and

(v) for the operation and maintenance costs in administering the ADSs an annual fee of up to U.S.$0.05 per ADS, such fee to be assessed against Holders of record as of the date or dates set by the Depositary as it sees fit and collected at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing such Holders for such fee or by deducting such fee from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions.

In addition, Holders, Beneficial Owners, any depositor depositing Shares for deposit and any person surrendering ADSs for cancellation and withdrawal of Deposited Securities will be required to pay the following charges:

(i) taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges;

(ii) such registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of Shares or other Deposited Securities with the Foreign Registrar and applicable to transfers of Shares or other Deposited Securities to or from the name of the Custodian, the Depositary or any nominees upon the making of deposits and withdrawals, respectively;

 

45


(iii) such cable, telex, facsimile and electronic transmission and delivery expenses as are expressly provided in the Deposit Agreement to be at the expense of the depositor depositing or person withdrawing Shares or Holders and Beneficial Owners of ADSs;

(iv) the expenses and charges incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of Foreign Currency;

(v) such fees and expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in connection with compliance with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements applicable to Shares, Deposited Securities, ADSs and ADRs;

(vi) the fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary in connection with the delivery of Deposited Securities, including any fees of a central depository for securities in the local market, where applicable;

(vii) any additional fees, charges, costs or expenses that may be incurred by the Depositary from time to time.

Any other fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary or the Custodian under the Deposit Agreement shall be for the account of the Company unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and the Depositary from time to time. All fees and charges may, at any time and from time to time, be changed by agreement between the Depositary and Company but, in the case of fees and charges payable by Holders or Beneficial Owners, only in the manner contemplated by Article (20) hereof.

(10) Title to Receipts. It is a condition of this Receipt, and every successive Holder of this Receipt by accepting or holding the same consents and agrees, that title to this Receipt (and to each ADS evidenced hereby) is transferable by delivery of the Receipt, provided it has been properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer, such Receipt being a certificated security under the laws of the State of New York. Notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, the Depositary may deem and treat the Holder of this Receipt (that is, the person in whose name this Receipt is registered on the books of the Depositary) as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes. The Depositary shall have no obligation or be subject to any liability under the Deposit Agreement or this Receipt to any holder of this Receipt or any Beneficial Owner unless such holder is the Holder of this Receipt registered on the books of the Depositary or, in the case of a Beneficial Owner, such Beneficial Owner or the Beneficial Owner’s representative is the Holder registered on the books of the Depositary.

(11) Validity of Receipt. This Receipt shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Deposit Agreement or be valid or enforceable for any purpose, unless this Receipt has been (i) dated, (ii) signed by the manual or facsimile signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Depositary, (iii) if a Registrar for the Receipts shall have been appointed, countersigned by the manual or facsimile signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Registrar and (iv) registered in the books maintained by the Depositary or the Registrar, as applicable, for the issuance and transfer of Receipts. Receipts bearing the facsimile signature of a duly-authorized signatory of the Depositary or the Registrar, who at the time of signature was a duly-authorized signatory of the Depositary or the Registrar, as the case may be, shall bind the Depositary, notwithstanding the fact that such signatory has ceased to be so authorized prior to the execution and delivery of such Receipt by the Depositary or did not hold such office on the date of issuance of such Receipts.

 

46


(12) Available Information; Reports; Inspection of Transfer Books. The Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) and accordingly files certain information with the Commission. These reports and documents can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549, U.S.A. The Depositary shall make available during normal business hours on any Business Day for inspection by Holders at its Corporate Trust Office any reports and communications, including any proxy soliciting materials, received from the Company which are both (a) received by the Depositary, the Custodian, or the nominee of either of them as the holder of the Deposited Securities and (b) made generally available to the holders of such Deposited Securities by the Company.

The Depositary or the Registrar, as applicable, shall keep books for the registration of Receipts and transfers of Receipts which at all reasonable times shall be open for inspection by the Company and by the Holders of such Receipts, provided that such inspection shall not be, to the Depositary’s or the Registrar’s knowledge, for the purpose of communicating with Holders of such Receipts in the interest of a business or object other than the business of the Company or other than a matter related to the Deposit Agreement or the Receipts.

The Depositary or the Registrar, as applicable, may close the transfer books with respect to the Receipts, at any time or from time to time, when deemed necessary or advisable by it in good faith in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder, or at the reasonable written request of the Company subject, in all cases, to Article (22) hereof.

 

Dated:    

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST

COMPANY AMERICAS, as Depositary

    By:  

 

    By:  

 

The address of the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary is 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, U.S.A.

 

47


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF REVERSE OF RECEIPT]

SUMMARY OF CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

OF THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

(13) Dividends and Distributions in Cash, Shares, etc. Whenever the Depositary receives confirmation from the Custodian of receipt of any cash dividend or other cash distribution on any Deposited Securities, or receives proceeds from the sale of any Shares, rights securities or other entitlements under the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary will, if at the time of receipt thereof any amounts received in a Foreign Currency can, in the judgment of the Depositary (upon the terms of the Deposit Agreement), be converted on a practicable basis, into Dollars transferable to the United States, promptly convert or cause to be converted such dividend, distribution or proceeds into Dollars and will distribute promptly the amount thus received (net of applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and taxes and/or governmental charges) to the Holders of record as of the ADS Record Date in proportion to the number of ADS representing such Deposited Securities held by such Holders respectively as of the ADS Record Date. The Depositary shall distribute only such amount, however, as can be distributed without attributing to any Holder a fraction of one cent. Any such fractional amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole cent and so distributed to Holders entitled thereto. If the Company, the Custodian or the Depositary is required to withhold and does withhold from any cash dividend or other cash distribution in respect of any Deposited Securities an amount on account of taxes, duties or other governmental charges, the amount distributed to Holders on the ADSs representing such Deposited Securities shall be reduced accordingly. Such withheld amounts shall be forwarded by the Company, the Custodian or the Depositary to the relevant governmental authority. Any Foreign Currency received by the Depositary shall be converted upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Deposit Agreement.

If any distribution upon any Deposited Securities consists of a dividend in, or free distribution of, Shares, the Company shall cause such Shares to be deposited with the Custodian and registered, as the case may be, in the name of the Depositary, the Custodian or their nominees. Upon receipt of confirmation of such deposit, the Depositary shall, subject to and in accordance with the Deposit Agreement, establish the ADS Record Date and either (i) distribute to the Holders as of the ADS Record Date in proportion to the number of ADSs held as of the ADS Record Date, additional ADSs, which represent in aggregate the number of Shares received as such dividend, or free distribution, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement (including, without limitation, the applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary, and taxes and/or governmental charges), or (ii) if additional ADSs are not so distributed, each ADS issued and outstanding after the ADS Record Date shall, to the extent permissible by law, thenceforth also represent rights and interests in the additional Shares distributed upon the Deposited Securities represented thereby (net of the applicable fees and charges of, and the expenses incurred by, the Depositary, and taxes and/or governmental charges). In lieu of delivering fractional ADSs, the Depositary shall sell the number of Shares represented by the aggregate of such fractions and distribute the proceeds upon the terms set forth in the Deposit Agreement.

 

48


In the event that (x) the Depositary determines that any distribution in property (including Shares) is subject to any tax or other governmental charges which the Depositary is obligated to withhold, or, (y) if the Company, in the fulfillment of its obligations under the Deposit Agreement, has either (a) furnished an opinion of U.S. counsel determining that Shares must be registered under the Securities Act or other laws in order to be distributed to Holders (and no such registration statement has been declared effective), or (b) fails to timely deliver the documentation contemplated in the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may dispose of all or a portion of such property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) in such amounts and in such manner, including by public or private sale, as the Depositary deems necessary and practicable, and the Depositary shall distribute the net proceeds of any such sale (after deduction of taxes and/or governmental charges, and fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary) to Holders entitled thereto upon the terms of the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary shall hold and/or distribute any unsold balance of such property in accordance with the provisions of the Deposit Agreement.

Upon timely receipt of a notice indicating that the Company wishes an elective distribution to be made available to Holders upon the terms described in the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary shall, upon provision of all documentation required under the Deposit Agreement, (including, without limitation, any legal opinions the Depositary may request under the Deposit Agreement) determine whether such distribution is lawful and reasonably practicable. If so, the Depositary shall, subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, establish an ADS Record Date according to Article (14) hereof and establish procedures to enable the Holder hereof to elect to receive the proposed distribution in cash or in additional ADSs. If a Holder elects to receive the distribution in cash, the dividend shall be distributed as in the case of a distribution in cash. If the Holder hereof elects to receive the distribution in additional ADSs, the distribution shall be distributed as in the case of a distribution in Shares upon the terms described in the Deposit Agreement. If such elective distribution is not lawful or reasonably practicable or if the Depositary did not receive satisfactory documentation set forth in the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary shall, to the extent permitted by law, distribute to Holders, on the basis of the same determination as is made in the Cayman Islands, in respect of the Shares for which no election is made, either (x) cash or (y) additional ADSs representing such additional Shares, in each case, upon the terms described in the Deposit Agreement. Nothing herein shall obligate the Depositary to make available to the Holder hereof a method to receive the elective distribution in Shares (rather than ADSs). There can be no assurance that the Holder hereof will be given the opportunity to receive elective distributions on the same terms and conditions as the holders of Shares.

 

49


Upon receipt by the Depositary of a notice indicating that the Company wishes rights to subscribe for additional Shares to be made available to Holders of ADSs, the Company shall determine whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to make such rights available to the Holders. The Depositary shall make such rights available to any Holders only if the Company shall have timely requested that such rights be made available to Holders, the Depositary shall have received the documentation required by the Deposit Agreement, and the Depositary shall have determined that such distribution of rights is lawful and reasonably practicable. If such conditions are not satisfied, the Depositary shall sell the rights as described below. In the event all conditions set forth above are satisfied, the Depositary shall establish an ADS Record Date and establish procedures (x) to distribute such rights (by means of warrants or otherwise) and (y) to enable the Holders to exercise the rights (upon payment of the applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and taxes and/or governmental charges). Nothing herein or in the Deposit Agreement shall obligate the Depositary to make available to the Holders a method to exercise such rights to subscribe for Shares (rather than ADSs). If (i) the Company does not timely request the Depositary to make the rights available to Holders or if the Company requests that the rights not be made available to Holders, (ii) the Depositary fails to receive the documentation required by the Deposit Agreement or determines it is not lawful or reasonably practicable to make the rights available to Holders, or (iii) any rights made available are not exercised and appear to be about to lapse, the Depositary shall determine whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to sell such rights, in a riskless principal capacity or otherwise, at such place and upon such terms (including public and/or private sale) as it may deem proper. The Depositary shall, upon such sale, convert and distribute proceeds of such sale (net of applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and taxes and/or governmental charges) upon the terms hereof and in the Deposit Agreement. If the Depositary is unable to make any rights available to Holders or to arrange for the sale of the rights upon the terms described above, the Depositary shall allow such rights to lapse. The Depositary shall not be responsible for (i) any failure to determine that it may be lawful or practicable to make such rights available to Holders in general or any Holders in particular, (ii) any foreign exchange exposure or loss incurred in connection with such sale, or exercise, or (iii) the content of any materials forwarded to the Holders on behalf of the Company in connection with the rights distribution.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if registration (under the Securities Act and/or any other applicable law) of the rights or the securities to which any rights relate may be required in order for the Company to offer such rights or such securities to Holders and to sell the securities represented by such rights, the Depositary will not distribute such rights to the Holders (i) unless and until a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such offering is in effect or (ii) unless the Company furnishes to the Depositary opinion(s) of counsel for the Company in the United States and counsel to the Company in any other applicable country in which rights would be distributed, in each case satisfactorily to the Depositary, to the effect that the offering and sale of such securities to Holders and Beneficial Owners are exempt from, or do not require registration under, the provisions of the Securities Act or any other applicable laws. In the event that the Company, the Depositary or the Custodian shall be required to withhold and does withhold from any distribution of property (including rights) an amount on account of taxes and/or other governmental charges, the amount distributed to the Holders shall be reduced accordingly. In the event that the Depositary determines that any distribution in property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) is subject to any tax or other governmental charges which the Depositary is obligated to withhold, the Depositary may dispose of all or a portion of such property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) in such amounts and in such manner, including by public or private sale, as the Depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay any such taxes and/or charges.

There can be no assurance that Holders generally, or any Holder in particular, will be given the opportunity to exercise rights on the same terms and conditions as the holders of Shares or to exercise such rights. Nothing herein shall obligate the Company to file any registration statement in respect of any rights or Shares or other securities to be acquired upon the exercise of such rights or otherwise to register or qualify the offer or sale of such rights or securities under the applicable law of any other jurisdiction for any purpose.

 

50


Upon receipt of a notice regarding property other than cash, Shares or rights to purchase additional Shares, to be made to Holders of ADSs, the Depositary shall determine, after consultation with the Company, whether such distribution to Holders is lawful and reasonably practicable. The Depositary shall not make such distribution unless (i) the Company shall have timely requested the Depositary to make such distribution to Holders, (ii) the Depositary shall have received the documentation required by the Deposit Agreement, and (iii) the Depositary shall have determined that such distribution is lawful and reasonably practicable. Upon satisfaction of such conditions, the Depositary shall distribute the property so received to the Holders of record as of the ADS Record Date, in proportion to the number of ADSs held by such Holders respectively and in such manner as the Depositary may deem practicable for accomplishing such distribution (i) upon receipt of payment or net of the applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary, and (ii) net of any taxes and/or governmental charges. The Depositary may dispose of all or a portion of the property so distributed and deposited, in such amounts and in such manner (including public or private sale) as the Depositary may deem practicable or necessary to satisfy any taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) or other governmental charges applicable to the distribution.

If the conditions above are not satisfied, the Depositary shall sell or cause such property to be sold in a public or private sale, at such place or places and upon such terms as it may deem proper and shall distribute the proceeds of such sale received by the Depositary (net of (a) applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and (b) taxes and/or governmental charges) to the Holders upon the terms hereof and of the Deposit Agreement. If the Depositary is unable to sell such property, the Depositary may dispose of such property in any way it deems reasonably practicable under the circumstances.

(14) Fixing of Record Date. Whenever necessary in connection with any distribution (whether in cash, shares, rights or other distribution), or whenever for any reason the Depositary causes a change in the number of Shares that are represented by each ADS, or whenever the Depositary shall receive notice of any meeting of or solicitation of holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, or whenever the Depositary shall find it necessary or convenient in connection with the giving of any notice, or any other matter, the Depositary shall fix a record date (“ADS Record Date”), as close as practicable to the record date fixed by the Company with respect to the Shares (if applicable), for the determination of the Holders who shall be entitled to receive such distribution, to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights at any such meeting, or to give or withhold such consent, or to receive such notice or solicitation or to otherwise take action, or to exercise the rights of Holders with respect to such changed number of Shares represented by each ADS or for any other reason. Subject to applicable law and the terms and conditions of this Receipt and the Deposit Agreement, only the Holders of record at the close of business in New York on such ADS Record Date shall be entitled to receive such distributions, to give such voting instructions, to receive such notice or solicitation, or otherwise take action.

 

51


(15) Voting of Deposited Securities. Subject to the next sentence, as soon as practicable after receipt of notice of any meeting at which the holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities are entitled to vote, or of solicitation of consents or proxies from holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall fix the ADS Record Date in respect of such meeting or solicitation of consent or proxy. The Depositary shall, if requested by the Company in writing in a timely manner (the Depositary having no obligation to take any further action if the request shall not have been received by the Depositary at least 30 Business Days prior to the date of such vote or meeting) and at the Company’s expense and provided no U.S. legal prohibitions exist, mail by regular, ordinary mail delivery, or by electronic transmission, or otherwise distribute as soon as practicable after receipt thereof to Holders as of the ADS Record Date: (a) such notice of meeting or solicitation of consent or proxy; (b) a statement that the Holders at the close of business on the ADS Record Date will be entitled, subject to any applicable law, the Memorandum and Articles of Association and the provisions of or governing the Deposited Securities (which provisions, if any, shall be summarized in pertinent part by the Company), to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by such Holder’s American Depositary Shares; and (c) a brief statement as to the manner in which such instructions may be given to the Depositary or in which voting instructions may be deemed to have been given in accordance with Section 4.8 of the Deposit Agreement, including an express indication that instructions may be given (or deemed to have been given in accordance with the immediately following paragraph of this section) to the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person or persons designated by the Company. Voting instructions may be given only in respect of a number of American Depositary Shares representing an integral number of Shares or other Deposited Securities. Upon the timely receipt from a Holder of American Depositary Shares on the ADS Record Date of written voting instructions in the manner specified by the Depositary, the Depositary shall endeavor, insofar as practicable and permitted under applicable law, the provisions of this Deposit Agreement, the Memorandum and Articles of Association and the provisions of or governing the Deposited Securities, to vote or cause the Custodian to vote the Shares and/or other Deposited Securities (in person or by proxy) represented by American Depositary Shares evidenced by such Receipt in accordance with such voting instructions.

In the event that (i) the Depositary timely receives voting instructions from a Holder which fail to specify the manner in which the Depositary is to vote the Deposited Securities represented by such Holder’s ADSs or (ii) no timely instructions are received by the Depositary from a Holder with respect to any of the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs held by such Holder on the ADS Record Date, the Depositary shall (unless otherwise specified in the notice distributed to Holders) deem such Holder to have instructed the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company with respect to such Deposited Securities and the Depositary shall give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company to vote such Deposited Securities, provided, however, that no such instruction shall be deemed to have been given and no such discretionary proxy shall be given with respect to any matter as to which the Company informs the Depositary (and the Company agrees to provide such information as promptly as practicable in writing, if applicable) that (x) the Company does not wish to give such proxy, (y) the Company is aware or should reasonably be aware that substantial opposition exists from Holders against the outcome for which the person designated by the Company would otherwise vote or (z) the outcome for which the person designated by the Company would otherwise vote would materially and adversely affect the rights of holders of Shares, provided, further, that the Company will have no liability to any Holder or Beneficial Owner resulting from such notification.

In the event that voting on any resolution or matter is conducted on a show of hands basis in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles of Association, the Depositary will refrain from voting and the voting instructions (or the deemed voting instructions, as set out above) received by the Depositary from Holders shall lapse. The Depositary will have no obligation to demand voting on a poll basis with respect to any resolution and shall have no liability to any Holder or Beneficial Owner for not having demanded voting on a poll basis.

 

52


Neither the Depositary nor the Custodian shall, under any circumstances exercise any discretion as to voting, and neither the Depositary nor the Custodian shall vote, attempt to exercise the right to vote, or in any way make use of for purposes of establishing a quorum or otherwise, the Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by ADSs except pursuant to and in accordance with such written instructions from Holders, including the deemed instruction to the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company. Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by ADSs for which (i) no timely voting instructions are received by the Depositary from the Holder, or (ii) timely voting instructions are received by the Depositary from the Holder but such voting instructions fail to specify the manner in which the Depositary is to vote the Deposited Securities represented by such Holder’s ADSs, shall be voted in the manner provided in Section 4.8 of the Deposit Agreement. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, and subject to applicable law, regulation and the Memorandum and Articles of Association, the Depositary shall, if so requested in writing by the Company, represent all Deposited Securities (whether or not voting instructions have been received in respect of such Deposited Securities from Holders as of the ADS Record Date) for the purpose of establishing quorum at a meeting of shareholders.

There can be no assurance that Holders or Beneficial Owners generally or any Holder or Beneficial Owner in particular will receive the notice described above with sufficient time to enable the Holder to return voting instructions to the Depositary in a timely manner.

Notwithstanding the above, save for applicable provisions of the law of the Cayman Islands, and in accordance with the terms of Section 5.3 of the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary shall not be liable for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the Deposited Securities or the manner in which such vote is cast or the effect of such vote.

(16) Changes Affecting Deposited Securities. Upon any change in par value, split-up, subdivision, cancellation, consolidation or any other reclassification of Deposited Securities, or upon any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, amalgamation or consolidation or sale of assets affecting the Company or to which it otherwise is a party, any securities which shall be received by the Depositary or a Custodian in exchange for, or in conversion of or replacement or otherwise in respect of, such Deposited Securities shall, to the extent permitted by law, be treated as new Deposited Securities under the Deposit Agreement, and the Receipts shall, subject to the provisions of the Deposit Agreement and applicable law, evidence ADSs representing the right to receive such additional securities. Alternatively, the Depositary may, with the Company’s approval, and shall, if the Company shall so request, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement and receipt of satisfactory documentation contemplated by the Deposit Agreement, execute and deliver additional Receipts as in the case of a stock dividend on the Shares, or call for the surrender of outstanding Receipts to be exchanged for new Receipts, in either case, as well as in the event of newly deposited Shares, with necessary modifications to this form of Receipt specifically describing such new Deposited Securities and/or corporate change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any security so received may not be lawfully distributed to some or all Holders, the Depositary may, with the Company’s approval, and shall if the Company requests, subject to receipt of satisfactory legal documentation contemplated in the Deposit Agreement, sell such securities at public or private sale, at such place or places and upon such terms as it may deem proper and may allocate the net proceeds of such sales (net of fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and taxes and/or governmental charges) for the account of the Holders otherwise entitled to such securities and distribute the net proceeds so allocated to the extent practicable as in the case of a distribution received in cash pursuant to the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary shall not be responsible for (i) any failure to determine that it may be lawful or feasible to make such securities available to Holders in general or any Holder in particular, (ii) any foreign exchange exposure or loss incurred in connection with such sale, or (iii) any liability to the purchaser of such securities.

 

53


(17) Exoneration. Neither the Depositary, the Custodian or the Company shall be obligated to do or perform any act which is inconsistent with the provisions of the Deposit Agreement or shall incur any liability (i) if the Depositary, the Custodian or the Company or their respective controlling persons or agents shall be prevented or forbidden from, or subjected to any civil or criminal penalty or restraint on account of, or delayed in, doing or performing any act or thing required by the terms of the Deposit Agreement and this Receipt, by reason of any provision of any present or future law or regulation of the United States, the Cayman Islands or any other country, or of any other governmental authority or regulatory authority or stock exchange, or by reason of any provision, present or future of the Memorandum and Articles of Association or any provision of or governing any Deposited Securities, or by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond its control, (including, without limitation, nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, work stoppage, strikes, civil unrest, revolutions, rebellions, explosions and computer failure), (ii) by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in the Deposit Agreement or in the Memorandum and Articles of Association or provisions of or governing Deposited Securities, (iii) for any action or inaction of the Depositary, the Custodian or the Company or their respective controlling persons or agents in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Shares for deposit, any Holder, any Beneficial Owner or authorized representative thereof, or any other person believed by it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information, (iv) for any inability by a Holder or Beneficial Owner to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit which is made available to holders of Deposited Securities but is not, under the terms of the Deposit Agreement, made available to Holders of ADS, (v) for any consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the Deposit Agreement, (vi) any Losses arising out of information relating to the Depositary or any Custodian, as the case may be, furnished in writing by the Depositary to the Company expressly for use in any registration statement, proxy statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any other offering documents relating to the Receipts, the American Depositary Shares, the Shares or any Deposited Securities. The Depositary, its controlling persons, its agents, any Custodian and the Company, its controlling persons and its agents may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any written notice, request, opinion or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. No disclaimer of liability under the Securities Act is intended by any provision of the Deposit Agreement.

(18) Standard of Care. The Company and the Depositary and their respective directors, officers, affiliates, employees and agents assume no obligation and shall not be subject to any liability under the Deposit Agreement or the Receipts to Holders or Beneficial Owners or other persons, except in accordance with Section 5.8 of the Deposit Agreement, provided, that the Company and the Depositary and their respective directors, officers, affiliates, employees and agents agree to perform their respective obligations specifically set forth in the Deposit Agreement without gross negligence, wilful misconduct, or bad faith. The Depositary and its directors, officers, affiliates, employees and agents shall not be liable for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the Deposited Securities, or for the manner in which any vote is cast or the effect of any vote, provided that any such action or omission is in good faith and in accordance with the terms of the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary shall not incur any liability for any failure to determine that any distribution or action may be lawful or reasonably practicable, for the content of any information submitted to it by the Company for distribution to the Holders or for any inaccuracy of any translation thereof, for any investment risk associated with acquiring an interest in the Deposited Securities, for the validity or worth of the Deposited Securities or for any tax consequences that may result from the ownership of ADSs, Shares or Deposited Securities, for the credit-worthiness of any third party, for allowing any rights to lapse upon the terms of the Deposit Agreement or for the failure or timeliness of any notice from the Company. In no event shall the Depositary or any of its Agents be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damage.

 

54


(19) Resignation and Removal of the Depositary; Appointment of Successor Depositary. The Depositary may at any time resign as Depositary under the Deposit Agreement by written notice of resignation delivered to the Company, such resignation to be effective on the earlier of (i) the 90th day after delivery thereof to the Company, or (ii) upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as provided in the Deposit Agreement, save that, any amounts, fees, costs or expenses owed to the Depositary under the Deposit Agreement or in accordance with any other agreements otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and the Depositary from time to time shall be paid to the Depositary prior to such resignation. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to appoint such successor depositary, and give notice to the Depositary of such appointment, not more than 90 days after delivery by the Depositary of written notice of resignation as provided in the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary may at any time be removed by the Company by written notice of such removal which notice shall be effective on the later of (i) the 90th day after delivery thereof to the Depositary, or (ii) upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as provided in the Deposit Agreement save that, any amounts, fees, costs or expenses owed to the Depositary under the Deposit Agreement or in accordance with any other agreements otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and the Depositary from time to time shall be paid to the Depositary prior to such removal. In case at any time the Depositary acting hereunder shall resign or be removed, the Company shall use its best efforts to appoint a successor depositary which shall be a bank or trust company having an office in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York. Every successor depositary shall execute and deliver to its predecessor and to the Company an instrument in writing accepting its appointment hereunder, and thereupon such successor depositary, without any further act or deed, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor. The predecessor depositary, upon payment of all sums due it and on the written request of the Company, shall (i) execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor all rights and powers of such predecessor hereunder (other than as contemplated in the Deposit Agreement), (ii) duly assign, transfer and deliver all right, title and interest to the Deposited Securities to such successor, and (iii) deliver to such successor a list of the Holders of all outstanding Receipts and such other information relating to Receipts and Holders thereof as the successor may reasonably request. Any such successor depositary shall promptly mail notice of its appointment to such Holders. Any corporation into or with which the Depositary may be merged or consolidated shall be the successor of the Depositary without the execution or filing of any document or any further act.

 

55


(20) Amendment/Supplement. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article (20), and applicable law, this Receipt and any provisions of the Deposit Agreement may at any time and from time to time be amended or supplemented by written agreement between the Company and the Depositary in any respect which they may deem necessary or desirable without the consent of the Holders or Beneficial Owners. Any amendment or supplement which shall impose or increase any fees or charges (other than the charges of the Depositary in connection with foreign exchange control regulations, and taxes and/or other governmental charges, delivery and other such expenses), or which shall otherwise materially prejudice any substantial existing right of Holders or Beneficial Owners, shall not, however, become effective as to outstanding Receipts until 30 days after notice of such amendment or supplement shall have been given to the Holders of outstanding Receipts. Notice of any amendment to the Deposit Agreement or form of Receipts shall not need to describe in detail the specific amendments effectuated thereby, and failure to describe the specific amendments in any such notice shall not render such notice invalid, provided, however, that, in each such case, the notice given to the Holders identifies a means for Holders and Beneficial Owners to retrieve or receive the text of such amendment (i.e., upon retrieval from the Commission’s, the Depositary’s or the Company’s website or upon request from the Depositary). The parties hereto agree that any amendments or supplements which (i) are reasonably necessary (as agreed by the Company and the Depositary) in order for (a) the ADSs to be registered on Form F-6 under the Securities Act or (b) the ADSs or Shares to be traded solely in electronic book-entry form and (ii) do not in either such case impose or increase any fees or charges to be borne by Holders, shall be deemed not to materially prejudice any substantial rights of Holders or Beneficial Owners. Every Holder and Beneficial Owner at the time any amendment or supplement so becomes effective shall be deemed, by continuing to hold such ADS, to consent and agree to such amendment or supplement and to be bound by the Deposit Agreement as amended or supplemented thereby. In no event shall any amendment or supplement impair the right of the Holder to surrender such Receipt and receive therefor the Deposited Securities represented thereby, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any governmental body should adopt new laws, rules or regulations which would require amendment or supplement of the Deposit Agreement to ensure compliance therewith, the Company and the Depositary may amend or supplement the Deposit Agreement and the Receipt at any time in accordance with such changed laws, rules or regulations. Such amendment or supplement to the Deposit Agreement in such circumstances may become effective before a notice of such amendment or supplement is given to Holders or within any other period of time as required for compliance with such laws, or rules or regulations.

 

56


(21) Termination. The Depositary shall, at any time at the written direction of the Company, terminate the Deposit Agreement by mailing notice of such termination to the Holders of all Receipts then outstanding at least 45 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such termination provided that, the Depositary shall be reimbursed for any amounts, fees, costs or expenses owed to it in accordance with the terms of the Deposit Agreement and in accordance with any other agreements as otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and the Depositary from time to time, prior to such termination shall take effect. If 90 days shall have expired after (i) the Depositary shall have delivered to the Company a written notice of its election to resign, or (ii) the Company shall have delivered to the Depositary a written notice of the removal of the Depositary, and in either case a successor depositary shall not have been appointed and accepted its appointment as provided herein and in the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may terminate the Deposit Agreement by mailing notice of such termination to the Holders of all Receipts then outstanding at least 30 days prior to the date fixed for such termination. On and after the date of termination of the Deposit Agreement, the Holder will, upon surrender of such Holder’s Receipt at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary, upon the payment of the charges of the Depositary for the surrender of Receipts referred to in Article (2) hereof and in the Deposit Agreement and subject to the conditions and restrictions therein set forth, and upon payment of any applicable taxes and/or governmental charges, be entitled to delivery, to him or upon his order, of the amount of Deposited Securities represented by such Receipt. If any Receipts shall remain outstanding after the date of termination of the Deposit Agreement, the Registrar thereafter shall discontinue the registration of transfers of Receipts, and the Depositary shall suspend the distribution of dividends to the Holders thereof, and shall not give any further notices or perform any further acts under the Deposit Agreement, except that the Depositary shall continue to collect dividends and other distributions pertaining to Deposited Securities, shall sell rights as provided in the Deposit Agreement, and shall continue to deliver Deposited Securities, subject to the conditions and restrictions set forth in the Deposit Agreement, together with any dividends or other distributions received with respect thereto and the net proceeds of the sale of any rights or other property, in exchange for Receipts surrendered to the Depositary (after deducting, or charging, as the case may be, in each case the charges of the Depositary for the surrender of a Receipt, any expenses for the account of the Holder in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement and any applicable taxes and/or governmental charges or assessments). At any time after the expiration of six months from the date of termination of the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may sell the Deposited Securities then held hereunder and may thereafter hold uninvested the net proceeds of any such sale, together with any other cash then held by it hereunder, in an unsegregated account, without liability for interest for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of Receipts whose Receipts have not theretofore been surrendered. After making such sale, the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement with respect to the Receipts and the Shares, Deposited Securities and ADSs, except to account for such net proceeds and other cash (after deducting, or charging, as the case may be, in each case the charges of the Depositary for the surrender of a Receipt, any expenses for the account of the Holder in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement and any applicable taxes and/or governmental charges or assessments) and except as set forth in the Deposit Agreement. Upon the termination of the Deposit Agreement, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement except as set forth in the Deposit Agreement.

(22) Compliance with U.S. Securities Laws; Regulatory Compliance. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Receipt or the Deposit Agreement to the contrary, the withdrawal or delivery of Deposited Securities will not be suspended by the Company or the Depositary except as would be permitted by Section I.A.(1) of the General Instructions to the Form F-6 Registration Statement, as amended from time to time, under the Securities Act.

 

57


(23) Certain Rights of the Depositary; Limitations. Subject to the further terms and provisions of this Article (23), the Depositary, its Affiliates and their agents, on their own behalf, may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and its Affiliates and in ADSs. The Depositary may issue ADSs against evidence of rights to receive Shares from the Company, any agent of the Company or any custodian, registrar, transfer agent, clearing agency or other entity involved in ownership or transaction records in respect of the Shares. Such evidence of rights shall consist of written blanket or specific guarantees of ownership of Shares furnished on behalf of the holder thereof. In its capacity as Depositary, the Depositary shall not lend Shares or ADSs; provided, however, that the Depositary may (i) issue ADSs prior to the receipt of Shares pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Deposit Agreement and (ii) deliver Shares prior to the receipt and cancellation of ADSs which were issued under (i) above but for which Shares may not yet have been received (each such transaction a “Pre-Release Transaction”). The Depositary may receive ADSs in lieu of Shares under (i) above and receive shares in lieu of ADSs under (ii) above. Each such Pre-Release Transaction will be (a) accompanied by or subject to a written agreement whereby the person or entity (the “Applicant”) to whom ADSs or Shares are to be delivered (1) represents that at the time of the Pre-Release Transaction the Applicant or its customer owns the Shares or ADSs that are to be delivered by the Applicant under such Pre-Release Transaction, (2) agrees to indicate the Depositary as owner of such Shares or ADSs in its records and to hold such Shares or ADSs in trust for the Depositary until such Shares or ADSs are delivered to the Depositary or the Custodian, (3) unconditionally guarantees to deliver to the Depositary or the Custodian, as applicable, such Shares or ADSs and (4) agrees to any additional restrictions or requirements that the Depositary deems appropriate, (b) at all times fully collateralized with cash, United States government securities or such other collateral as the Depositary deems appropriate, (c) terminable by the Depositary on not more than five business days’ notice (save for a prescribed termination event in which case any such Pre-Release Transaction may be immediately terminable by the Depositary) and (d) subject to such further indemnities and credit regulations as the Depositary deems appropriate. The Depositary will normally limit the number of ADSs and Shares involved in such Pre-Release Transactions at any one time to 30% of the ADSs outstanding (without giving effect to ADSs outstanding pursuant to any Pre-Release Transaction under (i) above), provided, however, that the Depositary reserves the right to change or disregard such limit from time to time as it deems appropriate. The Depositary may also set limits with respect to the number of ADSs and Shares involved in Pre-Release Transactions with any one person on a case by case basis as it deems appropriate.

The Depositary may retain for its own account any compensation received by it in conjunction with the foregoing. Collateral provided pursuant to (b) above, but not the earnings thereon, shall be held for the benefit of the Holders (other than the Applicant).

(24) Ownership Restrictions. Owners and Beneficial Owners shall comply with any limitations on ownership of Shares under the Memorandum and Articles of Association or applicable Cayman Islands law as if they held the number of Shares their American Depositary Shares represent. The Company shall inform the Owners, Beneficial Owners and the Depositary of any such ownership restrictions in place from time to time.

(25) Waiver. EACH PARTY TO THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, FOR AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER AND/OR HOLDER OF INTERESTS IN THE ADRs) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE DEPOSITARY AND/OR THE COMPANY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE SHARES OR OTHER DEPOSITED SECURITIES, THE ADSs OR THE ADRs, THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, OR THE BREACH HEREOF OR THEREOF (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, COMMON LAW OR ANY OTHER THEORY).

 

58


(ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER SIGNATURE LINES)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned Holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto                      whose taxpayer identification number is                      and whose address including postal zip code is                     , the within Receipt and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing                      attorney-in-fact to transfer said Receipt on the books of the Depositary with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:        Name:  

 

    By:  
    Title:  
      NOTICE: The signature of the Holder to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within instrument in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
      If the endorsement be executed by an attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, the person executing the endorsement must give his/her full title in such capacity and proper evidence of authority to act in such capacity, if not on file with the Depositary, must be forwarded with this Receipt.

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED

                                                                 

 

59


ARTICLE I.    DEFINITIONS    1
   SECTION 1.1    “Affiliate”    1
   SECTION 1.2    “Agent”    1
   SECTION 1.3    “American Depositary Share(s)” and “ADS(s)”    2
   SECTION 1.4    “Article”    2
   SECTION 1.5    “Articles of Association”    2
   SECTION 1.6    “ADS Record Date”    2
   SECTION 1.7    “Beneficial Owner”    2
   SECTION 1.8    “Business Day”    2
   SECTION 1.9    “Commission”    2
   SECTION 1.10    “Company”    2
   SECTION 1.11    “Corporate Trust Office”    2
   SECTION 1.12    “Custodian”    2
   SECTION 1.13    “Deliver” and “Delivery”    3
   SECTION 1.14    “Deposit Agreement”    3
   SECTION 1.15    “Depositary”    3
   SECTION 1.16    “Deposited Securities”    3
   SECTION 1.17    “Dollars” and “$”    3
   SECTION 1.18    “DRS/Profile”    3
   SECTION 1.19    “DTC”    3
   SECTION 1.20    “Exchange Act”    3
   SECTION 1.21    “Foreign Currency”    3
   SECTION 1.22    “Foreign Registrar”    3
   SECTION 1.23    “Holder”    3
   SECTION 1.24    “Indemnified Person” and “Indemnifying Person”    4
   SECTION 1.25    “Memorandum”    4
   SECTION 1.26    “Opinion of Counsel”    4
   SECTION 1.27    “Pre-Release Transaction”    4
   SECTION 1.28    “Receipt(s); “American Depositary Receipt(s)”; and “ADR(s)”    4
   SECTION 1.29    “Registrar”    4
   SECTION 1.30    “Restricted ADRs”    4
   SECTION 1.31    “Restricted ADSs”    4
   SECTION 1.32    “Restricted Securities”    4
   SECTION 1.33    “Restricted Shares”    4
   SECTION 1.34    “Securities Act”    5
   SECTION 1.35    “Shares”    5
   SECTION 1.36    “United States” or “U.S.”    5
ARTICLE II.    APPOINTMENT OF DEPOSITARY; FORM OF RECEIPT; DEPOSIT OF SHARES; EXECUTION AND DELIVERY, TRANSFER AND SURRENDER OF RECEIPTS    5
   SECTION 2.1    Appointment of Depositary    5
   SECTION 2.2    Form and Transferability of Receipts    5
   SECTION 2.3    Deposits    7
   SECTION 2.4    Execution and Delivery of Receipts    8
   SECTION 2.5    Transfer of Receipts; Combination and Split-up of Receipts    9
   SECTION 2.6    Surrender of Receipts and Withdrawal of Deposited Securities    9


   SECTION 2.7    Limitations on Execution and Delivery, Transfer, etc. of Receipts; Suspension of Delivery, Transfer, etc.    11
   SECTION 2.8    Lost Receipts, etc.    11
   SECTION 2.9    Cancellation and Destruction of Surrendered Receipts; Maintenance of Records    11
   SECTION 2.10    Pre-Release    12
   SECTION 2.11    Restricted ADSs    13
   SECTION 2.12    Maintenance of Records    13
ARTICLE III.    CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS OF HOLDERS AND BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF RECEIPTS    14
   SECTION 3.1    Proofs, Certificates and Other Information    14
   SECTION 3.2    Liability for Taxes and Other Charges    14
   SECTION 3.3    Representations and Warranties on Deposit of Shares    15
   SECTION 3.4    Compliance with Information Requests    15
ARTICLE IV    THE DEPOSITED SECURITIES.    16
   SECTION 4.1    Cash Distributions    16
   SECTION 4.2    Distribution in Shares    16
   SECTION 4.3    Elective Distributions in Cash or Shares    17
   SECTION 4.4    Distribution of Rights to Purchase Shares    17
   SECTION 4.5    Distributions Other Than Cash, Shares or Rights to Purchase Shares    19
   SECTION 4.6    Conversion of Foreign Currency    20
   SECTION 4.7    Fixing of Record Date    20
   SECTION 4.8    Voting of Deposited Securities    21
   SECTION 4.9    Changes Affecting Deposited Securities    23
   SECTION 4.10    Available Information    23
   SECTION 4.11    Reports    23
   SECTION 4.12    List of Holders    23
   SECTION 4.13    Taxation; Withholding    24
ARTICLE V.    THE DEPOSITARY, THE CUSTODIAN AND THE COMPANY    25
   SECTION 5.1    Maintenance of Office and Transfer Books by the Registrar    25
   SECTION 5.2    Exoneration    26
   SECTION 5.3    Standard of Care    26
   SECTION 5.4    Resignation and Removal of the Depositary; Appointment of Successor Depositary    27
   SECTION 5.5    The Custodian    28
   SECTION 5.6    Notices and Reports    28
   SECTION 5.7    Issuance of Additional Shares, ADSs etc.    29
   SECTION 5.8    Indemnification    30
   SECTION 5.9    Fees and Charges of Depositary    31
   SECTION 5.10    Restricted Securities Owners/Ownership Restrictions    32
ARTICLE VI.    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION    33
   SECTION 6.1    Amendment/Supplement    33
   SECTION 6.2    Termination    34
ARTICLE VII.    MISCELLANEOUS    35
   SECTION 7.1    Counterparts    35
   SECTION 7.2    No Third-Party Beneficiaries    35

 

61


   SECTION 7.3    Severability    35
   SECTION 7.4    Holders and Beneficial Owners as Parties; Binding Effect    35
   SECTION 7.5    Notices    36
   SECTION 7.6    Governing Law and Jurisdiction    36
   SECTION 7.7    Assignment    38
   SECTION 7.8    Agents    38
   SECTION 7.9    Exclusivity    38
   SECTION 7.10    Compliance with U.S. Securities Laws    38
   SECTION 7.11    Titles    38
EXHIBIT A          40
EXHIBIT B          48

 

62

Share Subscription Agreement, dated April 11, 2011

Exhibit 4.5

DATE APRIL 11, 2011

 

  (1) DCM VI, L.P.
  (2) DCM V, L.P.
  (3) DCM AFFILIATES FUND V, L.P.
  (4) SEQUOIA CAPITAL 2010 CV HOLDCO, LTD.
  (5) VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED
  (6) VIPSHOP INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
  (7) GUANGZHOU VIPSHOP COMPUTER SERVICE CO., LTD. (广州唯品会计算机服务有限公司)
  (8) GUANGZHOU VIPSHOP INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.(广州唯品会信息科技有限公司)
  (9) THE KEY HOLDERS LISTED ON PART A AND PART B OF SCHEDULE 2

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

concerning Series B Preference Shares in

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED


SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of April 11, 2011by and among:

 

(1) DCM VI, L.P., DCM V, L.P. and DCM AFFILIATES FUND V, L.P., each a partnership duly formed and validity existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands with its registered office located at Campbell Corporate Services Limited, 4th Floor, Scotia Centre, P.O. Box 268, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1104, Cayman Islands (collectively, “DCM”);

 

(2) SEQUOIA CAPITAL 2010 CV HOLDCO, LTD., an exempted limited liability company duly established and validly existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands with its registered office located at Cricket Square, Hutchins Dr., P.O. Box 2681, Grand Cayman KY1-1111, Cayman Islands ( Sequoia, together with DCM, each a “Subscriber” and collectively the Subscribers);

 

(3) VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED, a company duly incorporated and validity existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands with its registered office located at SCOTIA CENTRE, 4TH FLOOR, P.O. BOX 2804, GEORGE TOWN, GRAND CAYMAN (the Company);

 

(4) VIPSHOP INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS LIMITED, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong with its registered office located at Unit 2209, 22/F., Wu Chung House, 213 Queen's Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong (the “HK Co”);

 

(5) GUANGZHOU VIPSHOP COMPUTER SERVICE CO., LTD. (广州唯品会计算机服务有限公司), a wholly foreign-owned enterprise duly incorporated and validity existing under the laws of the PRC with its registered office located at广州市荔湾区芳村花海街20号自编6号楼 (the “WFOE”);

 

(6) GUANGZHOU VIPSHOP INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. (广州唯品会信息科技有限公司), a limited liability company duly incorporated and validity existing under the laws of the PRC with its registered office located at广州市荔湾区芳村花海街20号第17幢自编1-5号楼 (the “Domestic Company”, together with the WFOE, the “PRC Companies”);

 

(7) the Persons listed in Part A of Schedule 2 (collectively, the “Founder Holding Companies” and each a “Founder Holding Company”); and

 

(8) the individuals listed in Part B of Schedule 2 (collectively, the “Founders” and each a “Founder”, together with the Founder Holding Companies, the Key Holders).


WHEREAS

 

(A) The Company is an exempted company established under the laws of Cayman Islands on July 1, 2010, holding 100% of the equity interest in the HK Co which in turn owns 100% of the registered capital of the WFOE. The Domestic Company is a company held by the Founders and Angel Investors. The particulars of each Group Company as the date hereof are set out in Schedule 3.

 

(B) The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Subscribers, and the Subscribers hereby agree to subscribe for and purchase from the Company the Subscription Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

(C) In consideration of the Investors agreeing to subscribe for the Subscription Shares, the Warrantors hereby agree to provide to the subscribers such representations and warranties as set forth herein.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Agreement, including the Recitals and the Schedules, the following expressions shall, except where the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

“Angel Investors” means Wu Bin (吴彬), Peng Xing (彭星) and Xu Yu (徐宇), collectively. The particulars of each of the Angel Investors are set out in Part C of Schedule 2. “Angel Investor” means any one of them;

Angel Investor Holding Companies means Rapid Prince Development Limited, Advanced Sea International Limited and Dynasty Mount Enterprises Limited incorporated respectively by each of Angel Investors in British Virgin Islands. The particulars of each of the Angel Investor Holding Companies are set out in Part D of Schedule 2. “Angel Investor Holding Company” means any one of them;

“Action” has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 12 of Schedule 4;

“Agreement” means this Share Subscription Agreement;

 

“Associate” means:    (i) as to any individual, his spouse, child, brother, sister, parent, trustee of any trust in which such individual or any of his immediate family members is a beneficiary or a discretionary object, or any entity or company Controlled by any of the aforesaid persons; and
   (ii) as to any Person not an individual, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling, directly or indirectly Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with, such Person.

“Balance Sheet Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 17 of Schedule 4;

“Board” or “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company;

 

2


“Business” means on-line sales conducted by the Company, its consolidated subsidiaries and the PRC Companies;

“Business Day” means a day, excluding Saturdays and Sundays, on which banks in Hong Kong are open for business throughout their normal business hours;

“Completion” means the completion of all matters set out in Clause 4, including, without limitation, the allotment and issuance of the Subscription Shares in accordance with this Agreement;

“Completion Date” the date on which the Completion occurs;

“Conditions” means the conditions precedent to the Completion set out in Clause 3.1;

“Consent” includes an approval, authorisation, exemption, filing, licence, order, permission, permit, recording or registration (and references to obtaining consents shall be construed accordingly) from any governmental authority or third party;

“Constitutional Documents” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Clause 14 of Schedule 4;

“Control”, “Controls”, “Controlled” (or any correlative term) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, credit arrangement or proxy, as trustee, executor, agent or otherwise. For the purpose of this definition, a Person shall be deemed to Control another Person if such first Person, directly or indirectly, owns or holds more than 50% of the voting equity interests in such other Person;

“Conversion Shares” mean the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of any Series B Preference Shares;

“Domestic Company” has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble;

“Environmental Claim” has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 21 of Schedule 4;

Environmental Laws” has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 21 of Schedule 4;

Exhibits” mean the exhibits of this Agreement;

Fiscal Year” means, for the purpose of this Agreement, a fiscal year shall start from the first day of January to the last day of December;

FCPA” has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 27 of Schedule 4;

Founder” has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble, collectively, the “Founders”;

Founder Holding Company” has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble, collectively, the “Founder Holding Companies”;

 

3


“Group Companies” means the Company, the HK Co, the PRC Companies, and their respective subsidiaries from time to time. The particulars of each of the Group Companies are set out in Schedule 3. “Group Company” means any one of them;

“Group Company Contracts” has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 14 of Schedule 4;

“Governmental Authorizations” has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 13 of Schedule 4;

“Hong Kong” means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC;

“HK Co” has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble;

“IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards prepared by the International Accounting Standards Board, as amended from time to time;

“Intellectual Property” means, collectively, the Owned Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property;

“Key Employees” means the employees as set forth in the Exhibit C of this Agreement;

“Key Holder” has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble, collectively, the “Key Holders”;

“Licensed Intellectual Property” means any and all license rights granted to any Group Company in any third party intellectual property or other proprietary or personal rights, including any and all of the following that are licensed to any Group Company anywhere in the world: trademarks, trade names, service marks and trade dress, and all goodwill associated with trademarks, trade names, corporate names, business names, brand names, service marks and trade dress; patents; concepts; prototypes; drawings; designs; logos; trade dress; distinguishing guises; certification marks; official marks; mask works; utility models; domain names and other identifiers for internet protocol addresses and networks, fictional characters, and other indicators of source or business identifiers, and all goodwill associated therewith; copyrights and copyrightable works; databases; graphics; schematics; marketing, sales and user data and strategies and customer lists; technology; trade secrets, including confidential know-how, inventions, invention disclosures, inventor’s notes, improvements, discoveries, formulae, specifications and processes; computer software programs of any kind (in both source and object code form); application programming interfaces; protocols; and any renewal, extension, reissue, continuation or division rights, applications and/or registrations for any of the foregoing;

Material Adverse Effect” means any material adverse effect on the business (as presently conducted and proposed to be conducted), assets (including intangible assets), affairs, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), properties, prospects or results of operations of any Group Company;

 

4


“Material Contracts” has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 11 of Schedule 4;

“Material of Environmental Concern” has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 21 of Schedule 4;

“Ordinary Shares” means ordinary shares of par value of US$0.0001 each in the capital of the Company;

“Owned Intellectual Property” means any and all of the following that are owned (including joint ownership) or held by any Group Company anywhere in the world: trademarks, trade names, service marks and trade dress, and all goodwill associated with trademarks, trade names, corporate names, business names, brand names, service marks and trade dress; patents; concepts; prototypes; drawings; designs; logos; trade dress; distinguishing guises; certification marks; official marks; mask works; utility models; domain names and other identifiers for internet protocol addresses and networks, fictional characters, and other indicators of source or business identifiers, and all goodwill associated therewith; copyrights and copyrightable works; databases; graphics; schematics; marketing, sales and user data and strategies and customer lists; technology; trade secrets, including confidential know-how, inventions, invention disclosures, inventor’s notes, improvements, discoveries, formulae, specifications and processes; computer software programs of any kind (in both source and object code form); application programming interfaces; protocols; and any renewal, extension, reissue, continuation or division rights, applications and/or registrations for any of the foregoing;

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, firm joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, entity or governmental authority or other entity of any kind or nature;

“Post-Completion Covenants” means the post-completion covenants set out in Clause 6;

“PRC” means the People’s Republic of China (for the purpose of this Agreement, excluding Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan);

“PRC Companies” has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble;

“Preference Share” means any of the Series A Preference Shares and Series B Preference Shares, and collectively, the “Preference Shares”.

“Proprietary Assets” has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 9(a) of Schedule 4;

Qualified IPO” has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 6.9;

 

5


“Restated M&A” means the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company as set forth in Exhibit E of this Agreement, and any amendments thereto from time to time;

“Restructuring Documents” means the following agreements collectively: (i) Equity Interest Pledge Agreements (股权质押协议) entered into by and between the WFOE, the Domestic Company and each of the Founders and Angel Investors, all dated as of January 20, 2011, (ii) the Exclusive Option Agreements (独家购买权合同) entered into by and between the WFOE, the Domestic Company and each of the Founders and Angel Investors, all dated as of January 20, 2011, (iii) the Exclusive Service Agreement (独家业务合作协议) entered into by and between the WFOE and the Domestic Company dated as of January 20, 2011, and (iv) the Power of Attorney (授权委托书) given by each of the Founders and Angel Investors, all dated as of January 20, 2011;

“Returns” has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 20(a) of Schedule 4;

“Return Period” has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 20(a) of Schedule 4;

“RMB” means Renminbi, the lawful currency of the People’s Republic of China;

“SAFE” means the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange;

“SAFE No. 75 Notice” means the Notice on Issues Relating to the Administration of Foreign Exchange in Fund-raising and Reverse Investment Activities of Domestic Residents Conducted via Offshore Special Purpose Companies issued by SAFE on October 21, 2005 and its implementing rules and guidelines, or any successor rule or regulation made under the PRC laws, in relation to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement;

“Schedules” means the schedules of this Agreement;

“Series A Preference Shares” means convertible series A preference shares in the capital of the Company each with par value of US$0.0001 having the rights, privileges and restrictions as set out in the Memorandum and Articles from time to time in effect;

“Series B Preference Shares” means convertible series B preference shares in the capital of the Company each with par value of US$0.0001 having the rights, privileges and restrictions as set out in the Memorandum and Articles from time to time in effect;

“Shareholders’ Agreement” means the amended and restated shareholders’ agreement to be entered into among the Subscribers, the Company, the HK Co, the PRC Companies, the Key Holders, the Angel Investors and the Angel Investor Holding Companies, substantially in the form and substance as set forth in Exhibit F of this Agreement;

“Shares” means all shares of the Company, including the Ordinary Shares, the Series A Preference Shares and the Series B Preference Shares;

 

6


“Share Restriction Agreement” means the amended and restated share restriction agreement to be entered into by and between the Company and certain parities named therein, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit G to this Agreement.

“Subscription” has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 2;

“Subscriber Group” means, each of the Subscribers and any of their respective affiliated venture capital fund, a partner or member of such partnership or affiliated entity or a retired partner or member of such partnership or affiliated entity who retires after the date hereof, or to the estate of any such partner, member, retired partner or retired member or the transfer by gift, will or intestate succession of any partner or member to his or her spouse or to the siblings, lineal descendants or ancestors of such partner or member or his or her spouse;

“Subscription Price” means, subject to the adjustments provided under this Agreement, the US Dollar equivalent of RMB270,000,000 for a total of 8,166,667 Series B Preference Shares or approximately the US Dollar equivalent of RMB33.06122314 per Series B Preference Share (calculated based on the exchange rate between US Dollar and RMB at 6.5496);

“Subscription Shares” means, subject to the adjustments provided under this Agreement, a total of 8,166,667 Series B Preference Shares to be issued to and subscribed by the Subscribers pursuant to this Agreement;

“Tax” means any form of tax in any part of the world including, without limitation, all forms of income tax, profits tax, interest tax, stamp duty, estate duty, value added tax, value appreciation tax, withholding tax, property tax, capital gains tax and all levies, duties, charges, fees, social security contributions, deductions and withholdings whatsoever charged or imposed by any statutory, governmental, state, federal, provincial, local or municipal authority whatsoever and wheresoever, and any interest, penalty, surcharge or fine in connection therewith or arising therefrom;

“Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Restated M&A, the Share Restriction Agreement, all or part of any agreement to which some or all of the Parties hereto are parties and the execution of which is contemplated hereunder (the “Ancillary Agreements”), any amendment or supplement thereto and any other document provided for pursuant thereto or which the Parties agree shall constitute a Transaction Document provided however that this defined term, when used specifically in relation to any Party, shall only include such Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

“US$” or “US Dollar” means United States dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America;

U.S. GAAP” means the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect from time to time;

 

7


“Warranties” means the representation, warranties and undertakings as set out in Clause 5 and Schedule 4;

“Warrantors” means the Key Holders and the Group Companies collectively and “Warrantor” means any one of them;

“WFOE” has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble;

“Written Resolutions” means the written resolutions of the shareholders of the Company in a form satisfactory to the Subscribers, where the shareholders of the Company agree to, among other things, amend the current Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, and approve the terms and conditions of the Share Restriction Agreement, the Shareholders’ Agreement and this Agreement.

 

1.2 In this Agreement:

 

  (a) references to recitals, Clauses, sub-Clauses, Schedules and Exhibits are to the Clauses and sub-Clauses of, and the recitals, schedules and exhibits to, this Agreement;

 

  (b) references to any statutory provision or any rule or regulation (whether or not having the force of law) shall be construed as references to the same as amended, varied, modified, consolidated or re-enacted from time to time and to any subordinate legislation made under such statutory provision;

 

  (c) references to parties are to parties of this Agreement;

 

  (d) words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, words importing one gender include every gender, and references to persons include bodies corporate and unincorporated;

 

  (e) headings are for ease of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement; and

 

  (f) references to a document in the “agreed form” are references to a document the form of which has been or may from time to time be agreed among all parties hereto.

 

1.3 The recitals, the Schedules and the Exhibits form part of this Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as if expressly set out in the body of this Agreement and any reference to this Agreement shall include the Recitals, the Schedules and the Exhibits.

 

1.4 All references to dates and time are, unless the context requires otherwise, to Hong Kong time.

 

8


2. SUBSCRIPTION

 

2.1 Subject to the fulfilment of conditions set out in Clause 3, each Subscriber agrees, severally but not jointly, to subscribe for and purchase, and the Company agrees to allot and issue to each Subscriber, that number of Subscription Shares as set forth opposite such Subscriber’s name on Schedule 1 at an aggregate Subscription Price of US Dollar equivalent of RMB270,000,000 (Two Hundred And Seventy Million Renminbi) (the “Subscription”) (calculated based on the exchange rate between US Dollar and RMB at 6.5496), subject to any adjustment provided in this Agreement or other Transaction Documents.

 

2.2 The Subscription Shares allotted and issued to the Subscribers shall be free from all charges, liens, encumbrances, equities or other third party rights, claims or interests.

 

3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

3.1 The obligations of each Subscriber to purchase its respective portion of the Subscription Shares in accordance with Clause 2 hereof shall be conditional on the fulfilment of all of the following Conditions (subject to any waiver in written form by such Subscriber in its absolute discretion of any or all of the Conditions):

 

  (a) the Written Resolutions having been duly approved and passed by the shareholders of the Company and remaining valid and effective as at the Completion Date, and the Memorandum and Article of Association of the Company, having been duly adopted by the Company, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E;

 

  (b) the board resolutions of the Company having being duly approved and passed by the Board of the Company approving the terms of this Agreement, the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Share Restriction Agreement, the Restated M&A and other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the transactions contemplated herein, in a form acceptable to the Subscribers, and remaining valid and effective as at the Completion Date;

 

  (c) the issuance and allotment of the Subscription Shares to the Subscribers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement having been duly approved by the shareholders and directors of the Company;

 

  (d) each of the PRC Companies and HK Co having provided to the Subscribers true copies of the shareholders’ resolutions and/or the board resolutions (as required under laws of its jurisdiction) to approve the execution of this Agreement, the Shareholders’ Agreement and other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder;

 

  (e) execution and delivery of the Shareholders’ Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F, by the parties to the Shareholders’ Agreement (other than the Subscribers);

 

9


  (f) execution and delivery of Share Restriction Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, by the parties thereto (other than the Subscribers)

 

  (g) the legal opinions issued respectively by the PRC and the Cayman Islands counsels to the Company addressed to the Subscribers, dated as of the Completion Date, in the form and substance to the satisfaction of the Subscribers;

 

  (h) all the Warranties remaining true, correct and complete in all material respects when made, and shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the Completion Date with the same force and effect as if they had been made on and as of such date, subject to changes contemplated by this Agreement and other Transaction Documents;

 

  (i) all Consents required under the laws of the Cayman Islands and the PRC for the entering into, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Shareholders’ Agreement and other Transaction Documents and consummation of the Completion having been obtained and remaining valid and effective as at the Completion;

 

  (j) the pledge of all equity interest of the Domestic Company under the Restructuring Documents shall have been duly filed with the competent administration of industry and commerce (the “AIC”) and the AIC has issued a notice on the successful registration;

 

  (k) the Subscribers having received a copy of a certificate of good standing issued by the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands certifying that the Company is in good standing, dated no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Completion;

 

  (l) the Subscribers and their counsels having conducted legal and financial due diligence investigation against the Group Companies and being satisfied with the results of such investigation;

 

  (m) there shall have been no Material Adverse Effect since the date of this Agreement and no change or revision to the current laws or regulations of the PRC that would result in such Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (n) the Group Companies and the Key Holders having performed and complied with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement and other Transaction Documents that are required to be performed or complied with by them on or before the Completion.

 

3.2

As soon as the conditions set out in Clause 3.1 have been fully satisfied, the Company shall give written notice of the satisfaction of the conditions to all of the Subscribers. In the event that any of the Conditions specified in Clause 3.1 applicable to the Completion has not been fulfilled (or waived by Subscribers in writing) by 5:00 pm on the 45th day after the signing of this Agreement (or such later date as the parties may mutually agree in writing), obligations of the Subscribers under this Agreement may be terminated by written notice by the Subscribers to other parties, at the Subscribers’ own election and discretion. Upon such termination, this Agreement shall cease to have effect by and among the Parties and the Parties shall not, subject to the Clauses 7 and 12 of this Agreement, have any further right and liability under or pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement save in respect of any antecedent breach occurring prior to such termination.

 

10


3.3 In the event that any of the Subscribers has not made the payment pursuant to this Agreement despite that all the Conditions specified in Clause 3.1 have been fulfilled and the written notice has been issued by the Company to each of the Subscribers, obligations of the Key Holders under this Agreement may be terminated by written notice by the Key Holders to other parties, at the Key Holders’ own election and discretion. Upon such termination, this Agreement shall cease to have effect by and among the Parties and the Parties shall not, subject to the Clauses 7 and 12 of this Agreement, have any further right and liability under or pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement save in respect of any antecedent breach occurring prior to such termination.

 

3.4 Each of the Group Companies and the Key Holders shall use its best endeavours to procure the fulfilment of the Conditions on or before the date set forth in Clause 3.2.

 

4. COMPLETION

 

4.1 Subject to Clause 3, Completion shall take place remotely via exchange of documents and signature pages within three (3) Business Days after the issue and delivery of the notice referred to in Clause 3.2 by the Company to the Subscribers or such other time and date as may be mutually agreed by the Parties. At the Completion:

 

  (a) The Company shall

 

  (i) issue to the Subscribers a notice to pay the aggregate Subscription Price (“Payment Notice”) notifying each Subscriber to make the payment of an amount equal to its share of the Subscription Price;

 

  (ii) deliver to the Subscribers a certificate of compliance dated the Completion Date and signed by each Warrantors certifying that all of the Conditions have been fulfilled and stating that there shall have been no Material Adverse Effect since the Balance Sheet Date;

 

  (iii) deliver to the Subscribers true copies of the Board resolutions of the Company approving this Agreement, the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Share Restriction Agreement and the entry into and performance of each of such documents by the Company including the allotment and issuance of the Subscription Shares and share certificates in respect of the Subscription in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

  (iv) deliver to the Subscribers the Shareholders’ Agreement and the Share Restriction Agreement, each duly executed by the parties thereto (other than the Subscribers);

 

11


  (v) deliver to the Subscribers true copies of the register of members of the Company as updated to reflect the Subscription Shares being purchased by the Subscribers and certified by a director of the Company;

 

  (vi) deliver to the Subscribers true copies of the share certificates issued in the name of each of the Subscribers for the Subscription Shares, duly signed and sealed for and on behalf of the Company (with the originals delivered to the Subscribers as soon as practical after the Completion); and

 

  (vii) deliver all other documents or evidence that may be reasonably requested by Subscribers to verify that the Conditions have been fulfilled.

 

  (b) Each of the Subscribers shall, severally but not jointly,

 

  (i) deliver to the Company a signed application form for the Subscription Shares at the Subscription Price in substantially the form set out in Schedule 5;

 

  (ii) make the payment in US Dollars in an amount equivalent to its Subscription Price denominated in RMB as set out in Schedule 1 (calculated based on the exchange rate between US Dollar and RMB at 6.5496) by wiring such amount in immediately available funds into the bank account designated by the Company for value on the Completion Date (for avoidance of doubt, the obligations of the Subscribers under Clause 4.1(b)(ii) shall be deemed satisfied by the delivery to the Company a copy of the bank confirmation confirming the wiring of the Subscription Price), provided that wire transfer instructions are delivered to each Subscriber at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Completion; and

 

  (iii) deliver to the Company the Shareholders’ Agreement duly executed by such Subscriber.

 

5. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND UNDERTAKINGS

 

5.1 Each of the parties hereto hereby severally represents and warrants to the other parties that it has full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement; this Agreement when executed and delivered by them shall constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such party enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

 

5.2 Each of the parties hereto hereby undertakes to perform and procure the performance of this Agreement.

 

12


5.3 The Subscribers hereby undertakes and acknowledges to the Company that following the date of this Agreement (unless otherwise specified) they shall use its reasonable endeavours to assist the Company to, as soon as practicable, effect all approval and registration procedures related to the transaction and matters contemplated under this Agreement, obtain all the consent required for this Agreement and carry out all reasonable measures and actions necessary for the transaction to be successfully completed and valid according to the Transaction Documents and applicable laws in the PRC.

 

5.4 The Subscribers hereby represent and warrant to the Warrantors that its investment decisions were made based on its own due diligence investigation and its own business judgement, and it shall be fully responsible for all its actions thereof, subject to reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Warrantors contained in this Agreement.

 

5.5 Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, the Warrantors hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to and undertakes with the Subscribers that each of the matters set out in Schedule 4 is as at the date hereof and will be for all times up to and including the Completion Date, true, correct and complete in all material respects.

 

5.6 Each of the Warranties refers only to matters and facts subsisting as at the date hereof up to and including the Completion Date, and the right to claim for breach of any Warranties will survive for a period of two (2) years after the Completion.

 

5.7 Each of the Warranties is without prejudice to any other Warranty and, except where expressly stated otherwise, no provision contained in this Agreement shall govern or limit the extent or application of any other Warranty.

 

5.8 Each of the Warrantors undertakes to notify the Subscribers, in writing as soon as practicable of any matter or event which becomes known to it prior to the Completion which may render any Warranty to be or to have been untrue or inaccurate.

 

5.9 The rights and remedies of the Subscribers, in respect of a material breach of any Warranty shall not be affected by any due diligence review or investigation made by or on behalf of the Subscribers into the affairs of any Group Company.

 

5.10 Notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, any release, waiver or compromise or any other arrangement of any kind whatsoever which the Subscribers may agree to or effect in relation to any of the Warrantors in connection with this Agreement, and in particular the Warranties, shall not affect the rights and remedies of the Subscribers, as regards to any other parties.

 

5.11 Each of the Warrantors undertakes, in relation to any Warranty which refers to his knowledge or information, that he has made best enquiry into the subject matter of that Warranty and that he does not have the knowledge or information or belief that the subject matter of that Warranty may not be true, complete or accurate.

 

13


6. POST-COMPLETION COVENANTS

 

6.1 SAFE No. 75 Notice Registration

Each of the Founders shall and the Founders shall cause each of the Angel Investors to, within thirty (30) days after the Completion Date, apply to the competent SAFE to amend their respective registration under the SAFE No. 75 Notice to reflect the correct shareholdings of each such individual in the Founder Holding Companies, the Angel Investors Holding Companies, the Company and the HK Co after the Completion of transaction contemplated hereunder. Each of the Warrantors undertakes to use its best efforts to cause any Person who may in the future directly or indirectly hold any shares of the Company and who is a PRC Resident as set forth in SAFE No.75 Notice to comply, as soon as possible, with the registration and any other requirements of SAFE No.75 Notice as long as SAFE No.75 Notice remains effective and applicable, or deliver to the Company and each Subscriber a written confirmation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Subscriber that such Person is not subject to the registration requirements of SAFE No.75 Notice.

 

6.2 Non-Compete

Each of the Founders acknowledges that the Subscribers agree to invest in the Company and become a shareholder of the Company on the basis of continued and exclusive services of and full devotion and commitment by the Founders to the Group Companies, and agree that the Subscribers should have reasonable assurance of such basis of investment. Each of the Founders hereof jointly and severally undertakes to the Subscribers that, unless with prior written consent of the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the then outstanding Series B Preference Shares, neither he nor any of his Associates, his nominees, trustees or the like will directly or indirectly:

 

  (a) during the Relevant Period (as defined below) and for a period of one (1) year after the Relevant Period, participate, assist, advise, consult, be concerned with, engaged or interested in, any internet business in any manner, directly or indirectly, alone or in concert with others;

 

  (b) during the Relevant Period (as defined below) and for a period of three (3) years after the Relevant Period (collectively “Restriction Period”), participate, assist, advise, consult, be concerned with, engaged or interested in, any business or entity in any manner, directly or indirectly, alone or in concert with others, which is in competition with the flash sale business carried on by any Group Company at any time during the Restriction Period;

 

  (c) during the Restriction Period, solicit in any manner any person who is or has been during the Restriction Period a customer or client of any Group Company for the purpose of offering to such person any goods or services similar to or competing with any of the businesses conducted by any Group Company at any time during the Restriction Period;

 

14


  (d) during the Restriction Period, solicit or entice away, or endeavour to solicit or entice away, any employee or officer of any Group Company; or

 

  (e) during the Restriction Period disclose or use for any purpose, any information concerning the business, accounts, finance, transactions or Intellectual Property rights of any Group Company or any trade secrets or confidential information of or relating to any of the Group Companies.

Each undertaking in paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Clause 6.9 shall be treated as independent of the other undertakings so that, if any of them is held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining undertakings shall be valid to the extent that they are not affected.

Each of the Founders hereby expressly acknowledges and declares that he has duly considered the undertakings set out in Clause 6.9 and considers that they are reasonable in the circumstances and warrants and undertakes to the Subscribers that he shall not challenge or query the validity and enforceability of these undertakings.

For the purposes of this Clause 6.9 “Relevant Period” means, in relation to a Founder and/or his Associates, nominees, trustees or the like, the period during which he or his Associates, nominees, trustees or the like is a shareholder, director, employee and/or has any direct or indirect interest (legal or beneficial) in the capital of any of the Group Companies.

 

6.3 Tax Covenants

 

  (a) The Warrantors jointly and severally undertake to Subscribers that they will cause the Company to take such actions, including making an election to be treated as a corporation or refraining from making an election to be treated as a partnership, as may be required to ensure that at all times the Company is treated as corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

  (b) The Company shall, and each of the Warrantors undertakes to the Subscribers to cause the Company to, make due inquiry with its tax advisors on at least an annual basis regarding whether Subscribers’ interest in the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either or both of Sections 6038 and 6038B of the United States Internal Revenue Code (and the Company shall duly inform the Subscribers of the results of such determination), and in the event that the Company’s tax advisors or the Subscribers’ tax advisors determine that the Subscribers’ interest in the Company is subject to any such reporting requirements, the Company agrees, upon a request from the Subscribers, to provide such information to the Subscribers as may be necessary to fulfil the Subscribers’ obligations thereunder.

 

15


  (c) The Warrantors hereby acknowledge that the Company will not be at any time during the calendar year in which the Completion occurs a “passive foreign investment company” within the meaning of Section 1297 of the United States Internal Revenue Code (a “PFIC”). The Warrantors shall use its best efforts to avoid the Company being a PFIC. The Warrantors shall make due inquiry with its tax advisors on at least an annual basis regarding its status as a PFIC, and if the Company is informed by its tax advisors that it has become a PFIC, or that there is a likelihood of the Company being classified as a PFIC for any taxable year, the Warrantors shall promptly notify the Subscribers of such status or risk, as the case may be. In connection with a “Qualified Electing Fund” election made by Subscribers pursuant to Section 1295 of the United States Internal Revenue Code or a “Protective Statement” filed by Subscribers pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.1295-3, as amended (or any successor thereto), the Company shall provide annual financial information to Subscribers in the form provided in the attached PFIC Exhibit (attached hereto as Exhibit D) as soon as reasonably practicable following the end of each taxable year of the Subscribers (but in no event later than 90 days following the end of each such taxable year), and shall provide Subscribers with access to such other Company information as may be required for purposes of filing U.S. federal income tax returns in connection with such Qualified Electing Fund election or Protective Statement. In the event that a Subscriber who has made a “Qualified Electing Fund” election must include in its gross income for a particular taxable year its pro rata share of the Company’s earnings and profits pursuant to Section 1293 of the United States Internal Revenue Code, the Company agrees to make a dividend distribution to such Subscriber (no later than 90 days following the end of the Subscriber’s taxable year or, if later, 90 days after the Company is informed by the Subscriber that the Subscriber has been required to recognize such an income inclusion) in an amount equal to 50% of the amount so included by the Subscriber.

 

  (d) The Warrantors hereby acknowledge that the Company shall not, without the written consent of Subscribers, issue or transfer securities in the Company to any Subscribers if following such issuance or transfer the Company, in the determination of counsel or accountants for Subscribers, would be a “Controlled Foreign Corporation” (“CFC”) as defined in the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor thereto) with respect to the securities held by Subscribers. No later than two (2) months following the end of each Company taxable year, the Company shall provide the following information to Subscribers: (i) the Company’s capitalization table as of the end of the last day of such taxable year and (ii) a report regarding the Company’s status as a CFC. In addition, the Company shall provide Subscribers with access to such other Company information as may be required by Subscribers to determine the Company’s status as a CFC to determine whether Subscribers are required to report its pro rata portion of the Company’s “Subpart F income” (as defined in Section 952 of the United States Internal Revenue Code) on its United States federal income tax return, or to allow Subscribers to otherwise comply with applicable United States federal income tax laws. The Company shall make due inquiry with its tax advisors on at least an annual basis regarding its status as a CFC and regarding whether any portion of the Company’s income is Subpart F income. In the event that Company is determined by the Company’s tax advisors or by counsel or accountants for any Subscriber to be a CFC with respect to the securities held by the Subscriber, Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid generating Subpart F income. In the event that Company is determined by counsel or accountants for any Subscriber to be a CFC with respect to the securities held by the Subscribers, Company agrees, to the extent permitted by law, to annually make dividend distributions to the Subscribers in an amount equal to 50% of any income deemed distributed to the Subscribers pursuant to Section 951(a) of the United States Internal Revenue Code.

 

16


6.4 Regulatory Filings

The Warrantors and the Angel Investors shall duly complete all filings and registrations with the PRC authorities as required by the applicable laws and regulations, including but not limited to the relevant filing and registrations with the Ministry of Commerce, the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, the SAFE, tax bureau, customs authority and the local counterpart of each of the aforementioned governmental authorities, in each case, as applicable.

 

6.5 Validity of the Licenses

Each of the PRC Companies shall, and other Warrantors shall procure each of the PRC Companies to, at all times keep the validity of, and comply with all legal and regulatory requirements with respect to, the licenses and permits that it has obtained and shall be obtained after the Completion and which are required to be obtained under the PRC law for engaging in such business activities as engaged by the Group Companies.

 

6.6 Filing of M&A

Within fifteen (15) Business Days following the Completion, the Restated M&A shall have been duly filed with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands.

 

6.7 Compliance by Shareholders.

Each of the Key Holders shall, and shall cause other shareholders of the Company except for the Subscribers, their nominees, trustees, assignees or the like, at their own expenses, fully comply with all requirements of the PRC governmental authorities with respect to their holding of the shares in the Company and/or their indirect holding of the shares in the Company, if necessary, on a continuing basis (including, but not limited to, all obligations imposed and all consents, approvals, registrations and permits required by the SAFE under the SAFE No.75 Notice and by other PRC governmental authorities or under other applicable PRC laws and regulations in connection therewith).

 

6.8 Compliance by Group Companies.

Each of the Group Companies shall, at its own expenses, and in all material aspects, comply with the applicable laws and regulations of the jurisdiction of its incorporation as well as all requirements of the competent government authorities with respect to its conducting of Business on a continuing basis.

 

17


6.9 Go Public.

The Founders and the Company undertake to use best efforts to conduct a Qualified IPO of the Company as soon as possible. For the purpose of this Agreement, a “Qualified IPO” shall refer to the consummation of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Ordinary Shares of the Company in the United States, that has been registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, including any successor statutes, with gross proceeds to the Company of at least US$150,000,000 (net of any underwriters’ commissions and registration expenses), or in a similar public offering of the Ordinary Shares of the Company in another jurisdiction which results in the Ordinary Shares trading publicly on an internationally recognized securities exchange outside of the United States; provided that such offering satisfies the foregoing requirements on gross proceeds.

 

6.10 If at any time before the Completion, any of the Warrantors comes to know of any material fact or event which

 

  (a) is in any way materially inconsistent with any of the representations and warranties given by the Warrantors, and/or

 

  (b) suggests that any material fact warranted may not be as warranted or may be materially misleading, and/or

 

  (c) might affect the willingness of a prudent Subscriber to purchase the Subscription Shares or the amount of consideration which such Subscriber would be prepared to pay for the Subscription Shares,

the Warrantors shall give immediate written notice thereof to the Subscribers in which event the Subscribers may within seven (7) Business Days of receiving such notice terminate this Agreement by written notice without any penalty whatsoever and without prejudice to any rights that the Subscribers may have under this Agreement or applicable law.

 

6.11 Control of Subsidiaries.

The Company shall at any time institute and shall keep in place arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Board of Directors (including the directors elected by the Subscribers) such that the Company (i) will control the operations of any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by the Company, and (ii) will be permitted to properly consolidate the financial results for such entity in consolidated financial statements for the Company prepared under US GAAP or IFRS.

The composition of the board of directors of each other subsidiary of or entity controlled by the Company, whether now in existence or formed in the future, shall be reasonably acceptable to the Board of Directors (including the directors elected the Subscribers).

 

18


The Company represents that it shall not — and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to — promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value to, directly or indirectly, any Non-U.S. Official, in each case, in violation of the FCPA or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall — and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to — cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall — and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to — maintain systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure compliance with the FCPA or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law.

The Company shall take all necessary actions to maintain any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by the Company, whether now in existence or formed in the future, as is necessary to conduct the business as conducted or as proposed to be conducted. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause each any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by the Company, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations. All material aspects of such formation, maintenance and compliance of any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by the Company, whether now in existence or formed in the future, shall be subject to the review and approval by the Board of Directors (including the directors elected by the Subscribers) and the Company shall promptly provide the Subscribers with copies of all material related documents and correspondence. The Company shall cause any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by the Company, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to have a board of directors as its governing and managing body and each member thereof shall serve at the pleasure of the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Board of Directors (including the directors elected by the Subscribers).

 

6.12 Use of Name or Logo of Subscribers.

Without the prior written consent of the Subscribers, and whether or not the Subscribers are then shareholders of the Company, none of the Group Companies nor any Key Holder shall use, publish or reproduce the name of each of the Subscribers, or any similar name, trademark, or logo in any advertisement, press release, professional or trade publication, marketing or advertising or promotional materials, or in any other manner. The name of the Subscribers and the fact that the Subscribers are shareholders in the Company may be included as a standardized text in multiple press releases by the Company, so long as the Subscribers have approved such standardized text and such text is reproduced in the same form in which it was approved.

 

6.13 Board of Subsidiaries

The Group Company and the Founders undertake to cause board of directors of each Group Company other than the Company to be re-composed, within two (2) months after the Completion Date, to consist of a maximum of seven (7) members, of which one (1) being the person appointed by DCM and one (1) being the person appointed by Sequoia.

 

19


6.14 Conversion of Loans

Within three (3) months after the Completion Date, the Domestic Company shall, and the Warrantors shall procure the shareholders of the Domestic Company and/or the companies controlled by such shareholders to, finish the conversion of all of the loans and payables that Domestic Company owes to its shareholders and/or the companies controlled by such shareholders in an aggregate amount of not less than RMB6,855,000 into the increased share capital of the Domestic Company of a same amount, in form and substance satisfactory to the Subscribers. Each Key Holder further undertakes to indemnify the Group Companies and the Subscribers against any and all losses and damages suffered by any Group Companies and the Subscribers arising in connection with the aforesaid conversion of loans.

 

6.15 Social Insurance and Housing Fund Registration

Within three (3) months after the Completion Date, Shenzhen branch of the Domestic Company shall complete the social insurance registration with competent labor authorities.

 

6.16 Employment Agreement; Confidentiality, Non-compete and Invention Assignment Agreement

Within one (1) months after the Completion Date, the Group Companies shall enter into standard employment agreement, confidentiality, non-compete and invention assignment agreement in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit H with each of the Key Employees. The Warrantors shall cause all of the current and future employees of the Group Companies to enter into such standard employment agreement, confidentiality, non-compete and invention assignment agreement in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit H.

 

7. INDEMNITIES

 

7.1 The Warrantors hereof jointly and severally undertake to fully indemnify the Subscribers, their officers and employees and Associates (each an “Indemnitee” and collectively, the “Indemnitees”), and to keep them harmless from and against all direct losses, liabilities, costs and damages (including without limitation legal costs) which may be suffered or incurred by any of them in connection with, arising out of or as a result of any of the following:

 

  (a) any of the Warranties including but not limited to warranties regarding tax and incorporation matters, hereof not being true and correct in all respects or not being fully complied with at all times;

 

  (b) any claim by the Group Companies and their Associates against the Subscribers, provided that the Subscribers are not liable, and/or its Associates or against any Group Company;

 

20


  (c) any of the Covenants in Clause 6, any other undertakings or obligations in this Agreement not being fully performed or fully complied with at all times;

 

  (d) any of the following matters occurring before the date hereof (notwithstanding the disclosure in the Schedule of Exceptions):

 

  (i) failure to pay social insurance premiums and housing accumulation funds in full for all employees of the PRC Subsidiaries and relevant branches.

 

7.2 If any Indemnitee believes that it has a claim that may give rise to an obligation of any Warrantor pursuant to this Clause 7, it shall give prompt notice thereof to the Warrantors stating specifically the basis on which such claim is being made, the material facts related thereto, and the amount of the claim asserted, provided that in any event any such notice with respect to a breach shall be given within two (2) years after the Completion. In the event of a third party claim against an Indemnitee for which such Indemnitee seeks indemnification from the Warrantors pursuant to this Clause 7, no settlement shall be deemed conclusive with respect to the existence of an indemnifiable loss or the amount of such indemnifiable loss unless such settlement is consented to by the Indemnitors. Any dispute related to this Clause 7 shall be resolved pursuant to Clause 17.

 

7.3 Each Subscriber hereof severally but not jointly undertakes to fully indemnify the Company, and to keep it harmless from and against all direct losses, liabilities, costs and damages (including without limitation legal costs) which may be suffered or incurred by it in connection with, arising out of or as a result of such Subscriber’s failure to pay the Subscription Price payable by such Subscriber in accordance with Clause 2.

 

7.4 The aggregate amount of indemnifiable loss shall not exceed the Subscription Price actually paid by each Subscriber.

 

7.5 For the avoidance of doubt, each of the Warrantors hereby agrees and covenants that, when reasonably applicable, it will do all such things and undertake all such actions, including without limitation, any applications to and registrations with the governmental authorities and any other protective measures reasonably requested by the Subscribers, to ensure that the agreement of the parties with respect to joint and several liability of the Warrantors under this Agreement is given full force and effect.

 

7.6 This Section 7 shall not be deemed to preclude or otherwise limit in any way the exercise of any other rights or pursuit of other remedies for the breach of this Agreement or with respect to any misrepresentation.

 

8. PROCEEDS OF SUBSCRIPTION

The parties acknowledge and agree that the aggregate Subscription Price for the Series B Preference Shares under this Agreement shall be used, in accordance with the directions of the Company’s Board of Directors, as it shall be constituted in accordance with the Shareholders’ Agreement, for the capital expenditures and general working capital of the Group Companies, in particular for the expansion of the existing lines of the Business. The aforesaid proceeds shall not by any means be used in the payment of any debt of the Company or its subsidiaries held by any shareholders without the prior consent of the Subscribers nor be used to purchase or trade shares or securities of any listed companies, or corporate bonds or any other negotiable securities.

 

21


9. SEVERABILITY AND SURVIVAL

 

9.1 If at any time any one or more provisions hereof is or becomes invalid, illegal, unenforceable or incapable of performance in any respect, the validity, legality, enforceability or performance of the remaining provisions hereof shall not thereby in any way be affected or impaired.

 

9.2 The obligations of the Group Companies and Key Holders shall survive the Completion.

 

10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement, the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Restated M&A, the Share Restriction Agreement, any Ancillary Agreements and the schedules and exhibits thereto, which are hereby expressly incorporated herein by this reference, constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties in connection with the subject matter under this Agreement and supersedes all previous term sheets, proposals, representations, warranties, agreements or undertakings relating thereto whether oral, written or otherwise and no party has relied or is entitled to rely on any such term sheets, proposals, representations, warranties, agreements or undertakings; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement or related agreements shall be deemed to terminate or supersede the provisions of any confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements executed by the parties hereto prior to the date of this Agreement, which agreements shall continue in full force and effect until terminated in accordance with their respective terms.

 

11. TIME OF ESSENCE AND REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

11.1 Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

 

11.2 Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, no delay or omission by any party in exercising any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall:

 

  (a) affect that right, power or remedy; or

 

  (b) operate as a waiver of it.

 

11.3 The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

 

22


11.4 The rights, powers and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by law.

 

12. PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS

 

12.1 The investment and subscription of the Subscription Shares by the Subscribers in the Company, including without limitation the existence of such investment and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the term sheets preceding this Agreement and the Shareholders’ Agreement shall be confidential information and shall not be disclosed by any party hereto or any of their Associates to any person not being a party hereto except as permitted under this Clause 12.

 

12.2 Notwithstanding Clause 12.1, each of the parties hereto may disclose the terms of the investment to its investors, employees, investment bankers, lenders, accountants, attorneys, business partners, directors, shareholders and senior management and bona fide prospective investors, in each case only where such persons or entities are under appropriate non-disclosure obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, other than disclosures to the foregoing permitted persons, none of the parties may disclose the investment amounts in relation to the Subscription Shares, the amount of valuation of the Company, the rights and privileges of the Subscribers under this Agreement and the Shareholders’ Agreement and the share capital structure of the Company to any person except with the prior written consent of the Subscribers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

12.3 In the event that any party becomes legally compelled (including without limitation, pursuant to securities laws and regulations) to make disclosure not permitted under Clause 12.1 and 12.2, such party (“Disclosing Party”) shall provide the other parties (“Non-Disclosing Parties”) with prompt written notice of that fact so that the appropriate party may seek (with the cooperation and reasonable efforts of the other parties) a protective order, confidential treatment or other appropriate remedies. In such event, the Disclosing Party shall furnish only that portion of the information which is legally required and shall exercise reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such information to the extent reasonably requested by any Non-Disclosing Party.

 

12.4 Clauses 12.1, 12.2 and 12.3 shall cease to have effect and cease to be binding on the parties hereto after the expiry of two (2) years from the Completion or any confidential information enters the public domain.

 

13. ASSIGNMENT AND COUNTERPARTS

 

13.1 This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective assigns and successors.

 

23


13.2 Each Subscriber may assign and transfer to the affiliated venture capital fund(s) of each Subscriber, any of its rights, benefits and obligations in this Agreement including without limitation the benefit of any representations, warranties and undertakings contained herein upon prior written notice being given to the Company, provided such transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Shareholders’ Agreement as if it were a Subscriber thereunder. If the Company have not consummated a Qualified IPO within ten (10) years of the Completion, each Subscriber may assign and transfer to any member(s) within its Subscriber Group, any of its rights, benefits and obligations in this Agreement including without limitation the benefit of any representations, warranties and undertakings contained herein upon prior written notice being given to the Company, provided such transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Shareholders’ Agreement as if it were a Subscriber thereunder. Save as aforesaid, no party hereto may assign or transfer any of his or its rights or obligations under this Agreement.

 

13.3 This Agreement may be entered into by any party by executing a counterpart hereof. All such counterparts when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and this Agreement shall only take effect upon the execution by each of the parties hereto.

 

14. NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATION

Any notice or other communication to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and may be delivered by hand or given by facsimile or sent by an established courier service to the address or fax number from time to time designated. The initial address and fax number so designated by each party are set out in Schedule 6. Any such notice or communication shall be sent to the party to whom it is addressed and must contain sufficient reference and/or particulars to render it readily identifiable with the subject matter of this Agreement. If so delivered by hand or given by facsimile such notice or communication shall be deemed received on the date of despatch and if so sent by an established courier service, shall be deemed received three (3) Business Days after the date of despatch.

 

15. FURTHER ASSURANCE

Each of the parties shall at its/his (as the case may be) own costs, from time to time on request, do or procure the doing of all acts and/or execute or procure the execution of all documents in a form satisfactory to the other parties which the other parties may reasonably request for giving full effect to this Agreement and securing to the other parties the full benefit of the rights, powers and remedies conferred upon the other parties in this Agreement.

 

16. COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

16.1 The Company shall pay or reimburse at the Completion all reasonable costs and expenses incurred or to be incurred by Subscribers up to a maximum of US$100,000 which shall include all expenses and costs, including out-of-pocket expenses and third party consulting or advisory expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

24


17. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

17.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong.

 

17.2 Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof shall be settled by arbitration in Hong Kong under the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Procedures for the Administration of International Arbitration in force at the date of this contract. The appointing authority shall be the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre.

 

17.3 There shall be one (1) arbitrator appointed by the parties in dispute or, failing such agreement within ten (10) days after any party in dispute has given to the other party(ies) in dispute a written request to concur in the appointment of an arbitrator, a single arbitrator to be appointed, on the request of any party, by the Chairman for the time being of the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (as the appointing authority).

 

18. FINDER’S FEES.

Each party (a) represents and warrants to the other party hereto that it has retained no finder or broker in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (b) hereby agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the other party hereto from and against any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s fee of any broker or other person or firm (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the indemnifying party or any of its employees or representatives are responsible.

 

19. FORCE MAJEURE

In the event of earthquakes, typhoon, flood, war or other events (the “Event of Force Majeure”), the consequences of which are beyond the parties’ control, prevention or avoidance and which directly affects the performance of this Agreement or hinders performance of its items, the party which is affected by it should immediately inform the other parties in writing, and within 15 days shall provide details of the event and valid documentary evidence supporting the reasons for which matters agreed in this Agreement cannot be performed in whole or in part or for which performance will be delayed. Such documents must be issued by the notary public office in the place where the said event has occurred.

 

25


20. No Presumption.

The parties acknowledge that any applicable law that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the party that drafted it, has no application and is expressly waived. If any claim is made by a party relating to any conflict, omission or ambiguity in the provisions of this Agreement, no presumption or burden of proof or persuasion will be implied because this Agreement was prepared by or at the request of any party or its counsel.

– EXECUTION PAGES FOLLOW –

 

26


Confidentiality and Non-competition Agreement

保密与不竞争协议

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Share Subscription Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:     VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED
    By:  

/s/ Shen Ya

    Name:   Shen Ya
    Title:   Director
HK CO:     VIPSHOP INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
    By:  

/s/ Shen Ya

    Name:   Shen Ya
    Title:   Director
    Affix Seal:
WFOE:     GUANGZHOU VIPSHOP COMPUTER SERVICE CO., LTD.
    (广州唯品会计算机服务有限公司)
    By:  

/s/ Shen Ya

    Name:   Shen Ya
    Title:   Legal Representative
    Affix Seal:
DOMESTIC COMPANY:     GUANGZHOU VIPSHOP INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.
    (广州唯品会信息科技有限公司)
    By:  

/s/ Shen Ya

    Name:   Shen Ya
    Title:   Legal Representative
    Affix Seal:

 

27

保密Confidential


Confidentiality and Non-competition Agreement

保密与不竞争协议

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Share Subscription Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

FOUNDERS:       

SHEN YA

(沈亚)

        By:  

/s/ Shen Ya

       

HONG XIAOBO

(洪晓波)

    By:  

/s/ Hong Xiaobo

 

28

保密Confidential


Confidentiality and Non-competition Agreement

保密与不竞争协议

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Share Subscription Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

FOUNDER HOLDING COMPANIES:        ELEGANT MOTION HOLDINGS LIMITED
        By:  

/s/ Shen Ya

    Name:   Shen Ya
    Title:   Director
    HIGH VIVACITY HOLDINGS LIMITED
    By:  

/s/ Hong Xiaobo

    Name:   Hong Xiaobo
    Title:   Director

 

29

保密Confidential


Confidentiality and Non-competition Agreement

保密与不竞争协议

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SUBSCRIBERS:    

DCM V, L.P.

DCM AFFILIATES FUND V, L.P.

    By:   DCM Investment Management V, L.P.
    its General Partner
    By:   DCM International V, Ltd.
    its General Partner
    By:  

/s/ Matthew C. Bonner

    Matthew C. Bonner, an authorized signatory
    DCM VI, L.P.
    By:   DCM Investment Management VI, L.P.
    its General Partner
    By:   DCM International VI, Ltd.
      its General Partner
    By:  

/s/ Matthew C. Bonner

    Matthew C. Bonner, an authorized signatory

 

30

保密Confidential


Confidentiality and Non-competition Agreement

保密与不竞争协议

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SUBSCRIBERS:     SEQUOIA CAPITAL 2010 CV HOLDCO, LTD.
    By:  

/s/ Wendy Kok

    Name:   Wendy Kok
    Authorized Signatory

 

31

保密Confidential

Form of opinion of Thorp Alberga, the Cayman Islands Legal Counsel

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

 

Office: +852 2801 6066
Mobile: +852 6621 8994

rthorp@thorpalberga.com

Vipshop Holdings Limited

No. 20 Huahai Street

Liwan District, Guangzhou 510370

The People’s Republic of China

                , 2012

Dear Sirs

Vipshop Holdings Limited.

We have acted as Cayman Islands legal advisers to Vipshop Holdings Limited (the “Company”) in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto, filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the United States Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”), as amended, (the “Registration Statement”), related to the offering and sale of American Depositary Shares representing certain ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share (the “Shares”). This opinion is given in accordance with the terms of the Legal Matters section of the Registration Statement.

 

1 Documents Reviewed

For the purposes of this opinion we have reviewed originals, copies or final drafts of the following documents, and such other documents as we have deemed necessary:

 

1.1 the Certificate of Incorporation dated 27 August 2010;

 

1.2 a Certificate of Good Standing issued by the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands (the “Certificate of Good Standing”);

 

1.3 the Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company as adopted by a resolution passed on 11 April 2011;

 

1.4 the written resolutions of the board of Directors dated 16 February 2012 (the “IPO Board Resolutions”);

 

1.5 a certificate from a Director of the Company addressed to this firm, a copy of which is attached hereto (the “Director’s Certificate”);

 

1.6 the register of members of the Company (the “Register of Members”); and

 

  Tel:   +852 2801 6066     1205A The Centrium
  Fax:   +852 2801 6767     60 Wyndham Street
  www.thorpalberga.com   Central HONG KONG
  Cayman Islands & British Virgin Islands   Attorneys-at-Law
  Resident Hong Kong Partners:   Richard Thorp
  Harriet Unger (England & Wales),   Everton Robertson
  (England & Wales),          Matthew Stocker (England & Wales)


1.7 the Registration Statement.

 

2 Assumptions

The following opinions are given only as to and based on circumstances and matters of fact existing at the date hereof and as to the laws of the Cayman Islands as the same are in force at the date hereof. In giving this opinion, we have relied upon the completeness and accuracy (and assumed the continuing completeness and accuracy as at the date hereof) of the Director’s Certificate, as to matters of fact, without further verification and have assumed that copy documents or drafts of documents provided to us are true and complete copies of, or in the final forms of, the originals.

 

3 Opinions

Based upon, and subject to, the foregoing assumptions, and having regard to such legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:

 

3.1 The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands;

 

3.2 The Shares to be offered and issued by the Company as contemplated by the Registration Statement have been duly authorised for issue by the board, and issued by the Company against payment in full of the consideration, in accordance with the terms set out in the Registration Statement and duly registered in the Company’s Register of Members (shareholders), such Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable;

 

3.3 The statements under the caption “Taxation” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, to the extent that they constitute statements of Cayman Islands law, are accurate in all material respects and such statements constitute our opinion.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the headings “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities”, “Taxation”, “Legal Matters” and elsewhere in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In providing our consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.

This opinion is limited to the matters detailed herein and is not to be read as an opinion with respect to any other matter.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

THORP ALBERGA

 

2

<![CDATA[Form of opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP]]>

Exhibit 8.2

 

  SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP  
  300 SOUTH GRAND AVENUE  
  LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90071-3144  

FIRM/AFFILIATE

OFFICES

_____

 

BOSTON

CHICAGO

HOUSTON

NEW YORK

PALO ALTO

SAN FRANCISCO

WASHINGTON, D.C.

WILMINGTON

_____

 

BEIJING

BRUSSELS

FRANKFURT

HONG KONG

LONDON

MOSCOW

MUNICH

PARIS

SÃO PAULO

SHANGHAI

SINGAPORE

SYDNEY

  _____  
 

 

TEL: (213) 687-5000

 
  FAX: (213) 687-5600  
  www.skadden.com  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

 

            , 2012

 

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   

Vishop Holdings Limited

No. 20 Huahai Street, Fang Village,

Liwan District, Guangzhou 510370

The People’s Republic of China

 

  Re: American Depositary Shares of Vishop Holdings Limited (the “Company”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested our opinion as special United States counsel concerning the statements in the Registration Statement (as described below) under the caption “Taxation—Material United States federal income tax considerations” in connection with the public offering of certain American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), which represent ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, pursuant to the registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), originally filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on             , 2012 (the “Registration Statement”)

This opinion is being furnished to you pursuant to Exhibit 8.2 of the Exhibit Index of the Registration Statement.

In connection with rendering the opinion set forth herein, we have examined and relied on originals or copies of the following:

(a) the Registration Statement; and

(b) such other documents, certificates, and records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion set forth herein.


Vishop Holdings Limited

            , 2012

Page 2

 

Our opinion is conditioned on the initial and continuing accuracy of the facts, information and analyses set forth in such documents, certificates, and records (as identified in clauses (a) and (b) of the immediately preceding paragraph). All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Registration Statement.

For purposes of our opinion, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed, electronic, or photostatic copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. We have relied on a representation of the Company that such documents, certificates, and records are duly authorized, valid and enforceable.

In addition, we have relied on factual statements and representations of the officers and other representatives of the Company and others, and we have assumed that such statements and representations are and will continue to be correct without regard to any qualification as to knowledge or belief.

Our opinion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, United States Treasury regulations, judicial decisions, published positions of the United States Internal Revenue Service, and such other authorities as we have considered relevant, all as in effect as of the date of this opinion and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or change at any time (possibly with retroactive effect). A change in the authorities upon which our opinion is based could affect the conclusions expressed herein. There can be no assurance, moreover, that the opinion expressed herein will be accepted by the United States Internal Revenue Service or, if challenged, by a court.

Based on and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that, under current United States federal income tax law, although the discussion set forth in the Registration Statement under the heading “Taxation—Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” does not purport to summarize all possible United States federal income tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of ADSs to U.S. Holders (as defined therein), such discussion constitutes, in all material respects, a fair and accurate summary of the United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the ADSs that are anticipated to be material to U.S. Holders who purchase the ADSs pursuant to the Registration Statement, subject to the qualifications set forth in such discussion and, to the extent that it sets forth definitive legal conclusions under United States federal income tax law, except as otherwise provided therein, it represents our opinion.

Except as set forth above, we express no other opinion. This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the sale of the securities. This opinion is expressed as of the date hereof, and we are under no obligation to supplement or revise our opinion to reflect any legal developments or factual matters arising subsequent to the date hereof or the impact of any information, document, certificate, record, statement, representation, covenant, or assumption relied upon herein that becomes incorrect or untrue.


Vishop Holdings Limited

            , 2012

Page 3

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules or regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Very truly yours,

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

2011 Stock Incentive Plan

Exhibit 10.1

VIPSHOP HOLDINSG LIMITED

2011 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentives to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business.

2. Definitions. The following definitions shall apply as used herein and in the individual Award Agreements except as defined otherwise in an individual Award Agreement. In the event a term is separately defined in an individual Award Agreement, such definition shall supersede the definition contained in this Section 2.

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or any of the Committees appointed to administer the Plan.

(b) “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

(c) “Applicable Laws” means the legal requirements relating to the Plan and the Awards under applicable provisions of federal securities laws, state corporate and securities laws, the Code, the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, and the rules of any jurisdiction applicable to Awards granted to residents therein.

(d) “Award” means the grant of an Option, SAR, Dividend Equivalent Right, Restricted Share, Restricted Share Unit or other right or benefit under the Plan.

(e) “Award Agreement” means the written agreement evidencing the grant of an Award executed by the Company and the Grantee, including any amendments thereto.

(f) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(g) “Cause” means, with respect to the termination by the Company or a Related Entity of the Grantee’s Continuous Service, that such termination is for “Cause” as such term is expressly defined in a then-effective written agreement between the Grantee and the Company or such Related Entity, or in the absence of such then-effective written agreement and definition, is based on, in the determination of the Administrator, the Grantee’s: (i) performance of any act or failure to perform any act in bad faith and to the detriment of the Company or a Related Entity; (ii) dishonesty, intentional misconduct or material breach of any agreement with the Company or a Related Entity; or (iii) commission of a crime involving dishonesty, breach of trust, or physical or emotional harm to any person.

(h) “Change in Control” (i) any consolidation, amalgamation or merger of the Company with or into any other Person or other corporate reorganization, in which the members of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or reorganization, own less than 50% of the Company’s voting power immediately after such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, or reorganization, or any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred, but excluding any transaction effected solely for tax purposes or to change the Company’s domicile; or (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, other than (a) a consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company; (b) a merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Company; and (c) an equity financing consummated solely for capital-raising purposes in which the Company is the surviving corporation and which is approved by the Board (including the approval of the Director approved by the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares).


(i) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(j) “Committee” means any committee composed of members of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

(k) “Company” means VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED, a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands or any successor corporation that adopts the Plan in connection with a Change in Control.

(l) “Consultant” means any person (other than an Employee or a Director, solely with respect to rendering services in such person’s capacity as an Employee or Director) who is engaged by the Company or any Related Entity to render consulting or advisory services to the Company or such Related Entity.

(m) “Continuous Service” means that the provision of services to the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant is not interrupted or terminated. In jurisdictions requiring notice in advance of an effective termination as an Employee, Director or Consultant, Continuous Service shall be deemed terminated upon the actual cessation of providing services to the Company or a Related Entity notwithstanding any required notice period that must be fulfilled before a termination as an Employee, Director or Consultant can be effective under Applicable Laws. A Grantee’s Continuous Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Continuous Service or upon the entity for which the Grantee provides services ceasing to be a Related Entity. Continuous Service shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any approved leave of absence, (ii) transfers among the Company, any Related Entity, or any successor, in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant, or (iii) any change in status as long as the individual remains in the service of the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant (except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement). An approved leave of absence shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other authorized personal leave. For purposes of each Incentive Share Option granted under the Plan, if such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, and reemployment upon expiration of such leave is not guaranteed by statute or contract, then the Incentive Share Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Share Option on the day three (3) months and one (1) day following the expiration of such ninety (90) day period.

(n) “Director” means a member of the Board or the board of directors of any Related Entity.

(o) “Disability” means as defined under the long-term disability policy of the Company or the Related Entity to which the Grantee provides services regardless of whether the Grantee is covered by such policy. If the Company or the Related Entity to which the Grantee provides service does not have a long-term disability plan in place, “Disability” means that a Grantee is unable to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the position held by the Grantee by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment for a period of not less than ninety (90) consecutive days. A Grantee will not be considered to have incurred a Disability unless he or she furnishes proof of such impairment sufficient to satisfy the Administrator in its discretion.


(p) “Dividend Equivalent Right” means a right entitling the Grantee to compensation measured by dividends paid with respect to Ordinary Shares.

(q) “Drag-Along Event” means a Change in Control approved by (i) the holder(s) of at least a two-thirds (2/3) majority of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares and (ii) the holder(s) of at least a majority of the then outstanding Ordinary Shares, which definition may be amended from time to time under the investor’s rights agreement and amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company.

(r) “Employee” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is in the employ of the Company or any Related Entity, subject to the control and direction of the Company or any Related Entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance. The payment of a director’s fee by the Company or a Related Entity shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(s) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(t) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Ordinary Shares determined as follows:

(i) If the Ordinary Shares are traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the security’s closing prices on such exchange over the thirty (30) day period ending one (1) day prior to the distribution, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Ordinary Shares are traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the distributionas reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; and

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Ordinary Shares of the type described in (i) and (ii), above, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith.

The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability shall be adjusted to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in sub-clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) to reflect the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Administrator, or by a liquidator if one is appointed.


(u) “Grantee” means an Employee, Director or Consultant who receives an Award under the Plan.

(v) “Incentive Share Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(w) “Non-Qualified Share Option” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Share Option.

(x) “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Entity within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(y) “Option” means an option to purchase Shares pursuant to an Award Agreement granted under the Plan.

(z) “Ordinary Share” means an ordinary share of US$0.0001 nominal or par value, of the Company.

(aa) “Parent” means a “parent corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(bb) “Plan” means this 2011 Stock Incentive Plan.

(cc) “Qualified IPO” shall an initial public offering (“IPO”) of the Ordinary Shares of the Company in the United States of America pursuant to an effective registration under the Securities Act or on a reputable stock exchange in Tokyo, London, Hong Kong, Singapore or such reputable stock exchange as may be determined by the Company, with gross proceeds to the Company of not less than US$30,000,000 (net of any underwriters’ commissions and registration expenses).

(dd) “Registration Date” means the first to occur of (i) the closing of the first sale to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of (A) the Ordinary Shares or (B) the same class of securities of a successor corporation (or its Parent) issued pursuant to a Change in Control in exchange for or in substitution of the Ordinary Shares; and (ii) in the event of a Change in Control, the date of the consummation of the Change in Control if the same class of securities of the successor corporation (or its Parent) issuable in such Change in Control shall have been sold to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on or prior to the date of consummation of such Change in Control.

(ee) “Related Entity” means any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and any business, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company or a Parent or a Subsidiary of the Company holds a substantial ownership interest, directly or indirectly.


(ff) “Restricted Share” means a Share issued under the Plan to the Grantee for such consideration, if any, and subject to such restrictions on transfer, rights of first refusal, repurchase provisions, forfeiture provisions, and other terms and conditions as established by the Administrator.

(gg) “Restricted Share Units” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon the passage of time or the attainment of performance criteria established by the Administrator and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of cash, Shares or other securities as established by the Administrator.

(hh) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor thereto.

(ii) “SAR” means a share appreciation right entitling the Grantee to Shares or cash compensation, as established by the Administrator, measured by appreciation in the value of Ordinary Shares.

(jj) “Series A Preferred Share” means a series A preferred share of US$0.0001 nominal or par value, of the Company.

(kk) “Share” means an Ordinary Share of the Company.

(ll) “Spin-off Transaction” means a distribution by the Company to its shareholders of all or any portion of the securities of any Subsidiary of the Company.

(mm) “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Shares Subject to the Plan.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 10 below, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards (including Incentive Share Options) is 7,350,000 Shares (proportionally adjusted to reflect any share dividends, share splits, or similar transactions).

(b) Any Shares covered by an Award (or portion of an Award) which is forfeited, canceled or expires (whether voluntarily or involuntarily) shall be deemed not to have been issued for purposes of determining the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan. Shares that actually have been issued under the Plan pursuant to an Award shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future issuance under the Plan, except that if unvested Shares are forfeited, or repurchased by the Company at the lower of their original purchase price or their Fair Market Value at the time of repurchase, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan. To the extent not prohibited by Section 422(b)(1) of the Code (and the corresponding regulations thereunder), the listing requirements of The Nasdaq National Market (or other established stock exchange or national market system on which the Ordinary Shares are traded) and Applicable Law, any Shares covered by an Award which are surrendered (i) in payment of the Award exercise or purchase price or (ii) in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations incident to the exercise of an Award shall be deemed not to have been issued for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards under the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.


4. Administration of the Plan.

(a) Plan Administrator.

(i) Administration with Respect to Directors and Officers. With respect to grants of Awards to Directors or Employees who are also Officers or Directors of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the Applicable Laws and to permit such grants and related transactions under the Plan to be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act in accordance with Rule 16b-3. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board.

(ii) Administration With Respect to Consultants and Other Employees. With respect to grants of Awards to Employees or Consultants who are neither Directors nor Officers of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the Applicable Laws. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. The Board may authorize one or more Officers to grant such Awards and may limit such authority as the Board determines from time to time.

(iii) Administration Errors. In the event an Award is granted in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this subsection (a), such Award shall be presumptively valid as of its grant date to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to Applicable Laws and the provisions of the Plan (including any other powers given to the Administrator hereunder), and except as otherwise provided by the Board, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to select the Employees, Directors and Consultants to whom Awards may be granted from time to time hereunder;

(ii) to determine whether and to what extent Awards are granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares or the amount of other consideration to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder (including the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Award and Award Agreements);


(vi) to amend the terms of any outstanding Award granted under the Plan, provided that any amendment that would adversely affect the Grantee’s rights under an outstanding Award shall not be made without the Grantee’s written consent;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards, including without limitation, any notice of award or Award Agreement, granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to grant Awards to Employees, Directors and Consultants employed outside the United States on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Administrator, be necessary or desirable to further the purpose of the Plan; and

(ix) to take such other action, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator deems appropriate.

(c) Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or as Officers or Employees of the Company or a Related Entity, members of the Board and any Officers or Employees of the Company or a Related Entity to whom authority to act for the Board, the Administrator or the Company is delegated shall be defended and indemnified by the Company to the extent permitted by law on an after-tax basis against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any Award granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct; provided, however, that within thirty (30) days after the institution of such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at the Company’s expense to defend the same.

5. Eligibility. Awards other than Incentive Share Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants. Incentive Share Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company or a Parent or a Subsidiary of the Company. An Employee, Director or Consultant who has been granted an Award may, if otherwise eligible, be granted additional Awards.

6. Terms and Conditions of Awards.

(a) Types of Awards. The Administrator is authorized under the Plan to award any type of arrangement to an Employee, Director or Consultant that is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan and that by its terms involves or might involve the issuance of (i) Shares, (ii) cash or (iii) an Option, a SAR, or similar right with a fixed or variable price related to the Fair Market Value of the Shares and with an exercise or conversion privilege related to the passage of time, the occurrence of one or more events, or the satisfaction of performance criteria or other conditions. Such awards include, without limitation, Options, SARs, sales or bonuses of Restricted Share, Restricted Share Units or Dividend Equivalent Rights, and an Award may consist of one such security or benefit, or two (2) or more of them in any combination or alternative.


(b) Designation of Award. Each Award shall be designated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Option, the Option shall be designated as either an Incentive Share Option or a Non-Qualified Share Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares subject to Options designated as Incentive Share Options which become exercisable for the first time by a Grantee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options, to the extent of the Shares covered thereby in excess of the foregoing limitation, shall be treated as Non-Qualified Share Options. For this purpose, Incentive Share Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the grant date of the relevant Option.

(c) Conditions of Award. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator shall determine the provisions, terms, and conditions of each Award including, but not limited to, the Award vesting schedule, repurchase provisions, rights of first refusal, forfeiture provisions, form of payment (cash, Shares, or other consideration) upon settlement of the Award, payment contingencies, and satisfaction of any performance criteria. The performance criteria established by the Administrator may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following: (i) increase in share price, (ii) earnings per share, (iii) total shareholder return, (iv) operating margin, (v) gross margin, (vi) return on equity, (vii) return on assets, (viii) return on investment, (ix) operating income, (x) net operating income, (xi) pre-tax profit, (xii) cash flow, (xiii) revenue, (xiv) expenses, (xv) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation, (xvi) economic value added and (xvii) market share. The performance criteria may be applicable to the Company, Related Entities and/or any individual business units of the Company or any Related Entity. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in a payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Award Agreement.

(d) Acquisitions and Other Transactions. The Administrator may issue Awards under the Plan in settlement, assumption or substitution for, outstanding awards or obligations to grant future awards in connection with the Company or a Related Entity acquiring another entity, an interest in another entity or an additional interest in a Related Entity whether by merger, share purchase, asset purchase or other form of transaction.

(e) Deferral of Award Payment. The Administrator may establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Grantees the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of consideration upon exercise of an Award, satisfaction of performance criteria, or other event that absent the election would entitle the Grantee to payment or receipt of Shares or other consideration under an Award. The Administrator may establish the election procedures, the timing of such elections, the mechanisms for payments of, and accrual of interest or other earnings, if any, on amounts, Shares or other consideration so deferred, and such other terms, conditions, rules and procedures that the Administrator deems advisable for the administration of any such deferral program.


(f) Separate Programs. The Administrator may establish one or more separate programs under the Plan for the purpose of issuing particular forms of Awards to one or more classes of Grantees on such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator from time to time.

(g) Early Exercise. The Award Agreement may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Grantee may elect at any time while an Employee, Director or Consultant to exercise any part or all of the Award prior to full vesting of the Award. Any unvested Shares received pursuant to such exercise may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or a Related Entity or to any other restriction the Administrator determines to be appropriate.

(h) Term of Award. The term of each Award shall be the term stated in the Award Agreement, provided, however, that the term of an Incentive Share Option shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. However, in the case of an Incentive Share Option granted to a Grantee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns shares representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the term of the Incentive Share Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the specified term of any Award shall not include any period for which the Grantee has elected to defer the receipt of the Shares or cash issuable pursuant to the Award.

(i) Transferability of Awards. Incentive Share Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Grantee, only by the Grantee. Non-Qualified Stock Options and other Awards shall be transferable (i) by will and by the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) during the lifetime of the Grantee, to the extent and in the manner authorized by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantee may designate one or more beneficiaries of the Grantee’s Award in the event of the Grantee’s death on a beneficiary designation form provided by the Administrator.

(j) Time of Granting Awards. The date of grant of an Award shall for all purposes be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination to grant such Award, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator.

7. Award Exercise or Purchase Price, Consideration and Taxes.

(a) Exercise or Purchase Price. The exercise or purchase price, if any, for an Award shall be as follows:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Share Option:

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Share Option owns shares representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or


(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in the preceding paragraph, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Non-Qualified Share Option, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than fifteen percent (15%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(iii) In the case of other Awards, such price as is determined by the Administrator.

(iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(a), in the case of an Award issued pursuant to Section 6(d), above, the exercise or purchase price for the Award shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the relevant instrument evidencing the agreement to issue such Award.

(b) Consideration. Subject to Applicable Laws, the consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise or purchase of an Award including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Share Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). In addition to any other types of consideration the Administrator may determine, the Administrator is authorized to accept as consideration for Shares issued under the Plan the following:

(i) cash;

(ii) check;

(iii) if the exercise or purchase occurs on or after the Registration Date, surrender of Shares or delivery of a properly executed form of attestation of ownership of Shares as the Administrator may require which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender or attestation equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Award shall be exercised, provided, however, that Shares acquired under the Plan or any other equity compensation plan or agreement of the Company must have been held by the Grantee for a period of more than six (6) months (and not used for another Award exercise by attestation during such period);

(iv) with respect to Options, if the exercise occurs on or after the Registration Date, payment through a broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Grantee (A) shall provide written instructions to a Company designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of some or all of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased Shares and (B) shall provide written directives to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale transaction; or

(v) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

The Administrator may at any time or from time to time, by adoption of or by amendment to the standard forms of Award Agreement described in Section 4(b)(iv), or by other means, grant Awards which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment for the Shares or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.


(c) Taxes. No Shares shall be delivered under the Plan to any Grantee or other person until such Grantee or other person has made arrangements acceptable to the Administrator for the satisfaction of any non-U.S., federal, state, or local income and employment tax withholding obligations, including, without limitation, obligations incident to the receipt of Shares or the disqualifying disposition of Shares received on exercise of an Incentive Share Option. Upon exercise of an Award the Company shall withhold or collect from Grantee an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations.

8. Exercise of Award.

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder.

(i) Any Award granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator under the terms of the Plan and specified in the Award Agreement.

(ii) An Award shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Award by the person entitled to exercise the Award and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Award is exercised, including, to the extent selected, use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the purchase price as provided in Section 7(b)(iv).

(b) Exercise of Award Following Termination of Continuous Service.

(i) An Award may not be exercised after the termination date of such Award set forth in the Award Agreement and may be exercised following the termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service only to the extent provided in the Award Agreement.

Where the Award Agreement permits a Grantee to exercise an Award following the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service for a specified period, the Award shall terminate to the extent not exercised on the last day of the specified period or the last day of the original term of the Award, whichever occurs first.

(ii) Any Award designated as an Incentive Share Option to the extent not exercised within the time permitted by law for the exercise of Incentive Share Options following the termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service shall convert automatically to a Non-Qualified Share Option and thereafter shall be exercisable as such to the extent exercisable by its terms for the period specified in the Award Agreement.

9. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

(a) Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all Applicable Laws, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.


(b) As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any Applicable Laws.

(c) As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Grantee shall grant a power of attorney to the Board or any person designated by the Board to exercise the voting rights with respect to the Shares and the Company may require the person exercising such Award to acknowledge and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Members Agreement, the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, the Voting Agreement or similar agreements entered into among the shareholders of the Company from time to time, as if the Grantee is an Ordinary Shareholder thereunder.

10. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the number of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each such outstanding Award, the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted to any Grantee in any fiscal year of the Company, as well as any other terms that the Administrator determines require adjustment shall be proportionately adjusted for (i) any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a share split, reverse share split, share dividend, combination or reclassification of the Shares, or similar transaction affecting the Shares, (ii) any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, or (iii) as the Administrator may determine in its discretion, any other transaction with respect to Ordinary Shares including a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or equity, separation (including a spin-off or other distribution of shares or property), reorganization, liquidation (whether partial or complete) or any similar transaction; provided, however that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as the Administrator determines, no issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason hereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award. In the event of a Spin-off Transaction, the Administrator may in its discretion make such adjustments and take such other action as it deems appropriate with respect to outstanding Awards under the Plan, including but not limited to: (i) adjustments to the number and kind of Shares, the exercise or purchase price per Share and the vesting periods of outstanding Awards, (ii) prohibit the exercise of Awards during certain periods of time prior to the consummation of the Spin-off Transaction, or (iii) the substitution, exchange or grant of Awards to purchase securities of the Subsidiary; provided that the Administrator shall not be obligated to make any such adjustments or take any such action hereunder.

11. Effective Date and Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon the later to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the shareholders of the Company. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated. Subject to Section 16, below, and Applicable Laws, Awards may be granted under the Plan upon its becoming effective.


12. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan.

(a) The Board may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Plan; provided, however, that no such amendment shall be made without the approval of the Company’s shareholders to the extent such approval is required by Applicable Laws, or if such amendment would change any of the provisions of Section 4(b)(vi) or this Section 12(a).

(b) No Award may be granted during any suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.

(c) No suspension or termination of the Plan (including termination of the Plan under Section 11, above) shall adversely affect any rights under Awards already granted to a Grantee.

13. Reservation of Shares.

(a) The Company, during the term of the Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

(b) The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

14. No Effect on Terms of Employment/Consulting Relationship. The Plan shall not confer upon any Grantee any right with respect to the Grantee’s Continuous Service, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the right of the Company or any Related Entity to terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Service at any time, with or without Cause, and with or without notice. The ability of the Company or any Related Entity to terminate the employment of a Grantee who is employed at will is in no way affected by its determination that the Grantee’s Continuous Service has been terminated for Cause for the purposes of this Plan.

15. No Effect on Retirement and Other Benefit Plans. Except as specifically provided in a retirement or other benefit plan of the Company or a Related Entity, Awards shall not be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits or contributions under any retirement plan of the Company or a Related Entity, and shall not affect any benefits under any other benefit plan of any kind or any benefit plan subsequently instituted under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to level of compensation. The Plan is not a “Retirement Plan” or “Welfare Plan” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

16. Shareholder Approval. The grant of Incentive Share Options under the Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within two (2) months after the date the Plan is adopted excluding Incentive Share Options issued in substitution for outstanding Incentive Share Options pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws. The Administrator may grant Incentive Share Options under the Plan prior to approval by the shareholders, but until such approval is obtained, no such Incentive Share Option shall be exercisable. In the event that shareholder approval is not obtained within the two (2) month period provided above, all Incentive Share Options previously granted under the Plan shall be exercisable as Non-Qualified Share Options.


17. Vesting Schedule. Except as unanimously approved by the Board, the Awards to be issued to the Grantees under the Plan shall be subject to a minimum four (4) year vesting schedule calling for vesting no faster than the following, counting from the applicable vesting commencement date with respect to the total Ordinary Shares subject to the Awards: one-fourth (1/4th) of the total Ordinary Shares subject to the Awards shall vest at the first (1st) anniversary of the vesting commencement date and one-forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total Ordinary Shares subject to the Awards shall vest at the end of each month thereafter; provided that the Awards shall not be exercised or released until the earlier of consumption of a Qualified IPO or immediately prior to a Change in Control.

18. Drag-Along Events. In the event of a Drag-Along Event, the Grantees who hold any Shares upon exercise of the Award shall sell, transfer, convey or assign all of their Shares pursuant to, and so as to give effect to, the Drag-Along Event, and each of such Grantees shall grant to the then current chief executive officer of the Company or an authorized officer, a power of attorney to transfer his/her Shares and to do and carry out all other acts and to sign all other documents that are necessary or advisable to complete the Drag-Along Event.

19. Qualified IPO. In the case of a Qualified IPO, the Grantees shall enter into any agreements with any underwriter, coordinator, bankers or sponsor elected by the Company for the purpose of the Qualified IPO, and each of such Grantees shall grants to the then current chief executive officer or other authorized officer of the Company a power of attorney to enter into any agreements with any underwriter, coordinator, bankers or sponsor elected by the Company and to do and carry out all the acts and to sign all the documents that are necessary or advisable to complete the Qualified IPO.

20. Unfunded Obligation. Any amounts payable to Grantees pursuant to the Plan shall be unfunded and unsecured obligations for all purposes, including, without limitation, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Neither the Company nor any Related Entity shall be required to segregate any monies from its general funds, or to create any trusts, or establish any special accounts with respect to such obligations. The Company shall retain at all times beneficial ownership of any investments, including trust investments, which the Company may make to fulfill its payment obligations hereunder. Any investments or the creation or maintenance of any trust or any Grantee account shall not create or constitute a trust or fiduciary relationship between the Administrator, the Company or any Related Entity and a Grantee, or otherwise create any vested or beneficial interest in any Grantee or the Grantee’s creditors in any assets of the Company or a Related Entity. The Grantees shall have no claim against the Company or any Related Entity for any changes in the value of any assets that may be invested or reinvested by the Company with respect to the Plan.

21. Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

2012 Share Incentive Plan

Exhibit 10.11

VIPSHOP HOLDINGS LIMITED

2012 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE 1

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Vipshop Holdings Limited 2012 Share Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of Vipshop Holdings Limited, a company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”) by linking the personal interests of the members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants to those of the Company’s shareholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of members of the Board, Employees and Consultants upon whose judgment and contribution the Company’s business is largely dependent.

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.

2.1 “Applicable Laws” means the legal requirements relating to the Plan and the Awards under applicable provisions of the corporate, securities, tax and other laws, rules, regulations and government orders, and the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, of any jurisdiction applicable to Awards granted to residents therein.

2.2 “Award” means an Option, Restricted Share or Restricted Share Unit award granted to a Participant pursuant to the Plan.

2.3 “Award Agreement” means any agreement, contract, or other instrument or document, in writing or through electronic medium, evidencing an Award, including an Option Award Agreement, a Restricted Shares Award Agreement or a Restricted Share Units Award Agreement, each as defined herein.

2.4 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the United States, as amended.

2.6 “Committee” means a committee of the Board described in Article 10.


2.7 “Consultant” means any consultant or adviser if: (a) the consultant or adviser renders bona fide services to a Service Recipient; (b) the services rendered by the consultant or adviser are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (c) the consultant or adviser is a natural person who has contracted directly with the Service Recipient to render such services.

2.8 “Corporate Transaction”, unless otherwise defined in an Award Agreement, means any of the following transactions, provided, however, that the Committee shall determine under (d) and (e) whether multiple transactions are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive:

(a) an amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation or scheme of arrangement (i) in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the jurisdiction in which the Company is incorporated or (ii) following which the holders of the voting securities of the Company do not continue to hold more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity;

(b) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;

(c) the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(d) any reverse takeover or series of related transactions culminating in a reverse takeover (including, but not limited to, a tender offer followed by a reverse takeover) in which the Company is the surviving entity but (A) the Company’s equity securities outstanding immediately prior to such takeover are converted or exchanged by virtue of the takeover into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, or (B) in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from those who held such securities immediately prior to such takeover or the initial transaction culminating in such takeover, but excluding any such transaction or series of related transactions that the Committee determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction; or

(e) acquisition in a single or series of related transactions by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or by a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities but excluding any such transaction or series of related transactions that the Committee determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction.

2.9 “Disability”, unless otherwise defined in an Award Agreement, means that the Participant qualifies to receive long-term disability payments under the Service Recipient’s long-term disability insurance program, as it may be amended from time to time, to which the Participant provides services regardless of whether the Participant is covered by such policy. If the Service Recipient to which the Participant provides service does not have a long-term disability plan in place, “Disability” means that a Participant is unable to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the position held by the Participant by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment for a period of not less than ninety (90) consecutive days. A Participant will not be considered to have incurred a Disability unless he or she furnishes proof of such impairment sufficient to satisfy the Committee in its discretion.

 

2


2.10 “Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

2.11 “Employee” means any person, including an officer or a member of the Board of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, who is in the employment of a Service Recipient, subject to the control and direction of the Service Recipient as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance. The payment of a director’s fee by a Service Recipient shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Service Recipient.

2.12 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 of the United States, as amended.

2.13 “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Shares determined as follows:

(a) If the Shares are listed on one or more established stock exchanges or national market systems, including without limitation, New York Stock Exchange, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such Shares (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on the principal exchange or system on which the Shares are listed (as determined by the Committee) on the date of determination (or, if no closing sales price or closing bid was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price or closing bid was reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable;

(b) If the Shares are regularly quoted on an automated quotation system (including the OTC Bulletin Board) or by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such shares as quoted on such system or by such securities dealer on the date of determination, but if selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Shares on the date of determination (or, if no such prices were reported on that date, on the last date such prices were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; or

(c) In the absence of an established market for the Shares of the type described in (a) and (b), above, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Committee in good faith and in its discretion by reference to (i) the placing price of the latest private placement of the Shares and the development of the Company’s business operations and the general economic and market conditions since such latest private placement, (ii) other third party transactions involving the Shares and the development of the Company’s business operation and the general economic and market conditions since such sale, (iii) an independent valuation of the Shares, or (iv) such other methodologies or information as the Committee determines to be indicative of Fair Market Value.

 

3


2.14 “Incentive Share Option” means an Option that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.

2.15 “Independent Director” means a member of the Board who is a Non-Employee Director and who meets the standards of independence under New York Stock Exchange or other applicable stock exchanges where the Company’s Shares are listed.

2.16 “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who qualifies as a “Non-Employee Director” as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Board.

2.17 “Non-Qualified Share Option” means an Option that is not intended to be an Incentive Share Option.

2.18 “Option” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 5 of the Plan to purchase a specified number of Shares at a specified price during specified time periods. An Option may be either an Incentive Share Option or a Non-Qualified Share Option.

2.19 “Participant” means a person who, as a member of the Board, Consultant or Employee, has been granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.

2.20 “Parent” means a parent corporation under Section 424(e) of the Code.

2.21 “Permitted Transfer” means the following:

(a) transfer to the Company or a Subsidiary;

(b) transfer by gift to “immediate family” as that term is defined in SEC Rule 16a-1(e) promulgated under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

(c) the designation of a beneficiary to receive benefits if the Participant dies or, if the Participant has died, transfers to or exercises by the Participant’s beneficiary, or, in the absence of a validly designated beneficiary, transfers by will or the laws of descent and distribution;

(d) if the Participant has suffered a disability, permitted transfers or exercises on behalf of the Participant by the Participant’s duly authorized legal representative; or

(e) subject to the prior approval of the Committee, transfer to one or more natural persons who are the Participant’s family members or entities owned and controlled by the Participant and/or the Participant’s family members, including but not limited to trusts or other entities whose beneficiaries or beneficial owners are the Participant and/or the Participant’s family members, or to such other persons or entities as may be expressly approved by the Committee, pursuant to such conditions and procedures as the Committee may establish.

 

4


2.22 “Plan” means this Vipshop Holdings Limited 2012 Share Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

2.23 “Related Entity” means any business, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company holds a substantial ownership or control interest, directly or indirectly, but which is not a Subsidiary and which the Board designates as a Related Entity for purposes of the Plan.

2.24 “Restricted Share” means a Share awarded to a Participant pursuant to Article 6 that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture.

2.25 “Restricted Share Unit” means the right granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 7 to receive a Share at a future date.

2.26 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States, as amended.

2.27 “Service Recipient” means the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and any Related Entity to which a Participant provides services as an Employee, a Consultant or a Director.

2.28 “Share” means Ordinary Shares, par value US$0.0001 per share, of the Company, and such other securities of the Company that may be substituted for Shares pursuant to Article 9.

2.29 “Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the outstanding voting shares or voting power is beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the Company.

2.30 “Trading Date” means the closing of the first sale to the general public of the Shares pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act.

ARTICLE 3

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1 Number of Shares.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Article 9 and Section 3.1(b), the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards (including Incentive Share Options, the “Award Pool”) shall equal to 9,000,000, provided that, the maximum aggregate number of Shares issuable under this Plan pursuant to all Awards in any given calendar year starting 2012 until the termination of this Plan is 1,500,000 Shares (proportionally adjusted to reflect any share dividends, share splits, or similar transactions).

 

5


(b) To the extent that an Award terminates, expires, or lapses for any reason, any Shares subject to the Award shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form or combination by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company shall not be counted against Shares available for grant pursuant to the Plan. Shares delivered by the Participant or withheld by the Company upon the exercise of any Award under the Plan, in payment of the exercise price thereof or tax withholding thereon, may again be granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations of Section 3.1(a). If any Restricted Shares are forfeited by the Participant or repurchased by the Company, such Shares may again be optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations of Section 3.1(a). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1(b), no Shares may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Share Option to fail to qualify as an incentive Share option under Section 422 of the Code.

3.2 Shares Distributed. Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares, treasury shares (subject to Applicable Laws) or Shares purchased on the open market. Additionally, in the discretion of the Committee, American Depository Shares in an amount equal to the number of Shares which otherwise would be distributed pursuant to an Award may be distributed in lieu of Shares in settlement of any Award. If the number of Shares represented by an American Depository Share is other than on a one-to-one basis, the limitations of Section 3.1 shall be adjusted to reflect the distribution of American Depository Shares in lieu of Shares.

ARTICLE 4

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

4.1 Eligibility. Persons eligible to participate in this Plan include Employees, Consultants, and all members of the Board, as determined by the Committee.

4.2 Participation. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from among all eligible individuals, those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award. No individual shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to this Plan.

4.3 Jurisdictions. In order to assure the viability of Awards granted to Participants employed in various jurisdictions, the Committee may provide for such special terms as it may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy, or custom applicable in the jurisdiction in which the Participant resides or is employed. Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements, or alternative versions of, the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose; provided, however, that no such supplements, amendments, restatements, or alternative versions shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3.1 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate any Applicable Laws.

 

6


ARTICLE 5

OPTIONS

5.1 General. The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

(a) Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share subject to an Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Option Award Agreement which may be a fixed or variable price related to the Fair Market Value of the Shares. The exercise price per Share subject to an Option may be amended or adjusted in the absolute discretion of the Committee, the determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Laws, a downward adjustment of the exercise prices of Options mentioned in the preceding sentence shall be effective without the approval of the Company’s shareholders or the approval of the affected Participants.

(b) Time and Conditions of Exercise. The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, including exercise prior to vesting; provided that the term of any Option granted under the Plan shall not exceed ten years, except as provided in Section 12.1. The Committee shall also determine any conditions, if any, that must be satisfied before all or part of an Option may be exercised.

(c) Payment. The Committee shall determine the methods by which the exercise price of an Option may be paid, the form of payment, including, without limitation (i) cash or check denominated in U.S. Dollars, (ii) to the extent permissible under the Applicable Laws, cash or check in Chinese Renminbi, (iii) cash or check denominated in any other local currency as approved by the Committee, (iv) Shares held for such period of time as may be required by the Committee in order to avoid adverse financial accounting consequences and having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion thereof, (v) after the Trading Date the delivery of a notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, (vi) other property acceptable to the Committee with a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price, or (vii) any combination of the foregoing. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant who is a member of the Board or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to pay the exercise price of an Option in any method which would violate Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

(d) Evidence of Grant. All Options shall be evidenced by an Option Award Agreement between the Company and the Participant. The Option Award Agreement shall include such additional provisions as may be specified by the Committee.

5.2 Incentive Share Options. Incentive Share Options may be granted to Employees of the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Incentive Share Options may not be granted to Employees of a Related Entity or to Independent Directors or Consultants. The terms of any Incentive Share Options granted pursuant to the Plan, in addition to the requirements of Section 5.1, must comply with the following additional provisions of this Section 5.2:

 

7


(a) Expiration of Option. An Incentive Share Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:

(i) Ten years from the date it is granted, unless an earlier time is set in the Award Agreement;

(ii) 90 days after the Participant’s termination of employment as an Employee; and

(iii) One year after the date of the Participant’s termination of employment or service on account of Disability or death. Upon the Participant’s Disability or death, any Incentive Share Options exercisable at the Participant’s Disability or death may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or representatives, by the person or persons entitled to do so pursuant to the Participant’s last will and testament, or, if the Participant fails to make testamentary disposition of such Incentive Share Option or dies intestate, by the person or persons entitled to receive the Incentive Share Option pursuant to the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(b) Individual Dollar Limitation. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all Shares with respect to which Incentive Share Options are first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000 or such other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code, or any successor provision. To the extent that Incentive Share Options are first exercisable by a Participant in excess of such limitation, the excess shall be considered Non-Qualified Share Options.

(c) Exercise Price. The exercise price of an Incentive Share Option shall be equal to the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. However, the exercise price of any Incentive Share Option granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns Shares possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company may not be less than 110% of Fair Market Value on the date of grant and such Option may not be exercisable for more than five years from the date of grant.

(d) Transfer Restriction. The Participant shall give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of an Incentive Share Option within (i) two years from the date of grant of such Incentive Share Option or (ii) one year after the transfer of such Shares to the Participant.

(e) Expiration of Incentive Share Options. No Award of an Incentive Share Option may be made pursuant to this Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.

(f) Right to Exercise. During a Participant’s lifetime, an Incentive Share Option may be exercised only by the Participant.

 

8


ARTICLE 6

RESTRICTED SHARES

6.1 Grant of Restricted Shares. The Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Restricted Shares to Participants as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the number of Restricted Shares to be granted to each Participant.

6.2 Restricted Shares Award Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Shares shall be evidenced by a Restricted Shares Award Agreement that shall specify the period of restriction, the number of Restricted Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, Restricted Shares shall be held by the Company as escrow agent until the restrictions on such Restricted Shares have lapsed.

6.3 Issuance and Restrictions. Restricted Shares shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Committee may impose (including, without limitation, limitations on the right to vote Restricted Shares or the right to receive dividends on the Restricted Share). These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, pursuant to such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Committee determines at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter.

6.4 Forfeiture/Repurchase. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon termination of employment or service during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Shares that are at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited or repurchased in accordance with the Restricted Shares Award Agreement; provided, however, the Committee may (a) provide in any Restricted Shares Award Agreement that restrictions or forfeiture and repurchase conditions relating to Restricted Shares will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and (b) in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture and repurchase conditions relating to Restricted Shares.

6.5 Certificates for Restricted Shares. Restricted Shares granted pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Shares are registered in the name of the Participant, certificates must bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Shares, and the Company may, at its discretion, retain physical possession of the certificate until such time as all applicable restrictions lapse.

6.6 Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 6, Restricted Shares granted under the Plan shall be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the period of restriction. The Committee, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions shall lapse or be removed. After the restrictions have lapsed, the Participant shall be entitled to have any legend or legends under Section 6.5 removed from his or her Share certificate, and the Shares shall be freely transferable by the Participant, subject to applicable legal restrictions. The Committee, in its discretion, may establish procedures regarding the release of Shares from escrow and the removal of legends, as necessary or appropriate to minimize administrative burdens on the Company.

 

9


ARTICLE 7

RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS

7.1 Grant of Restricted Share Units. The Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Restricted Share Units to Participants as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the number of Restricted Share Units to be granted to each Participant.

7.2 Restricted Share Units Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Share Units shall be evidenced by a Restricted Share Units Award Agreement that shall specify any vesting conditions, the number of Restricted Share Units granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

7.3 Performance Objectives and Other Terms. The Committee, in its discretion, shall set performance objectives or other vesting criteria which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Restricted Share Units that will be paid out to the Participants.

7.4 Form and Timing of Payment of Restricted Share Units. At the time of grant, the Committee shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Share Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable. Upon vesting, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay Restricted Share Units in the form of cash, in Shares or in a combination thereof.

7.5 Forfeiture/Repurchase. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon termination of employment or service during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Share Units that are at that time unvested shall be forfeited or repurchased in accordance with the Restricted Share Units Award Agreement; provided, however, the Committee may (a) provide in any Restricted Share Units Award Agreement that restrictions or forfeiture and repurchase conditions relating to Restricted Share Units will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and (b) in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture and repurchase conditions relating to Restricted Share Units.

ARTICLE 8

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

8.1 Award Agreement. Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include the term of an Award, the provisions applicable in the event the Participant’s employment or service terminates, and the Company’s authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an Award.

8.2 Limits on Transfer. Except for a Permitted Transfer or as otherwise expressly approved by the Committee, no right or interest of a Participant in any Award may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Company or a Subsidiary, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party. Any Permitted Transfer shall be subject to the condition that the Committee receive evidence satisfactory to it that the transfer is being made for the purposes set forth of the definition of “Permitted Transfer” in Section 2.21 hereof and on a basis consistent with the Company’s lawful issue of securities.

 

10


8.3 Beneficiaries. Notwithstanding Section 8.2, a Participant may, in the manner determined by the Committee, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Participant’s death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to the Participant, except to the extent the Plan and Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. If the Participant is married and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Participant’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Participant’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Committee.

8.4 Share Certificates. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of the Share pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Committee has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all Applicable Laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the Shares are listed or traded. All Share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with all Applicable Laws, and the rules of The New York Stock Exchange or any other national securities exchange or automated quotation system where the Shares are listed, quoted, or traded. The Committee may place legends on any Share certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Committee may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Committee, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Committee shall have the right to require any Participant to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Committee.

8.5 Paperless Administration. Subject to Applicable Laws, the Committee may make Awards, provide applicable disclosure and procedures for exercise of Awards by an internet website or interactive voice response system for the paperless administration of Awards.

 

11


8.6 Foreign Currency. A Participant may be required to provide evidence that any currency used to pay the exercise price of any Award were acquired and taken out of the jurisdiction in which the Participant resides in accordance with Applicable Laws, including foreign exchange control laws and regulations.

In the event the exercise price for an Award is paid in Chinese Renminbi or other foreign currency, as permitted by the Committee, the amount payable will be determined by conversion from U.S. dollars at the official rate promulgated by the People’s Bank of China for Chinese Renminbi, or for jurisdictions other than the People’s Republic of China, the exchange rate as selected by the Committee on the date of exercise.

ARTICLE 9

CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE

9.1 Adjustments. In the event of any dividend, share split, combination or exchange of Shares, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation, spin-off, recapitalization or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to its shareholders, or any other change affecting Shares or the price of a Share, the Committee shall make such proportionate adjustments, if any, as the Committee in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such change with respect to (a) the aggregate number and type of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1); (b) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (c) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan.

9.2 Corporate Transactions. Except as may otherwise be provided in any Award Agreement or any other written agreement entered into by and between the Company and a Participant, if the Committee anticipates the occurrence, or upon the occurrence, of a Corporate Transaction, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for (i) any and all Awards outstanding hereunder to terminate at a specific time in the future and shall give each Participant the right to exercise the vested portion of such Awards during a period of time as the Committee shall determine, or (ii) the purchase of any Award for an amount of cash equal to the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of such date the Committee determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (iii) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Committee in its sole discretion or the assumption of or substitution of such Award by the successor or surviving corporation, or a Parent or Subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of Shares and prices, or (iv) payment of Award in cash based on the value of Shares on the date of the Corporate Transaction plus reasonable interest on the Award through the date when such Award would otherwise be vested or have been paid in accordance with its original terms, if necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

9.3 Outstanding Awards – Other Changes. In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Company or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in this Article 9, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Awards outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share grant or exercise price of each Award as the Committee may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.

 

12


9.4 No Other Rights. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Committee under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares subject to an Award or the grant or exercise price of any Award.

ARTICLE 10

ADMINISTRATION

10.1 Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a committee of one or more members of the Board (the “Committee”) to whom the Board shall delegate the authority to grant or amend Awards to Participants other than any of the Committee members. Any grant or amendment of Awards to any Committee member shall then require an affirmative vote of a majority of the Board members who are not on the Committee.

10.2 Action by the Committee. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by a majority of the Committee in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Committee. Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

10.3 Authority of Committee. Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Committee has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:

(a) Designate Participants to receive Awards;

(b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;

(c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate;

(d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;

 

13


(e) Determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

(f) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;

(g) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

(h) Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

(i) Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan or any Award Agreement; and

(j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan.

10.4 Decisions Binding. The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

ARTICLE 11

EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATE

11.1 Effective Date. The Plan is effective as of the date the Plan is adopted and approved by the shareholders of the Company (the “Effective Date”). The Plan will be deemed to be approved by the shareholders if it receives the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the share capital of the Company present or represented and entitled to vote at a meeting duly held in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Company’s Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association.

11.2 Expiration Date. The Plan will expire on, and no Award may be granted pursuant to the Plan after, the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. Any Awards that are outstanding on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

14


ARTICLE 12

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

12.1 Amendment, Modification, And Termination. With the approval of the Board, at any time and from time to time, the Committee may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that (a) to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws, or stock exchange rules, the Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required, unless the Company decides to follow home country practice, and (b) unless the Company decides to follow home country practice, shareholder approval is required for any amendment to the Plan that (i) increases the number of Shares available under the Plan (other than any adjustment as provided by Article 9), (ii) permits the Committee to extend the term of the Plan or the exercise period for an Option beyond ten years from the date of grant, or (iii) results in a material increase in benefits or a change in eligibility requirements.

12.2 Awards Previously Granted. Except with respect to amendments made pursuant to Section 12.1, no termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted pursuant to the Plan without the prior written consent of the Participant.

ARTICLE 13

GENERAL PROVISIONS

13.1 No Rights to Awards. No Participant or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Committee is obligated to treat Participants and other persons uniformly.

13.2 No Shareholders Rights. No Award gives the Participant any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company unless and until Shares are in fact issued to such person in connection with such Award.

13.3 Taxes. No Shares shall be delivered under the Plan to any Participant until such Participant has made arrangements acceptable to the Committee for the satisfaction of any income and employment tax withholding obligations under Applicable Laws. The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable taxes (including the Participant’s payroll tax obligations) required or permitted by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Participant arising as a result of this Plan. The Committee may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow a Participant to elect to have the Company withhold Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the return of Shares) having a Fair Market Value equal to the sums required to be withheld. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the number of Shares which may be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of any Award (or which may be repurchased from the Participant of such Award after such Shares were acquired by the Participant from the Company) in order to satisfy any income and payroll tax liabilities applicable to the Participant with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of the Award shall, unless specifically approved by the Committee, be limited to the number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for the applicable income and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.

 

15


13.4 No Right to Employment or Services. Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Service Recipient to terminate any Participant’s employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of any Service Recipient.

13.5 Unfunded Status of Awards. The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary.

13.6 Indemnification. To the extent allowable pursuant to applicable law, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

13.7 Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits pursuant to any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

13.8 Expenses. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

13.9 Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

13.10 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding up or down as appropriate.

13.11 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any Participant who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

16


13.12 Government and Other Regulations. The obligation of the Company to make payment of awards in Share or otherwise shall be subject to all Applicable Laws, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required. The Company shall be under no obligation to register any of the Shares paid pursuant to the Plan under the Securities Act or any other similar law in any applicable jurisdiction. If the Shares paid pursuant to the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration pursuant to the Securities Act or other Applicable Laws, the Company may restrict the transfer of such Shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

13.13 Governing Law. The Plan and all Award Agreements shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

13.14 Section 409A. To the extent that the Committee determines that any Award granted under the Plan is or may become subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and the Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the U.S. Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulation or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Committee determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Committee may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and /or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related U.S. Department of Treasury guidance.

13.15 Appendices. The Committee may approve such supplements, amendments or appendices to the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for purposes of compliance with applicable laws or otherwise and such supplements, amendments or appendices shall be considered a part of the Plan; provided, however, that no such supplements shall increase the share limitation contained in Section 3.1 of the Plan without the approval of the Board.

 

17

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Exhibit 21.1

List of the Subsidiaries and Affiliated Entities of Vipshop Holdings Limited

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of
Incorporation

  

Affiliate Relationship

with the Registrant

Subsidiaries:

     
Vipshop International Holdings Limited    Hong Kong    Wholly-owned subsidiary
Vipshop (China) Co., Ltd.    PRC    Wholly-owned subsidiary
Vipshop (Kunshan) E-Commerce Co., Ltd.    PRC    Wholly-owned subsidiary
Vipshop (Jianyang) E-Commerce Co., Ltd.    PRC    Wholly-owned subsidiary

Affiliated Entities:

     
Guangzhou Vipshop Information Technology Co., Ltd.    PRC    Consolidated affiliated entity
Consent of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Vipshop Holdings Limited on Form F-1 (Registration No. 333-179581) of our report dated February 17, 2012 related to the consolidated financial statements of Vipshop Holdings Limited as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 and the related financial statement schedule, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of the Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the headings “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
Certified Public Accountants
Hong Kong
March 9, 2012
Form of opinion of Han Kun Law Offices regarding certain PRC legal matters

Exhibit 99.2

            , 2012

 

To:   Vipshop Holdings Limited
  No. 20 Huahai Street
  Fang Village Liwan District
  Guangzhou 510370, PRC

Dear Sirs or Madams:

We are qualified lawyers of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC” or “China”, for the purpose of this opinion only, the PRC shall not include the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan) and as such are qualified to issue this opinion on the laws and regulations of the PRC effective as at the date hereof.

We act as the PRC counsel to Vipshop Holdings Limited (the “Company”), a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, in connection with (i) the proposed initial public offering (the “Offering”) of certain number of American depositary shares (“Offered ADSs”), each ADSs representing certain number of ordinary shares of the Company (the “Ordinary Shares”), by the Company named in the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (as amended) in relation to the Offering, and (ii) the Company’s proposed listing of the Offered ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange. We have been requested to give this opinion on the PRC Companies (as defined below).

 

A. Documents and Assumptions

In rendering this opinion, we have examined originals or copies of the due diligence documents provided to us by the Company and the PRC Companies and such other documents, corporate records and certificates issued by the governmental authorities in the PRC (collectively the “Documents”).

In rendering this opinion, we have assumed without independent investigation that (“Assumptions”):

 

(i) All signatures, seals and chops are genuine, each signature on behalf of a party thereto is that of a person duly authorized by such party to execute the same, all Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, and all Documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the originals;

 

(ii) Each of the parties to the Documents, other than the PRC Companies, is duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and/or incorporation; each of them, other than the PRC Companies, has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Documents to which it is a party in accordance with the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or incorporation;

 

1


(iii) The laws of jurisdictions other than the PRC which may be applicable to the execution, delivery, performance or enforcement of the Documents are complied with; and

 

(iv) All requested Documents have been provided to us and all factual statements made to us by the Company and the PRC Companies in connection with this legal opinion are true, correct and complete.

 

B. Definitions

In addition to the terms defined in the context of this opinion, the following capitalized terms used in this opinion shall have the meanings ascribed to them as follows.

 

“Government Agency”    means any competent government authorities, courts, arbitration commissions, or regulatory bodies of the PRC.
“Governmental Authorization”    means any approval, consent, permit, authorization, filing, registration, exemption, waiver, endorsement, annual inspection, qualification and license required by the applicable PRC Laws to be obtained from any Government Agency.
“PRC Laws”    means any and all laws, regulations (including notices as regulations applicable to the PRC Companies), statutes, rules, decrees, and supreme court’s judicial interpretations currently in force and publicly available in the PRC as of the date hereof.
“PRC Companies”    means the PRC Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Variable Interest Entity, Vipshop Jianyang and Vipshop Kunshan.
“PRC Individuals”   

means the following persons, each of which is a PRC resident,

 

Ya Shen

(PRC ID No.:                 )

 

Xiaobo Hong

(PRC ID No.:                 )

 

Yu Xu

(PRC ID No.:                 )

 

Bin Wu

(PRC ID No.:                 )

 

Xing Peng

(PRC ID No.:                 )

“PRC Wholly Owned Subsidiary”    means Vipshop (China) Co., Ltd. (唯品会(中国)有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

 

2


“Prospectus”    means the prospectus, including all amendments or supplements thereto, that forms part of the Registration Statement.
“Variable Interest Entity”    means Guangzhou Vipshop Information Technology Co., Ltd (广州唯品会信息科技有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.
Vipshop Jianyang    means Vipshop (Jianyang) E-commerce Co., Ltd. (唯品会(简阳)电子商务有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.
Vipshop Kunshan    means Vipshop (Kunshan) E-commerce Co., Ltd. (唯品会(昆山)电子商务有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

Based on our review of the Documents and subject to the Assumptions and the Qualifications, we are of the opinion that:

 

(i) Each of the PRC Companies has necessary corporate power and authority to conduct its business as described in its business scope under its business license. The business license of each of the PRC Companies is in full force and effect. Each of the PRC Companies can sue and be sued in its own name; none of PRC Companies or any of their respective assets, is entitled to any immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty, from any action, suit or other legal proceedings; or from enforcement, execution or attachment.

 

(ii) The description of the corporate structure of the PRC Companies and the Control Agreements (as defined below) set forth in “Corporate History and Structure” and “Related Party Transactions—Contractual Arrangements” sections of the Prospectus are true and accurate in all material respects and nothing has been omitted from such description which would make the same misleading in any material respects. The ownership structures of the PRC Companies comply with the PRC Laws. The corporate structure of the Company (including the shareholding structure of each of the PRC Companies) as described in the Prospectus does not and will not immediately after the offering and the sale of the Offered Securities, violate, breach, contravene or circumvent or otherwise conflict with any applicable PRC Laws. However, there are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of the PRC Laws, and there can be no assurance that the Government Agencies will ultimately take a view that is not contrary to our opinion stated above.

 

(iii) Schedule 1 hereto sets forth a true, complete and correct list of all the current contractual arrangements and agreements (the “Control Agreements”) among the PRC Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Variable Interest Entity and the shareholders of the Variable Interest Entity. Each of the Control Agreements has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the PRC Companies and PRC Individuals who are parties thereto, and all required Government Authorizations in respect of the Control Agreements to ensure the legality and enforceability in evidence of each of the Control Agreements in the PRC have been duly obtained and is legal, valid and enforceable and each such PRC Company has, to the extent applicable, taken all necessary corporate actions to authorize the performance thereof; each such PRC Company or PRC Individual has the power and capacity (corporate or otherwise) to enter into and to perform its obligations under such Control Agreements; each of the Control Agreements constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the parties thereto, enforceable against such parties in accordance with its terms and does not violate any requirements of the PRC Laws. No further Governmental Authorizations are required under the PRC Laws in connection with the Control Agreements or the performance of the terms thereof, provided, however, any exercise by the PRC Wholly Owned Subsidiary of its rights under the relevant Exclusive Option Agreements will be subject to: (a) the approval of and/or registration with the Governmental Agencies for the resulting equity transfer; and (b) the exercise price for the resulting equity transfer complying with the PRC Laws. The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Control Agreements by the parties thereto, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder, do not and will not (A) result in any violation of the business license, articles of association, other constituent documents (if any) or Government Authorizations of any of the PRC Companies; (B) result in any violation of, or penalty under, any PRC Laws; or (C) to the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiry, conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any other contract, license, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which any of the PRC Companies is a party or by which any of them is bound or to which any of their properties or assets is subject. However, there are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of the PRC Laws, and there can be no assurance that the Government Agencies will ultimately take a view that is not contrary to our opinion stated above.

 

3


(iv) On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the PRC Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration for Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “CSRC”), and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, jointly adopted the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (the “M&A Rule”), which became effective on September 8, 2006. The M&A Rule purports, among other things, to require offshore special purpose vehicles (“SPVs”) formed for overseas listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange. Based on our understanding of the explicit provisions under the PRC Laws as of the date hereof, because (1) the Company established the PRC Wholly Owned Subsidiary as a foreign-invested enterprise by means of direct investment and not through a merger or acquisition of the equity or assets of a “PRC domestic company” as such term is defined under the M&A Rule, and (2) no provision in the M&A Rules classifies the contractual arrangements under the Control Agreements as a type of acquisition transaction falling under the M&A Rule, neither CSRC approval nor any other Governmental Authorization is required in the context of the Offering. However, there are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of the PRC Laws, and there can be no assurance that the Government Agencies will ultimately take a view that is not contrary to our opinion stated above.

Our opinion expressed above is subject to the following qualifications (the “Qualifications”):

 

i. Our opinion is limited to the PRC Laws of general application on the date hereof. We have made no investigation of, and do not express or imply any views on, the laws of any jurisdiction other than the PRC.

 

ii. The PRC Laws referred to herein are laws and regulations publicly available and currently in force on the date hereof and there is no guarantee that any of such laws and regulations, or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, will not be changed, amended or revoked in the future with or without retrospective effect.

 

4


iii. Our opinion is subject to the effects of (i) certain legal or statutory principles affecting the enforceability of contractual rights generally under the concepts of public interest, social ethics, national security, good faith, fair dealing, and applicable statutes of limitation; (ii) any circumstance in connection with formulation, execution or performance of any legal documents that would be deemed materially mistaken, clearly unconscionable, fraudulent or coercionary; (iii) judicial discretion with respect to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, remedies or defenses, or calculation of damages; and (iv) the discretion of any competent PRC legislative, administrative or judicial bodies in exercising their authority in the PRC.

 

iv. This opinion is issued based on our understanding of the current PRC Laws. For matters not explicitly provided under the current PRC Laws, the interpretation, implementation and application of the specific requirements under the PRC Laws are subject to the final discretion of competent PRC legislative, administrative and judicial authorities.

 

v. We may rely, as to matters of fact (but not as to legal conclusions), to the extent we deem proper, on certificates and confirmations of responsible officers of the PRC Companies and PRC government officials.

 

vi. This opinion is intended to be used in the context which is specifically referred to herein.

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement, and to the reference to our name in such Registration Statement.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

HAN KUN LAW OFFICES

 

5


SCHEDULE 1

List of Control Agreements

Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement entered into by and between the PRC Wholly Owned Subsidiary and the Variable Interest Entity on October 8, 2011;

Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement entered into by and among the PRC Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Variable Interest Entity and its shareholders on October 8, 2011;

Amended and Restated Equity Interest Pledge Agreement entered into by and among the PRC Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Variable Interest Entity and the PRC Individuals on October 8, 2011;

Power of Attorney entered into by and between the PRC Wholly Owned Subsidiary and each of the PRC Individuals on January 20, 2011.

Exclusive Purchase Framework Agreement entered into by and between the PRC Wholly Owned Subsidiary and the Variable Interest Entity on August 31, 2011.

 

6